LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

——

BuanrorD, H. F. ;—On certain protracted Irregularities of Atmo-

spheric Pressure in the Indian Monsoon-region, and their Rela-

tion to Vartateous of the local Rainfall, oii icc cc eke bec c eens

;—An Account of Experiments made in 1875 and

1876 in various parts of India, for the purpose of comparing

the observed Temperature of the Dew-point with that computed

from the Psychrometer by different Methods of Reduction, ......

;—On the Physical Explanation of the Inequality

of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure,

(VN CCGG) eee ate nks eek unos ee APBREEeBY Scicc'0d< cub cnodegchenn SamEBande

Buanrorp, W. T. ;—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions

of new Species of Ptyodactylus, Stenodactylus, and Trapelus,

(CEI CaIR OAD IOLA ge ACD RRS br a RAAB T0036 5 od da bles 2 Bebb ae aati ae

;—Description of Felis Shawiana, a new Lyncine

Canjrom luster Murkestan ye! 00... NG JCI ER en Te

;—On the Physical Geography of the Great Indian

Desert with especial reference to the former BHxistence of the

Sea in the Indus Valley ; and on the Origin and Mode of For-

morvonroy the Sond dMielis, i028... LR BAHIA ET,

Description of Golunda Hlhoti, from Sind,

(TELA, 2. Oe CAN BE eo So oe COU HE HEMMER | 6o'dnc obs cue sua aan chbere name Ar

FEISTMANTEL, O. ;—Contributions towards the knowledge of the

Fossil Flora in India. J. On some Fossil Plants from the

Damuda Series in the Raniganj Coalfield, collected by Mr.

Je voou- Mason ¢Plates: xeV— XX), Coie ite a

Gopwiy-Austen, H. H. ;—List of the Birds collected on the Ex-

pedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam, together with those ob-

tained in the adjacent Darrang Terai, (Plates III and IV), ...

—— ;—On the Oyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills,

Assan, (alates: Viland VIII, A, Figs: (6) eve ee...

——_—______ ;__fiifth List of Birds from the Hill

Ranges of the North-East Hrontier of India, (Plates V, VI,

S500. TDi” cheek edith de Sere: ie eR REEREEP Ee 0 Cor ote eRe ee ere

;—On the Helicidee during the Expedition

into the Dafla Hills, Assam, (Pls. VIII & VIII, A, Figs. 7—8),

Page

‘27

819

165

329

Zid

191

dll

iv List of Contributors.

Page

Kurz, 8S. ;—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands,

(Plates Kil and XTT)), . Saeeeeeeeerce ee. e 2a ee eae ere 105

;—Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Burmese

Jy 1 PER EEO 335 <0:2°97s2 J PRD POPE 9847139920707 204

ScHwENDLER, L. ;—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy,

CW od eit) yo. ae 4. 62. se RRPER EE eee hee Gala .-o'. = /ap oe eee ere 1

THEOBALD, W. ;—Descriptions of some new Land- and Fresh-water

Shells from India and Burmah, (Plate XIV), .......2-.c.ceceeeeee 185

Woop-Mason, J. ;—Description of a new Species of Phasmide,

(Blaibe PRI) 5 ae sae cine 22 oon cE ORRBRR EME eee lees beh scaly de egaeee eee 47

;—Description of a new species of Cetoniide, ...... 52

;—Descriptions of new Species of Blattide belong-

ing dotherG.enus Panesthia, aepeerer. tee. icee re cee --e) ber ee -eaee eee 189

Dates of issue of the different numbers Oo Journal, Part If, 1876.

No. I,—containing pp. 1—52, with plate XI, —was issued on June 26th,

1876.

No. IJ,—containing pp. 58—104, with pls. III—IV, —was issued on August

18th, 1876.

No. I1I,—containing pp. 105—190, with pls. VII, ‘WEDE IN x xAile XIII,

& XIV,—was issued on November 14th, 1876.

No. IV,—containing pp. 191—382 with pls. I, II, V, VL 1X; XV, XVI,

XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, & XXI, was issued on April 19th, 1877.

eee eee Se

JOURNAL

OF THE

moaraliC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—_@—

Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. I.—1876.

eee >Owerrermess.

I —On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy.—

By Louis ScHWENDLER.

(Continued from Vol. XLIV, Part IT, 1875.)

III. The compensation method.*

This method is the oldest ; Fig. 3 gives the general diagram.

FIG. 3.

* Dr. Wilhelm Gintl, Director General of Telegraphs in Austria, is the ine

ventor of this earliest method. In 1853 he made the first practical experiment on a line

between Vienna and Prague (240 miles).

1 .

2 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. (No.1,

Explanation of diagram.

e is the E. . F. of the line battery.

B its internal resistance.

EF is the &, M. F. of the compensation battery.

a its internal resistance.

K is a constant resistance key. Dr. Gintl used an ordinary key, which,

it will be obvious, must result in a failure.

k is an ordinary key ; both keys, in the same station, are worked simul-

taneously, 7. e., contacts 4 and 5 are closed and broken at one and

the same time.

d, f, and w are certain resistances.

a is the one coil of the differential instrument which is connected up in

the line circuit.

6 is the other coil of the differential instrument which is connected up

in the compensation circuit. By a and 6 shall be also designated

the resistances of these two coils.

The coils a and 6 with their batteries e and # respectively are arranged

in such a manner that they have opposite magnetic effects with respect to

the same magnetic pole. The two circuits in each station (the line circuit,

and the compensation circuit) are insulated from each other. All the other

terms, as L, L’, L’, &c., shall have the same physical meaning as before.

The compensation method has two principal defects which the two

preceding methods do not possess.

Firstly. The success of working a line duplicé by the compensation

method will clearly depend on the possibility of being able to close and open

simultaneously two different contacts (4 and 5). The mechanical difficulty

of doing so sufficiently accurately was pointed out by Dr. Werner Siemens,

and in fact constitutes one of the reasons which led him to propose the

differential method.

Secondly. 'The balance in each station may be disturbed directly by a

variation of the electrical condition (internal resistance and E. M. F.) of the

two batteries (# and e) employed.

In the preceding two methods the variation of the internal resistance

of the signalling battery can only be felt zndirectly by affecting the balance

of the distant station; while the variation of E. M. F. has no effect at all.

Hence a given variation in the battery or batteries must necessarily produce

a greater disturbance of balance in the compensation method than in the two

preceding ones. We know that even so-called constant galvanic batteries,

doing work, alter their electrical conditions perceptibly, especially their

internal resistance, and consequently this defect weighs most decidedly

against the compensation method, In all other respects the compensation

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 3

method has the same defects as the differential method, and in addition

some others which will be understood as the investigation proceeds.

General expressions for the two functions “ D” and “8.”

To obtain the functions D, and 8, we have to develop the general

expressions for the forces p, P and Q, say for Station I.

p =A m— Br

where A’, and B’ are the currents which pass through the two coils a’ and 0’

respectively, when Station I is sending and Station II is at rest ; m’ and n’

are the forces exerted by the two coils a’ and 0’ respectively on one and the

same magnetic pole, when a unit of current passes through them. At

balance in Station I, p’ = 0.

Further JESS Ee

where @ is the current which passes through the coil a’ when Station II is

sending and Station I is at rest (single signals).

Further QU=—=Vypm+aqn

where 7’, and g’ are the currents which pass through the coils a’, and 0’

respectively when both stations are sending simultaneously (Duplex signals).

The compensation circuit, and the line circuit in each station being

electrically independent of each other, we have

invariably without condition.

If we further presuppose that depressing of the key H does not alter

the complex resistance of the station, a condition which, for the regularity

of signals, we are obliged to assume here as well as in the two preceding

methods, it will be clear that

1s == za + Ay’

Substituting these values for 7’ and g’ in the expression for Q’, we get:

p=Aw—Bav

eA TY

QO = (4' + A) mw’ + Ba’

The signs of the terms may be again contained in the currents, while m’ and

m’ are taken as absolute numbers. We must only remember that A’ m’, and

B’ wv must be invariably of opposite sign. Arbitrarily we wili call the cur-

rent A positive when the negative pole of the line battery is to earth.

Now we have again two different modes of connecting up the line

batteries, viz. :—

ist. The same poles of the line batteries are connected to earth in the

two stations:

4 J. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

p=+Am FB

P= +A in’

Va A ED WEB w

2nd. Opposite poles of the two line batteries are connected to earth

in the two stations :

p=+Am + Br’

Pi a= = in

O= Gee Aa ee Bon)

Subtracting in either case P’ from Q’, we get

OQ) — Eh Sa—

Or, on account of having fulfilled the key equation f= w + £B, the

difference of the forces which produce single and duplex signals is equal in

sign and magnitude to the force by which balance is disturbed. Further it

is, also for the compensation method, quite immaterial whether the same or

opposite poles of the two line batteries are connected to earth. As pointed

out, it is preferable to connect the same poles, z. e., the negative poles of the

line batteries to earth,

Assuming this case we have:

p =A m — Bn’

P= — Bm

Q = (4 —) wl — Bra

Substituting now for 4’, B’, and @’ their values, and remembering that

m’ = q'/ a’

we get the following general expressions for the two functions D and 8:

approximately.

A’

Pa a

é q Rk’ K’ :

a te é kK!’ A’ for Station iis

BP TSIOnG 7

and

IY .

S? —— 7 aon

a q PY K’

at LHe A? for Station IT.

ei ES. rire

where A= Ri/a— Ed0 Jb

R=a+t+b4+4d

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 5

K=ftate

Rigid fulfilment of the two functions 8 = 0 and D = o.

For finite quantities these two functions can only become zero if A =

GO. aie:

RYa—KrvJf/b=—o,

which is the balance equation for the compensation method.

To fulfil this equation permanently, no matter what the special cause

of disturbance may be, we can again adopt two essentially different modes

of re-adjustment, v2z. :—

Hither leave the two coils a@ and 0 or their armatures stationary, and

adjust balance by altering the resistance in one or both of the two circuits,

or leave the resistances constant and alter the relative position of the two

coils or their armatures with respect to a given magnetic pole. ‘These two

methods of re-adjusting balance shall be considered separately.

a, Re-adjustment of balance by altering resistances.

In order to have immediate balance it will be clear that the alteration

of resistance must be restricted to the compensation circuit, which is elec-

trically independent of the line circuit. The total resistance in the compen-

sation circuit consists of three different resistances, namely 0, a, and d.

Neither 6 nor a, considering their nature, can conveniently be made adjust-

able in practice ; hence the alteration of resistance in the compensation

circuit is restricted to d, which must therefore consist of increments of the

proper size. ‘The adjustment of d should be quick and convenient.

In addition to this adjustment, 1 = =| may be made adjustable by va-

rying # in increments of one cell. Such an adjustment is however not fine

enough for ordinary use. The E. m. F. of one cell is too large a quantity in

comparison with the total u. um. F. used in the compensation circuit. If the

variation of the line current becomes very great, it might perhaps be found

convenient to alter H, but as an ordinary mode of adjustment it must be

dispensed with.*

* During the period of low insulation of the line it might be advisable and practi-

cable to make # larger than during the period of high insulation of the line (wet and

dry season).

6 lL. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

It is scarcely needed to point out that to adjust balance by altering the

line current, either by varying the resistance or the E. M. F.* or both of the

line circuit, must be rejected once for all, because such an adjustment of

balance in the one station could never take place without disturbing the

balance of the other station ; or in other words the required immediate bal-

ance could not be fulfilled.

6. Re-adjustment of balance by moving the coils or armatures.

If we suppose both the coils or their armatures simultaneously movy-

able in the same direction, then clearly this mode of adjustment contains

not only the required immediate balance, but in addition represents also a

very rapid and entirely continuous action. For this reason it is apparently

preferable to the first method, where the adjustment can only be carried on

in one branch by varying d in increments.f Which of the two methods,

however, is to be chosen finally, depends on other considerations which will

* Alteration of £. M. ¥. of a galvanic battery cannot be achieved without altering

its internal resistance. Hence varying e, would also involve a variation of 8, and in

order to keep f = w + B, it would become necessary to alter w simultaneously with e,

Z.€, w would have to be increased when e decreases and vice versd. This method

being rough, would therefore be also inconvenient.

t+ It has been suggested to adjust balance by a continuous variation of resistance, as

for instance by moving a contact point along a thin platinum wire in the same manner

as Dr. Wr. Siemens has done in his bridge employed for comparing accurately com-

paratively small resistances. It is, however, scarcely necessary to point out that such a

method, if applied for Duplex Working, must result in a failure, at all events so long as

electro-magnetic instruments are used for producing the signals. For in such a case,

the resistance of any branch, no matter what special Duplex method may be employed,

must bear a certain ratio to the given resistance of the line, in order to get the signals

with sufficient force. This ratio, as my investigations have shewn, is by no means a

small one, and hence the resistances of all branches, even for a short line, cannot be made

small. Therefore the platinum wire, constituting part of one or two branches of the

Duplex method employed, must also offer a considerable resistance, 7. e., must be of great

length. Hence to alter such a large resistance continuously and perceptibly, as is in-

dicated by the balance disturbance, must evidently involve a considerable movement of

the contact point, which, even choosing the thinnest possible wire, and the shortest Tele-

graph line, becomes already for the daily variation so large as to make its application

impossible. Unless another material of much higher specific resistance than Platinum

wire can be found which, at the same time, allows of the sliding contact being made

securely, the adjustment of balance by a continuous variation of resistances must be

dispensed with. Such a material does not appear to exist. I thought of acting on

Phillips’s suggestion to use pencil-marks for the adjustable resistance, and although I

found that pencil-resistances can be adjusted very accurately, and can be enclosed in a

very small space, and that they keep sufficiently constant, it is difficult, if not impossible

to alter them by a sliding contact. The ‘“ Uebergangs-widerstand” is too variable and too

great. Besides, if the contact is made with sufficient pressure, its sliding along alters the

thickness of the pencil mark, and hence the resistances become inconstant and uncertain,

1876.| L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 7

become clear further on. We know now that both these modes of adjust-

ment are convenient and practicable, and contain immediate balance without

special conditions. In fact in this respect the compensation method is pre-

ferable to the differential method where immediate balance by varying

resistances could only be ohtained when varying the four branches simul-

taneously, according to a fixed relation

Rapid approximation of the two functions 8 and D towards zero.

On account of f== w + 6 we have

peat i lie

where

A=R/a—Krvv/b

Now suppose A — 9, then this equation may be disturbed by &, R, A, », a,

or 6 varying ; @ and 0 are wire resistances which may be taken as constant,

for their variation with temperature is exceedingly small, and in case of

accident, z. e., a coil breaking or becoming shunted, nothing short of actual

repair could help. Further v, supposing the differential instrument to be

properly designed and mechanically well executed, may be taken as a per-

fectly constant quantity which certainly, as long as the coils or their

armatures are not moved on purpose, does not alter of its own accord.

The quantities left, which by variation may affect the balance equation,

are K, R, and X,

Of these three quantities the variation of K may become largest, for

EK does not only contain the line resistance, which is highly variable, but

K includes also the internal resistance of both the line batteries, which, even

for the best known form of galvanic battery, 1s by no means a constant

quantity. The variation of the internal resistance of the line battery in each

station produces of course the greatest disturbance of balance in ¢hat station.

The next quantity most liable to change of its own accord is clearly R,

since it contains the internal resistance of the compensation battery.

X, the ratio of the two E, M. F’s. in one and the same station, though

being also-liable to change, will however vary very little. The x. m. BF. of

a well prepared galvanic battery, especially when the battery is worked by

weak currents, is far more constant than is generally believed.*

* It appears that changes which have been observed to take place in the Er. M. F. of

a Minotto or Leclanche’s battery are generally apparent only, not real. Such changes

are generally quite within the limits of observation errors, and if they are large they are

then generally due to the incorrectness of the method employed for measuring the k. m, F.,

or to cells actually having become exhausted. It appears that this mysterious force in

each cell either exists in its full vigour, or not at all, there seems to be no continuous

change in either direction.

8 L. Schwendler—Onx the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

With respect to the variation of the three quantities A, &, and A, the

function S may therefore be expressed in three different forms.

dv Vb

SS Seg 5 when £ varies only.

S, =e 9 wie df when &, 7. é., a varies only.

vr/b .

Sa 6g X when d,i. ¢., # or é or both are varying only.

These three different disturbances of balance may act singly or conjointly,

and it is clear that they are independent of each other, at all events as far

as this investigation is concerned. Consequently the safest plan will be to

make each influence as small as the circumstances will allow it.

The disturbance S, for any constant eg Av 4/6, and any given 6 K

will obviously become smallest the larger & K is selected. Supposing

R + EK constant, whatever that value finally may be, & K has a maximum

for = K, and the very same condition will obviously make the disturb-

ance S, smallest.

S, offers no best condition, this expression only shews that it has an

absolute maximum with respect to 0, namely as

R=at+d+ b,forb=a + d.

Thus we are informed that whatever relation between 6 and a + d may

be finally chosen, 6 =a + d should not be selected, as otherwise any

' given variation of X would have the greatest possible disturbing effect on

the balance. But =a + d being the condition for the maximum mag-

netic effect in the compensation circuit, it is hereby established that for the

sake of regularity of signals, which under all circumstances is to be consi-

dered of paramount importance in Duplex Telegraphy, the magnetic effect

in the compensation branch must not be achieved in the most economical

manner, but quite the reverse. This, as the compensation circuit has actu-

ally to produce wholly or partly the duplex signals, is a testimonium pau-

pertatis for the compensation method, and proves it in this respect inferior

to both the dowble balance and the differential method.

is the regularity condition for the compensation method, 7. e.

In order to make the disturbance of balance by a variation of the resis-

tance in both the circwits absolutely as small as possible, the total resistance

of the compensation circuit should be equal to the total resistance of the

line circwit.*

* This result is against the adopted view, for Dr. Gintel as well as others after him

have always treated the compensation circuit as a kind of Jocal circuit, 7. ¢., giving to it

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 9

If we now substitute in S, for K the value &, and in S, for & the

value K we get

XW a/ b

SA =e g mane ) K

S, —€9 e 8k

while

vr/ b

Ss, = 5X

3 é q R

remains the same.

S, has an absolute maximum for ) = = * 2 Sq HOP @ == and

S, for b = a+das stated before.

Hence we know what relations between the different variable, should

not exist.

This is all we can get from the function 8S. For further relations we

must look to the function D.

For Station I we have*

5 e K!’ A’

ays e! R’ eng Wr

which again, with respect to the variations of A’, &#’, and \’ may be written

in three different forms:

eK NO A/ 8

2 TO cme

OG! pa Ages ol 7

elec ae

and

as low a resistance as practice allows. But this is clearly wrong, for if R is made very

small as compared with A, the balance becomes unstable. This fact explains, to a certain

degree, the failure which has attended the application of the compensation method for

Duplex working, because the method was tried under the most unfavorable quantitative

arrangements.

* When investigating the minimum absolute magnitude of S, the terms could be

taken without an accent, because S contains only terms belonging to the same station.

When investigating D this cannot be done as D contains also terms belonging to the

other station.

10 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy {No

Considering that

ie 8 + j!’ a p"

Te GS Cayo

B 3k V+ p’

and

THE Ss v + , YY 4. TN

yp ee

py a

we have

poe, 7 tT REN

‘ é” a RB! Vf

e€ a

e U + I ee) 7 o/b x

Tape

e’

put is

ip U if? 7

bo pape ee ae

w/e.

, i/ / 1 ¢

D, = sJ vw. — dK

ID), —— Te 6 he’

) == 9 R’

D,’ = sv’ — dv’

Now keeping s, J,X’, and v’ constant, D,’ becomes smallest for any

given 0K’ the larger y’ is selected ; while D,’ becomes smallest for any given

ou ‘

6 \’ the smaller 77 is selected, and D,’ becomes smallest the larger &’ is

chosen.

a .

Now = #’ ei) 7 has a maximum for a’ = 0’;

for R’ = b' + a’ + d’ = 0’ + y, and putting 7’ = 0’ # we have

y= (1+ 7) fad’ which, for a’ + 0’, and ¢ constant, has

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 11

clearly a maximum for a’ = 6’. This proceeding is right, because we take

8’ as the original variable, and vary @’ and y’ simultaneously with 0’, in or-

der to keep ¢’ and a’ + 6’ constant ; while J and s are independent of a’, 0’,

and y’.

Tn order to be sure that a = b’ makes also D,’ a minimum, we must

shew that 7’ keeps constant, 7 e., p’ keeps constant when a’ varies. But p’

= a’ + f’, thus we have only to consider f’ simultaneously variable with a’

equal and opposite to the variation of a, which is allowed. Therefore

the condition a = 0’ makes undoubtedly the disturbances D,’ and D,’

minima. While the disturbance D,’, which contains #’ in the denominator

only, is not affected by this relation, but depends on the absolute value of b’

only, which should be chosen as large as possible.

a = bis therefore the second regularity condition, the fulfilment of

which makes the relative disturbance of balance by a variation of K and X

as small as possible.

Substituting now a’ = 0’ in the expression of the D disturbances and

remembering that

we get

? ‘ , J Th

Do Se 9) f Zoik

/ Jar Uy

D, =o 8 Ot

, , T ,

Des) ra dX

Thus D,’, and D,’, for constant s, X’, and v’, become smallest the

smaller — is, while D,’ becomes smallest the smaller ne se

K Ke

Now remembering that

y= a4 u + p’

U +e) G+U +p) +i +p)

7 + ie + p”

Ki =

and

(ie 7

ry oe Et P a a)

oa ere Ut ed

Kit + pe") CEU PY EEG FH PY

12 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. |No. 1,

For a tolerably good line 0” + p’ as well as U/ + p’ can be taken as small

in comparison with 7; hence approximately

J 1 1

SS eee eee Ss eee a

TE U+U +p +p’ his aaye o

From which it follows that also for the compensation method p’ and p”

should be selected as Jarge as possible.

But p= a+ f does not give a condition besides that we know we

should select a and f absolutely no¢ small.

Further we see that the disturbance D,’ has v’ for its factor, while D,’

has X’v’ for its factor.

Hence for a given X’ v’, the best will he to make wv’ as small as possible.

The regularity of the signals is therefore obtained if we fulfil the fol-

lowing conditions in either station.

ft — 16

a—s0

p as large as possible

v as small as possible.

Knowing this we may now consider that balance in either station is

rigidly obtained, or that

1B Gs JEG Wi == o

but R = K

and a=b

we have Av=1

The absolute value of a may now be determined by considering that it

is advisable to produce the signals in either station in the most economical

manner.

Maximum Magnetic Moment.

We have

peta: Oo fy ,$ Sp,

~~ aft +f" + Fp ti q J/ a

2 ee e 7 “a

But

eee

a! +f" aE co" a+frte Q

where Q=i(L+p' +p") + (+p) (l' +9")

Pp 4p) aes = q’ Va

which has a maximum for a’ and a” taken as independent variables.

1876.] L. Schwendler— On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 13

If we, for instances, take 2 = o, than

peed J/ a

~ L+2Aa+/)

[== +- / for a perfect line, and by inference

ihe

raat?

Ll" approximately.

— op +f”

Now we can decide on the method to be adopted for re-adjusting

balance. On account of the regularity condition A == K, and as both

undergo variation, especially A, we are obliged to adjust balance in the

compensation branch by varying the resistance d, and leave the coils or

their armatures stationary.

Thus the general solution of the 1st problem for the compensation

method is:

1. Readjustment of balance is to be effected by a

variation of resistance in the compensation circuit and

not by a movement of the coils or their armatures. By

this adjustment Ris kept equalto H permanently, no

matter in which branch the variation takes place.

eet —— at (3)

Ot earn +f

vAa=1

” aS Small as possible and 4 as large as possible.

#8 is known from the number and nature of the single cells of which

the battery has to consist to produce through the given line (connected up

in a circuit like Fig. 3) single signals with sufficient strength.

w is known from the absolute largest variation 6 may undergo in time ;

hence fis determined and therefore also a and 0.

Determination of r and v.

We know that A v = 1, and further that \ = = should be selected as

large as possible or v as small as possible, but otherwise it appears that no

fixed values for A and vw can be ascertained. If, however, we consider the na-

ture of the variations of # and K, which may disturb the balance, viz. :

those variations of R and K which are due to unavoidable decrease of the

internal resistance of the two batteries by the working currents, it will be

seen that a best value of A does exist, and that therefore v also becomes fixed.

14 L, Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [{No. 1,

Suppose that at a certain moment

kt = K is rigidly fulfilled, and remembering that

R—=—b+d+a

K =2 (a +f) + L (for a perfect line, 2. ¢.,7 = a)

and further, that

and j—w + 6

we have dtasat2w+28+ 7.

Now, in this equation suppose everything constant except a and Bf, the

internal resistance of the two batteries H and e respectively. Hence if

we could achieve that

6 a = 2 68 invariably,

the variation of the internal resistance of the two batteries would not disturb

the equation == K, and therefore also not affect the balance. With

absolute certainty we cannot fulfil this desirable relation between the two

variations, but with some probability we may. For it is well known that

the internal resistance of a galvanic battery decreases in time by the current

passing through the battery. Hence, if we suppose that the two batteries

consist of identical cells (equal in nature, size, and internal resistance) we

may say that the variation of the internal resistance of a single cell by the

unit current in the unit of time is the same for both the batteries. Further,

if we make the other not improbable supposition, that the variation at any

one time is proportional to the current which passes at that time, we have

H BP

=<« H. ——— oY =c«— oY

San <#. aame e

and 28B—ee. ae See

A+6K K

where ¢ is the variation of the internal resistance of a single cell in unit of

time by unit of current; 4 a certain unknown function of the time which,

as the two batteries are working simultaneously, is not required to be known.

Hence from 6a = 268

and K=fR

; EB =

it follows that =— eS — /2

and ve— is — 1

qd 2

These values of X and v bring the compensation method, with respect

to regularity of working, as close to the differential method as is possible for

us to do. For the disturbance of balance in the sending station by the

steady decrease of the internal resistance of the two batteries has now been

probably eliminated, which defect is excluded from the other two methods,

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 15

by their own nature. There are then remaining only those variations of

the battery resistance which do not follow the law of steady decrease, but

which are more accidental, and make therefore the compensation method

still inferior to either the differential or bridge method.

Physical meaning of v u. 5

Tt has been proved that balance in each station is to be established by

adjusting resistance and noé by a movement of the coils or their armatures.

Hence it will be practical and convenient to coil the two helices above each

other, and have them acting on one and the same iron core.

Further as v = ; = uh ; it follows that the magnetic action of the

@ coil must be made greater than that of the 6 coil. Therefore it will be

best to coil the helix 0 on the top of the helix a.

Further the magnetic action of a cylindrical coil of resistance @ (in

Siemens units) can be expressed as follows :

m=sr/a’ el

where A is half the cross section of the coil (cut by a plane through the axis

of the coil) expressed in [] ™™-

d the absolute conductivity of the wire material (HZ, = 1 at O° C)

1 the length of an average convolution expressed in metres.

s the magnetic force exerted by an average convolution of the coil

when the unit of current passes.

¢ a coefficient representing the manner of coiling.

Hence for the @ coil we have

AN =

pe) / ae

for the 6 coil

VP =

my = 8” /b ar ee

Dividing ms by mq, and remembering that by condition a = 6, and that

N = X", ce = ce" by necessity, we have:

” ———

Lv AY (dy LA

ices of;

16 L. Schwendler—-On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

As we have supposed that the magnetic action of any one cylindrical

coil is proportional to the magnetic action* of an average convolution it is

also consistent to put s’ = s”, and we have at last

Ha = 2

If now the two bobbins of the coils a and 8 are taken of equal length,

and if the thickness of the a coil be d’, the thickness of the 6 coil d’, and

the diameter of the iron core 2 7, we have,

Ae a”

A i om

U=Qrtd)a

M={2¢4+d)+d ya

2 (4r +d) d’=2¢7(r+d)

This equation fixes the relative dimensions of the two bobbins

and their cores in order to have v == JE

Suppose for instance we make d’ = d” arbitrarilyf we get 27 = d,

and from it can be easily calculated that the diameter of the wire of the b

coil should be about 19 per cent. larger than that of the a coil. The

absolute diameter of the wire depends of course on the absolute dimensions

of the bobbins, and on the resistance of the line for which the instrument

is to be used. But this question, although of practical importance, has

nothing to do with the Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. This settles the

solution of the Ist problem of the compensation method.

* Lenz and Jacobi have experimentally proved that, within certain limits, the

magnetic force exerted by a convolution on its centre (iron core) is almost independent

of the diameter of the convolution. These limits are generally fulfilled in Telegraph

Construction. Hence the magnetic action ofa coil can be put proportional to the

magnetic action of ove convolution. Theoretically this can of course not be true, for the

magnetic force exerted by a convolution necessarily extends on both sides of the plane in

which the convolution is situated. Therefore the wider a convolution is the less of its

total force exerted will be made use of for producing magnetism in the iron core, and,

consequently, the force exerted by a convolution on its centre’ must decrease with the

diameter of the convolution. It appears, however, that this decrease is exceedingly slow,

and in the present investigation it is considered unnecessary to be taken into account.

+ I have not been able to find anywhere a definite law which connects the diameter

of a coil with the diameter of the core acted upon. In Siemens’ relay, an instrument

so well considered in all its details of construction, the diameter of the coil is about

three times the diameter of the core. In the absence of anything else on the subject

I thought myself justified in using this proportion. Hence the substitution of d’=d”,

which gives d=27, or total diameter of the @ coil equal to three times the diameter of

the iron core.

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 17

OTHER meETHODS. There have been suggested, from time to time,

many other methods of duplex working. On a closer examination it will,

however, be found that, as a general rule, they do not differ essentially from

the three fundamental methods treated of. I shall therefore dispense

with the labour of investigating these derived methods.

In case it should be thought necessary to investigate them, no

difficulties ought to be met with, if only the general plan of attacking

duplex problems be remembered, viz., to draw the diagram of the method

in its most general form; develop the forces p, P, and Q; from these

three forces determine the functions Sand D ; find the relations which must

hold between the different variables (resistances and E. M. F. 8.) of which

the system consists, in order to make S and D simultaneous minima; con=

sider the question of zmmediate balance which determines also the best mode

of adjusting balance ; consider that the movement of the key must not alter

the complex resistance of the station to which the key belongs, 2. e., that

the working of the key must not affect the balance of the distant station ;

determine the absolute values of the different variables when balance is

rigidly fulfilled by considering the question of economy, 7. é., establish the

relations for maxima currents and maxima magnetic moments ; any vari-

ables which should then be left indeterminate must be fixed by secondary

considerations, and by certain practical conditions.

Before comparing quantitatively the efficiency of the three fundamental

methods treated of, it is requred to solve two questions, viz, :—The E. M. F.

required for each duplex method ; the absolute size of the increments of the

adjustable resistance.

[To be continued. ]

18 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. (No. 1,

IIl.—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions of new Species of Ptyo- )

dactylus, Stenodactylus, and 'Trapelus— By W. T. Buanrorp, Ff. R. 8.

(Recd. November 8 ;—Read December 1, 1875.)

(With Plates I and IT).

A collection of reptiles which IT made in Western Sind in the months

of January, February, March, and April, 1875, comprises several species

not noticed in the province by previous observers. Five lizards are new

to the fauna of India, and three of these have not, so far as I can ascertain,

been previously described. ‘Two of the three represent genera of Geckotide

not hitherto detected so far to the eastward : indeed, it is doubtful if either

of the two has before been found in Asia.

The only additions to our knowledge of the herpetology of Sind made

since the publication of Dr. Gtinther’s great work on Indian Reptiles, are

contained in papers by Dr. Giinther and Dr. Stoliczka. The former de-

scribed (P. Z. S., 1869, p. 500) some specimens collected by Dr. Leith,

and the latter (P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 124) gave an account of a collec-

tion made by Dr. Day.

I am obliged to refer occasionally in these notes to my hitherto unpub-

lished work on the zoology of Persia. This has been more than a twelve

month in type and I hope it will appear before this paper.

Fam. GHCKOTID,

1. Hemrpactytus Cocrat.

Not common ; obtained also by Day.

2. HEMIDACTYLUS MACULATUS.

This is not common in Sind, I think. I have only one specimen, the

exact locality of which I have omitted to note.

3. Hemipactyitus PERsIcuUs.

Anderson, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 378.—W. Blanf., Zoology of Persia, p. 342.

This species is close to the common and well known H. maculatus,

but is rather stouter. Head above granular, supraorbital region sunk.

Granules on snout larger than on occiput. Upper labials about 11 or 12,

lower 9 or 10, but as usual the small hinder ones vary in number. Back

with numerous trihedral tubercles, not very regularly arranged, about 14 or

15 being to be counted across the back, none of them equal to the ear-opening

in size. Cross bands of small pointed tubercles on the upper part of the tail,

none of them as large as those in the middle of the back, and none of them

coming to the lower portion of the tail at the side; they are confined to the

1876.]- ~ W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 19

upper portion, and do not extend half way round the tail; lower surface

of tail with a row of broad subcaudals. About 85 to 40 scales across the

abdomen; 8 to 10 pores in males, forming a short row with an anteriorly

salient obtuse angle in the’ middle across the preanal region, and not

continued on to the thighs.

Colour uniformly greyish white. The largest specimen obtained mea-

sures 5°8 inches, of which the tail is 3:2.

I obtained 4 specimens of this species, which at the time I took for a

large pale variety of the common H. maculatus, in a house near Rohri,

with specimens of H. Coctei. It is probable that H. Persicus partially

or entirely replaces H. maculatus further to the west. I have compared

the specimens obtained with the type described by Dr. Anderson.

This species is distinguished from H. maculatus by having the tuber-

cles on the tail smaller than on the back instead of larger, by their not

extending so low down on the sides of the tail, and by there being no

femoral pores, but only a short row of pores in the preeanal region. In

HZ. maculatus there are usually from 20 to 30 pores altogether, in H. Persicus

8 or 10 only.

4, PYYODACTYLUS HOMOLEPIS, sp. nov.

P. affinis P. Hasselquisti, a quo differt squamis dorsalibus omnibus

parvulis subequalibus, naribus a scuto rostrali disjwnctis, et colore griseo,

fasciis latis undulatis transversis fuscioribus variato.

Has.—In montibus Khirthar dictis ad fines occidentales provincia

Indice Sind dicte.

Description.—The general build and appearance of this gecko are very

similar to those of the only other species of the genus as restricted, P.

Hasselquisti.* General form rather elongate, body round, head broad and

high behind, wedge-shaped in front, the region in front of the eyes slightly

concave. Limbs elongate ; the fore-limb nearly reaches the thigh when laid

back, laid forward it extends beyond the end of the snout: the hind-limb

brought forward comes in front of the shoulder. The only perfect specimen

measures rather over 74 inches, head 1 inch, tail from anus 3-4, or rather less

than the head and body. :

The nostrils are entirely surrounded by swollen scales, usually 8, but

sometimes 4 in number, considerably smaller than the anterior labials.

Some of these scales separate the nostril from the rostral and labials. Ros-

tral rectangular, its height rather more than half its breadth, which is more

* Stellio Hasselquisti, Schneider; Ptyodactylus Hasselquisti, Dum. et Bibr. III,

p- 878; P. gecko, Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p. 151. The name employed by Gray is

founded on Lacerta Gecko, Hasselquist, which however cannot be applied to this species,

as it is not the Lacerta Gecko of Linnzeus.

20 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No2is:

than double that of the adjoining labials. Upper labials on each side about

15 or 16. Mental pentagonal, narrower than the adjoining lower labials

and very much narrower than the rostral; a row of enlarged chin-shields

along the lower edges of the anterior lower labials. No enlarged or pomted

scales on the upper eyelid. The whole upper surface of the head, body,

limbs, and tail is finely and almost uniformly granular. Scales of the

abdomen flat, not imbricate, very little larger than those of the back; —

those of the chin and throat smaller, except near the lower labials; scales

beneath the tail irregularly polygonal, considerably larger than those of the

abdomen, not arranged in longitudinal rows. ‘Tail not verticillate. Lower

surface of limbs and soles of feet covered with small smooth scales, toes

with simple cross plates, except at the extremity, where they are expanded

into a double disk marked beneath with radiating strie ; claws retractile,

minute, but present on all the toes. No femoral or przanal pores.

Colour (noted on living specimens) light brownish grey with broad

transverse wavy bands of lighter and darker shades alternating on the back,

tail, and limbs. There are about five darker bands on the back: the eross-

bands are closer together on the tail. Lower parts white.

A few specimens of this new gecko were brought to me near the Maki

Nai in the lower portion of the Khirthar range, which bounds the province

of Sind on the west. The locality whence the types were obtained was in

the Mehar division of the Shikarptr district.

This is, so far as I am aware, only the second species of the genus as

restricted by Fitzinger, Gray, Wagler, and others, and the first which has

been found in Asia. The other species, P. Hasselquisti, which is found

in Egypt, is distinguished by having enlarged tubercles on the back, and

the nostrils in contact with the first upper labials and rostral.

5. GYMNODACTYLUS, sp.

A species of which I obtained four specimens in the hilly country

south-west of Sehwan and again in the hills west of Larkana appears to

differ from G. Kachhensis (Stoliczka, P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 79) in having

larger abdominal scales ; there being about 20 instead of about 30 across the

abdomen. As I am not sure if this character is constant (for one of my

specimens appears to agree with G. Kachhensis), I shall not propose a new

name.

I have compared the species from Baluchistan, which I called G. brevi-

pes (A. M. N. H., June, 1874, XIII, p. 453), with the types of G. Kach-

hensis. 'They are quite distinct though allied. The former appears much

smaller, darker in colour, and differently marked, and one characteristic dis-

tinction is that in G. brevipes the nostril is in contact with both the rostral

and first labial, whilst in G. Kachhensis, it meets the rostral only, being

1876.] W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 21

separated from the first labial by an intervening scale. G. brevipes is figur-

ed in the ‘ Zoology of Persia,’ Pl. XXII, Fig. 2.

6. STENODACTYLUS ORIENTALIS, sp. nov.

S. arenarius, nonnunquam fusco-transfasciatus, dorso tuberculis parvulis

trregularibus fuscis ornato, caudé robusta, squamis caudalibus equalibus, im

annulos brevissimos ordinatis, digitis ad latera breviter fimbriatis, subtus

scutellis tuberculatis indutis ; pupilla verticalt.

Haz.—In Sind im desertis arenosis.

Description—General form stout, somewhat depressed; head flat,

short, and blunt; tail slightly swollen at the base, thence diminishing

regularly, much stouter than in S. guttatus, about the same length as the

body without the head; limbs stout, the fore-limb laid forward does not

quite reach the end of the snout, the hind-limb extends to the axil. The

largest specimen obtained measures 3°38 inches, of which the head is 0:5,

and the tail from the anus 1°4.

The nostril is situated at the upper outer angle of the rostral, between

that shield and three slightly enlarged scales, one of which separates the

nasal orifice from the first upper labial. Rostral rectangular, rather higher

than the adjoining labials and about twice as broad; it has a deep vertical

groove in the middle which disappears on its lower portion. Upper labials

about 12, lower labials 1O—13, both series becoming much smaller behind and

passing into the head-scales. Mental as broad as the rostral, rounded be-

low ; no enlarged chin-shields, but the granular scales near the lower labials

are a little larger than those of the throat. Upper eyelid well developed,

eovered with granular scales; lower eyelid wanting. Pupil vertical. Har-

opening a vertical slit, not quite equal to the diameter of the eye in length.

Upper surface of the head, body, and limbs finely granular, over the back

there are scattered small convex dark coloured tubercles, none on the limbs.

Lower parts covered with small granular scales rather flatter than those of

the back, but scarcely larger on the abdomen, and smaller on the throat.

Toes short and thick, all of them finely fringed with short pointed denticu-

lations, the lower surface with cross plates each divided into several ribs or

tubercles. All the toes furnished with nearly straight claws. ‘Tail finely

granular throughout, the granules being disposed in rings.

Colour pale sandy, the tail (and, in one specimen, the body) with darker

transverse bands ; a darker line from the eye down each side. The enlarged

tubercles on the back are dark brown. Im one specimen the sides of the

snout and labials are mottled with dusky markings.

I obtained one specimen of this gecko in the evening on sand-hills in

the desert country south of Rohri in upper Sind. Another was brought to

22 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No. 1,

me in the hills west of the Shikarpur district. It is evidently a nocturnal

species and probably burrows in the sand. It does not appear to be com-

mon. It closely resembles a species which I described from Baluchistin

under the name of Bunopus tuberculatus,* but that form wants the denticu-

lated fringe to the toes. <A variety of B. twherculatus has the colouration

of the present species.

The other described forms of Stenodactylus are African} ; S. guttatus

being found in Egypt, 8. Mauritanicus in Algeria, and S. garrulus in South

Africa. Another species has been described under the name of S. caudi-

cinctus (A. Dum., Arch. du Mus., VIII, Pl. XVIII, Fig. 15). This last,

however, is a very different form, being allied to Hublepharis, and Dr. Gray

has proposed to make it the type of a distinct genus Psilodactylus (P. Z.

S., 1864, p. 60). 8. orientalis is most nearly allied to S. guttatus, but it is

stouter and has the back tuberculated, and judging from the plate of

S. guttatus in the ‘ Description de ’H’gypte’ (Supp., Pl. I, Fig. 3) the head

in the present species is smaller and the legs much longer, the toes too

appear to have a much shorter fringe.

Fam. AGAMID Zi.

7. AGAMA AGILIS.

Olivier, Voy. Emp. Othm. Eg. et Perse, II, p. 418, Pl XXIX, Fig. 1.—Dum. et

Bibr., Erp. Gén. IV, p. 496.—Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p, 257.—Blyth J. A. S. B.

1854, XXIII, p. 737.—Theobald, Cat. Rept. Mus. As. Soc. p. 38.—Anderson, P. Z. S.,

1872, p. 384.—W. Blanf., Zool. Persia, p. 314.

? Trapelus, sp. Jerdon, P. A. S, B., 1870, p. 78.

Trapelus megalonyx, Stoliczka, P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 88, nec Giinther.

Very common in the hills to the west of the Indus valley, as it is in

Baluchistan. In the open plain outside the hills it is less frequently met

with.

I have examined one of the specimens collected by Dr. Day in Sind,

and described by Dr. Stoliczka under the name of Trapelus megalonyx and

I have no doubt of its belonging to the present species. The appearance of

enlarged scales on the sides is, I think, to a great extent fallacious, and due-

to brighter colour. Certainly there are no scales enlarged to the extent

which is found in most species of Zrapelus, and represented in Ford’s figure

of T. megalonyx in Ginther’s Reptiles.

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. June 1874, Vol. XIII, p. 454— ‘Zoology of

Persia’, p. 348, Pl. XXII, Fig. 4.

+ In the Catalogue Méthodique des Reptiles du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de

Paris by C. Dumeril (1851) p. 47, specimens of S. guttatus are stated to have been

brought from Australia by MM. Quoy and Gaimard. The locality requires confirma-

tion.

1876.] W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 23

The only other Zrapelus recorded from the British possessions in India

is one which Dr. Jerdon mentioned his having obtained from the Alpine

Panjab (P. A. S. B., 1870, p. 78). No specific name was applied to this

form, in the description of which I find nothing to distinguish it from

Agama agilis. The fore-leg is said not to reach the hip joint, as it

usually does in this species, but I find that it occasionally falls a little

short.

This species was obtained by Mr. Theobald in the Salt range of the

Panjab and I find a specimen in the Indian Museum of which the record of

the locality has been lost, but which was presented by Mr. Theobald, and is,

I think, probably the specimen mentioned in his catalogue and determined

by Mr. Blyth.

8. TRAPELUS RUBRIGULARIS, sp. nov.

T. affinis T. ruderato, sed squamis onnibus levioribus, meatu auditorio

majori, vic superne denticulato, ports preanalibus paucis atque in seriem

unicam ordinatis, coloreque distinguendus ; supra olivaceofuscus vel griseus,

albido guttulatus, maculis nonnullis fuscis distantibus im lineam longitu-

dinalem utringue ad dorsum notatus, caudé superne fuscotransfasciata,

macula rubra (post mortem apud exempla in spiritu vini conservata evanes-

cente) sub guld signatus.

Hazs.—In Sind.

Description.—General form very much like that of Trapelus ruderatus

from Persia.* The head is short and depressed, so much so in young speci-

mens that they have exactly the appearance of Phrynocephali, body much

depressed, tail depressed at the base, then very gradually diminishing and

terminating in rather a blunt point; no nuchal crest; a cross fold on the

throat. The fore-leg in adults when laid back does not reach the thigh, the

hind-leg laid forward comes to the shoulder, in young specimens to the ear.

Length of the largest specimen collected nearly 7 inches, head 1, tail from

anus 3°8, fore-limb to end of toes 1°35, fourth toe without the claw (from

the division between 3rd and 4th toes) 0°22, hind limb 2, fourth toe 0°37.

Scales on upper surface of the head bluntly keeled, irregular in size,

those in the middle of the occiput and forehead being rather larger than the

rest. Superciliary ridge prominent; canthus rostralis rounded ; nostrils

directed upward and backward, each in the middle of a single shield on the

anterior portion of the snout ; the nasals near each other, being separat-

ed by about three scales from each other and usually by two from the ros-

* T have already pointed out (Zool. Persia, p. 316) that the Persian form is the

true Agama ruderata of Olivier and that the Egyptian lizard, although closely allied,

appears to be fairly separable, in which case the latter will stand as 7. mutabilis, Merrem.

24 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No. 1,

tral. Upper labials square, about 30 to 34 in number, rostral very little

broader: mental larger than the rostral. Both eyelids fringed with elon-

gate pointed scales, the upper in front and behind only, the lower

throughout. Orifice of ear exceeding the nasal shield in size, the upper

edge has a few spinose scales in some specimens, but no long fringe

covering part of the orifice ; tympanum very little sunken.

Scales of the back smooth or very faintly keeled, subimbricate, arranged

in oblique rows, and with some much enlarged scales scattered among them ;

each enlarged scale is about the size of four ordinary scales, it is pale in

colour, often forming the centre of a pale spot, and rather bluntly keeled

and pointed behind. These enlarged scales occur also on the basal portion

of the tail, but not on the limbs. All the tail-scales are keeled except below

near the base, the keels forming longitudinal lines throughout the greater

portion of the tail; the scales are not arranged in rings. Scales on the

limbs subequal, those above keeled, those beneath smooth, except on the feet,

where the scales above are smooth, those beneath the feet and toes sharply

keeled. Claws moderate ; those on the fore feet very little longer than on

the hind, none of them half the length of the thumb without its claw.

Scales of the abdomen all smooth, rhomboidal, a single row of about 10 to

12 pores just in front of the anus in males. I count about 120 scales

round the body.

Colour above, when alive, olive brown of a paler or darker tint, spotted

with pale yellow, each spot corresponding to one of the enlarged dorsal

scales. A dusky longitudinal line on each side of the back of the neck, and

3 or 4 pairs of blackish spots of irregular shape at a distance along the

back. In some specimens the anterior portion of the shoulder is indigo

blue. A large red mark with dusky edges is always found below the throat

in living individuals of both sexes, it is more or less concealed by the throat

fold and it disappears in specimens kept in spirit. Tail marked above with

alternating dusky and pale bands equal in width.

This species is distinguished from all others by its colouration, and,

when alive, by the presence of a red patch beneath the throat. It may be

easily distinguished from 7. ruderatus by its much smoother surface, and _

its scales arranged in regular rows, and from 7. megalonyx by its shorter

claws and by there being little, if any, difference in length between those

on the fore and hind feet. It is probably more nearly allied to the Hgyp-

tian T. mutabilis. Compared with the figure in the ‘ Description de l’E’gypte’

' (Supp., Pl. I, Fig. 6), it differs in colouration, in the distribution of the en-

larged scales and in their not being spinose. In 7. mutabilis also there are

tubercles on the upper surface of the limbs.

I found this new Zrapelus not very common on the “ Pat” or sandy

desert and semi-desert along the base of the Khirthar hills in western Sind.

1876.] W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 25

i obtained very few specimens myself, nearly all were brought to me, and

almost all procured were young, only two or three being adult.

9. STELLIO NUPTUS.

Agama nupta, De Filippi, Giornale del I. R. Ist. Lomb. Vol VI, (1848) p. 407.

Stellio carinatus, A. Duméril, Cat. Meth. Rept. Mus, Par. p. 107, (1851).—Archives

du Muséum, VIII, p. 580.

S. nuptus, De F., Viaggio in Persia, p. 352.—W. Blanf., Zoology of Persia, p. 317,

Pl. XIX, Fig. 1.

This is a fine addition to the fauna of Sind and consequently to that of

British India. It is a very different Stellio from any of the species found

in the Himalaya, the whole back being covered with large carinated scales

equal in size and forming oblique rows converging posteriorly, whilst there

is an abrupt change to the small scales of the sides. The head is very broad

with numerous groups of spines around the ear and on the sides and back

of the neck.

The form found agrees in structure with the variety which I have call-

ed fusca, as it has no fold across the back of the neck, but the prevailing

colour is pale yellowish brown as in the type. The largest specimen ob-

tained measures nearly 19 inches, of which the tail is 124.

I found S. xuptus rather scarce in the Khirthar range west of Sind

but little above the sea level. It is common throughout southern Persia. -

10. SQTELLIO MELANURA.

Laudakia (Plocederma) melanura, Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1854, XXIII, p. 737.

Stellio melanurus, Anderson, P. A. 8. B., 1871, p. 189.—Stoliczka, P. A. 8. B., 1872,

p. 129.

This species occurs abundantly in the Khirthar range forming the

frontier between Sind and Kelat. It grows to a length of 17 or 18 ches,

the tail when quite perfect being from two to three times the length of

the head and body. Ina fme male 15°6 inches long, the tail measured 11:3.

Tn a female 12 in. long, the tail was 8°5. The colour varies: in females it

is usually olive mottled with dusky spots and streaks on the head and back ;

males in the spring are usually more or less black, especially on the tail and

hinder part of the back; some are jet black throughout the upper parts, and

dusky below.

T am very much in doubt as to whether the Baluchistan S. Wiratus (A.

and M. N. H., June, 1874, XIII, p. 453, and ‘ Zoology of Persia’, 320, Pl.

XX, Fig. 2) should be considered distinct, most of the characters which I

thought would serve to separate it being found at times in S. melanura.

The dorsal scales do appear rather smaller in the latter, there being 10 to

12 of the enlarged rows in the middle of the back instead of 6 or 7, but the

fold across the back of the neck is occasionally well developed, and the

extent to which the tail-scales near the base are keeled varies in individuals,

26 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No. I,

and so does the regularity of annulation. Some have the tail scales arrang-

ed in verticils, in others this character is obscure or wanting, and it is rare-

ly well marked.

In adult males there is a patch of thickened scales in the middle of the

abdomen as in some other forms of S¢ellio.

Fam. LACHRTID A.

11. MesaLrya PaRDALIs.

Lacerta pardalis, Licht., Verzeich. Doubl. p. 99.*

Eremias pardalis, Dum. et Bib., V. p. 312.

Mesalina pardalis, Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p. 48.—W. Blanf., Zool. Persia, p. 377.

Eremias (Mesalina) Watsonana, Stoliczka, P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 86.

Tn the ‘ Zoology of Persia,’ I pointed out that the specimens of this

species obtained by me in various parts of Persia, agreed perfectly on the

one hand with typical examples from Egypt in the British Museum and on

the other hand with Dr. Stoliczka’s description of IZ. Watsonana. A typi-

eal specimen of the latter is in the Indian Museum, and I find my identi-

fication was quite correct, and that this specimen agrees in all respects with

MM, pardalis.

This species is common in the western part of upper Sind, keeping

chiefly to open plains and deserts.

12. AcANTHODACTYLUS CANTORIS.

Common in open sandy places, usually amongst bushes, not in absolute

desert.

13. Opniorps JERDONI.

This is not common in Sind, but I saw several on the top of a high

hill, called Miagwan, in the extreme north-western corner of Sind, at an

elevation of about 6000 feet above the sea ; I also met with a few individuals

on the Hab river near Karachi. Concerning this species see Stoliczka’s

remarks, J. A. S. B., 1872, XLI, p. 89, and Giinther’s, P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 225.

The latter, however, is mistaken in supposing that Cabrita Jerdoni is the

same species. As was pointed out by Beddome in his original description

(Mad. Monthly Jour. Med. Sci. 1870), C. Jerdoni differs in having a fully

developed lower eyelid, a longer tail, more numerous femoral pores, &e.

* J take this reference from Dumeril and Bibron and from Gray, as I have not

access at present to the original work. There is no doubt, so far as I am aware, about

the identification, but it is never wise to quote any authority without referring to it,

and I only do so in this case because the species has not before been recognized as

Indian,

—_ a a a eed

1876.] ; 27

111.—On certain protracted Irregularities of Atmospheric Pressure in the

Indian Monsoon-region, and their Relation to Variations of the Locat

Rainfall By Henry F. Buanrorp, F. G. W.

(Received May 13th ;—Read June 7th, 1875.)

Note.—The greater part of the following paper was written in 1874 for

communication to the British Association meeting at Belfast, and an ab-

stract of the paper appears in the Reports of the work of Section A for that

year. I did not, however, publish the paper in extenso, as I desired before

doing so to verify the conclusions by some further experience. The origi-

nal paper discussed the phenomena cf the years 1868, 1871, 1872, and

1873: I have now added those of 1869, 1870, and 1874; and I have re-

drawn the tables of the former years, substituting as the standard of

comparison, the averages obtained up to the end of 1874, for those up to

the end of 1873 only. The result has been a further confirmation of at

least one of my conclusions, vz. the persistency of certain anomalies of

pressure distribution. The other conclusion suggested, vzz. that the rainfall

of each season is influenced in a characteristic manner by these anomalous

variations of the pressure, is one that requires for its verification a far

more detailed and prolonged study than the data here given will admit of.

In a paper read in February 1874 before the Royal Society, I con-

eluded from a detailed discussion of the wind-directions, and the distribution

of atmospheric pressure in Northern and Central India, as well as of other

meteorological elements, that the Indian branches of the two monsoons, in

the one case originate, in the other terminate south of the Himalaya; and

_that they are but little, if at all, dependent on the variations of atmospheric

pressure in Central Asia, to which they have generally been attributed.

The great mountain chain acts in fact as a complete barrier to the lower

half of the atmosphere, and it was shewn that it is within this stratum that

the alternating air-currents are restricted. From April to the end of Sep-

tember an area of low pressure exists over a part of Central India and the

Punjab, towards which a tolerably steady current blows from equatorial seas ;

while, during the remainder of the year, there is an area of less intense maxi-

mum pressure in approximately the same region, in which the winter or NE

monsoon originates. In the charts given in illustration of this paper, it was

shewn that the position of the barometric minimum in the SW monsoon,

on an average, changes but little from the month of May, before the rains

set in, up to the end of the rains in September or October ; when the pres-

sure becomes nearly uniform, prior to the re-distribution which characterises

the winter season. The object of the present paper is to shew that while

28 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

the distribution of relative pressures during the SW monsoon deviates

somewhat from the normal or average type in certain years, the variations

which appear at the beginning of the season in April or May are almost, if

not quite, as persistent as the normal features of distribution shewn in the

charts; and sometimes, indeed, last through one or two years. This fact is

one which may prove hereafter of much practical importance. Since the

strength and direction of the winds are determined by differences of pres-

sure in neighbouring regions, and since the monsoon rains are in their turn

dependent on the vapour-bearing winds, it might be expected that the ano-

malies of rainfall would also shew a certain persistence, and that each sea-

son, and, in certain cases, two seasons in succession, would preserve much the

same character in regard to the excess or deficiency of rainfall. As far as

observation hitherto has afforded the means of testing this presumption, this

appears to be actually the case ; the result being sometimes a succession of

destructive floods, at other times the failure of the late autumn crops over

large areas, producing those famines for which India is disastrously noto-

rious.

Until about eight years ago there were no systematic records of meteo-

rological phenomena in India, sufficiently general for instituting an enquiry

into a question of this kind: and even up to last year, those that are trust-

worthy and at the same time accessible, related only to about a third of the

whole area of India. It is therefore for this portion only that evidence is

at present forthcoming. But fortunately this includes the greater part of

the area which is concerned with that branch of the monsoon that traverses

the Bay of Bengal in the summer months; the remainder being chiefly

watered either by the current which proceeds from the western coast ; or,

in the case of the Carnatic, by the Bay of Bengal current which is deflected.

towards that region in October and November.

With such partial data as have hitherto been available, it is certainly

not possible to establish definite laws of the relations between the quantity

and distribution of the rainfall on the one hand, and local irregularities in

the distribution of pressure on the other. To do this effectually will re-

quire much more complete data than we at present possess; including a

knowledge of the distribution of atmospheric pressure over the whole of

India and the neighbouring seas ;* and more perfect means of determining

the absolute movement of the air,f its temperature and humidity, than are

at present available. I shall therefore content myself in this place with

* This, it is hoped, will be shewn for the first time in the Report on the Meteorology

of India for 1875, by means of isobaric and wind-charts for each month of the year.

+ Steps have been taken to procure self-recording anemometers for this purpose,

which will be erected at some 20 stations in addition to the three presidency capitals;

which are already provided with them.

————

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 29

adducing evidence to shew that abnormal variations of relative pressure

tend to be persistent ; and on the former head J shall only pomt out some

observed coincidences, with the caution that no satisfactory discussion of

this subject is practicable until the conditions are known over a very much

wider area than that treated in the present paper, and that for a sufficiently

long period.

When the barometric traces of a number of stations in different parts

of India are compared together, it appears that, after eliminating the regu-

lar variation of the daily tides, they are all affected simultaneously or near-

ly so by irregular fluctuations of very various duration (from one to many

days), and that these are on the whole more intense at northerly than at

southerly stations. ‘The amount by which the pressure at any place for a

given month or day deviates above or below its normal value for that period,

will necessarily be affected by these irregular fluctuations as well as by

those protracted anomalies of pressure with which I am now concerned.

The most ready way of exhibiting the latter is to take the barometric differ-

ence for the period in question of a pair of stations, not too distant from

each other, and from this to deduct their normal or average difference for

the corresponding period ; or, what comes to the same thing, to obtain the

total barometric anomaly* for each of the pair separately, by deducting

the corresponding normal values, and then to take the difference of these

anomalies. This latter method will be followed in the tables illustrating this

paper. If we find that as a general rule these final differences or, as I have

termed them, relative anomalies preserve the same sign + or — and not in-

frequently approximately similar values for many months together (the

comparison being sufficiently extensive fairly to test the whole mass of the

data), the proposition that abnormal variations of relative pressure tend to be

protracted, may be considered as established. I must, however, remark by way

of precaution, that the above method of proceeding does not completely

eliminate the general irregular fluctuations. It would do so, only if all stations

were equally affected by them ; but actually this is not the case. A simple

inspection of the barometric curves (of which I havea series for several years)

shews that, as a rule, these fluctuations are more intense, the higher the lati-

tude ; and that, sometimes, stations in the interior seem to be more affected

than those on the coast. Hence the further two stations are apart (especially

in latitude), the less complete is the elimination. But for my present pur-

pose this rough method will suffice. I now proceed to the facts.

In 1868 an abnormal barometric depression in the NW corner of the

Bay of Bengal and in part of Orissa characterised the whole of the SW

* By this term, I designate the amount by which the mean pressure at any station

for a given day, month, or year, ranges above or below the corresponding average of

many years.

30 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

monsoon, while in Lower Bengal the pressure was for the most part above

the average. This is shewn in the tables for the year [see Appendix] ; the

first of which gives the mean total barometric anomaly for each month of

Calcutta, Saugor Island, False Point, Cuttack, Chittagong, and Akyab, and

the second the relative anomalies for certain pairs of stations selected so as

best to illustrate the phenomenon in question.

In this case, which indeed was the first that attracted my attention,

the relative depression was remarkably intense, and bounded (on the land

side at least) by a high gradient. The pressure in Bengal was unusually

high and that at False Point abnormally low at the beginning of the year ;

and this barometric difference was intensified in May, when, however, there

was a prevalent high pressure much exceeding the average. In June, again,

when the general pressure was below the average, the difference was less,

and as between the neighbouring stations of Cuttack (50 miles from False

Point) and Calcutta, almost disappeared ; reappearing, however, in July

with a general excess of pressure, and becoming further intensified in

August with a general and abnormal fall. Jn this last month the greatest

difference was between Saugor Island and Calcutta (68 miles apart) ; amount-

ing absolutely to not less than ‘103 inches on the mean pressures of the

month. There was no cyclone, notwithstanding that so great a barometric

gradient rarely occurs, even temporarily in India, except during the passage

of a cyclone. The rainfall at Caleutta during the month was however very

heavy, one half greater than at Saugor Island, and at Hooghly 30 miles

further north it was nearly twice as great as at Calcutta. I shall recur to

this subject in the sequel. In the north-west of the Bay, the anomalous

depression lasted until the end of the year ; but it was most intense during

the south-west monsoon. The excessive rainfall was quite local, and oceur-

red, as we have seen, some distance to the north of the depression. In the

N. W. Provinces the fall of the season was somewhat deficient.

In 1869 the pressure was abnormally high at False Point and Cuttack

(especially the former), relatively to the more southern part of the coast

(Madras) on the one hand, and to Bengal, especially as represented by Ber-

hampore on the other. It was abnormally low at Berhampore and also at

Chittagong ; while at Akyab, relatively both to this place and Port Blair,

and during the greater part of the monsoon, even to False Point, it was

unusually high ; August being a temporary exception. In other words,

there seems to have been an abnormal ridge of high pressure, extending

across the Bay from Akyab to False Point and Cuttack. In the Meteoro-

logical Report for that year it is stated that “the rainfall was less than the

average in Orissa, the Gangetic delta, and Aracan. Also in Hastern Bengal

(except Sylhet and Cherrapunji), in Lower Assam, Sikkim, and parts of

Behar. It was above the average at Soory and Berhampore, and over a

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 2 ail

tract of country stretching between the Rajmahal hills and the Bhotan

dwars, including Dinajpur, Rangpur and probably Julpigori and Buxa.”

Hence it appears that the ridge of relatively high pressure, before adverted

to, had the effect of diminishing the rainfall generally both in the region

occupied by it and also to the north ; except where the abnormal depression

at Berhampore and Chittagong tended to negative this effect and produce a

local increase. Quoting again from the Report of the year, “it would

appear that the area of greatest rainfall did not coincide with that of the

barometric depression but was at 150 miles to the north-east of it. It was

very restricted, and if the data can be trusted in detail would seem to be

sharply defined.”

The local relative excess of pressure at False Point and Cuttack was

maintained through the cold weather of 1869—70, and up to the end of the

latter year; except at Cuttack, where it fellin December. The same was

the case at Akyab, except temporarily in the month of May [see Tables].

Its total duration extended therefore over two entire years. At False Point,

however, the barometer stood abnormally in excess of Akyab, during the

earlier months of the year and also in August and December. The region

of most persistent depression was about the Andamans,* and the relative

depression at Chittagong, Berhampore, and Monghyr was maintained, though

less intense than in the previous year. At Jubbulpore the pressure was

abnormally high, relatively to Nagpur, during the hot weather ; but this rela-

tion was reversed in August, and at the end of the year, the pressure at the

latter station ranged greatly above that at the former.

In the Bengal Report for this year it is stated that “In the Central

Provinces, including Sambhalpur and the hilly country to the West of the

Gangetic delta, the rainfall was higher than usual; while the Orissa coast

tract and the Gangetic delta had less than the average, more especially along

a line passing through False Point, Midnapur, and Burdwan”’, that is to say

under the lea of the high pressure region about False Point. ‘‘ The stations

in Behar registered about the usual quantity ; i some cases much more ;”

this being under the lea of the relative depression about Monghyr. “In

Eastern Bengal and Arakan the rains were generally somewhat deficient,

except at Sylhet and Noakhally” ; and it is observed that “some of these

local irregularities appear to be very anomalous.”

I next come to the year 1871, one of unusually heavy rainfall in Ben-

gal (except the Hastern districts and Lower Assam) and also in the NW

Provinces and Central India. In this year, the pressure was abnormally low

in the eastern part of the Bay about Akyab, in Orissa, and in Central India

north of the Satptira range ; as compared with Bengal, the Gangetic valley,

and the tract to the South of the Satptiras. On the west coast (the In-

* In January a cyclone occurred in the extreme South of the Bay.

32 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

dian coast) of the Bay, especially about False Point, the pressure was still

relatively high, so that the two areas of abnormally low pressure, viz. that

on the East of the Bay and that of Orissa, were distinct and separated.

The Akyab depression did not extend to Port Blair (Andamans), where the

pressure was on the whole slightly in excess of the average. 'To shew these

differences, in the Table for 1871 I have compared in the same manner as

before, Akyab with Chittagong on the north and Port Blair on the south ;

False Point with Vizagapatam, and this with Madras on the south and with

Berhampore on the north ; also with Akyab on the east and Cuttack on

the west; Cuttack with Berhampore, Monghyr, and Jubbulpore ; and Jub-

bulpore with Benares on the north and Nagpore on the south. Also Ber-

hampur with Monghyr and Chittagong.

The general persistency of the relative baric anomalies of the season is

well shewn in the table. But it exhibits some interruptions ; as for instance

a sudden relative depression at False Point, Vizagapatam, and Cuttack in

June, coinciding indeed with a general fall below the average, but most

intense at those stations. The rainfall in this month was exceptionally

heavy in the Gangetic delta, especially in the neighbourhood of Calcutta,

where it was about twice as great as at Saugor Island; thus repeating the

conditions already noticed in 1868. Another noticeable interruption is a

rapid rise of pressure at Jubbulpore in October, which was partially felt at

Nagpore and Benares, but not at all in Orissa ; while in Lower Bengal there

was a fall of pressure. Fluctuations in the amounts of the relative anoma-

lies, of less magnitude are indicated throughout, as might indeed be expect-

ed ; but they are for the most part gradual and not such as to negative the

general truth of the law of persistency.

The next year, 1872, was one of light rainfall in Bengal generally (that

of every month being below the average) ; but it was excessive in Orissa and

Chutia Nagpore. It was also stormy in the Bay of Bengal, which was not

the case in 1871. In the N. Western and Central Provinces the rainfall

was either about the average or somewhat above it ; this was chiefly due to

the heavier fall of the later months of the monsoon. Both in the N. W.

Provinces and Behar, the hot weather months with June and July were

generally dry, and rain did not fall plentifully till August. The anomalous

barometric depression in the neighbourhood of Akyab, and in Orissa as com- ~

pared with stations to the North was greater than in 1871; but Akyab did

not on the whole range abnormally below Port Blair, nor did Jubbulpore

range unusually below Nagpore on the one hand and Benares on the other,

as in the previous year; while an abnormal depression in the N. West of

the Bay connected the Orissa and Akyab depressions, being greatest about

False Point, or possibly in the neighbouring part of the Bay. To shew

this distribution I give tables for the same stations as in the previous year,

3876.7 Barometric Anomalies. 33

with the addition of Agra, Jhansi, and Lucknow in the N. W. Provinces,

these latter being chiefly for comparison with the corresponding data of

1873, when there was an important barometric irregularity in the Upper

Provinces.

In the table the general persistency of the baric anomalies is clearly

shewn, but there are three interruptions of some importance. In May with

a general fall greater than the average, especially in Central India and

False Point, Jhansi in the interior and Port Blair were exceptions, the fall

there being slightly less than the average. Again, in June, when the pres-

sure generally was considerably above the average, Orissa and Port Blair

ehanged in the opposite direction. Lastly, in September, with an unusual

vise of pressure every where, this was most intense at False Point and

Jubbulpore, and was but little in excess of the average at Port Blair, Vizaga-

patam, and Madras.

I now come to the year 1878, the rainfall of which in most parts of

Northern India was much below that even of the previous year, causing

that deficiency of the crops in parts of Bengal and the N. W. Provinces

which is still fresh in the recollection of all. The baric anomalies of the year

were in some respects identical with those of 1872, having lasted through

all the revolutions of the changing monsoons, but they were accompanied by

others which made their appearance either in the latter part of that year or

the earlier months of 1873, thus rendering the barometric distribution in

the summer monsoon more anomalous than that of any year yet recorded.

The anomalous depression in the Northern part of the Bay of Bengal

and Orissa still continued: Akyab as compared with Chittagong and False

Point as compared with Vizagapatam and Madras were lower even than in

1872: and the Orissa depression, relatively to Bengal and the Central Pro-

vinces, was as great, in some cases greater than in the previous year. With

regard to the south-east of the Bay, as represented by Port Blair, the

Akyab depression was somewhat greater than in 1872, but the registers of a

station, established during the year, in the Nicobars, seem to shew that to the

south of the Andamans there existed a very considerable barometric depres-

sion, which must have greatly influenced the strength of the monsoon in the

Bay of Bengal, and which was probably abnormal, though in the absence of

earlier registers, this cannot be confidently asserted.

In the upper part of the Ganges valley, in the province of Oude, a very

anusual depression appeared in the later months of 1872 and lasted up to

the close of the monsoon of 1873. These facts are shewn in the tables for

the year at the end of this paper.

As in the previous years, the tables shew a Pentel persistence of the

relative anomalies, with some interruptions, traceable to the unequal inci-

dence of general temporary fluctuations. Thus, in February, when the

34 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. I,

pressure generally became about normal after an unusual depression in

January, the change affected the several stations very unequally, Orissa and

the upper part of the N. W. Provinces being most affected, and Jubbulpore

and Madras the least. In May, again, the pressure fell much less than usual

as a general rule, but at Akyab the fall was of the almost normal amount ;

while at Agra and Lucknow it was less than the average fall by nearly

O-linch. In June the fall of pressure was everywhere greater than the

average, the excess being greatest at Agra and Lucknow, and least at Akyab,

Madras, and Nagpore. Lastly, in August, with a general abnormal rise of

pressure, Akyab, Chittagong, Berhampur, and Monghyr show the greatest

excess, and Agra and Lucknow nearly as much, but the rise at Madras was

not much greater than the average, and at Port Blair, Vizagapatam, and

Nagpore about equal and of intermediate amount.

In 1874 the pressure was abnormally low relatively to other places at

at Akyab, False Point, and Cuttack, especially the last ; while it was highest

at Berhampur and Chittagong.

Agra and Lucknow (especially the last) shewed a low pressure as in

the preceding year; but the depression was relatively less intense; and

Jhansi and Jubbulpore were relatively high, more especially the latter. The

persistency of these differences was not less than in former years, as may be

seen in the table for 1874; but I have not been able to trace out any such

concurrence between these phenomena and the peculiarities of the rainfall

as are exhibited in the reports and registers of certain previous years.

The rainfall of 1874 was generally deficient in the western districts of

Bengal and also the more eastern districts and Arakan ; but above the

average at Burdwan, Soory, Contai, and in the Rajshaye and Cooch Behar

divisions.. In general, too, it was in excess in Behar, Chutia Nagpur, and

Orissa. In the N. W. and Central Provinces also it was generally abun-

dant ; Jhansi, Ajmere, and Nagpore being, however, exceptions. In the ear-

ler part of the monsoon, the rain was plentiful in the N. W. Provinces

and scanty in Bengal. In September and October this relation was rever-

sed.

Lest the somewhat abstract language I have employed im describing

these phenomena should tend to obscure the physical facts to which the

tables testify, it will be useful, before proceeding further, to recall to mind

what these facts really are. Such expressions as normal and abnormal, how-

ever convenient for describing the mental analysis of a phenomenon whieh

results from the concurrent operation of a number of causes, have really

reference only to our way of regarding it, and none whatever (of necessity)

to the phenomenon itself.. The physical facts educed in the foregoing dis-

cussion may be thus enunciated:—That amid the never ceasing

changes of condition and place to which every

1876.] Barometric Anomalies. 35

part of the atmosphere is subject, certain states

tend to perpetuate or reproduce themselves in

the same region, in such manner as to maintain

a constant difference in the mean or average pres-

sures ef two neighbouring regions; and that this

tfendenty to a constant local difference is in cer-

tain cases maintained throughout those great re-

volutions of atmospheric density, composition,

and movement which accompany the alternations

of the monsoons. Nevertheless these states though protracted are

not permanent, and disappear after a longer or shorter time. Sometimes

suddenly, but more frequently by a graduated decrease.

When this class of phenomena first attracted my attention, my first idea

was, as would probably occur to most, that the instruments used for measur-

ing the pressure had either become defective, or had been displaced from

the vertical position or moved to a different elevation, without the fact having

beenreported. I accordingly had the instruments recompared and ascertained

by careful enquiry whether any removal had taken place, but failed to ob-

tain any explanation of the observed anomalies. Longer experience has

shewn that two or more neighbouring stations, occasionally participate in

the same condition of protracted excessive or deficient pressure ; and where

stations exist intermediate in position between those at which extreme

opposite conditions prevail, the former continue to shew an intermediate

condition. J should add that, as far as regards Bengal, I have given the

utmost care to ensure that all barometric observations shall be rigorously

comparable, and after a careful consideration of all the circumstances, | am

able to see no reason to doubt the validity of the phenomena indicated by

the registers.*

* The most remarkable case of protracted differences of pressure, which are never=

theless not permanent, is that shewn by False Point and Cuttack, as compared with

the surrounding stations. The registers shew that after remaining abnormally low

throughout the year 1868, the pressure rose at the beginning of 1869 and at False

Point remained unusually high throughout the years 1869, 1870, and 1871. At the

beginning of 1872 it again fell, and remained relatively low during the two years

following. Now at False Point the same instrument (a marine barometer of the

Fitzroy pattern) was used continuously by the same observer, and, I am assured,

in the same place, from the time when the station was originally established up

to the end of 1872; it was then replaced by a marime barometer on the Kew-«

principle, without any change in the general value of the readings. At Cuttack

the original instrument was replaced towards the end of 1869, but the two were

read simultaneously for a fortnight, and, after applying the corrections which had been

previously determined in Calcutta, the readings were found to be identical. The second

“instrument was again replaced in December 1872 by a Casella’s standard, which was

36 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

If then, as I cannot but conclude, the distribution of pressure m India

is subject to protracted local variations, which nevertheless are not perma-

nent, it seems probable that we may find herein a clue to the explanation

of those irregularities of the rainfall that have so important an influence

on the welfare of the people ; and the connection between the two classes

of phenomena must become a question of very high practical as well as

scientific importance.

T have already shewn reasons why this enquiry cannot be satisfactorily

undertaken at present. For instance, the establishment of an observatory

at the Nicobars in May 1873, brought to light the apparent existence of @

remarkable barometric depression in that neighbourhood, of which we

should otherwise have remained m ignorance. What its extent may have

been, we do not know, but its position is such that it must have been in-

fluential in drawing aside a portion of the monsoon current which otherwise

would pass up the Bay towards Northern India. So long as we remain

without information of the meteorological conditions in any part of the

Indian monsoon area, we cannot be sure that the effects we witness in Nor-

thern India may not have resulted from causes whose seat lies without our

area.

But although any comprehensive discussion of the subject is impossi-.

ble, I may point to some observed relations between barometric depression

and rainfall which are, f think, too striking to be a fortuitous coincidence. I

refer more especially to the excessively heavy rainfall which occurred in the

region of which the town of Hughli is the centre, in August 1868; when

a very intense depression lay near Saugor Point (100 miles to the south)

off the mouth of the Hughli. In the previous month of June, when the

site of the minimum pressure was in the neighbourhood of False Point, the

region of excessive rainfall lay about Balasore and Contai (100 miles to the

north), and throughout the season, while the barometric depression held its

place in the N. W. corner of the Bay, the excessive rainfall was restricted to

the south-west corner of the Gangetic delta, although the fall was heavy

over a considerable part of the delta. In Behar on the other hand, and in

fixed in position by myself, and a second series of simultaneous readings for a month,

gave, after due correction, the same results. The instrument had been moved to a differ-

ent house, I believe in 1870; but a line of levels taken at my request by the Executive

Engineer of the station shewed that the two positions of the instrument were apprecia-

_bly at the same level. The Saugor Island barometer which in 1868 shewed as great

“a fall below the usual pressure as that of False Point, has been compared three times,

viz. when first supplied to the station, again by myself on the spot at the end of 1870,

and lastly with a Casella’s standard supplied to the station in 1873. The results of

these comparisons agreed accurately, and the instrument has always been in the

same position.

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 37

the N. W. Provinces, the rainfall of this year was deficient. I may here

point to a parallelism between this case and that of the rainfall m cyclones,

in which it appears, by the common consent of observers, that the greatest

raintall oceurs in advance of the cyclone-centre.

Now something similar to the above relation seems to be traceable in

other cases when the depression is less intense and the effect more extensive.

In 1873, although the fall was deficient in Bengal and the N. W. Provinces,

it was not so in the Punjab nor about Roorkee and Agra, which lay to the

west or north-west of the abnormal depression in Oude ; that is to say, be-

yond the depression in the course followed by the vapour-bearing winds. It

Was very copious also in Burmah, which lay beyond (to the north and north-

east of) the Nicobar depression, the monsoon-current here being from the

south west. In 1871, when there was an abnormal depression in the east

of the Bay, in Orissa, and about Jubbulpore ; (how far this last may have

extended east and west we do not know, in the absence of stations); the

rainfall was abundant in the Gangetic valley and Bengal, as well as the

Central Provinces. But on the other hand, we must not lose sight of the

fact, that in 1872 and 1873, when the depression was as great or greater in

the Bay of Bengal and Orissa, the rainfall in Bengal as in Northern India

generally was light or very deficient. This fact warns us that we must not

push too far the conclusions drawn from our present imperfect data.

The mean or normal values adopted as standards in the following tables

are those of all registers up to the end of 1874. The number of years it.

each case is from 5 to 8. The table of these values is given at page 15 of

the Meteorological Report for Bengal for the year 1874.

1868. Zuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Calcutta. Sagar Id. False Pt, Cuttack. | CONE" | Akyab.

SATUALY, cessevee ceseeess| + 024) + °016) — °036}) — -013] — -003} — :032

IP@lMUBIA coood00d DOODOUOS + O11) — :039]} — -0438} — :001] — -010| — -007

NigiRGO Sadogs OOOK5 seseeee| + 7026] — 010) — '035] + -004) + -002| + :005

ail i -008)| — 032) 059) Ole) eet -OOON aeons

WEN céacd00 jGoD00 5 00n000 + °102| + °064 0} + 063) + -045]) + -072

June, > ouconDDO 9900000 0} — :043} — :044, — :002| + :085| + -047

ULV, ssccesee convseee sees] + 035] — °020| —-°044) + -004) —.-001! + +049

ANUIETEN, coo onODOHO 9 0odocd — :020] — °128] — :085) — :088); — :067| — :0138

ISM ECDUDCI I sieletaveieiss vavvics 0| — 072) — :072) — :004) — :016)} + :011

October; :......;........| + :0384| — :021) —--013) + -046) + :016] + :009

November, .....:.. ercrns — ‘014/ — :049) — :059} — -010| — -034|} — ‘068

December, .....+0...++0+| + 027] + °012} — °021) + :020} + -004) — -004

38 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

1868. Zuble of relative barometric Anomalies.

Sagar Id./False Pt.) Cuttack |False Pt.|False Pt.|Akyab to

to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cut- to Chitta-

cutta. cutta. | cutta. tack. | Akyab.| gong.

ST ANUATY AE Ey aielefereisiel Heels atees — 008} — :060} — :037| — -023} — :004| — :029

LNG AA FoG455 boson eae — 060} — 054; — :012| — -042| — 036) + -003

MMitar Gla as; deraievevstsn rs syeuste > — ‘036} — :061! — :022) — -039] — :041| + -003

Ayeriley sco Ree. ; — -040/ — -067| — -019| — -048| — -077{ + -009

IN ERAS cons sacs so nbe scp oeee — 048} — °102} — 039; — -063| — -072] + -027

JUNE, cceveees cove cceeeees| — 048! — *044} — -002) — -042} — -091] + -012

ey Mahisrere Atetere 39 DoOSbaNO — 055] — :079|} — -031| — -048] — :098| + -050

ENTESTSSS 3598 Mee aee 553409 — 108} — -065) — -068, + -003| — -072| + -054

Nepsembery sure coctine «sec — 072) — :072| — :004| — -:068| — :083} + 027

October, PNR ee ks — -055 | —=-047| + -012| — -033) — -022|/=—— -o07

Novenber, bush wend snes — -035||— -045| + -004| — -049| — -009| — -034

December, .........+.-++.| — °015| — +048] — -007-/ — -041] — -017| — -008

1869. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

P yhitta- |,

Bot | Akyab: oe Madras. |False Pt.

January, 39.99009000 coenee + ‘101] — :032} — -003) + :038| + -060

He brary. | ciaciilee eerie! s0000000 + °048/ — -007) — :010| + -007} + +040

MAT Ch crorskel eeiers al einiclen sates sce + -020; — °001} — :010) — -006) + -052

BAS UTM ea ais sieleke) oialiois ove) cise siaikelelevele . + 021; + -018| — :025) — :005} + -040

WERE, aapaodocdoeauee 5 500 + 021) + ‘072 °045| — :010|] + -042

June, . 34000795 650059000 50005000 — ‘O11; + °047} — :0385| — -:034|) — -003

July, 5090 90090000 0006500006 .o| + -002; + -049; — :001) — -019] + -019

August, nODOddO BOOM O ODIdaD O° + °010} — :013| — :067| — :013! + -058

September,........: 4 000000 BOO .| + 006; + -011} — -016} — :005} + -021

Octoberysn ae.) . : -| — °003} + -009) + :016} — -012| + -014

INOWEMID ETS clavate cic) ewisierss aie’ «) os sareaiale .| + °015|/ — :068) — 034} — :009| + -048

MD ECOMDEN oie) '/sjeis'e icles cio oa este sooeee| + °004] + 7002) + '004) — -056| + -008

Berham-| Mon- Jubbul-

Cuttack pore: ghyr: Nagpore. pore.

AJR ET AA 55 on 5 qa OAS bd De oc + 052) + °056} + :089) — -001| + +046

Mebruaryy (s\n «\oc 1 50079 b.908 56 + 088; + :016) + 001} — -045|) + -008

WEED, on55 40690095 40 + -039) — -018) + :013} — :049|) — -020

pei ss aes ee ie tee ee OP 1-050 ? “* 034) = 00,

WEN 555009500900 boanDD0b Ged00000| Fe OID| —= Wns ? — °049| — -025

JURE 350000605900 Nd00099000000900 — ‘041! — -151) — :030| — :049} — -002

Jit, catia 5000 4900 D06OCSOID 96 005 + :015} — :058; + -006}] — -019| + -O11

_ ATES Se ne IE + 055] + 038; + -014| — -010| + -046

September,......... 5.50095 : Siete — 005} — :008| — -022| — :052 | — :036

Wetobere erate iet 300% + 006} — ‘011; + ‘004) — -0386| — -008

November,........ a9 00D550nbDD OO + 037) — 011) + :034]) + :018| — 017

December,.. 1.1... ssceseceevvsevsee| + 025] — :046| — :016| — :046| — -032

1876.]

Barometric Anomalies.

1869. Tuble of relative barometric Anomalies.

SS —

. |Akyab to

Port

Blair.

January, e@eeosese eeeeveee — 133

MEHGHALY, Gas oben esis c« =| —— 000

AVG CDS Riese) eerie cle eiclieie vvie.s — 021

a\iwil, 5 5500603 000000 Gved|) => AOE

Mies set cee cecles wes | OO]

JTHAE, 4an000 aoudo0 UGUOUU ICs mms)

Tu sgooud codsoo ange cope + °047

August, ..cereeeee cues voee| — 1023

September, ......eeee+++-| + “005

NOEROWEE ele re loreversioceleiels wake + °012

INDrEeMle, boo000 op00 ou0G — 083

Dees shogoocdo opooun — 002

Akyab to

Chitta-

gong.

029

003

‘009

043

027

082

050

054

027

007

034

002

| Wh) shee tbe th te ak

RIAUNUANEYs alalelele aes) ofete's

HIGDEUATYs) a + ole + «

March, .

AN Sal Baap ao

WERE sooo GUD

June, ..

eee er ee ee ee oe eee

eee ce ee ve oe

essen ee

August, .....

September,.,....... padcoc 5 00%

October, .. 0...

November,....s.+. 0

December,

eooee eee e eee se Po oe oe oe

eeeee

Cuttack

to Mon-

ghyr.

018

037

026

011

009

041

017

002

003

041

False Pt.|False Pt.

to Mad-| to Cut-

ras. tack.

+ 022} + :008

+ °033! + °002

+ °058] + °013

+ 045} + :019

+ °052| + 10238

+ °031] + :038

+ *038) + °004

+ 045) + :008

+ 013} + °026

+ °026) + :008

+ 057} + °011

+ :064) — ‘017

Fertile Berham-

pore to

pore to Mon:

Nagpore. ehyr.

+ °047) + °017

+ 053) + :015

+ 029) — ‘031

+ 027 ?

+ 024 P

+ 047) — °121

+ :030) — ‘064

+ *056) + °024

+ 016) + :014

— ‘022| — :015

— :0385| — :046

+ 014) — :0380

False Pt.) Cuttack

to Ber- to

hampore.| Jubbul-

pore.

+ 004} + :006

+ 024) + :030

+ ‘O70) + °059

+ *090| + °028

+ 047.) + °044

+ 148} — °039

+ 077) + °004

+ 020) + ‘009

+ °029; + °081

+ 025| + °064

+ 059) + 064

+ °054| + ‘057

Berham- False Pt.

Gnitta, |

1 -

oR Akyab

+ .°059| + °092

+.:026) + °047

— °008) + °0538

— °025) + :022

— °050} — :030

— '116} — :050

— 057| — :030

+ (105) + ‘071

+ :008) — :006

— 027) + 005

+ :0338) + °116

— 050] + *006

1870. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Port

Blair.

January, @eoee oeeoF eso se oe — ‘159

Hepruary, 1... sssesess sees| — 042

BVIECHUtlersteis wleisielers) oo s%es|(—— “0382

Ree iar, ecco a v0 | = 024

MENG scbocce BoOd0e DOOD OOD — °032

EMC ayyeisicteleievers sieiviele velee of == (004

BULA Mrotoreefololel «ivevere/eisie’s «occ « — 023

INTISUSts rae'eslelsiers crcie se ctes sl — “O37

September, 1... ssleeeesees| — *019

WCLOD CEN atetoletetercieiotetel | avote ||) ——. “006

DNOVGMIDET EN calor > cies» cere | —— °012

MICCEMPET) valecss +s vere cvee| — “069

Akyab.

jeep te ae [Pah ae |p TP {|

Chitta-

gone. Madras.

— 072) — :083

— °042| — :034

— °050) — -:022

— ‘038| — ‘031

— ‘014, — ‘057

“+ 063) + *005

— ‘020; — :008

— °023| — :007

+ 014} + :001

— 004) + ‘007

— ‘028; + :008

— 009} + :020

we8 lalse Pt,

— °098 | — -010

— 052) + :029

—— OPAL Si SOL 7/

— :007} + -019

— -045| — -044

+ :037| + :068

—,:019.| — -007

— 009} + -008

— 007} + -036

+ 004] + -028

Say OL OOK

+ 013) + °036

40 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative

[No. I,

1870. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

I[PMOAAY, 55050090 so000000

IRSOATRNAA, 9565 900000000050

NILA 5.0o4.0508 do0d00.00R6

April, 390 0000000 9 caD000

WER ooooos so09000 . 900

June, 59000000 0000 0000

Uwibs oooso a6 300 000000

August, 6000000 0000 0006

SAHIMMMINA 45000000 000000

OBI ONA 5 Hoo000 bo0000 00

IN OVAMIAD 5 5 Goo05000 o00000

IDEM G5 SG50 Goce don Eun

ee eeeoee

eee cec ee

ec eee eee

eo ee ee oe

Cuttack. Berham-

— 033

+ 016

Ones)

+ -020

— 052

+ °038

—— 021

+ °016

+ °022

+ °006

— ‘018

— ‘060

pore.

063

‘034

"027

003

065

064

028

“O19

‘001

‘O11

— 018

— 007

Phat |

Mon-

* ghyr.

— *028

— 004

— -003

+ “017

— -066

+ °024

== (BP

— -003

+ -001

— ‘015

= One

— ‘006

pore.

085

008

039

009

013

036

007

037

005

034

‘034

003

| | | + | +4444 |

++ {++ ]+ |] ]4++ |

1870. Tuable of relative barometric Anomalies.

ule Nagpore.

055

001

“004

023

027

037

015

‘006

‘024

003

010

072

SNE 550000 009000 9900

HICDIUATY, eves ole eicie ss

August, ..... 5 400996 dan000

Soul)" Goo0 sono oMeodD

OSH 54040 400000 an00 0K

INOYVDMNI, 450500 co0pn000

Desa Nee 645905000 as0c0000

Akyab to

Port

Blair.

+ °027

+ ‘016

+ ‘010

— ‘009

+ °068

| + 080

+ ‘016

+ *045

+ ‘034

+ “O17

+ ‘071

Akyab to

Chitta-

gong.

027

033 |

“024 |

"027 |

001

027

002

*012

“012

033

O11

t+e++tet4 [44+

053

063

"044

016

021

“004

“021

“027

037

‘039

"019

043

Le a a

—_——— i

Cuttack

to Jub-

bulpore.

JANUALY, ws... 9000000000

February, ......5+.++..+--

September, .......+-+4.+-

OGWORP, s00000 400000 9000

WOVE YI 565000 0000 0006

MeCeEMPCr, case «eres 2-16 =|

Cuttack

to Mon-

ghyr.

,++t++t+++4+4++4 |

Vizaga- |\False Pt.|False Pt|False Pt.

patam to to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-

Madras. |gapatam.| tack. |hampore.

— 015) + :088) + °023) +

— °018) + *081) + -014) +

+ ‘O01| + -088|/-— -002) +

O)} + :0384) — O01) +

+ 012} + -001/ + -008) +

+ -032) + 031} + :030) +

— ‘O11! + -O11) + :014) +

— -002) + -017) — -008) +

— 008; + -0438) + ‘014) +

— 003} + °024) + °022) +

— 025) + :018) + -O14) +

— 007) + :023) + -096) +

Berham- | Berham-

pore to | pore to J wie Hele Pt.

Mon- | Chitta- | Joo ore.| Alevab

eign || gone) | agypore. yab.

— 035) + :009| — -030

— 030) + -008) + -007) +

— 024) + -023) + :085) +

— 014) + :0380) + -032) +

+ -001) — -0651) + -040) —

+ 040) + ‘001; — -001) +

+ °004} —- 008] + :023| —

— 016) + 004) — -043) +

— °002) — :015} — :019} +

+ 004; — -007} — :0381

+ 006) + -010}] — -044) —

— ‘001; + :002} — 075; +

a ee

1876. } Fj Barometric Anomalies. 41

1871. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

pa Akyab. ee Madras. ae ~ [False Pt.

EMU Vecisccs sews te snteecers — °021} — -044}] — -:036] — 014} + :004 0

February, oUt nina wore — ‘010; — °018} — :029] — -:016} — :011} — :004

BUSTED 2Gcras beac eae ae P + 009} + :013] + °0138] + °012) + ‘011

tcl, US Ashe See eee eae ? + 012] + -015| + -016| + -007| + -024

LIBATS 6 Ooo Cee Oe Ee ne i — ‘007| + °002}) + 023} + ‘014) + :021

June,... + °030} — °033]) — :026}] — :002/ — :031| — -018

Silay aeodone 9 op peo agsaooD + -016} — ‘010} — :015} + °005} — :002| + -012

JETS 35 OO DOU ORO ROR Cae + °022} — °003) + :012} + -O11/ + :021| + :026

RUCHUCMIDELS Ice eave vier ae’ © + °001) — -010} + -014) — -007| — :021) + -010

WclobenweMass core calislewss + 001} — 022) — -015} + :015] + 015) + +016

BNO WCMIDET I: Ciena) vcs ence + °006] — -007} — -005} — :011! — :002| + :0138

December,....... iso Hoe ieee + °023} + °026) + °0385) + ‘018] + ‘008} + 046

Cuttack. Berham-| Mon- | Jubbul-

pore. alam, “aOR Nag pore. Benares.

JESSIE, Goocou coo VGG000 — :035} — +033; — :030) + -001} + 059) — -018

Rebeuary,, o.. sce ee ss Sccos|| == O28 | == AWA —= 033 | — O29) COS) — WHO

WERE, 5 osco0cb ac0000 9000 — 003} — :012} + -009) — :005} + °028|) — :013

Jsrall. — Gdgucounds o00 000000 — 004; + O11} + -020) + -003; + °014) + -O11

NIZA Goooode0 e000 00. 0a06 — -010/ + -038} + -048) + 006} + 066) + -041

June, ...... $0 acqod059 0000 — 044} — :011} — 005) — -046} — -011] — :008

Tals, gee oeee eee pte =O —— -007|)) 7 6008) 016 | ree 02G) ae COLO

AMUN, 1000600000 0500 0000 + 010} — ‘011} + :018} — 005] + °029) + -029

S@UISMNIS Goouedco ooooae — 034] — :022} — -006) — -060} — :008} — -030

‘Osrologe, Seacucme secceeeeee| — O31} — 029] — 022, + -023] + °017/ — -012

November, ....060+.+-++0+| — 045) — -042] — -035) — °032} — °043} — -021

December, ..... 000 vob00E — 014} + ‘015; + 021); — ‘018; — -013; + -:016

Akyab ine to] Vizaga-|False Pt.'False Pt.'False Pt.

Port Chitta- |patam to) to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-

Blair. | gong. | Madras. |gapatam.) tack. |hampore.

A/gMNBNE © CosocodO DONS »ee-| — °023| — :008} + -018} — -004] + :085) + :033

lRSIEIEIA, ooongagod a00n0dG -| — 008] + °011|} + 005} + -007| + :024] + -037

IMERanS ho oo OOD DUnUInOOe ; p — 005); — :001} — :001] + :014] + -023

J\j ial pees 50000000 ? — 003; — 009] + 017} + -028| + :013

May, 5O O000 DD0G 000000 ? — ‘009; — :009|} + -007| + ‘031; — :017

MIU Pte chencie! sitivia sie “cena eles — ‘063| — :007| — :029) + :013} + -026| — :007

slay airy reper sieieteiisrscsre: wtnelor alates — 026) + -005) — 007, + :014) + :023}] + -019

PATHOTUS Esa sie sev 01 seeeeeeee| — °025| — 015} + -010/ + 005) + -016| + -087

September, ..... vseeeeees| — ‘O11l| — 024! — -014] + :081] + -044|) + -082

Octoberi) Fei... ss no ooncoo — °023|} — -006 O; + 001} + -047} + -045

BNO VERUD OT ara iciele sve tareieies 6 — ‘013| — :002/ + :009} + °015| + :058} + -055

December,.........+++.+2.| + 003} — :009/ — :010] + :088] + -060} + :031

42 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. t,

1871. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Dee ee eee

False Pt.| Cuttack | Cuttack |Berham- pen Jubbul- | Jubbul-

to to Jub-) to Mon- | to Mon- Gea pore to | pore to

Akyab. | bulpore.| ghyr. ghyr. ome ~ |Nagpore.|Benares.

eg.

January, ........| + °044| — 0386) — -005} — °003) + -003| — ‘058| + “O19

INS ERG ooooDovGl| PB WOME sp AIL) s- W@|) —— W0s))) = tO |) — °035| + ‘O11

WERE Sooo bcudu" + 002} + 002) — -012| — -021| — -025|) — -033| + 008

April, 600752.) 4-012 | = -007 F004 |) -009'| — 004; =o ane

IME dboo5o0 seeee| + °028] — 016) — :058}| — :010| + -036| — -960| — -035

June, .....-+..-.| + °015| + °002] — -039) — -006) + -015} — -035| — “038

PulkAosce ooacoo09 + -022| + 005° — :019| — 015! + -008} — -042| — -026

JATEWIS, gocas000 + °029|) + °015|) — .008 | — :029} — :023 |} — -0384| — -034

September, ......| + °020] + 026] — .028| — -016| — -036 | — -052| — ‘030

October Vy... wee] + 038} — :056| — .009| — -007| — -014] + -006) + °035

November, ...... + 020} — :013| — .010) — -007} — :037} + 011) — ‘Olt

December, ......| + °020] + -004| — .035| — -006} — -020} — -005| — -034

1872. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta-| Mad- | Vizaga- Berham-

Blair Akyab. Fone, | aes, roaeran False Pt.) Cattack. pore.

January, .....- + °028} + :014/| + :027/+ :013| + :035| + °015|) — -022| + -028

February, ....|/+ ‘Oll) + °029/+ -033/+ -008; + -016} — -004| — -013] + -029

INEM Booe oads |+ 022) + -002/+ -007|+ -008) — -005) — :030} — -026| — -008

IN gall, So danaoc \— :016| — -023 |— -001) + :008 0} — :011] — -001/} + -012

May,..... Breet — -007| — -019/+ -002/— -016| — -006| — -031| — -011| + -015

Bieter see — -019; — -003| + -026/+ -010/ + -010| — -041| — -036| + -047

July, 2 ses05-|— 012] —= (008 -O2alea-005| + -013'|) — | -020)) One) ences

August, ...... — -026| — -026|— -005|— -018| — -030| — -050| — -040| — -O11

September, ..../— O11) — °011]+ -040,+ -006) + °016) + :023] + -020; + -039

October, ...... — +024] — -010|+ -002|— -008! — -011| — -o19| — -0321 4 -012

November, ....|—°038} — °045 |— :038/—-039, — :029} — -041] — -045| — -016

December, ....|—°024| — ‘059 |— -046|— °084) — -041|} — -052| — :065| — -041

ree as Nagpore.|Benares. | Jhansi. | Agra. ee

January, ......-.| + °027| + -006| —-OOL | + ‘O18 | —-015 | + -017 | + -014

February, ....+- + 024} + -021| —-003 | + -018 | —-018 | —-004 | + -027

INGEN, oao00G 4000 — 008) + :006) + ‘007 | —:005 | + :017 | —-012 | + -005

April, te ...| 45-001) 4-074 Sos |) + 012 | —-001 | —=-o95 |e eeeone

WRI 900000 oa000¢ + -002| —- 020!) + -001 | —:001 | + :011 | —-026 | + -:015

VERE, 6606000000 + ‘024! + :009| + -010 | + :020 | + :033 | —-001 | + -032

Marly erie coe oe + -022| + -001| + -010 | + -012 | + -036/ + -001 | + -030

AUGUSt, 1.6.6 --| — ‘016] — :032]) —:088 | —-021 | —-‘016 | —-023 | —-:024

September, ...... + -038| + °040] + 024 | + 040 | + -042 | + -033 ?

October, ........| + “O08| + ‘018| + -O51 | + :006 | —:024 | + -002 ?

November, ...... — 022} — :019] —-031 | —-:017 | — -047 | —-039 ?

December, ......)| — °*0385| — °025| —:-048 | —:040 | —-088 | —-:052 | —-054

1876. | Barometric Anomalies. 43

1872. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

laa Akyab| Viza- raise pt,| False tpalse Pt.|False Pt.| Cuttack

5 4/ to | gapatam . Pt. to

o Port Chitta- ae to Viza- Chaise to Ber- to to Jub-

Blair. i ¢ |gapatam hampore.| Akyab. | bulpore.

gong | Madras. |° tack.

January, ......|—-"014'—013} + ‘022 | — 020 |+°087} —-018 | + :001 | — -028

February, ....|+:009/—013} + :008 | — -020 |+:009| —-033 | —-024 | — -084

ULC Eee . |— "020 |—005 | — 013 | —-025 |—:004}| — 022 | — 038 — 032

Ja iter Rees +» .|—007 |— 022 00s | —-011 |—010] —:023 | + 012 | — ‘015

May, ........{/—*012|—021! + -010 | —-025 |— 020] — 046 | — 012 | + -009

TERS ESB Soi +016 |—"029 0 | —:051 |—:005 | —-088 | — ‘088 | — :045

July, oe eee} + 004 |—"033 | + -008 ; —-033 |— 002! — ‘053 4 —:012 | —-019

J: IS 0 |—"021 | —-012 | —-020 |—-010} —-0389 | —:024 , — -008

September, ..../-+:022|—029| + -:010 | + :007 | +:003} —-016 | + -012 | —-020

October, ...... +:014 |—"012; —-003 | —-008 |+°-013} —°031 | —-009 | —-050

November, ....|—-007 |—007| + °010 | —-012 |+-004/ —-025 | + :004 | — 026

December, ....|—-035 |—013 | — 007 | — ‘011 |+°013} —-O11 | + ‘007 | — 040

Cuttack | Cuttack Sine Senna Jubbul- | Jubbul-

to Ber- | to Mon-| PO*® > | pone wD pore t pore to

‘ I @ || i

hampore.| ghyr Julia | Cl Nagpore.| Benares

| Satyr. ghyr. gone. spore. SN

UATE ae yeieear ss eal clstctay ecg — 050 | — -049 ‘O01 | + 001 | + 007 | —-012

WBE DUA yaie is (ejs, <:eis.«.-sleichs — ‘042 | — 037 | + :005 | — ‘004 | + 024 | + -003

ALE EGIL, 75 06 See oe eee eens —-018 | —-018 O | —-015 | —-001 | + ‘O11

CETL UGGS 86 Sipe ae — 013 | —-:002 | + O11 | + -O11 | —:005 | + -002

22875 Godcee COBO Bene aCe ae —026 | — ‘013 | + 0138 | + O13 | —-021 |) — 019

VERE; cig on eee — 083 |} —:060 | + 0238 | + -021 | —-001 | — ‘O11

RIPE eG hS Sci alabels sdcesccaue —:051 | —-°040 | + :O11 | + :008 | —-009 | — ‘O11

PASS by eo oss 0005 acon Dane — 029 |} —-024 | + :005 | —-006 | + :006 | —-O1]1

EHEC ayy oi6.ca, cis eicieis «cits — 019 | —:018 | + °001 | —-:001 | + :016 10)

PUOD EN seer cciat iecsis aes — 044 | —-040 | + 004 | + 010 | + -017 | + -012

Wovember oo... cs veee| — ‘O29 | —-023 | + :006 | + 012 | + 012 | —-002

December, :.:.............| — 024 | —-030 | + :006 | + -005 | + -023 | + 015

Jubbul- | Jubbul- ity Lucknow

ucknow

pore to | pore to to Aaa )

Jhansi. | Agra. o | Jhansi.

JAMUATY, 4.2051+00s-+2+~.| + O21 | —-011 | — 003 | + -029

IE OUMAT Ys Me ciols sia: ss seis» .--| + 039 | + 7025 | + O81 | + -045

MIST, = Gigi oe een eee — O11 | + ‘018 | + O17 | —:012

PASO TGT Sy rare) yet ci +e + ‘O15 | +036 | + 033 | + -012

NIL A ea oO DOG BOapo eee — 031 | + 006 | + O41 |} + -004

Anica etcyeahars soos] — ‘O24 | + 010} + 083 ; —:001

Tally, 4680500 ocO OO emo) oO} + 029 | —-006

eeu ee... ..| 016} —-c09 | — 001 006

RSC MUCIMDEE is/are sis es —002 | + -007 iF P

CLOSE Mewes ces eeek oaks + 042 | + -016 ? ?

INoyvendbert sh. cite. oc con nal) oe ORR | eo 0x10 i e

Mecember,..............-.| + 013 | + 027 | —:002 | —:016

| (

44 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative _[No.1,

1873. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta- | Mad- | Vizaga-

Blair. Lye. gong. | ras. a HEISE

January, ...«-.|/—"010| —-051 | — ‘026 |— 005) — ‘008 | —-052 |— ‘061; — -045

February, —'019; —‘Oll | + ‘004 |+ 005} + °020 | —-004 |— -006; — -004

March, ........|+°002| —-002 | + -032 |+ -016) + 020 | —°013 |—-004 + O11

pal 65 405000 —005| —-:025 | + 010 |—-018) — -025 | — 045 | ‘029) — 016

May, ....++--/ +7020) —-O15 | + 085 ;+ -037| + -053 ; + -009 )+ -021] + 041

June, «e+-++++|—'030} —°058 | —-023 |—-010) —:035 ; —:059 |—-066} — ‘031

July, ....++++|—'023] —--063 | — 033 |—-003) —-007 | —-073 |—-076) — ‘054

August, ..... [003] + -014 | + -056 |+ -008] + -021 | —-003 |—-005] + -038

September, ....}+°001) —-018 | + 020 }+ :024) + -008 | —°026 |—-040} — -017

October, ...... —'012 |} —-005 | + -028 |—-:006} + °017 | + :004 |:021) + -018

November, ....|+°022} + :028 | + -056 |+ :033] + 043 | + :030 |+ -004) + -042

December, ....|+°031 O | + 016 |+ 005} —:008 | —-‘009 |—-030) + 009

es THOS Nagpore.| Benares.| Jhansi. | Agra Luck-

ghyr. | pore. —

JaNUALY, «eseeeee| — 038} — -007] — 024) — -049) — -053} — -068| — -061

February, ........ 0 + ‘005) — -011) — :001/} + :005} — -017) — ‘O11

MERA. aoono5 90 »-| + 013} + -006|) + -004} — :012) + -012| — -028) — -011

Apri, arate — ‘080| — 019} — :006] — :038] — -021) — :057| — -056

WES Sap dao 00000 + °028; + 028) + 048! + :038| + :049} + :044] + -040

YEARS, S50'¢ : — 050} — *034] — '011} — -053) — -018| — :059| — -076

Telly aA50 5 siete — 056} — -026} — 021} — :049) — -019) — :047| — -065

INTENSE oo005000 + °029] + 024) + -010 ? + 035) + :023) + -009

September, ......| — ‘021 0 + -009 ? — ‘O11, — -015 | — -037

OGY “gesano co + ‘O11; + ‘083] + -027 P + 026; + -017| + -012

November ...... + °035| + -040] + -022 B + 043} + :033] + -028

December, -»| — 008} + 022) + -002 P + *005} — -003}] — ‘O11

1873. Tuble of relative barometric Anomalies.

) ———L—

Akyab to/Akyab to} Vizaga- |False Pt./False Pt.\False Pt.

Port | Chitta- |patam to] to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-

Blair. | gong. | Madras. |gapatam.| tack. {hampore.

JANUATY, cove cesses sveess| — 041] — 1025} — 003} — -044| + -009} — -007

LES) UERIE TS 5556 0005 + ‘008} — :015| + -015} — :024| + -:002 (0)

WEE 1S Banoldcnn enn cee — 004) — -084} + -:004! — :033) — :009/} — :024

LTB Ose en ee — -020)/ == -035 | — -007| — -020) — -o16 || 22-96

WLS. desaot au dnaano-0Gcaat — °035| — :050| — -016/ — -:044) — -012|] — -032

AJ THO) poannaoo nosooenAID , — 028] — -035 | — :025| — :024| + -007| — -028

Sib capo osoecnss sade — ‘040} — -030) — :004| — :064) + -:003} — :019

JETS AGA oIIOODOD OLOp DOL + *017| — :042|) + -0138} — :024! + -:002) — :041

September, O18) 8)6)64p . eres "019 a "038 ed ‘016 x mee 033 + ‘O15 —= ‘008

DOR UEX Vn a ene + -007| — -033] + -023| — -013| + -025| = -o14

Wovemper, occcce sere) + “O06 |) 028)! +) -010)) — -013)|) =) 026) Oe

IL eyl yee sngdoo sane daos -»| — °031| — ‘016; — -013} — :001| + 021} — -018

1876. Barometric Anomalies. 7154

1873. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

False Pt.) Cuttack | Cuttack | Cuttack Bhan ‘Berham-

to e. a Leer |i Winen|| WS OO) wee ise

Nai Jubbul- eee) Mon- | Chitta-

y pore. P Soy: ghyr. gong.

; |

January, vsceseeeesereeee| — 001] — -054] — -016] — -023] — -007] — -019

Webruary, .....0 .sesee cree] + ‘007 | — :011 | — -002) — :006} — -004| — -008

ere tee ert) Oth —— 010) —S Olle i Ol 002) G02

April, cesses cece sseeenes — 020; — :010} — :013| + -001) + :014| — -026

May, wesc eens tse ee eeenee | + *024} — -007 | — :020| — -007| + :013/} + ‘006

SUIEMC Welly cicisic) cine ote: . sees) — “001 | — -0382 | — :085| — 016} + -019| — -008

Til, soacbo Sood000o coogoo ==) -O10)) — -050) |) = 022) —. 020" =F, 002) -02n0

August, .......5 <i eae — -017| — -029| — -043| — -034| + :009| — -018

September, ...... ee ceeeee =— 007} — :040|) — -023| — -019| + -:004| — :037

= iolS20) (coe See + 009| — -054| — -039| — -032| + :007| — -o10

November, .....+-+e.e-- + -002} — -036 | — :088] — :031) + :007| — -014

TI SGSS IGE cooesdog op engo co — TOUS) tema — ORG) |) — KOZ a AO | 407

—————————————————————————

Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- acknow: Lucknow

pore to | pore to | pore to | pore to en sAeae to

Nagpore.| Benares.| Jhansi. | Agra. oO | Jhansi.

January, . a eehaeWletss acviers + :017| + :042| + :046] + :061| + -007| — -008

IG DLUALYs . 066 cece se wees + -016} + :006| 0) + 022} + ‘006| — -016

March, ..... sp RE ticks + :002| + -018 -006| + -084| + -017| — -023

ise, goon coboo00d seeee| — 013] + °019) + -002) + :038} + -001; — -085

Bee Aen Cee eee nee — -020| — -010) — -021| + -016| — -004| — -009

THe: sabce a Reena eee = (985 |) Fe QING)! = OIG |) = S|) — Olly) — WHE

JUly, wees eee eee case pose) == WOH) ew —- O07 = OPL| — Ole — AE

August, cccseeee sees cees ee eeste OL rg == Wii} & WO) —s Ole | —— WHE

SR LCTIDET ocis 6 A - clcleiaie eles — -009 2 + O11] + -015| — -022| — -026

OGislOBe, Sscacc000 cascadG0 + :006 ? + :007| + :016) — :005) — ‘014

ING@wenmliee, G6 Sogo cooe uooe + -018 ? — 003) + :007} — -005| — :015

December,.....- + -020 ? + 017} + :025) — :008| — -016

1874. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta- | Mad- | Vizaga- Cut- |Berham-

Blair. ssfyele: gong. | ras. | patam. REIS® Lt tack. | pore.

January, ......|+ °062| + -037|) + :060/+ 047; + °065) + -037/+ :010} + -041

February, .|+ 7013) + -030| + :055|)+ :016) + 029} + :O011 |—-004| + :021

Nien, Sogocnee — 010) — :016| + :022|—-:019) — :004| — :027 |—-028| — :012

April, ........|+ °025) + *023/ + :052/+ -030| + 024) — -004 |—:005} + -015

May, ........|—‘002) — -0331 — ‘004 |— :032) — :014| — -057 |— :049) — -046

June, ........|+ 002} + -014} + °055|+ 022) + -O11} + -001|— 006] + :069

duly, ........|— 004) + 005} + -049/+ 001) + -016} + °005 |—-008} + -069

August, ......|+ 013) — 009} + :010|+ -008) — :001) — ‘032 |— :043)| — -005

September, ....|— 008} + :007| + ‘035 |— 026) + :006} + 015 |—-014| + :017

October.) + :004) — :015| — :005 |— 022; — :024]) — ‘041 |— :075| — :026

November, ....|— 018) + ‘007} + ‘015/+ :011) + :005}) — -003 |—:027| + :022

December, ....|— 040) + -002} + °026|+ -016; + °027| + ‘021|—-006 + ‘031

46 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative Barometric Anomalies. [No. 1,

1874. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

Mon-

ghyr.

JANUALY, wssree-| + “O32

LISHED GGoggG00|) an WS

WERE, 5550.90 0000)) == WAIL

sel 5565 206000) —— ALO)

WER 35000000 9000) == Wee)

SFI Sosoos oo asl Sh AUG

esitalivia state! elefolerele ies aaaecO LO

August, ........] — ‘010

September, .... + ‘015

October, ........| — ‘028

November, ......| + ‘O24

December, ......| + 023

1874. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Alzyab to Alxyab to

Port Chitta-

Blair. gone.

DUBVAT VAY cieisie ceaiahiny eile — 025} — :023

February, .... eseese weeees + :027|) — :026

WEE, Boon s00k — ‘006 | — -0388

April og. evar ses e ok ass | "002 (==Oee

WETS soga0uI00O00 OO 20000¢ — 081) — ‘029

June, Jno 90000090 055¢ + °012} — ‘041

July, + 009) — :044

August,...... : seeeeeee| — 7022) — 019

SSUIEMUBE Nols ars cietelie 6 o:huie + -015| — 028

Omooge, Sooo 5090 boson — 019} — :010

WIOYACISe 6550 anno 000800 + +025} — :008

December, .... ..s1+5 sseeee| + “042| — “024

False Pt.) Cuttack

to to Jub-

Alsyab. | bulpore.

DATATIAT YA vajeis\sifs\2 smilie ou elefe's 0 — 029

Febrnary,....... HOO BO.000% = WS) se OL

VERON Bo aaigpon oodobd 0000 — ‘O11 10)

“oul ~ 54 Aoou snp too be Do oo) —— WOR) — GOI

WAS, 55550000 400000 O00r — *024 ?

Rete e Ne sic viciss Sic ss ststi — -013| — -046

Byte Oe OEE ones e caiets axis oh 0 | |2=22030

MAVAPTISLsfslelsis/e) sols) a\els/s\ ere)s\s/0)> — 023 — 047

September, .........2.6..| + “008| — “068

UGIO0ES, sp0abo n000G00n0h ‘026 | — 086

November, ...sssseeeee0+| — °010] — ‘066

December, ove sscecsereeee| + *019] — *064

Jubbul-

pore.

+ *039

== “Odo

— :028

— ‘002

‘040

“022

“004

053

‘O11

‘039

++ttttst

"058

Nagpore.

t++[++4++]+4+| +

004

038

025

007

030

023

‘016

008

006

018

025

032

Benares.| Jhansi. | Agra. Tes

now.

+ 002} + -030} + -010} — ‘001

— °009 |} — -009} — :008| — -020

— ‘026| — :020) — :042| — :055

— -022/ + :016} — -002| — 014

— 094} — :028} — :056) — -089

+ -020! + 032; + :023| + -021 -

+ -019) + :035] + O15} + ‘021

P — 008} — -018!' — -022

iy + 010} — :012) — ‘011

P — 018 | — -043 | — ‘031

P + °016| — :003} + -002

2 P + -003 | — °002

Vizaga-|False Pt.|False Pt./False Pt.

patam to| to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-

Madras. |gapatam.) tack. j/hampore.

+ 018} — -028|} + -027) — :004

+ 013} — -018) + -015) — :010

+ :015) — :023; + :001} — :015

— ‘006} — :028; — -001]} — :019

+ -018) — :0438 | — -012} — -O11

— 011} — :010|} + 007] — :068

+ :015) — -O11| + :013} — °064

— 009} — -031| + -O11| — -027

+ °0382} + :009| + -029} — -002

= 002) — Ol 034) se Ols

— -006) — -008| + -024) — -025

+ -O11| + :006; + -027| — -010

Cuttack | Cuttack eee Berham=

to Ber- | to Mon- ie 2 ie to

hampore.| ghyr. sae IE

ghyr. gone.

— ‘031} — 022; + :009} — -019

— °025| — -019| + -006|} — -034

— 016) — -007; + :009) — -0383

— 018] + :002; + :020) — :087

— 003} + °031) + 034) — :042

— ‘075| — :042|} + :033| + :014

— 077} — :056|} + -021| + :020

— :038| — :033| + °005| — -015

— -031| — °029] + 002; — -018

— 049} — :052| — -:003} — -021

— 049} — 051) — -002} + -007

— *037| — 029; + -008} + ‘005

1876.] J. Wood-Mason—On a new Species of Phasmide. 4G

1874. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- Rackaee Lucknow

pore to | pore to | pore to | pore to Fei M ote to

Nagpore.| Benares.) Jhansi. | Agra. oO | Jhansi.

oT, po ocuesoocueun ac + -O014) + :037|; + -009) + 029} — -011) — ‘031

IEREURE Ys Ve wniee cle eee wisn — 011} — :006} — :006} — :007| — :012| — ‘O11

LURES Agggea0enonodudD OS — -0385} — :002} — :008} + °014) — -013|) — -036

PEPREEIS ela veieieicie sole viens ss vis — -0382) + :020) — :018 0) — °012|} — :030

MINTS Salto odo so do oUbcooee ? P ? P — -033| — -06L

DRS 5b.660000u0 DODUD Oe oe + :017} + :020| + :008} + -017) — :002| — ‘O11

TULS:, Sooobeee oso pobacesIouG + -006} + :003| — :013} + ‘007| + :006} — -014

ESUELS ob ohpo ato oCoeeuD + -001 ? + :012} + °022) — -:004| — :014

SEMEGMIDCT a. ec cl vielen ess + ‘047 ? + :043| + :065|} + -001} — -021

WTOC ee Se eeces sel) O29 ? + -029) + -054| + 012) — -013

INi@vGunliee "bp So00000 bo 6000 + 014 ? + -013| + 042) + :005) — -014

MVECEHIDET sto cere ess els « + °026 P ? + 055 | — -005 re

DSS EEE

IV.— Description of a new Species of Phasmidee.—

By James Woop-Mason.

(Reed. April 20th ;—Read May 8rd, 1876.)

(With Plate XI).

LONCHODES VERRUCIFER.

& ?. Head armed between the middle of the eyes with two for-

wardly curved conical horns, connected by a slight transverse elevation, and

with the hinder margin divided by notches into four or five tubercles.

Antenne long and setaceous. Mesosternum longitudinally carinate. The

upper surface of thorax and abdomen traversed by a fine raised longitudinal

line, sharper and finer in the female. The mesothorax moderately dilated

at the insertion of the legs. Legs weak ; all the femora have two minute

spinules placed close together in the same straight line near the apex below,

and the four posterior ones slightly widen from the proximal to the distal

end, but neither pair is thickened; upper edge of the tibiz and the first

tarsal joint of fore-legs elevated into a sharp foliaceous crest, these parts

being simple in the rest of the legs.

$. Body quite smooth. The abdomen is uniform in width or tapers

to an almost imperceptible extent from its base to the apex of the 6th

segment ; the 7th dorsal segment is dilated, the 8th, which is slightly swollen,

narrowed, from base to apex, both are obtusely carinate ; the strongly carinate

basal half of the 9th is divided by a linear slit into two parts connected by

48 J. Wood-Mason—On a new Species of Phasmide. [No. 1,

membrane only, its apical half forming the deflexed and slightly incurved arms

of the forceps, which when closed are in contact at their tips only. Each

arm of the forceps is furnished on its upper edge with about five short and

stout dark brown incurved teeth, one of the teeth larger and more incurved

than the rest bemg placed at the very extremity ; and on the lower edge

at the base with a very strongly toothed nearly semicircular process, the

teeth of which interlock when the forceps is closed, and near the apex with

one or two teeth. The terminal ventral segment forms a conoidal mass, the

posterior slope of which is longitudinally carinate and the free end broadly

rounded. The cerci anales are short, obtuse, depressed, and just perceptibly

forcipated, being slightly but abruptly incurved at the very tips.

?. Body entirely covered with granules, which are very much less

distinct on the seven posterior segments of the abdomen. Mesothorax con-

siderably dilated at the insertion of the legs. The abdomen tapers slightly

from base to apex of first segment, then widens slightly to the end of the

5th, which is marked above on its expanded posterior half with a low, rough,

wart-like excrescence ; the 7th is depressed and provided below at the middle

of its hinder margin with a very short broadly rounded process, from which

a limp acuminate process projects straight backwards ; three terminal dorsal

segments narrower, tapering slightly to their apex, the last scarcely emargi-

nate and carrying a longitudinally carinate semioval plate at its extremity ;

all the segments, especially the three last, with a small tubercle at the

middle of the hinder border of their dorsal arcs. Operculum sub-spatulate

in outline as seen from below, with a moderately well-developed carina

about the middle of its posterior half. The foliaceous crest of the fore-

tibiz is expanded into a plaited lobe at the end of its proximal half. The

minute cerci are covered by the slightly produced postero-lateral angles of

the last segment.

6. Total length, 3 in. 7lin.; head, 13; proth., 15; mesoth., 113;

metath., 64; abd., 18 + 44 = 221; antenn., 27% lines.

?. Total length, 4 in. 8} lin.; head, 23; proth., 25; mesoth, 143;

metath., 9; abd., 2384 + 42 = 28; antenn., 23% lines.

Haz.—tTwo males and a single female were captured on South Anda-

man by my native collector in 1872; and an immature example of the latter

sex was presented to me by Mr. HE. H. Man, during my visit to these islands

in the same year.

This species forms—with ZLonchodes amaurops, Westw., nodosus, De-

Haan, brevipes, G. R. Gray, uniformis, Westw., Crawangensis,* DeHaan,

* The whole structure of the two insects is opposed to the supposition that the

Phasma nematodes is the male of the P. Orawangense of DeHaan: an insect with com-

paratively-short and filiform antennz, with the first joint of its fore tarsi long and

simple, and with minute conical cephalic horns, can hardly be the male of one in which the

1876.] W. T. Blanford—Deseription of Felis Shawiana. 49

bifoliatus, DeHaan, ete.—a little group all the members of which are dis-

tinguished, amongst other things, by having the tibie and the first tarsal joint

of the fore-legs raised into sharp foliaceous crests. This section of the

genus is represented in India by Z. brevipes, which is said to be a native

of the Malabar coast, the fauna of which is well-known to be largely leavened

with Malay forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. The male, of the natural size. 2. The three terminal segments of the

abdomen, seen from the side, x 2. 3. Do., from below, x 3. 4. The terminal

seoment, from below, greatly enlarged so as to show the structure of the forceps. 5.

The female, of the natural size. 6, The five terminal segments of the abdomen,

seen from the side, of the natural size.

V.—Deseription of Felis Shawiana, a new Lyncine Cat from Hastern

Turkestan. By W.T. Buanrorp, &. B. S., Se.

(Received June 2nd ;—Read June 7th, 1876.)

Amongst the collections made by the late Dr. Stoliczka in Hastern

Turkestan, was an imperfect skin of a cat. Although I thought it probable

that it belonged to an undescribed form, there was a bare possibility that it

might be a specimen of a species inhabiting Western Turkestan and deserib-

ed by Dr. J. E. Gray in 1878* as Chaus caudatus. The tail was certainly

much shorter than was represented in Dr. Gray’s figure, but this might have

been due in part at least to a portion having been lost. Accordingly, in the

list of the collections published in last year’s Journal,+ I noted the species

as Felis sp, near F. pardina (? Chaus caudatus, Gray).

Recently two additional skins of the same cat have been brought from

Yarkand, one by Mr. Shaw and the other by Dr. Scully. Both have been

entrusted to me for examination and description. Neither is perfect, but

Mr. Shaw’s specimen only wants the paws, and the whole skeleton has been

preserved with the skin. It is evident that the species is quite distinct

from Chaus caudatus, the tail being considerably shorter and the skull of

quite a different form. I propose to name this interesting species after

antennz are long and setaceous and much longer than those of its supposed partner, in

which the first joint of the fore tarsi is sharply crested, and in which the head is armed

with foliaceous horns ; but it will, I feel confident, prove to be the opposite sex of an

insect closely allied to Lonchodes (olim Bacillus) cuniculus (conf. P. A. S. B., 1873, p. 149;

and A.and M.N. H., 4th. Ser., 1873, Vol. XII, p. 348). A fine specimen of Z. Crawan-

gensis, 9, has been sent by my native collector from Johore, in the Malay peninsula.

Beee ZS; 18745. 31, Pl, Vi, VIL.

¢ J. A.S. B., 1875, XLIV. Pt. 2, p. 106.

50 W. T. Blanford—Description of Felis Shawiana. [No. 1,

Mr. Shaw, to whom we are so largely indebted for our knowledge of

Yarkand and Kashghar.

FELIS SHAWIANA, sp. nov.

Felis F. domesticam magnitudine superans, ad F. chaus proxime acce-

dens ; griseo-fulva, nigro-maculata, subtus alba atque maculis nigris majo-

ribus ornata ; caudd breviusculd, supra, apicem versus, nec infra, nigro-

transfasciata ; cranio elongato, et E. viverrine simili ; vellere molli, basin

versus pallide purpurascenti-griseo: longitudine (sc. pellis) sine cauda

bipedali, caudee T—8 une., cranit 4.25.

Has.—Hastern Turkestan, in the plains around Yarkand and Kashghar.

Description—General colour pale greyish fulvous above, the back

rather darker than the sides, underparts white ; the body marked throughout

with rather small black spots, which are largest on the abdomen, smaller

and closer together on the shoulders and thighs, tending to form cross lines

ou the latter, and indistinct on the middle of the back ; anterior portion of

the face and muzzle whitish, cheek stripes of rusty red and black hairs

mixed. ars rather more rufous outside, especially towards the tip, which is

blackish brown, and pointed, the hairs at the end scarcely lengthened, inte-

rior of ears white. There are some faint rufous spots at the side of the

neck. Breast very faintly rufous with one narrow brownish band across,

Inner side of limbs mostly white, a black band inside the forearm, and a

very black spot behind the tarsus. Apparently there are two black bands

inside the thigh, but the limbs are ill preserved in all the specimens. Tail

dusky above near the base, with 5 or 6 black bars above on the posterior

half, none below, the dark bars closer together towards the tip. Fur soft,

moderately long, purplish grey towards the base.

The size appears rather to exceed that of a domestic cat, and to equal

that of the Chaus. The tail apparently is about half the length of the body

without the head. In the two best skins examined the length from nose to

rump is about 25 inches, the tails 7 to 8, but very little dependence can be

placed on such measurements. The tail-vertebre from the posterior end of

the sacrum measure when put together 8°75 inches, which would coincide

with a tail measurement outside the body of about 7% inches.

The skeleton is that of an adult animal and the following are dimen-

sions of the skull and limb bones :

Metre Inches

Motal Jeneth ofiskull,. ..:. sn ameeeeeenene aoc cee 108 4:25

Length from incisors to lower edge of foramen

TOMAS 22 «12 sialic ce EERE RS csoionse 093 3°67

Breadth across hinder parts of zygomatic arches, -073 2°87

» behind postorbital processes, ............ ‘031 1:23

Least breadth of face between orbits, ............ 020 0's

1876. ] W. T. Blanford—Desecription of Felis Shawiana. 51

Metre Inches

Length of suture between nasal bones,............ 025 | 1:

Greatest diameter of bony orbit, ...............0.. 032 1°25

Length of bony palate behind incisors,............ 041 1:63

Memeabeor mandibles 2 Vcc 0 .ccl.:.+.+. ss odehedusneees ‘073 2°88

Height of do. from the angle to the top of the

EOLOMOLEE PLOCESSy: su cueceisess =. oi +. cv seneieme sien 033 13

Mier cb laos PeMNUie ses cect eels Yon.) sive dus geen eeeme 140 5°52

3 MOTE (TOT SEs a aa Ae Sy 141 Ep 57/

Pee OMEN UTMOT UGS ss sais. sss... sccbeaeenanene 126 495

PRE GHTACTUS) ee eee... . cee 133 5:26

Compared with the skull of Felis chaus, that of F. Shawiana is’ com-

paratively longer, it has the nasal portion more elongate, the face less con-

vex, the breadth behind the postorbital processes less, whilst the processes

themselves are longer and project farther. The true lynxes have an even

shorter and more convex skull and so have the smaller typical cats. The skull

of Chaus caudatus approximates to that of the true cats, being rounder and

shorter than that of #. Chaus. The only skull I can find which approaches

in form to that of Felis Shawiana belongs to F. viverrina, the type of

Gray’s genus Viverriceps, a cat with a peculiarly long head.

Felis Shawiana is distinguished externally from # (Chauws) caudata

by its much shorter tail, from &. Chaus by being spotted throughout, and

from F. torquata (F. ornata, Gray) by its shorter tail, more rufous

colouration, and distinct black spots on the abdomen. It is very different

from Ff. euptilura,* which has red spots on the sides and rufous bars across

the breast.

* Elliot, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 758, Pl. LXXVI

DOI

ViI.— Description of a new species of Cetontide.—

By JamMEs Woop-Masow.

(Read Jan. 5th, 1876.)

Sub-fam. GOLIATHIN AA.

HETERORHINA ROEPSTORFFII.

P. A. 8. B., 1876, p. 4.

Tota nigra, nitida ; elypeo wt m H. Children ; elytris singulis macula

parva subguadrata vel subovata alba.

Long. tota maris unic., 15 mm. ; fem. 155 mi.

Wholly black, shining, somewhat attenuated ; clypeus as in A. Child-

renii ; a small subquadrate or subovate spot—dirty straw-coloured in the

dead but brilliant white in the living insect—occupies about the second

fourth of the length and the external or anterior two-thirds of the breadth

of each elytron. The fore tibiz are subbidentate in the female, and the

abdomen of the male is longitudinally channeled below.

The species belongs to the same little group as HH. bimacula, confu-

sa, Owvera, and Childrenii, from all of which it differs in being wholly

black, no part of its body being coloured blood-red as in those species, in

its slenderer and more attenuated form, and in the smaller size of the

patches on the elytra; but it agrees with the last-named in the structure

of the clypeus and in the form of the mesosternal process.

Tn slenderness of body, H. Roepstorffic somewhat approaches A. mod-

esta, Wallace—a species belonging to a different section of the genus.

Has.—South Andaman, where it was collected by Mr. F. A. de Roep-

storff.

OOOO OOOO a ee OOOO

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—O—

Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. I. — 1376

eee

VIIL.— An Account of Experiments made in 1875 and 1876 in various parts

of India, for the purpose of comparing the observed Temperature of the

Dew-point with that computed from the Psychrometer by different

Methods of Reduction—By Hunry F. Buanrorp, & G. 8., Me-

teorological Reporter to the Government of India.

(Received May 29th ;—Read June 7th, 1876.)

The observations of which the results are detailed and discussed in

this paper, were made with the special object of ascertaining how far

the usual methods of computing the hygrometric state of the atmosphere

from observations of the dry and wet bulbs thermometers, under the

conditions* now adopted at Indian meteorological observatories, afford

trustworthy results; more especially in the extremely dry atmosphere

of the interior of India during the hot season. ‘The observations are to a

certain extent desultory, having been made during inspection tours in

different parts of India, and under various conditions of exposure ; and the

results shew some discrepancies, greater than might be expected from more

systematic work, and had there been means at hand to introduce such im-

provements in the manipulation of the hygrometer as experience-has sug-

gested. Causes of disturbance, which would produce but little effect im a

more humid atmosphere, become influential when the dew point is 40° and

* The thermometers are exposed on a frame with 1 or 2 cross bars (generally pro-

tected by wire netting at back and front) under a thatched shed open on all sides to

the wind. Where properly constructed the shed is 20 ft. long by 12 ft. wide, but some

are smaller than this,

5A H. F. Blanford—Zzperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

more below the temperature of the air, and observations made at a distance

from all the convenient appliances of a physical laboratory, in hot winds

and under the intense glare of aw Indian sun, are not easily endowed with

that precision which is desirable and which is easily to be attained in a well

fitted observatory of a high class. I can only say that I have endeavoured

to take all such precautions as were practicable and if the range of indivi-

dual error is on the whole considerable, I believe that the mean result

affords a trustworthy criterion of the comparative value of the psychrome-

tric methods; and that, with proper precautions, very trustworthy data of

the hygrometric state of the atmosphere may be obtained with the dry and

wet bulb thermometers, at all events when the humidity does not fall below

20 per cent. of saturation. Greater degrees of dryness I have as yet had

no opportunity of testing ; though such are prevalent somewhat later in the

season than when my observations were made ; especially in Sind and the

Punjab, and on the plateau of Central India.

The earlier series of observations were made during an inspection tour

in the Madras Presidency, in April 1875. I regret that the original rough

record has been mislaid, and I am able to give only the means of each set

of readings. In these series (Nos. 1 to 13 of the Tables), the means adop-

ted for the readings of the Regnault’s hygrometer include the temperatures

at which the dew disappeared from the silver capsule of the instrument,

which is not the case with the later series. In striking the adopted mean

of each set of readings, the mean temperature at which dew was deposited

and that at which it disappeared were taken separately, and the mean of the

two results adopted as the dew-poimt. The difference, however, rarely

amounted to a degree, and is very small in comparison with the difference

of the temperature and that of the dew-point.

The later series were made during a recent tour in Upper India, in the

months of March and April. ‘The air temperatures are generally lower than

the Madras series, but the dew-points are proportionally lower. They

indicate a very dry atmosphere, although not so low a relative humidity as is

shewn later in the season by the registers of many stations in the interior.

The same hygrometer has been used throughout. It is one of Casella’s

manufacture, and is of the form represented in his illustrated catalogue ;

it has a single capsule, the air-thermometer being freely exposed; and the

evaporation of the ether is accelerated by blowing from the mouth through

a piece of elastic tubing about 15 inches in length. Both the thermome-

ters have been verified by myself; at the freezing point by immersion in

crushed ice ; and through the range of observation, by comparison with a Kew

standard (No. 374) which I received in 1868 from Prof. Balfour Stewart.

At the Madras stations (excepting Trichinopoly and Madras), the

psychrometric observations were made with the observatory thermometers

~~,

1876.] H. F. Blanford—EHwxperiments with the Psychrometer. 55

(with small pea-bulbs) which Mr. Pogson had verified by comparison with a

Kew standard in his possession.

The Upper Indian series (16 to 21) of psychrometric observations were

made with a pair of Casella’s thermometers of the Kew pattern (with small _

spherical bulbs) mounted, 6 inches apart, on a portable wooden stand, in

such manner that the free access of air is unimpeded in all directions,

Both thermometers have been compared in water with my Kew standard

and have also been verified at the freezing point. The wet bulb was covered

with a single thickness of old thin calico; the water bottle was placed 2

inches to the side of the bulb, with the water level + inch below it, and

communication was made by a well-washed lamp-wick of some dozen

threads of coarse yarn. Care was taken that the bulb was at all times well

moistened.

The psychrometer observations at Trichinopoly, Madras, and Calcutta

were taken with a sling thermometer, viz. that of the hygrometer, in

the intervals of the dew-point observations.

In most cases the readings of the instruments were made by two ob-

servers, one of whom (myself) read off the Regnault, and the other the

psychrometer, on the dew-point signal being given by the first observer.

In very dry states of the atmosphere, the mereury of both the dry and wet

bulbs is in a state of constant oscillation, through a range of a degree or

more ; moreover, unless the silver capsule is very highly burnished and free

from microscopic scratches, there is considerable difficulty in seizing the

exact temperature at which dew appears, since the quantity deposited is

very small and but slightly dulls the surface even at 3 or 4° below the dew-

point. The surface of the capsule having been polished with plate-powder,

was not in the best condition, and it is likely that some of the discrepancies

to be noticed in the tables may have been in some measure due to this ;

but I do not think that the error thus arising could exceed a few tenths of

a degree, as great watchfulness was exerted, and any observation that appear-

ed doubtful at the time was rejected. I shall in the sequel suggest some

precautions and improvements which may be useful to future observers.

Tn the following Tables, the dew-point determined directly by the

hygrometer is compared with that computed from simultaneous observa-

tions of the psychrometer by each of the three methods in common use.

The first is August’s formula as corrected by Regnault and adapted to Eng-

lish standards. It is given at page 47 of Guyot’s Hygrometric Tables, for

wet-bulb temperatures above the freezing point as follows :

0-480 x £ (t+?) 0:480 (¢—?’)

mp ee ole!) , 7 ee)

Ree moo —=s¢-s)’-’emo, *

wherein w is the tension of saturated vapour at the temperature of the dew-

56 H. F. Blanford—Hxperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

point, f the same at the temperature ¢’ of the wet bulb, ¢ the air tempera-

ture and h the barometer reading.

The development of this formula may be found in Regnault’s original

paper, published in the Comptes rendus for April 1845, or in the transla-

tion given in the 8rd Volume of Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Also in the

article ‘ Hygrometry’ in Watts’s Chemical dictionary. It is based on the

assumption that the film of air around the wet bulb is saturated with

vapour, and that the heat lost by this film of air, in falling to the tempera-

ture of the wet bulb, is exactly equal to the latent heat absorbed by the

water which passes into vapour in the act of bringing it to saturation.

The second is Apjohn’s well-known formula, given in almost all English

manuals of physics and meteorology, as follows, for temperatures of 7’

above the freezing point :

(is h

o = ecae 30

The development of this formula was given by Dr. Apjohn in the

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, November 1834, and is reproduced in

Professor Everett’s translation of Deschanel’s Natural Philosophy. It pro-

ceeds on precisely the same assumption as the previous formula, but assumes

a mean constant instead of a variable value for the latent heat of vapour,

by which the formula is somewhat simplified ; the difference of the results

afforded by Apjohn’s and August’s formula depends, however, mainly on

the different values assumed for the constant coefficients common to the

two formule.

In applying these formule, I have taken the vapour-tensions from a

table lately computed for the mean latitude of 22°, from that given by the

Rev. Robert Dixon for the latitude of Dublin.

Glaisher’s factors, with which the third values of the dew-point are

obtained, are those published in 1856. ‘Their use is of course open to the

objection that they take no account of variations of barometric pressure.

Asarule they seem to give a result too low with a high relative humidity

and too high with low humidities.

ments with the Psychrometer.

epert

H. F. Blanford—£:

76.]

TLIO JULY

‘moy aod sop OT

SUIpiMg wo «LeyeuoUt

“ony “MSOHS pes

IOJOULOMLIOY} © Yonoryy

ATyuoS §SUIMOCTY §=PpulAL

ag]

PLO “ANG 0} “a Aq N

purAA ‘amor sod soprur

yp ‘N00L UO LoYoULOMMOUW

*SSO[UOTJOUL 4soumle

poys LoyouLOMLOy UL ITY

‘SMUAVNGYY,

F-6¥

9-6G

VEG

1-99

MEMES)

GSP

8.69

‘On

‘I ‘q autaawop

9-99 |8-96 | P

F-89 |L-F6| F

6-89 ee I

Lie. |2.69 |0-F6 | #

10-86

‘pra|qo.an) Ata

eT Pod

"WALLMOWOA LT

§ NOSV IAL

S-LF | 1-96 6

Z-1¢ | 0-96 8

g1-8¢ | 1-26 G

GPG | 6-76 L

6:0¢ | 8-66 GI

G.0G | ¢-F6 9

GGG | 9&6 T

9-Lh | &66 9

*sqO

‘dd | “HV yo

“ON

“°WOLLAW

-OWDNAP, S,UTAVNO ay

j=)

ae)

lor)

N oD

ie)

onl

*SOLLOG | “MOF

*£10}CA.108

TUB) AD gf |weNgTS uch fever:

[dy |-ourzeyy uy *Areyjeq

“GLST *AIOYAIOSO FO

‘G19 |peys rejourou10 Ty

[dy [Ur “peqviepunoeg

‘oyed *“aOVIg

fouoprsaug soapopr ayp ur Kyforyo ‘GIST we epuu suornasasgo fo ponus¢p—V “ TTA],

H. F. Blanford—Zaperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

‘SOLIOS SNOTAOId oT SV

‘soLtos snoread oy} SV

‘soLtos snorAord oy} Sy)

: : |

apo

augaucouway? SB posn

qmq wo uTsnut yom

YI 4MVUcoy JO roy

-OWOULIOY} “q ‘( WytAs

WoyZB} ommyvroduro} “gq 49 AN

“moTjoNp

-01 ou poonpord q[nqg

qoa SUTUURT “HE PULAL

*poys ULy[oF ATTVWOISvO00

eZooIg “NOY WB Se[TU G

‘poys Uo ‘LoJOULOMOUY

‘SMUVNAY

O22 | §8L | 0-82

G92 | LLL | PLL

9:09 | F-€9 | 8-09

¥-69 | 2-62 | 2-12

L-¥G | 9.99 | T.e¢

0:6¢ | 9.6¢ | F.8F

PCG | GES | 1-6F

"YSIVpO| [dy | ony

‘d ‘@ auiaawog

99-66 I1-b {2.61 18-88] @

09:63 18> |F-62 1-781 Z

61:66 6-0 /1-72 10-26] ©

G8.66 |P-31'3-42 19°68 | &

[ |F-62 16-69 |e.06| ¢

| 16-22 1:89 [#96 | T

68:8 ;

L16.22 16-89 |8.96| ¢

*sqo

‘BIaioM|'Aaq] Fo

‘ON

‘IVg poy

*UDLANOWOA EY

§ NOSV]L

CLL | 8-88 GL

8-44 | 8-78 | 6

I-19 | G46 G

0-12 | 9-68 9

8:69 | 1.06 Or

G97 | 1:96 | T

9-8h | 1-96 8

*$q0

‘d ‘@| “tv | 7

"MELON

-OUNATT SWIAVNOGY

‘IMO

“U6

oung | ‘eAoqe sv ‘eyqnoTeD

‘sgopis Z uedo sMop

‘UIST |-ura “TOOL LOOT

oun |-punors UT “eyNOTRD

“UGS -£o104s roddn jo

[udy |qepuvtoauy ‘serpeyiy

"100

4S1Z (981 Uo Yepuea

Tudy |-oa uy ‘Ajodourgorry,

*AIOYBATOSYO

‘TINT |JO poys aojouLoUL

[uid y |-zoyjzuy “100yequitog

“ope “aOVIT

‘panuyuog—'V¥ “[ Xavi,

H. F. Blanford—ZHyxrperiments with the Psychrometer. 59

1876.]

SNYVIYS-OLILD PHOTO

“YepurIoA UL 4IOT

AyooIVos * AA UWLOIT

PUA :UAOp syTD

814¥14S-OLILD PNOTO

‘dn syryo ‘480A,

WoTZ PULA Fy Sry

wWoIy ! YVpuBr0A

ur efqrjdoored pura,

"JSON.

WOT, 9Z90Iq YSory

:syryo ou ‘uedo Ar0 4

‘SHUVWAIY

P-bP

I-1¢

"Ystepp| {dy |sny

‘dd atainawon

0-8F |F- FF | 80-66 |9-0

G-0F |9-FE | $E-66 |§-ec

I-1¢ |G-Lh | $F-66 \1-66

0G |G-2P | F8-66 3-91

“Iegq

Pou

6-69

6:G9

UvOTL

(ElcOulings (7-68

9-29 |F-88 2-68

9-29 |F-88 P-0F

1-29 |6-28 F-68

6-28 6916-281 8.68 1-68 < |F-68

| 7-29 |6-38 | 6-68

| 11-69 )2-28 L-1F

Lig.19] 28 L| oF

(\9-09| 28 [ OF

9.19 |6.98 LTP

T-19 |3-98 | e.gy

1-98 4 |9-09|8.¢8 | 2.07 Bees ar

| ¢.09 |2-¢8 T-0F

9-09 {9-68 || oF

Lif.09 |9.¢8 Lz.ge

(eee g.18 { \c.c%

C9 |2.18 || oF

€-18 4 | ¢9le-28| 2-67 |1-28 ¢ le.er

| |Z-¢9 |e.29 | e9

Li¢.¢9 |T.28 oF

PLL |O191p-22) Lh | OLL | Le

“Arq 90 M|'Arq) ‘aa | “avy baa

Uv’dTL ‘SdO ‘Sd O UBOTL UBwOTAL “Sq O

UPLAWOWOATT 8 NOSVI{L

S$dO

bats GC (U7

“AWOUNAT, 8S WIAVNOTY

“10g

‘mipuy Maddy wr O18 ue apo swornasasqgQg—g ‘T AIAVY,

“T9G

‘TPL Qoreyy

UIST

“HOON [TOV yy

‘OL8T

‘UI9T

TL fqoreyy

“MOF | ‘09Vq

“aSnoy

8[ION “Iq Joyepurs

-0A JSAA\ Ul o10yery

“MOTRBUMN

4p 947 JO Yep

-URIOA JSOAA UL BIS

ASNOTT BL OUIIUGL

‘IJ JO Yepuvtoa

Hesteyiata\, WHE [OEIC eUTLEA LAY

*SOVIg

H. F. Blanford—LHzperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

‘od

*poys oy} Ysnory4

SUIMOT] 4SOA\ OTT}

WOT, 9Z001q JUST, VW

“SORLV WAT

d ‘CQ adairndnwoy

‘MALEWOUNATT S,NOSV]AT

‘panuyuojg— gq ‘T WIAVyy,

-ANOWOATT SWTAVNOA

8-99 |6.F2 L-18 |8-P2

8-96 |6-FL e-18 |8-FL

Le 16.42 9-18 |8-F2,

G-EF |8-1F| 88|8I-6% |0-81| 6-99 |6-744] L¢| GL) G-LE 18-F2 < 9-28 |8-F2

6-92 |6-FL 88 |8-F2

8-99 |6-F2 9.98 |8-FL

L|8-99 |6-F2 L}9.98 |9.F2

9.¢¢| e) [\e-28 |%-22

g.69 |g-e1| # 8-16 |¢-e2

8-69 |s-6L 9-18 |¢-82

8-69 |6-3L P18 |g-6L

If (0-68 \6-78 | 81-62 |F-81| 9.69 | @2 < |8-6¢1/8-22| gre |2-82 < 2-28 le.82

8-99 6.32 @.ge| e2

8.99 |8-32 g-18)| ¢2

8-99 8.62 G18 |\6-32

; ch earq| PAK | ATG POA AIC) aa | “EY |a'a)| tv

ystepp} dy say rH Bt uve, | WTT |"SqQ \'sqoO a UBT |'SqQ)'sqO

por

brs GC Gt

“109

GE 6

“Moy

‘oped

‘asoT[OO

oARTT “poys-1o}

-OULOULIOY} UL OLOYL'T

‘GOVT

-1876.] H. F. Blanford—Zxperiments with the Psychrometer. 61

Assuming the direct dew-point determinations to be correct, the fol-

lowing are the errors shewn by the several computations.

Taste Il.—Errors of Dew-points computed from Psychrometer by

different methods.

D.P. ERRors.

PLACE. Series.} below : ConDITIONS.

air. Aug. Apj. | Glaish.

Secunderabad, .. 1 44-7 | + 2°5 + 6:1 + oe

a es - Wer iz ae a4 iH 5:6 In thermometer-shed.

Do. as 4 41:9] + 39] + 70] + 46

Bellary, : 5 40:7 | — O04] + 28) + 0°9

Do. 6 |237:0 |P— 7:0 |?— 3:3 |P— 4:7 Do

Do. 50 i 43°7 | — 2:0 + 19 + 09 2

Do. ie 8 48°3 — 4°6 + 0°6 + 1°6

Combatoor, ae 9 48:1} + 05] + 46] + 3°8

Do. soll -Ik@) 49°6 + 1:9 + 6:1 + 6:5 Do.

Do. As eum! Gb 42°9 + 0°3 + 38 + 1:9

Trichinopoly, ..| 12 18°5 + 07 + 17] — 16 In verandah. Sling-

thermometers.

Madras, oo] U8 31:1 | — 0:3] + 2:3 | — 0-5 Do. Do.

Calcutta soll I 13:0 — 04} — 01 — 16 ne

Do. Pais iiiecs) le 0-5 | + 0;8nee Ors \In sitting room. Do.

Allahabad. sell eal 29:3 | + 02) + 380] + 2°9

mie ea iy 41-4) 1-8 | + 5-ae eer \In verandah,

Agra, es et oclele——1671. | — 0-2 eae, Do.

Lahore, ool] Lo 42-9) \— 4:6 | + 8-2 aieceoud Do.

O- a Ar ue ae ty re , ae | In thermometer-shed.

Mean,* lke at + 0:46] + 3°70] + 3:00

In most of the above series the computed is higher than the observed

dew-point, especially when the computation is made by Apjohn’s formula.

The exceptions are series 6 at Bellary (in which, however, I think the

dew-point observation is open to considerable doubt}) and series 14 at

Caleutta and 18 at Agra, in which the computed values are too low.

The following table exhibits the mean results of the table of errors, vzz.,

the numbers of sets of observations which give excessive or deficient dew-

point temperatures, the mean error, the extreme errors and the sums of the

squares of the errors, positive and negative, by each method of reduction.

* Omitting series 6.

t It is not unlikely that there has been some error in the determination of the

dew-point by the direct method, which, it may be observed, is derived from 2 observa-

tions only (one of deposition and one of disappearance). These observations were taken

in among the 7 of the preceding series, and I have separated them on account of their

discrepancy. I have not, however, felt justified in rejecting them, since I have no

Imowledge of any cause of error affecting them which might not have affected others,

62 H. F. Blanford—Huxpertinents with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

Tasie III.

Sets obs. Mean |Highest. | Lowest. | Sums of squares

Method. of errors.

in excess.|in defect.| Error. + — + —

By August’s form.,| 13 7 + 0°46 49 6:1 86°13 | 71:19

» Apjohn’s ,, 18 2 + 3°70] 8-0 0:2 | 406-98 | 0°05

», Glaisher’s facs. 16 4 + 3:00 8:7 1°6 327°80 5°62

If we take those series only that were made in the thermometer-sheds,

with a mean difference of 42°7° (extremes 35:4 and 49:6) between the air-

temperature and the dew-point, the errors of the several methods are as

follow :

Taste IV.

Series. Mean |Highest. | Lowest.| Sums of squares

Method. of errors.

in excess.| in def. | Error. + — + ae

By August’s form.,| 8 | 4 |+ 068] 4:9 4°6 60°95 | 33°73

PP Acpjoliags ees iesl 2 0 |+ 440!/ 80 = 292-76 | —

» Glaisher’s facs.,| 12 0 |% 362] 67 = |"200:sh—

The first general conclusion to be drawn from this discussion is that

while the results shew a considerable range of error (which may be in part

due to a faulty use of the Regnault), on the mean of all the observations, the

dew-point computed by August’s formula from observations of the psychro-

meter made under an open shed, comes very near to that observed with

Regnault’s hygrometer, even when the dew-point is more than 40° below

the temperature of the air. Both Apjohn’s formula and Glaisher’s factors

appear to give too high a result.

With regard to the less complete exposure afforded by a verandah, or

any place through which the air is not moving freely, the two Allahabad

series (16 and 17) and the first Lahore series (19) shew that the psychro-

meter, in such a situation, gives too high a humidity by all the methods of

reduction ; and the Secunderabad series (1 to 4) though made under a shed,

tend to support the conclusion that a still atmosphere is prejudicial to all

the psychrometric method. These observations were taken on the day of

1876.} H. F. Blanford—Zxperiments with the Psychrometer. 63

the solar eclipse ; the sky was cloudy ; and in the shed, the air was appre-

ciably motionless. The shed was screened from such little wind as stirred

the anemometer, partly by a neighbouring building, and partly by rising

ground. Even on the top of a neighbouring rock, on which the anemome-

ter was fixed on a post, there was sufficient air only to stir the vanes at

intervals, and in the shed the atmosphere was still and oppressive. Hence

it would appear that under all conditions a still atmosphere is unfavourable

to the accuracy of the psychrometric method. ‘This conclusion has already

been drawn by previous observers.

These conclusions must nevertheless be regarded as provisional only,

until similar experiments shall have been made with more consistent results.

I have said that the experience now gained has shewn the necessity

for some additional precautions and improvements in the use of the Reg-

nault’s hygrometer in a very dry atmosphere; and I will mention these, in

the hope that other observers may be induced to pursue the investigation.

These are—

1st¢.—The silver capsule must be highly burnished and free from micros-

copic scratches, which so reflect the light as to make it very difficult to

seize the moment of dew-deposition. This surface can be given only by

hand-polishing with the softest part of the skin (care beg taken that the

skin is free from grit) and with the application of a little carefully kept

jeweller’s rouge. Plate powder, wash leather, and soft rag are equally to be

avoided ; and when once polished, great care must be taken to preserve the

instrument from grit and dust. The Indian rubber tube which communi-

cates with the air pipe, must be kept apart from the instrument when not

in use, or the sulphur evaporating from it will quickly blacken the surface.

2nd.—The mouth tube of Casella’s instruments should be replaced by

a finger bellows or some other portable form of blower which can be worked

rapidly but is under complete control; or else the instrument should be

adapted for the use of an aspirator.

3rd.—A black screen should be so placed at the side of the instrument

that its reflection may be thrown from one side of the silver capsule to the

eye.

4th.—In experimenting in the open air, great care must be taken not

to sit to windward of the hygrometer and not to approach it nearer than

is absolutely necessary to take the reading. The mouth and nose should be

covered with a handkerchief during the experiment to prevent any breath

reaching the instrument.

5th.—In very dry states of the atmosphere it is best to take a prelimi-

nary observation in which the blowing is continued until a decided and

comparatively copious deposit is formed, noting as nearly as possible the

temperature at which it first appears. This observation is made for guid-

64 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

ance only. In the subsequent observations, by regulating the flow of air,

the temperature is to be lowered very gradually as it approaches the point

noted ; and on the first appearance of dullness, the blast is arrested, but

the reading of the thermometer is not to be taken till it reaches its lowest

point.

There are other points to be attended to, which unpractised observers

frequently neglect. One is to keep the eye on the same level as the top of

the mercurial column of the thermometer (whether that of the hygrometer

or psychrometer) when taking the reading, in order to avoid the errors of

parallax. This is a point which it is most difficult to enforce on those who

are not thoroughly trained observers, and such persons are few in India.

The capsule must not be more than three parts filled with ether, and

at first a very gentle blast must be applied or the ether will spill over the

surface of the capsule ; and if not perfectly pure, will impair its polish.

The ether must be free from water.

VIII.—TList of the Birds collected on the Expedition into the Dafia Hills,

Assam, together with those obtained in the adjacent Darrang Terat.—

By Mayor H. H. Govwry-Austen, #. Rk. G. S., FZ. 8., Se., Dep-

uty Supt. Topographical Survey of India.

(Received May 26th ;—Read June 7th 1876).

(With Plates III & IV.)

Having been placed in charge of the survey-party attached to the

force which, under the command of Brigadier-General W. J. F. Stafford,

C. B., penetrated into the Dafla Hills during the winter of 1874—75, an op-

portunity was presented of forming collections in a portion of the N. E.

Frontier which had never before been visited. It was an opportunity not

to be lost, as it would extend considerably the undoubted range of many

interesting or little-known Himalayan forms towards the east into the

Indo-Burman and West China faunas ; while there was also the great proba-

bility of discovering new forms, not only among the birds, but in other

branches of zoology. On arriving in Caleutta in October 1874, I received

much assistance and advice from Messrs. Wood-Mason and G. Nevill, of the

Indian Museum, and at the recommendation of the former was permitted to

entertain and take with me a native taxidermist, with extra coolies for the

carriage of specimens, store-boxes, &e. ; my cordial thanks are due for this

aid and for the interest shewn by the above-named gentlemen. The list

shews that I was tolerably successful, notwithstanding that the foree did

not penetrate beyond the first large valley at the back of the outer range,

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafia Hills, Assam. 65

which attains an elevation of from 4000—8000 feet. Had I reached the

inner ranges of 10—12000 feet lying beyond, and got out of the region of

dense sombre forest, there is no doubt but that my success would have

been much greater. It may be said that from Darjiling to this part of the

Hastern Himalaya, a distance of 280 miles, the ground had scarcely been

worked, for the few mammals, birds, reptiles, &c., collected in Bhitan, or re-

corded as found there, have mostly come from the portion of the country in

the neighbourhood of Darjiling. A few birds were collected by the mission

under that zealous and talented explorer Captain Pemberton, in 1838, accom-

panied by Dr. Griffiths, who was more interested in the botany than in the

zoology ; while the mission under the hon. Ashley Eden started with a

taxidermist, who, owing to the difficulty of obtaining coolies, had to be sent

back from Sipcht just beyond Dalingkote, after having only obtained a few

ordinary Darjiling species ; and Mr. L. Mandelli has, I believe, been lately

sending his collectors into the Western Bhutan Doars; but from the Sun-

kos River, eastward, no naturalist has hada chance of exploring the outer

hill-tracts.

I was fortunate in having assistants who took a lively interest in col-

lecting, and my thanks are especially due to Messrs. Ogle and Robert, of

the Topographical Survey, and to Mr. J. Lister, of the Botanical Gardens,

Calcutta, who was attached to my party to collect botanical specimens. Mr.

Robert’s zeal and energy have been conspicuous, both here and in the Naga

Hills, and the list of species has been largely added to by him. General

Stafford and other officers of the force took a lively interest in the birds of

the country, and I am indebted to them for several interesting things.

The portion of the Eastern Himalaya occupied by the Dafla Tribe,

wherein the collection was made, extends from EH. long. 93° to long. 94°,

on lat. 27°, or a distance of about 60 miles. The district of Darrung lies

along the base of the hills extending south to the Brahmaputra River, with

a breadth of about 18 miles.

The hill-portion of the Dafla country is covered from base to summit

with dense forest, the larger trees being clothed with thick creepers ; and the

bottoms of the ravines are occupied by a luxuriant growth of bamboo, canes,

tree-ferns, screw-pines, plantains, &c. Such luxuriant vegetation renders the

scenery on rivers like the Dikrang and Burroi exceedingly beautiful, but it

is monotonous. As one ascends, the underwood becomes thinner, and at

7000 feet the forest is composed almost exclusively of a straight-stemmed

bamboo, with oak, rhododendron, and other large trees. Clearings for cul-

tivation are the only open ground seen, and these are of no great extent.

The Terai portion between the Dikrang and Burroi, where a good many birds

in the list were obtained, is covered with a sea of high grass, intersected

with sluggish nullas, the banks of which are generally fringed with forest ;

66 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

this extends towards and meets the forest belt at the foot of the hills, a belt

which occasionally attains a breadth of some 8 miles and is most difficult to

work through. On the upper plateaux, such as the Bishnath plain, the grass

grows in less luxuriance, the country is much more open, and a change in

the birds is noticed at once. Compared with other parts in which I have

collected, birds are rare, both in point of number and species, and this is no

doubt due to the very large extent of sombre dark forest, all possessing the

same character; we were there too rather early in the year and before the

advent of a number of species that make their appearance later when the

large flowering trees begin to blossom.

In this list I have omitted a number of the Grallatores to be found in

the nullas of the Terai, and the list of forms occurring in this part of the

Assam valley is by no means complete. Some of the commoner birds, such

as Ploceus baya, Oopsychus saularis, &c., are not in the collection, either

from not having been shot or considered worth preserving. A flock of stone-

plover, probably Hsacus recurvirostris, Cuv., was seen amongst the boulders

in the bed of the Burroi River just within the gorge, but I failed to secure a

specimen, and the presence of our camp in the place soon scared them away.

Lord Walden has again most kindly assisted me in the identification

and nomenclature, and pointed out many points of interest concerning some

of the species.

Duplicates of nearly all the species enumerated have been selected for

the India Museum, Calcutta. All species marked with an asterisk have not

been recorded in my former lists of birds from the N. HE. Frontier.

4. Gyps Inpicus, Scopoli.

5. Gyps BenGgALENsIs, Gmelin.

Both this and the preceding species were seen in hundreds feeding on

the dead buffaloes lying along the road-side. Large droves of these

animals were passing up towards Debrughur, and numbers were dying

daily from some disease, affording a rich feast for the vultures and

jackals.

17. TINNUNCULUS ALAUDARIUS, Brisson.

20 a. MIcROHIERAX MELANOLEUCUS, Blyth.

The only species of this genus seen was the above. I noticed it sitting

on the topmost twig of a very high tree, from which it sallied forth now

and then to capture an insect. Its breast gleamed white against the dark

blue sky, but, as it was far out of shot and there was no possibility of

getting near the base of the tree owing to the extreme denseness of the

underwood and canes, I had to content myself with watching its movements

through my binoculars.

1876.] ‘On the Bupedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 67

53. CIRCUS MELANOLEUCUS, Gmelin.

A male and a female were shot in March on the Bishnath plain, where

the species was pretty common. Mr. J. H. Gurney has (‘ Ibis,’ January,

1876, p. 180) described the interesting phase of plumage presented by the

female bird as follows :—

“Whilst on the subject of harriers I may remark that in ‘The Ibis’

for 1875, pp. 226—228, I published some notes on the various plumages of

C. melanoleucus ; as an addition to these, I now give some particulars of a

harrier of that species, obtained in the month of March in the Darrany

(Darrang) district of Assam by Major H. H. Godwin-Austen, and ascer-

tained by that gentleman to be a female; premising that an ordinary adult

male was obtained by the same ornithologist in the same month and in the

same locality, and that I have been indebted to the good offices of Lord

Walden for the opportunity of examining both these specimens. In this

female the feathers on the entire upper surface of the head are blackish

brown, with narrow rufous edgings; those of the nape are still darker, and

without rufous edgings, the entire mantle is of a similar tint, increasing in

intensity as it approaches the tips of the lower scapulars, which are almost

black. The general hue of the mantle is apparently unbroken, except by

narrow buff edging to the upper interscapulary feathers ; but on lifting up

the lower scapulars, the feathers which they conceal are found to be grey,

barred with blackish brown, which is darkest towards the tip, and in places

mottled with white on the inner web; the feathers on the rump are blackish

brown, more or less tipped with white; the upper tail-coverts white, with

one, or at most two, irregular brown spots in each feather; the tail grey,

with six irregular transverse bars and a whitish tip, but no tinge of rufous.

The under surface is marked very much as is represented in ‘ The Ibis’ for

1874, Plate X, but with considerably more white on the abdomen, owing to

the brown streaks being fewer and narrower; the thighs and under tail-coverts

are also white, with a few streaks of brown, varying in both length and

breadth. The wings in this specimen show a remarkable approach to the

plumage of the adult male ; the whole of the lesser wing-coverts are white,

but with a broad sagittate mark of dark brown in the centre of each feather,

the same coloration being extended over the bend of the carpal joint, and

along the anterior edge of the wing to the commencement of the greater

coverts ; the black band which in the adult male extends from the neigh-

bourhood of the carpal joint to the tips of the tertials, is in this specimen

represented by a corresponding band of dark chocolate brown, varied by

some of the brown feathers passing, in part, into a decided black, and by &

few white spots in that part of the band which is'‘near to the carpal joint ;

that portion of the wing which is grey in the full-plumaged male is also

grey in this female, but with transverse bars of dark brown as in the ordinary

plumage of male specimens of intermediate age.”

68 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

“The principal measurements of this female are as follow: wing

from carpal joint 15:8, tarsus 3°3, middle toe s. u. 1°45 inches.”

*71. Hunua Nipanensis, Hodgson.

Ex. 52, L. 27, W. 19, T. 105, t. 3:5, Bf. 2°75, girth round thigh

5-75 inches, diameter of eyes, which are dark glass-blue with narrow brown

irides, one inch, mid-toe and -claw 4°5, inner talon 2°4, ear-tufts 3°25 inches.

1st quill rather short, 4th and 5th equal and longest.

Feet dull yellow; bill pale dingy yellow.

This fine horned-owl was shot in the day-time out of one of the large

forest trees now growing on the rampart of the old fort of Purtabghur, in

the Darrang district; its presence having been made known by the great

excitement it was causing among the other birds, who were paying it a

noisy levée. The crows of course were taking the lead and two hornbills

(Hydrocissa albirostris) were among its visitors; it had probably been

sacrificing a neighbour. It is a grand and most powerfully built bird.

80. GravuctpIuM Broptret, Burton.

Tortpiti Peak, 7300 ft.

81a. Nruvox Nipatensis, Hodgson.

The IV. sewtulata of Rafiles is the Sumatran bird (wide note by Lord

Walden in the ‘Catalogue of the Mammals and Birds of Burmah’ by

Ed. Blyth, J. A. 8. B. 1875). The Ceylon and Malabar birds cannot be

separated and must stand as IV. hirsuta, Tem., but the Himalayan race

seems to differ and we ought perhaps to adopt the title Nipalensis, Hodgson,

for it.

85. Hrrunpo ERYTHROPYGIA, Sykes,

This is the H. Daurica of former lists.

*94. CurEtmon Nrpaensis, Hodgson.

Tn a clearing above Doripu, a large number were observed, and I shot a

couple, much to the delight of the Daflas with me, who had never before

seen a bird knocked over on the wing. A swift was also seen at the same

time, but I could not get a fair shot, and they soon cleared off.

108 a. CaAPRIMULGUS sJoTOKA, Schlegel.

This bird was particularly numerous at No.6 camp on the Dikrang.

The specimens agree exactly with those I have from the Khasi Hills.

109. CapRimuLeus aLBonoratus, Tickell.

This species has a loud hard chucking note, which it emits at de-

cided intervals ‘“‘ chuck—chuck,” a pause, then “ chuck—chuek—chuck,”

another pause, ‘ chuck—chuck,” occasionally sounding it four times.

C. jotoka may be known at once (as I noticed last summer at Shillong,

where it is common) by its shorter more softened “chuck,” which it repeats

continuously and rapidly for long periods at a time, but only when

sitting.

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 69

117. Merors viripis, Lin.

*135 @ ALCEDO GRANDIS, Blyth.

A specimen of this very rare and beautiful kingfisher was shot on the

Dikrang River, below Pakfi’s village, where I saw one or two others. The

original specimen was obtained by Mr. Blyth (J. A. S. B. XIV, p. 190)

from the base of the Darjeeling Hills, probably in the Teesta valley, well

within the hills. Dr. Anderson got another from the same locality ; this

specimen is to be found figured in Sharpe’s ‘ Monograph of the Kingfishers,’

and is now in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. I have compared the Dafla

bird with it; but it is young, with the bill not fully developed, and it is to

be regretted that no better example for figuring was then procurable. We

failed to find Blyth’s original type, but Mr. Mandelli of Darjeeling has

kindly sent me a drawing to scale of the bill of one of his own specimens

and it agrees exactly in size with that of my bird.

136. CERYLE RUDIS, Lin.

On all the large streams of the Terai.

*137. CERYLE auTTATA, Vigors.

I saw this large kingfisher several times on the Dikrang river, above

eamp No. 6; on one occasion four were together, but they are generally

solitary. I never perceived it hovering like C. rudis. Its flight is very

rapid.

An officer of the 42nd Assam Light Infantry shot one, and kindly

made me a present of the skin.

138. Psarisomus Datnousra, Jameson.

Large scattered flocks moving rapidly through the forest were seen in

the Dikrang Dhtin between Harmutti and the Borpani stockade, keeping to

the boughs about halfway up the trees. It is curious how exceedingly

well defined in these forests are the haunts of many birds. Some, such as

species of Winla, Actinura, Liothrix, Ixulus, &., never appear to descend

out of the light beneath the thick canopy of leaves in the crown of the trees,

but feed about on them and on the orchidaceous growth that thickly clothes

the topmost boughs. Others, like the above-named Psarisomus, Irena

puella, Criniger flaveolus, &c., keep well in the shade halfway down, while

others, and particularly the fly-catchers Chelidorhynx hypoxantha and Culi-

eipeta cinereocapilla, remain exclusively in or about the underwood, scarcely

ever mounting above it into the larger trees.

The culmen in these specimens was not black (as described by Jerdon),

but the bill was green above, pale orange below.

139. SERILOPHUS RUBROPYGIUS, Hodgson.

142. HyprocrIssaA ALBIROSTRIS, Shaw.

The commonest hornbill here ; another large one with a red head, pro-

bably Rhyticeros plicatus, was seen in the Dikrang valley but not shot.

70 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

149. PALHORNIS CYANOCEPHALUS, Lin.

Narainpur. The same as the P. rosa of former lists.

*152 a. PALHORNIS MELANORHYNCHUS, Wagler.

Common in the tea-garden at Harmutti.

157. Picus Macet, Vieill.

*171. GECINUS STRIOLATUS, Blyth.

From the Terai and near Dikrang mukh.

172. GuEcINUS OCCIPITALIS, Vigors.

173. CHRYSOPHLEGMA CHLOROLOPHUS, Vieill.

176. VENILIA PYRRHOTIS, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

Bill pale yellow ; legs dull dusky green ; irides dark dull red.

177. Gerctnutus GRantta, McClelland.

This is called “ Koria’” by the Daflas.

178. MicroprErRNus RuFINoTUS, Malherbe.

This is the JZ. phaioceps of former lists.

187. Sasta ocHRacea, Hodgson.

192. Mzcat“zua Hopesoni, Bonap.

195. Cyanops AstatTica, Latham.

196. Mrcatmua Franxuinu, Blyth.

207. Hirrococcyx SPARVERIOIDES, Vigors.

Young female,—Dikrang valley.

218. Crntropus BENGALENSIS, Gmelin.

Young male.

223. ARACHNOTHERA MAGNA, Hodgson.

229. AlTHopyea NrpaLENsis, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak, at 6000 ft. I have always found this honey-sucker

ranging higher than any other of the genus.

231. ArHoPyea saTURATA, Hodgson.

Common in the Harjili,* and along the outer sandstone range.

*245, CERTHIA DIscotor, Blyth.

The specimens from the Dafla hills agree perfectly with examples im

the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with which I compared them. I give the

description.

Head black with a medial pale ochreous streak and another over the

eye; back streaked with pale ochre and dark brown; upper tail-coverts

ferruginous ; tail rufous. Chin and throat dull pale brown ; belly paler ;

under tail-coverts pale rusty ; primaries black with a pale ochreous band,

with subterminal spots and terminal spots on all except the first three;

coverts black and spotted. Bill black above, ruddy beneath ; legs horny.

L. 6:0, W. 2°75, T. 3:0, t. 0°68, Bf. 0:55 inches.

* Juli, a ravine in the local dialect.

I876.] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. (A:

261. SrIrraA CINNAMOMEOVENTRIS, Blyth. .

I obtained several of this species in the large trees that have been left

standing in the tea-garden at Harmutti. They were haunting the holes

in the stems and preparing to commence breeding. ‘The tail is very square

in this species.

252. Sirra Formosa, Blyth.

Was occasionally seen and two specimens were secured under Tortiputé

Peak at about 5000 ft.

253. DENDROPHILA FRONTALIS, Horsf.

According to Mr. R. B. Sharpe (‘ Stray Feathers’, Vol. III, p. 436),

this bird will stand under Hodgson’s name corallina, frontalis being the

Malayan form, which is distinguished by the pure white colour of the throat.

254. Upupa Epops, Lin.

258. Lantus TEPHRONOTUS, Vigors.

263. TEPHRODORNIS PELVICA, Hodgson.

Darpang nulla at the base of the outer hills.

269. VOLVOCIVORA MELANOSCHISTUS, Hodgson.

270. Gravucatus Macetr, Lesson.

271. Prricrocotus sPpEcrosus, Lath.

273. PERICROCOTUS BREVIROSTRIS, Vigors. -

278 6. Dickurus caTHaecus, Swinhoe.

Assam birds agree very well with those from China, save that the tail

is rather longer. This is included in my former list as D. longus, which

is the title of the Javan form.

280. Dicrurnus pyrruors, Hodgson.

282. CHaptia NEA, Vieillot.

Harmutti and Dikrang valley.

288. BRINGA REMIFER, Temm.

In non-breeding plumage (Dec.) on the Niosi ridge near Tanir Peak, a

good many seen.

284. DiIssEMURUS GRANDIS, Gould.

286. CHIBIA HOTTENTOTA, Lin.

Trides dark reddish brown ; legs and feet black.

289. 'TcHITREA AFFINIS, A. Hay.

291. LEucocERCA ALBICOLEIS, Vieillot.

294. CHELIDORYNX HYPoxanTHA, Blyth.

Very common.

295. CULICIPETA CINEREOCAPILLA, Vieillot.

301. Humyias mMeELanops, Vigors.

*303. CYORNIS UNICcOLOR, Blyth.

A single specimen of this rare fly-catcher was obtained in the Dikrane

valley.

72 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

315. Ninrava Macericoria, Burton.

316. Nuiprava GRANDIS, Blyth.

Shengorh Peak, at 6000 ft.

319. SIPHIA sTROPHIATA, Hodgson.

A male from Toriptitti Peak, and a female from the Dikrang valley.

I observe that this female differs a good deal from the description of the

male, which alone is given by Jerdon. Above she is similar throughout,

except that the frontal band is absent, there being a very slight pale grey

indication of it. The throat is grey in lieu of black; breast and abdomen

dull white, the flanks olivaceous. The rufous gorget is very pale; indeed,

there is only just an indication of it.

323. ERYTHROSTERNA LEUCURA, Gmelin.

Trides dark brown.

Harmutti tea-garden.

343. MytopHonus TEMMINCKII, Vigors.

344. Hyprornis NipaLensis, Hodgson.

350. ZoorTHERA MONTICOLA, Vigors.

Only one specimen was obtained. This hasa very dark coloured plu-

mage throughout, much darker than any other I have examined.

855. GEOCICHLA cITRINA, Latham.

366. Turpus (PLANESTICUS) FUSCATUS, Pall.

Shot at Harmutti.

373. PARADOXORNIS FLAVIROSTRIS, Gould.

Only in the high grass of the low plain country skirting the hills.

*378 b. SurHorA DariLaEnsis, Godwin-Austen. Plate III.

I described this very interesting little bird in the Annals and Mag. Nat.

History for December 1875. I give below a copy of the original description,

together with some account of the habits of the genus, which are quite parine.

It is closely allied to S. Munipurensis, Wald. and G.-Aus., described in ‘ The

Ibis’, 1875, p. 250. The difference between them is most marked on the under

side, the chin being grey in the Dafla bird, paling on the upper breast and

belly to dull yellowish white, while in the Munipur and Naga species the

chin and throat are deep black, fading to grey on the breast and thence

into the white of the lower tail-coverts. There is besides a marked

difference in size, especially in the bill and legs; this new form being the

smallest of the genus now known.

Desc.—* Above; crown of head chrome-brown, back and rump rusty

olivaceous brown ; tail very rich rusty brown, particularly near the base ;

frontal band, passing over the eye to the nape, black ; a white circle round

eye, with a moustachial streak passing down the side of the neck of the

same colour; ear-coverts grey, surmounted by a small streak of golden

yellow. Chin grey; breast and belly dull sordid white ; under tail-coverts

1876.] _on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 73

white ; flanks grey. Shoulder of wing olivaceous ; primaries black, rufous

at the base, forming a band, the outermost edged white; their coverts

black : secondaries grey, edged rich rufous on the outer web, with a narrow

white edging to the inner. Irides dark brown ; legs and feet pale grey ;

bill neutral grey.

“T. 3:25, W. 1:75, T. 2°10, t. 0°62, Bf. 0:25 inches.

“ Hab. 'The bamboo underwood of the forests at 5000—7000 feet, first

obtained on the slopes of Toripiti Peak in January.

“ These curious little birds associate together in large flocks, making an

incessant sharp twitter. They are most active, flitting rapidly about the

foliage of the bamboos, of which the underwood is principally composed.

They were the most fearless birds I ever met with, perching on twigs with-

in a couple of yards of one’s head, so close that it was some time before I

eould fire at one without the certainty of blowing it all to pieces, and two

specimens obtained I had to throw away. The bright-coloured top of the

head, set off with its black coronal edging, is conspicuous as they fly and

hop about the branches.”’

*382. GRAMMATOPTILA STRIATA, Vigors.

This was a bird seen and heard more than any other at about 6000

feet in January. It was particularly abundant under Toripiti Peak,

associating in large flocks, their note a chatter mingled with another call

somewhat simulating the low quack of a duck. On examination of several

birds they proved to be fruit- and seed-eaters solely, but insect life was at

the time very scarce. Irides red brown; legs and feet pale grey.

L. 10°5, W. 5:5, T. 5:75, t. 1:75, Bf. 0:95 inches.

I have noticed in these forests that many species of gregarious babbling-

thrushes associate together, and I have seen as many as three in the same

large and numerous flock. The large and noisy white-crested babblers

(Garrulax leucolophus) often have other species in their train, among

others I once shot Pomatorhinus ferruginosus. The same habit is to be

observed with many of the Liotrichine : for long distances not a bird is to

be seen or heard, allis as silent as if no life whatever existed ; when suddenly

one comes upon a whole assemblage of birds, all actively feeding and an

incessant chirping and twittering are going on on all sides; they pass on

. through the forest and all is still again.

384. GAMPSORHYNCHUS RUFULUS, Blyth.

One specimen possesses an incipient collar, but differs in no other

respect. Mr. Hume has separated this phase or variety of colouration under

the specific title of G. torquatus, but I doubt whether so small a variation

however interesting and worthy of record is enough to entitle the bird to a

distinctive title. Lord Walden has remarked to me that the collar probably

denotes a full stage of plumage.

74 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Zist of the Birds collected [No. 2,

885. PycrorHis SINENSIS, Gmelin.

*386 a. PYcTORHIS ALTIROSTRIS, Jerdon.

In this bird I at first considered I had got a new species, but it

agrees so well with Chrysomma altirostre, Jerdon, described in the ‘ Ibis’

1862, p. 22, that I do not hesitate to identify it, although Dr. Jerdon’s

bird is described as from Thayet Myo on the Irrawady, Burmah, where it

has not again turned up, notwithstanding that this place has since been well

worked by Mr. Oates, Captain Fielden, and others. Although the paper

in which Dr. Jerdon describes C. altirostre purports to be exclusively one

on birds then lately obtained by him in Burmah, yet I am inclined to think

that he may have had before him one or two species from Assam. Twice in

the paper (pp. 19 and 23) he writes “ Brahmaputra River” when he should

have written ‘“ Irrawady’’, so that there is just the possibility that P. altiros-

éris was from the same country where I found it so abundant, yet Dr. Jerdon

in 1862 had not visited Assam and did not do so until ? 1868.* What has

become of Dr. Jerdon’s type specimen I cannot ascertain, but the hoary

frontal band and peculiar short bill are conspicuous characters ; it will be

very interesting hereafter to compare altirostre from Burmah, should it ever

turn up there. As slight differences may exist, I give a description of the

Assam bird, which I found to be by no means uncommon in the grass of the

Bishnath plain. I first shot it from off an elephant near the embouchement

of the Burroi River, and altogether secured four specimens, one of which,

with many others in this list, I have sent to the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

It is in every respect a true Pyctorhis. Jerdon says very rightly, it may

be on only a cursory glance mistaken for Pyc. Sinensis, but on a more

attentive examination, or on comparison with the latter, its distinctness is

at once apparent.f It is a difficult bird to shoot, its habits being so very

skulking, and when once frightened it will not rise again. It isalso a much

more solitary bird than P. sinensis, which associates in considerable flocks,

and I never found more than two or three together.

Dese.—Above dark ruddy brown, brightest on the head, primaries, and

outer edging of the tail-feathers ; frontal band, over the eye, and ear-coverts

hoary ; in some specimens less white is mixed with the dark grey than in

others. Chin pale grey, merging gradually on the breast into pale rusty

ochre and on the flanks, belly, and under tail-coverts into ferruginous.

Irides (very narrow) pale sienna; orbits yellow; bill ruddy brown, pale

ruddy below.

L. 6:25, W. 2°45, T. 3°8, t. 1:08, Bf. 6:42 inches.

* Since writing this Mr. W. T. Blanford says (i epist.), “I remember seeing:

the specimen at Thayet Myo. I was there with Jerdon, you know.”

+ Mr. Hume (in ‘Stray Feathers’, Vol. III, p. 115) refers to altirostre, but the

birds he had under review were evidently, as he says, nothing but P. Stnensis.

1876. ] on the Kxpedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 75

The bill is more curved, higher, and shorter than in Stvensis, in which

moreover it is deep black.

388. AncrpPE NipanEensis, Hodgson.

390. TuRDINUS GAROENSIS, G.-Austen.

I was very fortunate in obtaining a second example of this new bird

and can now add the colouration of the soft parts and dimensions from the

flesh, those already given (J. A. 8. B., Vol. XLIII, page 160) having been

taken from a carbolized specimen.

L. 5:5, W. 2°5, T. 2°38, t. 1°15, Bf. 0°53 inches.

Trides red brown ; legs very pale fleshy.

Proceeding through the dense underwood in the Dikrang valley, I

eaught sight of this bird on the narrow path about two yards from my feet,

and at the first glance took it to be a small rodent. It was most fearless,

and made no attempt to fly off, but caught an insect while I stood and

watched it. I had to step back several yards before I could shoot it with-

out blowing it to atoms.

391. STRACHYRHIS NIGRICEPS, Hodgson.

From the jungles near Harmutti, near the base of the hills—common.

394, STRACHYRHIS CHRYSEA, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

895. MIxoRNIS RUBRICAPILLA, Tickell.

396 a. TrMALIA BENGALENSIS, G.-Austen.

400. PoMATORHINUS RUFICOLLIS, Hodgson, var.

Dafla birds are similar to those from Darjeeling, but do not agree with

those from Nipal and the Naga Hills, the former being very much more

ruddy throughout and darker olive above. The most striking difference lies

in the size of the legs and in strength of the toes and claws.

Dimensions—Dafla and Darjeeling, t. 1:25, hind toe 1:0, claw 0°60 in.

Do. Nipal, t. 1:05, re MOBTIS Ie ee AOS)

*401. PoMATORHINUS FERRUGINOSUS, Blyth.

“ Pot gongor” of the Daflas.

This handsome scimitar-babbler appeared very numerous under Tort-

putu Peak, about 5000 feet. It is gregarious, but not a noisy bird, utter-

ing only a faint chirp.

Irides pale greenish yellow ; bill crimson ; legs dull green,

L. 8°75, W. 3°5, T. 4:2, t. 1°3, Bf. 1:0 inches.

402. PoMATORHINUS SCHISTICEPS, Hodgson.

405 6. POMATORHINUS HYPOLEUCOS, Blyth.

The specimen obtained is larger than any I have from the hill-ranges

south of the Brahmaputra, but agrees in all other respects.

407. GARRULAX LEUCOLOPHUS, Hard.

This was found to be as numerous here as in other parts of the adja-

cent hill-states,

76 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

409 a. GARRULAX GULARIS, McClelland.

From Borpani in the Dikrang Dhin. Appears never to range higher

than 2000 feet or so. It is a rare bird, and I only shot two specimens.

412. GARRULAX PECTORALIS, Gould.

413. GARRULAX MONILIGER, Hodgson.

“ Porért” or “ Purirhi’” of the Daflas.

416. 'TROCHALOPTERUM CHRYSOPTERUM, Gould.

Solitary, in pairs. Its call low.

Shengorh Peak, 7000 ft., in February.

LL. 9:0, W. 3:5, TL. 3:85, tase BE 0-77) mehes.

420. TROCHALOPTERUM SQUAMATUM, Gould.

421. TROCHALOPTERUM RUFIGULARE, Gould.

Dafla examples agree with those from Darjeeling. Individuals differ

in the colouration of the wing-bar: im all Khasi and Garo birds and in one

from Darjeeling this is concolorous with the coverts, viz., olive-brown, the

lores sometimes rufous. The normal colouration (? full) is pearly grey

on the breast and white in front of the eyes. Khasi examples have the

rufous of the chin extending well down on to the breast.

L. 9:0, W. 3°6, T. 4:0, .t. 148, Bf. 0-76 inches.

Bill grey above, very pale yellow below ; legs and feet very pale horny ;

irides very dark purple-red.

Found associating in pairs, shy and not easy to find in the underwood.

Their call is a sharp, monotonous kind of chirp, as they answer each other.

427. ActinuRA EeErtroni, Gould.

The specimen shot on Shengorh Peakis much more rufous than the

Khasi bird; this has led me to look at the series at my disposal with more

attention. In my first list of birds (J. A. 8. B., 1870, p. 105), the latter

is recorded as a variety. I noted at the time I shot the first specimen at

Asalu that it did not accurately agree with the description of A. Hyertont

in Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India’, and Dr. Jerdon himself, on my subsequently

shewing him the bird, agreed that there were differences, but we had then

no Darjeeling specimens to compare it with. I mentioned the points in

which the Khasi bird differed and I now see that not the least important

of these is the distinct difference in the colour of the shoulder of the wing,

the back, and the rump ; which is an ochrey olivaceous, but in the Datla speci-

men it is red-brown as given by Jerdon for the same parts of true Hyertont.

All the birds (and I have a large series from the hill-ranges south of the

Brahmaputra) are identical, and so distinct from the Hyertoni of the Eastern

Himalaya that they must receive a specific title, which I propose should

be A. Khasiana, or, as I would rather designate races differing lke

this so slightly from an older well-known form, A. Eyertoni, Gould,

var. Khasiana; and in like manner we might indicate the relations of

1876. ] on the Hupedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. i

such forms as Trichastoma minor, Hume and Microperdivx Blewitti, Hume

by calling them 7. Adbdott:, Blyth, var. minor ; MW. erythrorhyncha, vay.

Blewitti ; and the same might be done with several other closely allied

species.

427 6. AcrrmnuRA DarnaeEnsis, G.-Austen. Plate IV.

Among the birds collected one of the most interesting forms is the

Actinura described in ‘Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for November 1875, and

of which the original description is repeated below.

“As might be expected, its nearest ally is A. Mipalensis, Hodgs.,

the colouration above being very similar on the back and tail, but with

less rufous barring. The crest, however, is quite different ; and in this

respect the species approaches A. Waldeni from the Naga hills, on the

south of the Brahmaputra valley, only that the crest is far fuller. The

general blotchy streakiness of the throat and breast is also a mark of con-

nexion with 4. Waldent. On comparison, it is seen that Actinura Daflaensis

bears the same relation to 4. Mipalensis that A. Waldeni does to A. Eyertoni.

“The genus is a very well-marked one ; and we can now record from

the Indian region five species (including A. Ramsay from Tonghoo, in

Burmah, described by Viscount Walden in ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for

June 1875), viz. :—1. A. Eyertoni, Gould ; 2. A. Nipalensis, Hodgson ; 3.

A. Walden, Godwin-Austen ; 4. A. Daflaensis, Godwin-Austen ; 5. A.

Ramsayi, Walden. The last is a very distinct and interesting bird, a depar-

ture from the Hast-Himalayan type, but yet in every point a true Actinura.

“ Male. Above; head ash-brown ; feathers in front spatulate, behind

elongated into a full crest, narrowly pale-edged ; the ash tint pales on the back

of the neck, and merges into the strong rusty brown of the back and upper tail-

coverts ; base of tail-feathers of the same colour, followed by four or five black

bars, and the terminal half all black; the three outer rectrices tipped white,

with a slight tendency to barring on the extreme outer web ; side of head ash-

grey,the ear-coverts with light silky reflections; shoulder of wing rusty brown;

first primary coverts tipped with grey, forming a distinct narrow band, the

last (covering the first seven primaries) black, forming a patch; the prima-

ries are sienna-brown, the outermost edged with hoary grey, black on the inner

webs and extremities, and narrowly barred with black on the terminal outer

web ; secondaries evenly and narrowly barred black and pale olivaceous umber.

Beneath ; the chin and throat pale dingy white, becoming a dirty ochrey

ash on the breast, with a blurry striation, particularly on the throat ; flanks

and under tail-coverts rusty brown ; tail beneath ashy black, the outermost

feathers distinctly barred. Bill dark horny ; legs the same ; irides— P

Saar NV so. I 3-2) t. 1-3, Bi. O68 imehes,

“ Hab. In high forest at 7000 feet, and first shot on Shengorh Peak

in February.”

int

78 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

*430. SIBIA PICAOIDES, Hodgson.

Its range appears to extend up to about 3000 ft.

430 a. SIBIA PULCHELLA, G.-Austen.

T obtained several specimens of this bird on the slopes of Tortpata

Peak at about 5000 ft. It was first obtained by me in the Naga Hills,

and it was interesting to find it extending to this side of the Assam valley.

*432. MALAcocIRCUS TERRICOLOR, Hodgson.

T have never got this bird on the south side of the Brahmaputra or in

Cachar, and I did not see many even here in the Darrang district.

437 a. Matacocrrous (LAYyaRDIA) RUBIGINOSUS, G.-Austen.

It was a great pleasure to find this bird again and in Assam, so far from

the locality in which it was first discovered by me in Munipur. Beating

through some grass for florikan, near Helem, in the Darrang district, some

ruddy birds were flushed which quickly hid themselves low down in the stuff

and could not be driven out, although the elephants were put through and

through it in every direction. I suspected they belonged to the above spe-

cies, but they were far more wary and concealed themselves more than those

I had seen in Munipur. Several times afterwards similar birds were put

up and a snap shot was obtained off the pad of the elephant as they seudded

along for a few yards and dropped completely out of sight into the thick

grass. The chase at last became quite exciting, as I was determined to find

out what they really were. At last coming on a numerous party in an

outlying patch of grass, I dismounted and, sending the elephants to be put

in at the opposite end, had the piece beaten up towards me ; as the birds flew

across an open space where the grass had been burnt, I managed to secure

a couple and so clear up the doubt that hung over their identity. I after-

wards obtained, with the assistance of Mr. M. J. Ogle of the survey, two or

three others. From the back of an elephant, they afford a most difficult shot :

the flight is jerky, and unlike other grass haunting species, these birds very

seldom when driven perch on the higher stalks before settling into the cover,

but shuffle right down into the latter at once, and then continue moving

through it very rapidly and out of sight, so that in a few minutes they are

yards distant from the spot at which they originally alighted. When hunted

in this way, they separate also and straggle in all directions; which adds

to the difficulty of finding them again. I found it a far better plan not to

waste time over them, but to beat on again for another flock.

439. CHATORHEA Hariet, Blyth.

440. MzrcgaLURUS PaLustTRis, Horsfield.

444, NW{YPSIPETES PSAROIDES, Vigors.

The species in my former list, (p. 106) is this, not H. concolor.

448. Hemrxus FLAvALA, Hodgson.

449. ALCURUS sTRIATUS. Blyth.

Toriputi Peak. January.

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 79

451. CRINIGER FLAVEOLUS, Gould.

A very abundant bird in the lower ground about Harmutti and Harjuli.

460 a. OrTocompsa montTIconA, McClelland.

This bulbul was a very abundant bird in the low country.

466. Puyttornts Harpwicki, Jard. and Selby.

468. Iora TypuHta, Lin.

469. Pycnonotus pyemus, Hodgson.

474. Onrtotus TRrarLiu, Vigors.

477. Myiomreta LEeucuRra, Hodgson.

On Tortipitu Peak. This genus should certainly be placed near Vil-

tava.

*498. RutTict~tuaA Hopesont, Moore.

500. RuTIcInLA AUROREA, Pallas.

505, RuUTICILLA FULIGINOSA, Vigors.

Dikrang valley.

506. CHIMARRHORNIS LEUCOCEPHALA, Vigors.

Dikrang valley.

573. CALLIOPE PECTORALIS, Gould.

Dikrang valley.

530. ORTHOTOMUS LONGICAUDA, Gmelin.

Narainpur and Harmutti—in plains.

532. PRINIA FLAVIVENTRIS, Deles.

Very numerous in the shorter grass of the Terai and on the Bishnath

plain.

*534. PRINIA SOCTALIS, Sykes, small var.

This little bird was the most numerous wren-warbler in the Dar-

rang District, and I shot a large series of it.

I generally found them in the patches of shorter grass near the foot

of the Dafla Hills from the Burroi River to the Bishnath Plain, associated

with P. flaviventris, Graminicola Bengalensis, and Pyctorhis altirostris.

Their pale rufous breasts and grey backs distinguish them at once from other

species directly they rise out of the grass; they then fly with a short jerking

flight a short distance, settle on a stalk for a few seconds, and then drop into

the cover beneath. The specimens obtained are certainly smaller than those

of P. socialis from Southern India, but I see little or no other distinction.

i. 5:25, W. 1:7 to 1:8, T. 2°75 to 2°8, t. 0°72, BE. 0-4 to 0-48

inches.

Irides bright reddish brown ; legs pale flesh-coloured.

Dr. Jerdon’s measurements of the wing and tarsus greatly exceed the

above, being 2°1 and 0'9 in. respectively.

*535. Printa Stewart, Blyth.

One example of this species was obtained on the Bishnath plain.

80 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

539 a. CISTICOLA MELANOCEPHALA, And.

539 6. Cisticota Munipurensis, G.-Austen.

542. GRAMINICOLA BENGALENSIS, Jerdon.

Very abundant on the Bishnath plain.

Bill nearly white below, dark horny above ; irides red-brown ; legs

and feet pale fleshy.

L. 6:0, W. 2:25, T. 3:16, t. 0°9, Bf. 0°5 inches.

544. Dryma@pus tonetcaupatus, Tickell.

555. PHytioscopus Fuscatus, Blyth.

Only found in the woods of the Terai.

561. PHytioscorus aFrFinis, Tickell.

Only seen in the plains.

572. ABRORNIS XANTHOSCHISTOS, Hodgson.

578. ABRORNIS CASTANEOCEPS, Hodgson.

Harmutti.

585. HENICURUS IMMACULATUS, Hodgson.

Dikrang velley.

L. 10:0, W. 4:0, T. 5°5, t. 1°3, Bf. 0°8 inches.

*586. HENICURUS SCHISTACEUS, Hodgson.

Several specimens were obtained in the Dikrang valley. Leaving the

main stream and proceeding up the bed of any of the small tributaries, al-

most the first bird seen would be a pair of this species, flitting with their

peculiar jerking flight and settling a short way up stream on the gravelly

bed. When disturbed by a shot they fly into the dense underwood and do

not shew themselves again. Another pair would soon be found higher

up.

Trides dark umber ; legs fleshy white.

1 A10:05W, 3:9) I 5:5; toelglisyebt 0.7, mches.

*587. Henicurus ScouLErt, Vigors.

I first became acquainted with this very diminutive representative of

the genus on the Dikrang River, where it was very numerous, flitting about

the large rocks and boulders. It is not such a lover of confined overgrown

ravines as its much larger allies recorded above.

Ivides very dark brown ; legs and feet white ; the two outer tail-fea-

thers pure white, not tipped black (conf. Jerdon).

L. 4°75, W. 2°75, T. 2:0, t. 0°85, Bf. 0°42 inches.

588 a. Henicurus Srvensts, Gould, Birds of Asia, Pt. XVIII.

The Dafla specimens have been compared with typical H. Leschnaulti

from Java and with H. Sinensis from China, obtained by Swinhoe. The

frontal patch, as noticed by Captain Elwes in his revision of the genus

(‘ The Ibis’ 1872), is not a reliable character, and the only distinction appears

to be that of size, the China bird being altogether larger. My specimens

1876.] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 81

again are markedly larger than H. Sinensis especially in the bill; which

removes them still further from the Javan race.

ie tO We sO, Ph5:5, t. 1-15, BE. 0-7 aches.

*590 a. Motacizta Hopesoni, G. R. Gray.

If really distinct from JL. Luzoniensis, my specimen is evidently the

above ; it was obtained at Tezpur on the 27th November.

Dese.—Above ; all sooty black, more velvety on the head, this colour

extends round the sides of the neck, ear-coverts, throat, and moustachial

streak from the gape; shoulder of wing a paler brown-black ; quills and

secondaries brown, white-edged, the latter strongly so; the primary

coverts very broadly edged with white, so as toform a wing-band; a broad

frontal band extending over the eye as far as the posterior limit of the ear-

coverts, white; white also on the lores, chin for half an inch, and a nar-

row line under the eye, this colour has a tendency to replace the black on

the throat and sides of the neck ; abdomen and outer tail-feathers white

the latter with a very narrow black edging near the base of the inner web,

the next pair also white with a broader edging extending nearly to the tip.

*592. CALOBATES MELANOPE, Pallas. :

593. BupyTEs viripis, Gmelin.

Got in December at Narainpur.

596. PrpasTES AGILIS, Sykes.

Numerous in the Dafla clearings, attracted by the millet-crop which

was being cut in December.

609. PTERYTHRIUS ERYTHROPTERUS, Vigors.

L. 6:5, W. 3:4, T. 1:8, t. 1:1, Bf. 0°58 inches.

Bill beneath greenish grey ; legs pale flesh-coloured ; irides umber.

*612. Curta Nipavensis, Hodgson.

(Piting, Dafla.)

It was quite a pleasure obtaining this bird for the first time on account

of its peculiar and beautiful colouration, as well as the very great difference

between that of the males and females. Mr. Lister, attached to the survey

party for the purpose of forming a botanical collection, was the first to

bring it m to me, he having shot four one after the other out of a large flock

on the same tree, the birds being apparently quite scared by the report of the

gun and not flying away. It is well-known on the Darjeeling side, but I

have not yet met with it south of the Brahmaputra. The males besides

their different colouration are rather larger than the females.

6 L. 6°75, W. 3°65, T. 2°7, +t. 1:15, Bf. 0.68 inches.

9 L. 6:50, W. 3°25, T. 2°42, t. 1:10, Bf. 0:57

Trides umber-brown ; legs and feet yellow.

615. LiorHRix ARGENTAURIS, Hodgson.

616. Siva stRiguLA, Hodgson.

82 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

617. Srva cyanuropTEeRA, Hodgson.

619 a. ALCIPPE CoLLARIS, Walden.

Is very probably Minla rufogularis, Mandelli ( ‘Stray Feathers,’

Vol. I, p. 416) and specimens from Darjeeling must be compared. The

species were described by the above gentlemen about the same time. Should

the two prove identical Mr. Mandelli’s title has priority. It is pretty

numerous at about 3000 ft. in these hills. Myr. Mandelli’s single specimen

came from the Bhitan Doars. I consider the species to be a Minla.

Dimensions in the flesh :—L. 5:0, W. 2°3, T. 2:2, t. 0°9, Bf. 0°44 in.

*619 6. Minta Manperiit, G.-Austen.

Described as below in the ‘ A. and M. N. H.’ for January 1876.

“ Above dark olivaceous, tail brown; forehead rufous, merging into

the olivaceous brown of the top of the head ; a white supercilium com-

mences from above the eye, and extends to the neck, merging into some

streaky buff and black feathers behind the ear-coverts; a black band sur-

mounts the white one, but does not meet the black lores ; ear-coverts sooty.

Chin, throat, and upper breast buffy white ; sullied white on abdomen, flanks

olivaceous. Irides dark red-brown; legs and feet pale fleshy; bill grey-

brown. Feathers of the head scaly.”

L. 5°5, W. 2:2, T. 2:5, t. 0°95, Bf. 0:45 inches.

I named this bird after Mr. L. Mandelli, who has so successfully work-

ed the ornithology of the Sikkim Hills, and who has described a near ally of

this species. Since forwarding the communication to the ‘ Annals’, I see that

Mr. Hume (in ‘Stray Feathers’ for 1874, p. 447) has described a Proparus

under the title of dwbzws which is so like my bird, that I am inclined to think

the two will prove identical, in which case the specific title Mandell will

not stand, but I should certainly not place it in the group Proparus, as it

is in every respect similar in form to Minla tgnotincta and IL. castaniceps.

Wherever I have found this and Minla collaris, the whole country has

been covered with forest, and I should certainly not call them reed- or grass-

haunters. The Liotrichine group is already too much sub-divided and I

would not recommend the adoption of another genus for these two species

as proposed by Mr. A. O. Hume under the title Scheniparus.

*621. PRoparus cHRysmus, Hodgson.

This very lovely tit was got on Shengorh, out of a numerous flock

that passed through the trees near the camp.

L. 3:9, W. 2:0, T. 1:9, t. 0°8, Bf. 0°3 inches.

623. IxuLus FLAVICOLLIS, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

624. IxuLus occrpiTais, Blyth.

628. YUHINA NIGRIMENTUM, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 83

630. HERPORNIS XANTHOLEUCA, Hodgson.

Harjuli 8000 ft. up to Tortiputu Peak.

645. Parus NipPaLensis, Hodgson.

The cinereus of my former lists is shewn to be the Javan race by Lord

Walden in the ‘ List of Birds of Burmah’, p. 112.

647. Denprocirta Himatayana, Blyth.

660. Corvus cuLtmiInatus, Sykes.

Large numbers were attracted to Narainpur on the formation of the

camp there.

663. CoRVUS SPLENDENS, Vieillot. (C. mmpupicus, Hodgson).

In the camps of Narainpur and Harmutti only.

673. Sissa CHrnensis, Bodd.

“ Pilitel” of the Daflas.

678. DeENDROcITTA FRONTALIS, McClelland.

683. STURNOPASTOR CONTRA, Lin.

688. TEmenucHus Mataparicus, Gmelin.

702. Monta acuricavpa, Hodgson.

Seen only in the plains.

706. Passer Inpicus, Jard. and Selby, var.

723. HUSPIZA AUREOLA, Pallas.

754. Mirarra Assamica, McClelland.

766. ALAUDA GULGULA, Franklin.

773 a. CROCOPUS VIRIDIFRONS, Blyth.

776. OsmorreRoN PHayret, Blyth.

781. CaRPoPHAGA INSIGNIS, Hodgson.

These birds were pretty common at No.9 camp in the Dikrang

valley.

793. TURTUR MEENA, Sykes.

Harmutti.

803 a. PotyrLectRUM TrIBETanuM, Lin.

Not so plentiful as in the hills south of the Brahmaputra, Mikir,

Naga, &e.

811 a. GattopHasis Horsrrenpii, G. R. Gray.

Occurs at the base of the hills.

812. GALLUS FERRUGINEUS, Gmelin.

Found all along the Terai, but did not appear to be very abundant.

818. FRANCOLINUS VULGARIS, Stephens.

Plenty were seen on the Bishnath plain.

823. ORTYGORNIS GULARIS, Temminck.

Very plentiful, in the high grass plains, near water, but far oftener

heard than seen. They are very difficult to flush, and I have more than

once, when sitting on the pad of the elephant, seen them crouching in the -

84 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

grass close to the elephant’s feet and not rising until actually kicked

up.

825. ARBORICOLA RUFIGULARIS, Blyth.

“ Pokhi;” Dafa.

This was the only species obtained, and it was very common at 4000 feet

and upwards at our camp in the forest under Tortiptitti Peak, and the Dafla

guides snared several. The Daflas, like the other hill-tribes, are clever at this

art, and the mode of capturing pheasants and partridges is simple and worth

describing. As it is the habit of the birds to get down low at night into the

warmer ravines and feed upwards along the crests of the spurs, they stop the

progress of the covey by a zig-zag barrier about 2 to 3 feet high, made up of

twigs and short pieces of bamboo stuck into the ground, which is rapidly

formed and extended a short distance down the hill on either side. A nar-

row opening is left here and there, generally at the re-entering angles, and

in this the noose is set just above two cross sticks and in the same

plane, at exactly the height of the bird’s breast. The noose-string is made

of a thin strip peeled off the outside of a bamboo, and tied to the end of a

pliant stick, drawn down like a spring, and hitched into a saw-nick in a

bamboo peg, into which the flat form of the string forming the noose fits

close and accurately. All the materials grow on the spot, and in a few

hours hundreds of barriers and snares can be made and set. The birds are

often caught alive by the legs, and I had one thus captured for several days,

but it refused food and died ; it was probably in some way injured, for they

are not difficult birds to keep in captivity, and large numbers are brought

to Calcutta for transfer to Europe.

831. ExcaLractorta CHINENSIS, Lin.

*838. SYPHEOTIDES BENGALENSIS, Gmelin.

Numbers are to be seen on the Bishnath plain. In the early morning

they are constantly on the move, taking long flights from one feeding

ground to another, and are then very wary ; as the heat increases, they lie

very close and are often difficult to flush, and if the sportsman is on foot,

they will hide and often elude him altogether. I found the best plan was

to walk along about 50 yards in front of the elephants when the grass

would admit of it.

870. GALLINAGO STENURA, Kuhl.

905. GALLINULA cHLOROoPUS, Lin.

917. Mycrerta Astratica, Lath.

Often seen in the Darrang District, and I shota fine specimen. I once

saw this bird breeding in the extensive marshes near Shushang, Mymen-

sing, in January. It had formed its nest on the top of a thick bushy mass

of trees about 30 feet high, which stood in the midst of a dense thicket

- of a species of rose, so thick that the elephants could not push into it, and it

1876.] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 85

was practically inaccessible. The nest consisted of a very large accumula-

tion of sticks and reeds.

931. BuroripEs Javanicus, Horsfield.

On all the large wooded rivers and streams.

*981. LARUS RIDIBUNDUS, Lin.

This bird, which Mr. Howard Sanders has kindly identified, was shot

near the junction of the Dunsiri and Brahmaputra in December. From

the colour of its bill and legs it rather puzzled me, for I was well acquainted

with brunneicephala, which is a common gull on the above river. It is

interesting finding the laughing-gull so far up the Brahmaputra, at this

point some 500 miles from the sea. Jerdon mentions its being abundant

at the mouths of the Ganges.

*987. STERNA MELANOGASTRA, Temminck.

A very common tern on the Brahmaputra and its larger tributaries,

such as the Dikrang, as far up as sand-banks occur.

a SS

86 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

1X.—On the Physical Geography of the Great Indian Desert with especial

reference to the former Haistence of the Sea in the Indus Valley ;

and on the Origin and Mode of Formation of the Sand-hills— By

W. T. Buanrorp, &/ fF. SN.

(Received June 3lst;—Read July 5th, 1876.)

ConTENTS.

Introduction.—Geological distinction between the Indian Peninsula and the

neighbouring portions of Asia.

Zoological Relations between India and Africa.

The Indo-gangetic Plain between India and the adjoining regions of Asia.

Physical Characters of the Desert. Botany and Zoology.

Distribution of the Sand-hills.

Evidence of subrecent Marine Action. Salt ‘ dhandhs,’

Marine Mollusk living in Salt Lakes.

Former existence of an Inlet of the Sea in Eastern Sind. The Ran of Kachh.

The Lini Basin.

10. Want of evidence of Marine Denudation elsewhere in the Desert.

11. Nature and Origin of the Sand-hills.

12. Source of the Sand.

13. Conclusions.

oa)

ORO OOD OO te OO tO

§ 1. Introduction.— Geological distinction between the Indian Penin-

sula and the neighbouring portions of Asiw.—There is no tract of country in

India more singular in its character than that which is commonly known as

the Great Desert, lying on the eastern side of the Indus between Sind and

Rajpitana. The peculiar nature of the region has often been described, but

there are still some points in its physical geography which appear to require

explanation, and which are not, I think, entirely cleared up in the best ae-

count of the region with which I am acquainted, that given by Sir H. B.

E. Frere in the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1870, Vol.

XL, p. 181. To these points, which chiefly refer to the origin of the sand-

hills, I shall advert in the sequel.

The physical geography of a country is always intimately connected

with its geological construction and history, and from this point of view

the Great Desert is a tract of peculiar interest. It is almost a truism at

the present day to state that India proper has no geological connexion with

the surrounding countries. The whole geological history of the Indian

peninsula, from the date of the earliest sedimentary formations, shews

scarcely a trace of similarity to that of the Himalayas* or the countries —

west of the Indus or east of the Bay of Bengal. Wherever remains of

sedimentary beds are found throughout the peninsula, of any age from the

* The only exception of any importance is the occurrence of Damuda rocks in

Sikkim and Assam.

1876.] of the Great Indian Desert. 87

dawn of organized life to the present day, they consist with but few and

loeal exceptions of rocks which have been formed, in all probability, on the

surface of the land; the only case of a marine formation known to exist at

a distance of more than 100 miles from the present coast being that of the

thin Cretaceous band at Bagh, Barwai, and elsewhere in the western part of

the Narbadda valley. On the other side of the great alluvial plain formed

by the Indus and Ganges all is different. Marine rocks of various ages

form the hills of Sind and the Panjab, the greater portion of the Himalay-

as and Tibet (so far as the mountains do not consist of metamorphic rocks),

the ranges south of the Assam valley, and the hills of Arrakan and Bur-

mah. Only the later tertiary deposits in Sind, the Panjab, Northern India,

Assam, and Burmah are, as a rule, of subaérial origin and accumulated by

the action of fresh water, whilst in Sind there is distinct evidence that

the sea covered the greater portion, and very probably the whole, of the

country as late as the Miocene epoch.*

§ 2. Zoological Relations between India and Africa.—The curious

points of connexion between the existing fauna of India and that of Africa

and the Mascarene islands bear out the idea of India having formed in past

times a portion of a great tropical continent. There also seems a probabi-

lity, as might have been anticipated, that at different geological periods the

distribution of land in this continental area varied, and that different por-

tious were in union with each other. Leaving aside the remarkable evi-

dence afforded by the Mesozoic (and Upper Paleozoic?) floras, amongst

which identical species have been found in Australia, Southern Africa, and

India, there appear to have been three distinct Tertiary and recent migra-

tions of African types into India, or perhaps it would be more correct to

say, that animals having affinities with those now inhabiting Africa have

entered India in three different groups, two of which are older immigrants

than the other. The first consists of the types common to the Malay

countries, India, and Africa, which form a very large proportion of the

fauna: such as certain monkeys and lemurs, the Tragulide, Viverra, Her-

pestes, Manis, and Nectarinide, Dicruride, Oriolide, Pittide, Bucerotide,

Ploceineg, Megalaimine, &e., &¢., &e., Varanide, Agamide, &e.~ Asa rule

the African and Indian genera are distinct, but exceptions occur, as in Viver-

ra, Herpestes, Manis, Zosterops, Varanus, &e. Many of these forms extend

to Australia. |

The second group consists of forms common to India and Africa but not

found east of the Bay of Bengal nor yet in Arabia or Persia, such as Anéilo-

pide (exclusive of Gazella), Mellivora, Chicquera, Sypheotides (= Lissotis),

* Records Geol. Surv. Ind. IX, p. 15.

+ See for fuller details ‘ Africa-Indien’ by A. v. Pelzeln in Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.

Wien, 1875, p. 33.

88 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. Z,

Rhinoptilus, the family Oyclostomide, &c. With many of these the genera

are different in India and Africa, though less frequently than in the first case,

or, which is more to the purpose (for genera are often artificial, and depend

upon human fancy quite as much as natural laws), the amount of divergence

is less. The third group comprises forms which are found in Northern Africa

Arabia, Persia, and India, but which do not extend to the Malay countries,

such as Hyena striata, Cams aureus, Helis leo, F. jubata, F. chaus, Gazella,

Gerbillus, Pterocles, Pyrrhulauda, Cursorius, Saxicola, &c. In this case

the genera and very often the species are identical. Many of the forms are

also found in the neighbouring portions of the boreal or paleearctic region, and

their number diminishes i India itself to the eastward and southward,

whilst but few are found in forest. The forms belonging to this category

appear to be recent immigrants.

§ 3. Lhe Indo-gangetic Plain between India and the adjoining regions

of Asia.—Thus both from geological and zoological evidence we have reason

to conclude that the union of the Indian Peninsula with Central and

South-western Asia is of comparatively late date, and it becomes a question of

ereat interest to ascertain so far as possible the evidence of their own condi-

tion in the later geological epochs afforded by the tracts of flat country

intervening between the peninsular area and the surrounding regions.

These tracts consist chiefly of the great plains through which the Ganges

and Indus flow to the sea, and the surface is covered to so great a depth

by alluvial deposits from those rivers and their tributaries that very few

traces can be found of the geological history of the country. It has been

assumed by some writers that this great plain remained part of the

sea long after the Himalayas had been elevated. This is not impossible,

but so far as the Gangetic area is concerned I fail to see that there is evi-

dence in favour of the view; and I think the idea is mainly due to the

Pliocene Sevalik deposits having frequently been considered marine, whilst

it is more probable that they are really of freshwater and probably subaé-

rial origin, for not a single marine organism has been detected in them,

whilst freshwater shells have been found in them in places. Even without

entering into the question as to whether the whole Indo-gangetic plain has

been covered by the sea in late geological times, the question arises whe-

ther the Indus plain, in which we have the latest evidence of marine life,

has been thus covered. This is a speculation of Mr. Andrew Murray,

proposed to account for the presence of a dolphin in the Indus and Ganges,

and for the difference of the species inhabiting each.*

* Geographical Distribution of Mammals, p. 214. Mr. Murray’s theory is briefly

the following. The dolphin inhabited an arm of the sea which became a lake

through the rise of land, and which was gradually rendered fresh by streams falling into

it and cutting their way to the sea, first in the direction of the Ganges, secondly through

1876. | of the Great Indian Desert. 89

During a recent traverse of the desert, I have tried to find evidence of

its condition in late geological times, and although'the result is mainly nega-

tive, some faets appear to point to a recent condition of things when the

sea did flow some distance up the Indus valley. At the same time I have

not met with any evidence in favour of the view that the great plain of

the desert has recently emerged from the sea. The route followed was

from the Indus near Sehwan, via Umarkot in the Thar and Parkar district

of Sind, to Balmir, and thenee to Jodhptir in Rajptitana, returning from

Jodhpur, vid Jaysalmir, to Rohri on the Indus.

§ 4. Physical Characters of the Desert. Botany and Zoology.—lt

is as well before entermg further into the subject to point out the chief

peculiarities of the Great Desert. The term conveys an imperfect idea,

because the tract of country is neither barren nor uninhabited ; it is cover-

ed with shrubs and bushes in general, and in places small trees are found ;

moreover, although the population is thin, villages are scattered throughout,

and immense herds of camels, cattle, sheep, and goats are kept and pastur-

ed. The desert is, in fact, a great sandy tract entirely destitute of streams

of water, and with but few hills of rock, and a large portion of the surface

consists of sand-hills of considerable height and is known locally as Thar

(Thurr). When rain falls, crops of bajri (Holeus spica) are raised. When

rains fail, the population lives principally on the milk of cattle and on im-

ported grain.

Throughout the sandy tracts the vegetation* consists mainly of four

plants known as Phog (Sindhi Tob) (Calligonum polygonoides), Bhii (Sindhi

Bahisa) (Aerva Javanica), Lana (Anabasis multiflora), and Mart, a coarse

grass growing in tufts. Ldna, although very common in some places, is rare

or wanting throughout largetracts. Phog and Bhii are peculiar to the sand-

hills themselves ; Mart, besides abounding on the sand-hills, covers the large

sandy plains, which in many parts extend for miles. It is a coarse grass

with a hard woody stem, and appears to be one of the principal plants eaten

by cattle and horses. Another common plant on the sand-hills is Avp (Or-

thanthera viminec). Between the sand-hills Wadar (Calotropis procera), Pili

(Sindhi Aabar or jar) (Salvadora Persica), Kejri (Acacia rupestris ?), Kiril

(Capparis aphylla), Ber (Zizyphus jujuba), and a few other plants are com-

the Indus after the Ganges had been cut off from the lake by another rise of land.

He considers that by this means a marine dolphin has become converted into Platanista

and then the animal has been transferred to the second river after being cut off from

the first. The question of the origin of Platanista it is unnecessary to discuss; the

migration of the original form from one river to the other has probably been due to

some of the tributary streams, such as the Satlej or Jamna, being transferred from one

drainage-area to the other. This would be effected by a very trifling change of level.

* JT am indebted to Dr. King for the identification of these plants; of some, as

Mart, 1 unfortunately did not take specimens,

90 W. T. Blantord—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

monly found. After rain it is said that numerous herbs spring up, and a

grass called Brut (? Centhrus biflorus), the spiny seeds of which have a

most unpleasant habit of attaching themselves to one’s clothes like burs.

These seeds, divested of their spiny covering, are used for food, and are

made into a kind of bread.

As might be anticipated, the desert fauna is poor, and in the sandy

tracts is entirely contined to animals which never require water. Hyznas

are met with in the more hilly parts but not, I think, amongst the sand-hills ;

wolves (Canis pallipes) and jackals are more common. ‘The only carnivor-

ous animal, however, which is universally found, is the desert fox (Vulpes

leucopus) ; V. Bengalensis is also met with, but less abundantly. The caracal

(Lynx caracal) is said to be common, but the only wild cat I saw was, I be-

lieve, Felis torquata, and I never succeeded in shooting one. None of the

larger carnivora are found, though a leopard may occasionally straggle across

to the hills of Balmir or Jaysalmir. The mammal of the desert par excellence

is the desert jerboa-rat (Gerbillus Hurriane*), which exists in almost in-

eredible numbers, the whole surface of the sand-hills being dotted over with

the entrances to its burrows. Over thousands of square miles, the number

of burrows probably exceeds on an average one to every square yard. ‘There

ean scarcely be a doubt that this little animal—which is a pretty little crea-

ture of a greyish tawny colour, with rather long hind legs, a rounded head,

and a long hairy tail—would in most countries furnish an important item of

food, for it is purely herbivorous, living chiefly on seeds and roots. Besides

furnishing food to the foxes and wild cats, this rat is the prey of buzzards

and of many of the other raptorial birds. No other rodent is found in the

sand-hills; I did not even see a hare, though the Sind representative of the

genus (Lepus Dayanus) is common in the hilly tracts, whilst the only

ungulate found in the Thar is the Indian gazelle (Gazella Bennetti).

Thus it may be said that the only common mammals of the sand-hills

are the fox, gerbil, and gazelle, and all these, I believe, can live without

drinking. I am certain that the two latter never drink. The birds

are more numerous. The common falcon is F. jugyer, but I believe I saw

F. sacer also. Aquila fulvescens abounds in places and I met with Cireaé-

tus gallicus occasionally. But the most common raptores are the desert

buzzard (Buteo ferox) and kestrils. Vultures, Neophrons, and kites are

chiefly seen about villages. Owls are not common: I twice came across

flocks of the short-eared owl (Otus brachyotus), and I occasionally found

Athene Brahma and once Scops Brucet.

The bee-eater (erops viridis) isfound generally distributed. Swallows

are occasionally seen ; swifts (Cypselus affinis) are very local as usual. Goat-

* G. erythrourus, Gray, apud Jerdon, but true G. erythrurus is a different species,

Zool. Persia, p. 70.

1876. | of the Great Indian Desert. 91

suckers are extremely rare. Shrikes are represented by Lanius lahtora, which

is common and the only species noticed amongst the sand-lulls. Dierwrus

albirictus, the common king-crow, is found everywhere, and two bulbuls

(Otocompsa leucotis and Pycnonotus pusillus) are occasionally met with, the

latter, contrary to what might have been expected, inhabiting the sand-hills

quite as often as the former, if indeed it be not the commoner form. The

striated babbler (Chatorhea caudata) is very abundant everywhere. Hrankli-

nia Buchananiisnot uncommon. Drymeca gracilis israre. Sylvia curruca

is frequently seen, but both S. Jerdoni and S. nana are of exceptional occur-

rence. The Phylloscopi are of course very rare in this treeless region. The

common Saxicola is 8. picata throughout the whole desert ; S. deserti is

not rare, but 8S. zsabellina, so abundant in parts of Sind, keeps as usual to

the more fertile tracts. I saw S. chrysopygia occasionally, and it was more

common about the middle of March, when like other Saxicole it was migra-

ting to the north. S. opistholeuca and S. morio I only noticed about Jodh-

pur or between that town and Jaysalmir. Pratincola Indica (v. rubicola)

was occasionally seen even amongst the sand-hills, P. caprata only in the

more fertile tracts. Thamnobia Cambayensis was generally met with through-

out the region. A stray Jotacilla alba or Budytes melanocephalus was

now and then seen near wells, and the pipits were poorly represented by the

occasional occurrence of Anthus campestris and A. sordidus.*

Larks are more abundant and the commonest species by far is the

finch-lark, Pyrrhulauda melanauchen (P. affinis, Blyth), the very existence

of which in India was seareely known until quite recently. I was sur-

prised to find Mirafra erythroptera by no means uncommon in the Thar,

although it is unknown in Sind. Galerita cristata, Melanocorypha bima-

culata, and Calandrella brachydactyla are also found, the two latter in

flocks. The first is common, the other two far from rare. Passer indicus

occurs everywhere of course, though preferring the neighbourhood of cul-

tivation. Gymnoris flavicollis is usually found where there are trees. I once

or twice saw Hmberiza Huttoni, but H. striolata is found on all rocky hills.

Munia Malabaricais common. Ravens (Corvus corax) are seen everywhere,

the two common crows (C. Vaillanti and CO. impudicus) only about cultiva-

tion. Pastor roseus is occasionally common, even amongst the sand-hills,

but the two forms of maina (Acridotheres tristis and A. ginginianus) are

only seen about villages. Doves are represented by Durtur Cambayensis

and YT. risoriws, common everywhere, whilst the common wild pigeon

(Columba intermedia) breeds in all wells. On the sand-hills I saw no sand-

grouse ; they only occur where water is procurable, but they occasionally

drink at wells: the only common species is Pterocles exustus, but P. arena-

* A. Jerdoni, Finsch, A. griseo-rufescens, Hume. I find Mr. Blyth was right in

uniting the Indian bird with the African form.

$2 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

ius and P. Senegalius are met with in places. The grey partridge (Orty-

gornis Pondiceriana) is found everywhere, whilst the cream-coloured courser

(Cursorius gallicus) and the Indian bustard (Hupodotis Edwardsi) are pretty —

generally distributed.

The common birds in the Thar are Falco jugger, Tinnunculus alau-

darius, Buteo ferox, Merops viridis, Pycnonotus pusillus, Lanius lahtora,

Dicrurus albirictus, Chatorhea caudata, Sylvia curruca, Saxicola picata,

Lhamnobia Cambayensis, Pyrrhulauda melanauchen, Galerita cristata, Passer

Indicus, Munia Malabarica, Corvus corax, Turtur Cambayensis, T. risorius,

and Ortygornis Pondiceriana.

The only common reptiles are lizards and they appear for the most

part to hibernate in the cold season. The most abundant is Acanthodacty-

lus Cantoris ; I also found Agama agilis very common between J aysalmir

and Rohri. In the same district peculiar vermiform tracks abounded of a

small lizard which I have no doubt is Sphenocephalus tridactyles, but this

animal is nocturnal and a burrower, and although I often searched for it,

ZT never succeeded in finding it. On more rocky ground I found Ophiops

Jerdoni and Mesalina pardalis. The only harmless snakes which I saw

were forms of Zamenis and Psammophis, and the only venomous species

was Wehis carinatus. No tortoises were seen or heard of.

§ 5. Distribution of the Sand-hills—The sand-hills have a somewhat

peculiar distribution. They occupy a large tract in Hastern Sind, extending

the whole length of the province, along the edge of the Indusalluvium. Here

they are close together and form long ridges, running nearly north-east and

south-west near Umarkot, and about north-north-east to south-south-

west near Rohri.* In the southern portion of the desert, they are said

by Sir B. Frere to run nearly east and west. ‘They are much higher to the

southward than to the north, but I saw none approaching the heights of

400 to 500 feet, said by Sir Bartle Frere to be common in parts of the

desert.t The highest sand-hills which I observed near Umarkot, cannot,

I think, have exceeded 200 feet, but I did not measure them, so I may be

in error. This tract on the borders of Sind is the “ Thar’’—a name which is,

in the country, restricted to the sand-hill region. From the Sind frontier

to Balmir, although there are many sand-hills, they are far from being as

generally distributed as they are to the westward, whilst east of Balmir they

are, for some distance, only dotted over the surface, but they again become

more general before reaching the Luni river, and the hills, in this direction,

appear to form part of a sand-hill tract which stretches to the northward

* The change in direction is shewn on the revenue survey map, on which the

general course of the ridges is indicated.

+ I was told that the highest sand-hills are found more to the southward between

Umarkot and the Ran of Kachh,

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 93

or rather to north-north-east in the direction of Bikanir. The hills in this

tract are not in such regular ridges as they are to the westward, but here

also they appear to diminish in height and to become more scattered to the

north. Between Jodhptr and Pokarn this eastern belt of sand-hills is only

about 40 miles broad. From some distance east of Pokarn to Jaysalmir, and

again for 50 miles west of Jaysalmir, the country is an undulating sandy

plain, but there are very few sand-hills. I have no personal knowledge of

the desert north of Jaysalmir. Stripped of the sand-hills the country would

be a vast plain, slightly elevated above the sea, and only broken by isolated

hills to the southward, by the somewhat more numerous ranges near Bal-

mir, by low plateaux of sandstone towards Jodhptr and Pokarn, and

by terraces of Jurassic sandstone and limestone around Jaysalmir. The

hilly regions are less sandy ; occasionally even torrent-beds are found near

the hills, but they are soon lost in the sand.

§ 6. Evidence of subrecent Marine Action. Salt ‘ dhands.’—It is

mmpossible for any geologist to traverse this region without the suggestion

foreing itself upon him that this may be an example of Professor Ramsay’s

planes of marine denudation. Such was my first impression. But I could

only find one circumstance, the general saltness of the ground, in eonfir-

mation of this view. Every here and there throughout the desert is a smaller

or larger plain of salt ground or “ ran’’, which is said to become a shallow

salt lake after heavy rain. From such places salt is sometimes extracted,

but the quantity is small, and not more than might, very possibly, result

from the gradual concentration of the salt distributed in small quantities

throughout the soil. The water in the wells is very often brackish, but

this is equally the case in countries which shew no trace of having been

recently covered by sea water. ‘There is, however, a very remarkable quan-

tity of salt in two localities which I visited, and in one of them there is, I

think, good evidence of the former neighbourhood of the sea.

To take the more important and the more interesting first. North of

Umarkot the boundary of the Indus alluvium and of the Thar or sand-

hill area is formed by a river known as the Narra or the Hastern Narra,*

which derives its water from floods in Bahawalptr and the Rohri district

of Sind, and has of late years been artificially supplied by a canal cut from

the Indus at Rohri. On the east of the Narra rise high ridges of sand

with the usual NE to SW direction, and between these ridges are deep

valleys filled with water and known as ‘ dhandhs.’ Some of these ‘ dhandhs’

are said to be unfathomable ;—and doubtless they are so by an ordinary pole

* The Sindhi form, I believe, of the common Hindi Nada, a river channel, ravine,

or ditch.

+ Dhandh im Sindhi is the equivalent of j/¢/ in Hindi and is applied to any pool

of water or to a marsh.

13 :

94 W. T. Blantord—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

or bamboo, the only instrument likely to have been used in general for

sounding. Sir Bartle Frere says that he has been assured that the depth of

one has been measured and found to be 70 feet.* This shows of course

considerable depression below the level of the Indus alluvial plain, for the

Narra, which must of course bea little below the average level of the plain,

supplies, or used to supply, the water for the ‘dhandhs’ in its immediate

neighbourhood.

There are, however, a large number of small lakes isolated amongst the

sand-hills and not in communication with the ‘dhandhs’ fed by the Narra,

and these isolated lakes are all salt ; those farthest from the Narra being

apparently the most saline, and some being so concentrated that salt

erystallizes on their margins. All these salt ‘dhandhs’ appeared to me to be

at a lower level than the freshwater lakes, and this view was confirmed

by my finding that small streams fed by springs amongst the sand-hills enter

in many cases at the western edge of the salt ‘dhandhs’, and that where, as

not unfrequently happens, there are more than one ‘ dhandh’ in the same

hollow, a stream often flows from the western pool to that lying more to the

eastward. Now the water can only be derived by percolation through

the sand from the freshwater ‘dhands’ to the westward: it is true that

springs often rise from the margin of the latter, and that these springs are

sometimes above the surface of the lakes, but they are usually below, and if

higher they are not so far above as in the case of the salt lakes to the

eastward, on the edge of which I found springs issuing from the ground

15 or 20 feet above the water.; It is a natural conclusion that the origi-

nal surface of the ground at this spot was not higher than the bottom of

the ‘dhandhs’ are now, that it was much lower than the present alluvium of

the Indus, and that the Indus plain has been raised to its present height by

the accumulated silt deposited from the river since the ‘ dhandhs’ have been

eut off and isolated by the sand-hills.

§ 7. Marine Mollusk living in salt lakes.—One more observation gave

the clue to the original conditions of the ground. I found in some of the

salt lakes in which the water, although very salt, was rather less so than

that of the ocean, a living mollusk which has been identified by Mr. Nevill

with Potamides (Pirenella) Layardi, H. Ad. This species inhabits the salt

water of back-waters or lagoons and harbours: it is not found to the best of

my belief on open coasts, nor yet in the brackish water inside the mouths

of rivers, and although, like most other forms of Potamides, it is rather

* J. R.G.S. XL, p. 189.

+ The springs on the edges of the freshwater dhandhs are doubtless due to the

water which percolates into the sand when the dhandhs are at their highest level from

floods brought down by the Narra,

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 95

estuarine than truly marine, its habitat is always in water nearly if not quite

as salt as the sea. The specimens which I obtained are precisely like those

now living on the coast of India. Several cases are known of marine ani-

mals (chiefly vertebrata or crustacea, however) found living in freshwater,

and apparently descended without change from ancestors which inhabited

the same tract when it was part of the sea, but it is rarer to meet

with a marine or estuarine mollusk living on unchanged in inland salt

lakes without an outlet, at a distance of 150 miles from the sea and of

100 miles from the nearest point to which the tide reaches. The conclu-

sion to be drawn from the existence of this mollusk is unmistakeable: it

must have inhabited the tract now occupied by the sand-hills and their

enclosed ‘dhandhs’ when that tract was in direct communication with the

sea, and probably when it formed part of a large lagoon.

§ 8. Former existence of an Inlet of the Sea in Hastern Sind. The Ran

of Kachh.—Two further conclusions follow as corollaries, the first that the

saltness of the soil or subsoil is due to this tract of country having been the

bed of the sea, or of an inlet, the second that the sand-hills must have been

formed on the margin of the lagoon, and that probably the lagoon was part-

ly filled up and isolated by accumulations of blown sand.

About 100 miles to the south of Umarkot lies the Ran of Kachh, an

immense salt plain covered by salt water when the sea, driven up into it by

the south-west monsoon, ponds back the more or less brackish water brought

down by the Limi and the few streams which run in from the hills of

Kachh. Various theories have been proposed to account for the Ran. It

is commonly considered an area of upheaval, a raised sea bottom. This is the

view taken by Captain Grant and by my friend Mr. Wynne™*, although both

speak also of its silting up. I had an opportunity of seeing a portion of

the Ran in 1863 and I wrote of it (in 1867+) ‘‘I am disposed to consider

(the Ran) the bed of an inlet of the sea filled up by the accumulation of

detritus brought down by the rivers. It is just at present in the debate-

able state, water part of the year, land another part ....... of course the

whole may be an area of depression, but further proofs of this are necessary

than the fact of a small portion having been sunk and another part raised

by the earthquake of 1819.”

Tt must be borne in mind that there is evidence of slight elevation at

several places on the coast of Western India; such has been noticed in.Sind,

Kathiawad, and on the borders of the Ran itself, and the area of the Ran

has doubtless shared in the general rise. So far I agree with other obser-

vers ; but if I understand them correctly, I infer that they rather regard

the Ran as an area of special upheaval, and in this I cannot concur,

* Memoirs Geol. Surv, India, IX, pp. 21, 28.

+ Ibid. VI, p. 31.

96 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

The probability is that Kachh was originally an island*, and the Ran

a vast inlet of the sea, which gradually became shallow, just as other inlets

on the coast of India, e. g. Bombay harbour, are gradually being filled up

by silt deposited from rivers, aided, in the case of the Ran, by blown sand

and also by the gradual elevation of the whole area, and (which is the most

important point in the present discussion) that this inlet extended into the

region now forming Hastern Sind to a distance of at least 100 miles and

probably much further. I have no precise information as to the distance

to which the salt ‘dhandhs’ extend to the northward, but they are certainly

found in the Khairptr territory, and I find one marked on the map in Rohri,

whilst there is a tract of country between Jaysalmir and Rohri in which

wells of freshwater are excessively scarce and local. West of Umarkot the

wells are brackish for about 35 miles; further east than this rock is found

in the wells and the water is sweet. 'The spot where the change takes place

may mark the limit of the former inlet.

§ 9. The Liini Basin.—We thus have proof that an arm of the sea

ran for a considerable distance up the Indus valley in very late geological

times, although it is not yet manifest how far it extended, and the question

arises whether there is any reason for inferring the former existence of the

sea in any other part of the desert area. I have already mentioned a second

locality which I had an opportunity of examining, and where salt is found

in large quantities. This is near a town called Panchbhadra, a short dis-

tance north of the Luni river and about 45 miles south-west of Jodhpur.

Here salt is largely manufactured in a slightly depressed tract of country,

which may formerly have been the bed of a salt lake, but is now surrounded

and partly covered by drift sand. Salt must abound throughout the lower |

course of the Lini, for the water of the stream in the dry season is very

strongly impregnated. It is not merely brackish, it is decidedly salt.

The fall of the river is said to be very small, but of this I had no means of

judging personally. If it be the fact, the river’s course below Panchbhadra

may very possibly have been an arm of the sea in recent times.

It is impossible to avoid speculating on the origin of the salt in the

Saémbhar lake being also connected with the former extension of the sea.

§ 10. Want of evidence of Marine Denudation elsewhere in the

Desert.—Apart from the evidence afforded by the abundance of salt and the

remarkable existence of a marine shell in the salt ‘dhandhs’ of the Thar, I

searched in vain for evidence of recent marine action in the desert. The

general flatness of the area may be due to marine denudation, but it may also

be due to the extreme flatness of the rocks and the absence of disturbance.

* The distribution of the Tertiary rocks in Kachh is quite consistent with the

view that this tract formed an island in Hocene times, when we know that the Indus

yalley, Balichistan, and Southern Persia were beneath the sea,

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 97

Except near Balmir, where there are some craggy hills of ancient formations,

and where the sandstones of Mesozoic age resting upon the older rocks dip at

high angles, the sedimentary beds found preserve almost perfect horizon-

tality. The low cliffs of sandstone near Jodhpur, and those of sandstone

and limestone near Jaysalmir, are palpably scarps of subaérial denudation,

for they correspond precisely, over miles of country, to the outcrop of the

harder beds ; nowhere is a characteristic marine cliff, cutting through differ-

ent strata, to be met with, nor is there any evidence of marine action, so

far as I can see, around the isolated hills of Balmir. Whilst therefore

there is a probability that the sea did extend up the Indus valley and a

possibility that it may have stretched up the Luni basin, and from one side

or the other have reached the Sambhar salt lake, there is no evidence that

it covered in recent times the central area of the desert about Balmir and

Jaysalmir.

§ 11. Nature and Origin of the Sand-hills.—I have already described

the general distribution of the sand-hills, and I have said that Iam unable

to coincide with Sir Bartle Frere’s views as to their origin. He compares

them to the ridges of rock found in Sind, and suggests that they may be due

to earthquake-action. He points out that the Allah Bund, which is known

to have been caused by an earthquake, is ‘‘a perfect outlying specimen of a

typical Thar sand billow of moderate height”, and he discusses the mode of

formation of sand-ridges by the wind and gives his reasons for believing

that the ridges of the Thar are not due to wind-action. ‘To some of these

reasons I shall revert presently. Meantime, I think Sir B. Frere has over-

looked some phenomena of sand-hill formation. At the same time none

of the works I have been able to consult throw any ight upon the parallel

sand-ridges of the Thar, of which I confess I am unable to offer a satisfac-

tory explanation. I think, however, that there can be no doubt that all are

due to wind-action alone, and I will give my reasons after describing the

peculiarities presented.

The sand consists chiefly of small grains of quartz, mixed with felspar

and hornblend in smaller proportions, other minerals only occasionally oe-

curring. ‘The grains are mostly rounded, precisely as in the sand of rivers

or of the coast, and they are tolerably uniform in size.

I have already mentioned that the sand-hills form long ridges, with a

very uniform general direction, along the edge of the Indus alluvium, where

they are highest, and where the country is completely covered by sand, and

that they are less regular in their direction more to the eastward. But

there is one character which they preserve in both localities, though it is

much more strongly marked to the eastward, and this is a tendency to ter-

minate abruptly with a steep face towards the north-east. The long north-

east to south-west ridges have as nearly as possible the same slope on both

98 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

sides, but they often end in a higher point at their north-eastern extremities.

The scattered hills east of Balmir are always highest to the north-east and

slope away very gradually to the south-west. The sand-hills as a rule are

evidently of very great antiquity ; they often shew evidence of denudation

from the action of rain, and sometimes they are worn into ravines several

feet in depth. When it is considered how small the desert rainfall is (11°8

inches in the year at Umarkot, 18 at Nagar Parkar, but much less

in the central portion of the desert, and especially towards Jaysalmir),

it is evident that a long series of years must be required for ravines

even a foot in depth to be cut in the sand, since it is only in exceptionally

heavy showers that any water can run off so porous a surface. At the

north-eastern termination of these sand-hills, however, there is frequently

found a quantity of sand which is shewn to be newly deposited by its sur-

face being ripple-marked, by the absence of holes made by burrowing ani-

mals, and by the stems of bushes being partially buried. Lastly, from the

north-east corner of most of the high hills near Balmir a long ridge of sand

runs out, evidently deposited by the wind under the lee of the hill.

Now there is one point to which it is necessary to advert before going

further. I must apologize for mentioning a fact doubtless familiar to most

of my readers, but although familiar with it on a small scale, I did not

clearly understand its application when I first went into the desert, and in

consequence I was for some time greatly puzzled by the phenomena presented

by the sand-hills; I think, too, that it has been overlooked by Sir Bartle

Frere, and that this accounts in part for his doubting the efficacy of the

wind in producing the sand-hills of the Thar. On the possibility that it

may not be universally familiar I will venture to call attention to it.

When the wind blows over any surface composed of particles which can

be moved independently, it forms waves or ridges more or less at right an-

gles to its direction, with a long low slope to windward and a steeper slope to

leeward. Something similar is seen in sand-banks formed by rivers and must

be well-known to all who have navigated any Indian river in the dry season.

In descending the stream the depth of water every here and there will be

found to diminish gradually up to a certain point, which is part of a shoal

stretching more or less across the channel ; below this the water becomes

suddenly deep. Here again the long gradual slope is on the side from

which the current runs, the steep slope in the direction towards which the

river is flowing.

This phenomenon on the small scale must be familiar to every one,

as it may be seen on sand or dust wherever the wind blows over it.

The long slope to windward is variable, the steeper slope to leeward is

that assumed naturally by a talus of the material forming the ripples.

The sand is driven up the longer windward slope by the wind and |

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 99

falls over the crest of the ridge.* Sand-dunes along the coast are

rendered irregular in shape by accidents of the surface on which they

have accumulated, but the laws of their formation are precisely similar

to those of the ripples, and the same principles govern the formation of

inland sand-hills. The latter are often even more irregular in form than

the sand-dunes of the coast, because they are not formed along one general

line, but depend on the accidental accumulation of sand wherever the charac-

ter of the surface is favourable. In every case, however, the direction of

the wind to which the drifting of the sand is due is marked by the two

slopes in opposite directions, the long slope to windward, the steep slope to

leeward. The sand-hills near Balmir are evidently due to the transport

of sand by a south-west wind.

I made many enquiries in the desert country as to the prevailing wind.

From all whom I asked I received one answer, that during the hot season,

May, June, and July, a strong wind blows steadily from the south-west.

Even in March, on two occasions, a violent wind sprang up in the afternoon

from that quarter, and the air was so thick with sand that at times it was

impossible to see more than a dozen yards. There is no meteorological sta-

tion fairly within the desert region, but the registers of wind-direction at

Karachi and Dis& shew a great prevalence of south-westerly winds in the

hotter months of the year, the general direction being more westerly at

Disa than at Karachi; up to April the general direction at Disa is north of

west. At other periods of the year the winds are light, and during the

months of January, February, and March, when I was in the desert, light

breezes from the north or south prevailed alternately, but with the excep-

tion of the south-west winds already mentioned, they were quite insuffi-

cient to move the sands.

I do not think that further evidence is needed to prove that the forma-

tion of sand-hills throughout the eastern part of the desert is due to the

south-west winds of the hot season, but there is a much greater difficulty

as regards the long north-east to south-west ridges of the Thar. That they

are also due to the prevailing winds is apparent from the circumstance

(already mentioned) of their frequently terminating in a high bluff with a

steep slope to the north-east, but still their general direction, identical with

that of the prevailing wind, is rather difficult of explanation, because ridges

* The formation of sand-dunes will be found discussed in any elementary treatise

on Physical Geography or Geology. The following works contain excellent descrip-

tions of the phenomena exhibited by blown sand:—Liyell, Principles, Vol. I, p. 516;

De la Beche, Geological Observer, p. 59 ; Jukes, Manual, p. 154; Naumann, Geognosie,

TI, p. 1170; Ansted, Physical Geography, p. 467 ; and especially Marsh, ‘Man and Na-

ture,’ pp. 471-483, and Reclus, ‘The Ocean’ (English translation), I, pp. 198-214. I

am indebted to my brother Mr. H. F. Blanford for the latter references,

i00 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

are usually produced at right angles to the wind’s direction.* Parallel rows

of sand-dunes along a coast are frequently due to the regular sea-breeze, and,

as may be seen on the east coast of India, there are often several such rows

one behind the other, but they exhibit the usual evidence of their origin by

having a long slope towards the sea and a short steep slope landwards. I

think it quite possible that the sand-hills of Umarkot and Eastern Sind

generally may be of such antiquity as to date from a period when the rela-

tive distribution of sea and land in the region was different from what it

now is, and that to so great an extent as to completely modify the pre-

vailing winds, and I have even been induced to speculate on the possibility

of the existent parallel ridges of sand-hills marking successive coast-lines as

the sea receded from the face of the country. This hypothesis, however,

would render it necessary to suppose that the Indus valley was a land area

whilst the present desert was part of the sea, and that the western coast-

line of the sea with a general north-east to south-west direction gradually

receded towards the south-east ; or, vice versa, that the Indus valley was sea,

and the country to the south-east dry land. But I can hardly conceive

that such gigantic changes as this would involve could have taken place

without completely changing the original form of the sand-hills, and it is

evident that the ridges in the region of the salt ‘dhandhs’ must be posterior

in date to the time when their present site was part of an inlet of the sea,

and not anterior to it. Moreover, had the sand-hills been formed along a

coast-line, or even inland at right angles to the prevailing wind, they would,

here and there at all events, have preserved some traces of their original

slopes shewing the direction of the wind which produced them. But there

is nothing of the kind to be found. I looked most carefully for some evi-

dence of a steeper slope on one side than on the other, but without success,

and I found double ridges having a trough-like hollow along the crest,

with the slopes on both sides of the hollow, as well as those on both sides of

the main ridge, equally steep. For such ridges I am quite unable to

account by the effect of a wind blowing at right angles to their direc-

tion. If they were formed by one great sand-wave overtaking another,

one side of the depression between the crests of the two waves must

be much steeper than the other, and although this would be slightly modi-

fied by time, it could not be entirely obliterated and yet leave the general

form of the waves so little altered as they now appear.

I am obliged therefore to reject the theory that these parallel ridges

are due to a wind acting at right angles to their direction. I cannot accept

Sir Bartle Frere’s view that they are due to earthquake-action. The ridges

* Naumann, however, in his ‘ Geognosie’ (edition of 1854, Vol. 11, p. 1171), says—

“The sand-hills themselves are in every country extended in length in one direction

which agrees with the direction of the prevailing wind.”

1876.] of the Great Indian Desert. 101

consist of the characteristic blown sand ; the Allah Bund, to which Sir Bartle

compares them, is only 20 feet high and of great breadth, and consists of

the silt which forms the Ran*, whilst even the fact of the elevation being

due to the earthquake appears not clearly established. The only alter-

native conclusion as to the origin of the Thar sand-ridges is that they

were due to the wind blowing in the same direction as that in which they lie.

Sir B. Frere objects to their origin by the wind that they are higher than

any known ridges of blown sand, but I find it recorded that in the Landes

of Gascony many dunes exceed the elevation of 225 feet and one attains the

height of 391 feet, whilst on the west coast of Africa hills of blown sand

are said to be found in the neighbourhood of Cape Verde no less than 600

feet high.+

This view of the sand-ridges having been produced by winds blowing

in the same direction is supported by the frequent occurrence (already men-

tioned) of abrupt terminations of the ridges at their north-eastern extremi-

ties. It should be borne in mind that the ridges, although extending for

considerable distances, often for some miles, do end or coalesce every here

and there, and that there is not any regularity in the size of the valleys

that intervene ; some of these valleys being of considerable breadth, others

narrow. Asa rule, the intervening valleys do not exceed half a mile in

breadth where the ridges are tolerably regular, and in many places the hol-

lows are, as arule, much narrower. Not unfrequently a tract is found where

ridge and valley succeed each other with the greatest regularity for a few

miles, the valleys being from twice to three times as broad as the ridges.

T am not able to explain the mode of formation of these parallel ridges

satisfactorily to myself. I can suggest three modes in which they may

have been formed, aud I think it possible that all may have acted at times.

The first is the mode of formation from a ridge transverse to the diree-

- tion of the wind. When such a ridge is driven forward, the ends advance

more rapidly than the centre, and a crescent is formed, the convex side to

windward. This on a small scale is a common and familiar phenomenon,

and is mentioned and explained in all text-books. I can conceive it proba-

ble that, with constant supplies of sand, the ends of the crescent may con-

tinue to be produced until they form parallel ridges. But I must say I

have not seen this change in progress in the sand-hills of the desert.

The second suggestion is that the sand is carried along in lines by the

wind. J once came across a tract in which a sand-ridge appeared to be in

process of formation. This was about 50 miles W. N. W. of Jaysalmir, at

the spot where the Thar or sand-hill country was entered from the undula-

* See Wynne, Geology of Kutch, Memoirs Geological Survey of India, CX, p. 40.

+ Naumann, Geognosie ; Reclus, L ’Ocean, ll. c, &e, The latter writer gives Ritter

as his authority.

102 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

ting sandy plain. Over a breadth of about a quarter of a mile, and right

and left, in the direction of the wind, as far as the eye could distinguish, the

surface was covered with sand in small newly formed hillocks, mostly of

erescentic form and about 5 to 10 feet high. The direction of the wind

was shewn to be from S. 35 E., this being at right angles to the lines of

ripples, and to the chords of the crescentic ares formed by the hillocks ; and

the general direction of the sand-ridges immediately to the westward was

the same. Many of these sand-ridges were so regular that it was difficult

to conceive that they could have been formed otherwise than in long lines,

But I do not quite understand how the wind can thus form them. There

is a great difference between forming a line of hillocks and uniting them

into one continuous ridge.

The third suggestion is that the tract of country along the edge of the

Indus alluvium was originally covered at least as deep as the height of the

present sand-hills by sand arranged more or less in ridges at right angles

to the prevailing south-west wind, and that the valleys between the present

sand-hills are the result of wind-denudation, their contents having been

swept away and the intervening ridges left. The abrupt terminations of

the ridges mark the former leeward slope of the sand-hills. On the whole,

J think this last theory is the most probable of the three.

The sand, it is true, accumulates in long ridges behind any obstacle, and,

when a ridge is once found, it will tend to be prolonged to leeward. But

no obstacle exists of sufficient size to account for the commencement of a

ridge 100 to 200 feet high.

§ 12. Source of the Sand.—There is yet one point which demands notice

and that is the source of the sand. Rounded sand-grains are rarely pro-

duced in any quantity by simple subaérial disintegration, except in the case

of the degradation of a sandstone, and in the present instance there is no

sandstone area to windward. All the sand may safely be assumed to be

derived from river-channels or the sea coast.

Part of the sand may be derived from the bed of the Indus, and pro-

bably a large portion of the sand-hills of Rohri are supplied from this

source. But it is difficult to conceive that all the sand-hills of Thar and

Parkar, Mallani, Jaysalmir, &c., can have derived their sand from the Indus,

to say nothing of those of Jodhpur, Bikanir, &c.

Some of the sand also may be derived from the present coast-line. But

all the sand-hills are at a distance from the coast, and it is difficult to con-

ceive that all the sand has been blown across the delta of the Indus and

the Ran of Kachh to reach the region where it so greatly abounds. Had

all the sand which is spread over the plains of western Rajptitana been

blown across the Ran, the latter would surely have been converted into a

sandy desert long since.

1876.] of the Great Indian Desert. 103

The only remaining conclusion is that the sands are derived from a for-

mer coast-line, which no longer exists. The greatest accumulations of

sand are found in the lowest portions of the desert, along the edge of the

Indus alluvium, and in the basin of the Ltini, and it has already been

pointed out that, precisely in these localities, the presence of salt in con-

siderable quantities renders the inference probable that arms of the sea ex-

tended into them at a comparatively recent date. Thus both the distribu-

tion of salt and the prevalence of sand-hills point to the same conclusions, and

it is reasonable to infer that the sea, which, at no remote period, covered the

Ran of Kachh, extended for a considerable distance both to the north up

the Indus valley and to the north-east up the basin of the Liini.

In most countries in which sand is blown from river-beds or the sea-

coast, it is either blown into other river-channels or it is swept into them

by rain. Once in the river-channels it is again carried onward to the sea.

There are small sand-hills in abundance in the Indus alluvial plain,

but they attain no great size because the sand is always swept sooner or

later into some stream. The peculiarity of the desert is the absence of any

streams—a want due primarily to the small rainfall, but intensified of

course by the accumulation of sand and the consequently porous nature of

the soil. To the eastward in Rajpttana, as the rainfall increases, streams

become more numerous and sand-hills diminish in number. In short, the

sands of the Indian desert appear to have been blown from an old coast-line

in the Indus valley, along the northern edge of the Ran of Kachh, and

probably in the Liini valley, by the strong south-west wind, and they remain

spread over the country for the want of streams to carry them back

to the sea.

§ 13. Conclusions.—The conclusions to which I have been led by the

facts narrated in the previous paper may be thus briefly recapitulated.

1. Within very recent geological times the Ran of Kachh was part

of an inlet of the sea, which certainly extended for a considerable distance

up the eastern edge of the area now occupied by the Indus alluvium,

and perhaps occupied the whole alluvial area of the Indus valley: it also in

all probability covered a considerable tract in the Luni basin.

2. The central portion of the desert about Jaysalmir and Balmir was

not covered by the sea, but formed either an island or a promontory. As

the northern part of the desert, towards Bahawalptr and Bikanir, has not

been examined, it is uncertain whether there is any evidence of its having

been covered by the sea or not.

3. The sand of the desert is mainly derived from the old sea-coast,

and its transport into the interior of the country is due to the south-west

wind.

QQ LOO OOOO OOOO

The accompanying pages (87—40) are to be substituted in binding

for those already issued, the author having detected some serious errors

in the Tables since No, 1 was issued.

PAS :

ie ye a

ORI ie

: ; Poa

ei hte ae,

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 37

the N. W. Provinces, the rainfall of this year was deficient. I may here

point to a parallelism between this case and that of the rainfall in cyclones,

in which it appears, by the common consent of observers, that the greatest

rainfall occurs in advance of the cyclone-centre.

Now something similar to the above relation seems to be traceable in

other cases when the depression is less intense and the effect more extensive.

Tn 1873, although the fall was deficient in Bengal and the N. W. Provinces,

it was not so in the Punjab nor about Roorkee and Agra, which lay to the

west or north-west of the abnormal depression in Oude ; that is to say, be-

yond the depression, in the course followed by the vapour-bearing winds. It

was very copious also in Burmah, which lay beyond (to the north and north-

east of) the Nicobar depression, the monsoon-current here being from the

south-west. In 1871, when there was an abnormal depression in the east

of the Bay, in Orissa, and about Jubbulpore ; (how far this last may have

extended east and west we do not know, in the absence of stations) ; the

rainfall was abundant in the Gangetic valley and Bengal, as well as the

Central Provinces. But on the other hand, we must not lose sight of the

fact, that in 1872 and 1873, when the depression was as great or greater in

the Bay of Bengal and Orissa, the rainfall in Bengal as in Northern India

generally was light or very deficient. This fact warns us that we must not

push too far the conclusions drawn from our present imperfect data.

The mean or normal values adopted as standards in the following tables

are those of all registers up to the end of 1874. The number of years in

each case is from 5 to 8. The table of these values is given at page 15 of

the Meteorological Report for Bengal for the year 1874.

1868. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Calcutta. Sagar Id. False Pt.| Cuttack. ee ’ Akyab.

to) o°

JADUALY, cessseveseseoees| + 024] + °016) — +036} — -018) — 004] — °032

February, soiaravaliel ean obars see} + 011) — °039]} — *048) — :001) — -011) — :007

WigRRON. “4 geo ceo BOD an seoe| + *026} — 7010) — *085{| + :004} — :009} — ‘001

April, ..... Renae sh avoel <> COOG|| = MRI NK) — Or) Ae qpe oré

LLB 6 on. aG Oey ae seeesee| +. °102] + °054 0; + :0638; + :045| + :072

June, oo ao00a6 coo0000 ; 0| — :048| — -044) — -002} — -035) + -047

Jwby, conooDe : ooo 9000 + °085| — °020; — ‘044| + :004) — -001] + °049

PANU S Ds chetatetere; Ver o's ors seeeee| — °020; — *128) — *085| — :088| — :067| — :018

NOPbEMDEr Teli ne sls. cucee 0; — :072} —. 072} — :004) — :016) + :011

October, oes e008 se ee ooo + "034 —— 021 7 ‘0138 + °046 ar °016 + “009

November, ..............| — °014/ — °049] — :059] — -010] — -084| — -068

December, .....00 veoce| + 027) + °012} — °021) + :020} + 004) + :002

38 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

1868. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Sagar Id./False Pt.) Cuttack |False Pt./False Pt.|Akyab to

to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cut- to Chitta-

cutta. | cutta. | cutta. tack. | Akyab. | gong.

January, eorees seen eeeoo0e <——— 008 i °060 —— 037 = "023 a "004 ee "028

February, ...+ esssseee sees] — 000) — *054| — :012) — -042| — 036] + -004

March, ...006 evsseere veee| — 086] — 2061} — 022) — -039}| — -034| + -008

April, ..2.00 cvcveeee ceveee| — 040] — °067| — °019) — :048} — ‘077|} + -043

May, see ccevcceecesseees| — 048} — °102} — °039| — 063} — 072] + -027

JUNE, .eccee seve evccevesss| —— 048/ — °044) — -002| — :042} — °091| + °082

JULY, cecees cove veeveveees| — 055} — 079) — *031; — °048} — *093| + -050

AUIBUSE, oc see cece sons cese| — 1108 |= 4065|— -068| +--003| — -072;)| es ad

September, ....0+ eeesseve| — 072] — *072| — :004| — 068} — -083| + °027

October, ....eeeceeeeeees| — 055] — 047) + °012) — -033} — -022| — -007

November, .ccovccesssee+| — 0385] — *045| + 004) — 049} + -009) — *034

December,....seeeseeeeeee| — O15} — 048) — 7007} — °041} — °023| — °002

1869. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta-

Blair, | Akvab. | “song, | Madras. [False Pt.

JADUATY, ++ 00 cecvessecseevesssseves| + LOL] + '053) + :0387| + :038| + 060

IND ERR~ Go50000000 0000 U0GD0000cc|| 4p OLE iP + ‘001} + :007| + :040

March, ee eevee eoceereer ee ee ee eoeeee ee + "020 + 010 — °020 Toe 006 + 052

Agri eg yee sere ees eee occ eel meeOol +: 008 |-— °026)| 1-00 51 mermanees

Wier ee tote te eres cc che ee MERERO2 IN| 014) —= -015 | 5010) eee

June, e@cee ceeeoe ee ceee cese oe oo oe Oe — ‘011 — *039 — °054 = 034 = 003

July, eeee ee sees Coes oe oe oo ee Oe Oe Oe + 002 + 004 eae 020 a 019 a 019

August, ee eres coeeves Coe 608 e O09 88 Oe + °010 + 041 + 033 aren 013 + 058

September, ....sssvsevcccceevecever| + O06] + *029| — -020) — -008| + :021

OCtObEr, cece secs cscs ors cece ver spiie—eO0s| + *006| — :037|.—-0L2) |e paewier

November, essseccvssessssevscvoeee| + O15} + *025| + :012| — -009| + 7048

December, seece eseeo ee econo es ©8900 2008 ap 004 P — :034 — °056 + 008

Cuttack. oe ate Nagpore. ee

VTA; < foi foro lete ‘er el'e/ah/evsltaYoie0~e ol bravels oferete + 052 + 056 + "039 — ‘001 + 046

February, ....-ceevserceveccceseee! + 088] + *016| + 001) — :045) + 008

March,. ....¢.00ccecessevesseecves| + °039!-— °018]. +. -018} — :0491.—. -020

April, eevee veece es ereeee coeeee CooHeS + “021 — ‘050 P — :034 — ‘007

WAYS tis lol eiwiele cates is (nln ols nvs7o wln/e oie oi sterol MEE OLD)| <— “O05 iy — *049|-— *025

JUNC, cesses ce ceee wees senses veovve| — 041] — °151/-—. :080} — .049}.— "002

Taal ose2) a) 20 sole ¢ gisiaie. s'ere ole oat » Sut ROMS | ——'-058 |. 4.13006: —= 20101 ena

August, eeeeee cesses ee ooervece couse + "055 + "038 + 014 — -010 + 046

September,........ ooeresee eoeeevee oe — °005 — ‘008 — ‘022 — *052 — ‘036

OCtODEL, 6. 006s ones iccceee eves vecsee| + 006) — -011]. +. -004! — -0361-— 7058

November, oc. 05 ccesicscees aves ewe} te 0387| +7011]. +, 034), +. 2018)/—Seong

December, eeereooee ceeeeeee C808 cooe + "025 — ‘046 — ‘016 — ‘046 — ‘032

1876. | Barometric Anomalies. 30

1869. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Akyab to|Akyab to/False Pt.|False Pt.|False Pt.| Cuttack

Port | Chitta- | to Mad-| to Cut- | to Ber- to

Blair. gong. ras. tack. |hampore.| Jubbul-

pore

Seiya) sicimies oes |) —— OG) + 016 | F022 F008, 4. 7004,), e006

February, ..... 5 bo00aC boo P iF + °033| + °002| + °024] + -030

Mita clasietsterevaiess 016006 6006 — -010} + °0380) + -058} + :013|) + :070) + -059

Lt, ee — -013] + :034| + -045] + -019| + -090| + -028

WER Ohgood-o¢oude : ..| — °007] + :029) + 052] + :023) + 047) + -044

SUIEETVC. fore) -ofei leis SUO ODOUDOOU — °028) + °015} + :081) + °0388) + °148) — -039

pues ato: cjeraratere) <ia's. c ..| + 7002) + °024|) + :038! + 004] + 077} + -004

August, ...... veccereecees| + ‘OSL, + °008} + 1045] + :003) + 020] + -009

September, ...... seveeeee| + 028) + °049) + :013} + °026) + °029) + -0381

WEHOHEE, aise vie eee + °009) + °043} + :026] + :008| + :025] + -064

November, ..............| + °010) + °013] + ‘057| + -011| + -037| + +054

Dewi o656 Goce onoDo P P + °064) — 017} + °054| + -057

Cuttack | Jubbul- | Berham-|Berham- |False Pt.

to Mon-| pore to | pore to | pore to to

ghyr. |Nagpore.| Mon- | Chitta- | Akyab.

- | ghyr. | gong.

January, Sseeneee8 cee7ee8 8 6298 OO + °013 + °047 + ‘017 -- "019 + ‘007

EDUUALYS Giese es cles see creer ete «| + O37) + 3000). +) Ola) -Fo-0L5 P

March, ..ccceec cecees cess sees voces] + 026) + +029) — 031} + 2002) + 042

a Be RE A Maer ne « ? + 027 Berle A024 e082

IMA ioe asteneieie 5 0000 6009 6U06 duOODD OH P| + 7024 ? + 010] + :028

plgntte. c...s soos onececeonet eso bone|| EEN s O47 | — ON) = nai aR

JULY, 6. cc we seee cove ceeees cree ceee| + O09} + 030) — -064) — :038) + 015

AMBUSH, ccc ccee cree cocene seo esee| + O41) + 056) + 3024) + -005) + “017

September, 1.00.02. ceccse ceevsees| + O17) + O16) + 014) +. 7012) — -008

October, ose eecveeee cove cess eens) + 002} — *022| — :015] + °036) + °008

November, esses sere cceecccersee| + ‘008) — *085) — *023| — :001] + °023

December, ...c00 cseseecreceeoveves| + O41) + *014) — -080] — °012 P

1870. Zable of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta- Vizaga-

Blair, | A&yab gong Madras. ouace False Pt.

SANUATY, sescovee cees Gee) —— “159 ? — 072) — :083| —:098 | — :010

Pebruary, .....0.5.+05++6+| — *042| — 015) — °042) — -034| — 052 | + -029

March, 2... cseses oes0eev.| — °0382| — °017) — °050) — -022; —-021 | + -017

Popes vires ee o>) — °024| — +014 | — 038) — -031| —-007 |. +--019

BY, oe tweens ee eee ves} — 082] — “041! — 7014) — -057| —-045 | — -044

MUNE, avers os sp eceveccesesees| — 004) + 064} + *063| + 005) + 037 | + :068

Sly, os lte dees ees --.- |) — 023| + -007| — 020) — -008| —.-019 | — -007

August, ...ceeeecees eeveee| — °087; — °021) — °023|) — 007} —:009 | + -008

September, ...eeeee veeeee| — 019] + °026} + *014) + -001| —:007 | + ‘08

October, ...ssee0 seeeeeee| — 006] + 028} — 7004] + '007]) + :004 | + *028

November, ..seee ceereeve| — ‘012] + °005| — 028] + :008) —-‘O17 | + -O001

December, .scsevee sees seve) — “069}] + 002} — ‘009|) + '020) + 013 | + °036

H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative

[No. 1,

: 1870. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

January,

Bebruary, crseee cesvee sevece

eeoeoe oo oeead

March,

eevee

Ao) so c00000 @oeeeosee C0 0e Coe ees oe

May, eeeeeoeoe Gceteeee eee o aeeoeees

SN, Goooo0 eectoneo ceenee cectee ve

July, ..

August, ce eo ee CORRE eee Coo

September,

October,

November,

ecoo c8e LOCH e aoe eee Oe ew edeeed

@eveen ceeo ve ve

ID eee Nery on ono DOOD DOU UD OU0U 00

033

015

019

020

052

038

021

016

022

006

013

‘060

J, t+t] +] 444]

Cuttack. Berham-

pore.

Mon-

ghyr.

063

034

027

003

065

064

"028

019

‘001

‘O11

‘018

007

Pie bse

‘028

004

0038

017

066

"024

0382

— ‘003

+ ‘001

— °015

024

006

Jubbul- Nase

pore. BPOtEs

— *085| — °055

+ :008} + -001

+ 039) + -004

+ °009|} — :023

+ ‘013|} — ‘027

+ *036] + *037

+ °007| — :015

— °037] + +006

+ *005|) + 024

— *034} — -003

— 034] + :010

— 003} + -072

1870. Zuble of total barometric Anomalies.

January,

Ide oenAe) Aono ddo Od

March,

April,

eaeerevee ove

eeereVe cov eee eeeves

eevee

AUBUSE, occ viene cree ens

September,

October,

November,

December,

eecne eese ceovege

eeoe eee

Akyab to}Akyab to

Port

Blair.

+ °027

+ °015

+ :010

‘009

‘068

+ :030

+ ‘016

+ 046

+ ‘034

+ ‘017

+ ‘071

False Pt.|False Pt.

to Cut- | to Ber-

tack. |hampore.

+ 0238] + -053

+ °014|) + ‘063

— 002) + :044

— ‘001| + -016

+ 008} + :021

+ 030} + -004

+ 014) + :O021

— ‘008| + :027

+ 014) + :037

+ 022) + -039

+ °014} + -019

“+ 096) + :048

SSS SS

es eS = Se

January,

February,

Whivda, adob0

Apel o06

WE hy goa000 b060 pO00

JUNE, sarees oe

JUlby, 590940000000 9900 0000

August,.....

September,

October,

November,

December,....

eeeo oeeeee

eee ceee

eeecee

seers ceoee

seeeo eee

cece se cee

coetocee

Cuttack

to Jub-

bulpore.

052

‘007

‘020

‘O11

065

002

028

053

017

"040

021

063

Jr+++]+]4+] 44+

Vizaga- |False Pt.

Chitta- /patam to|to Viza-

gong. | Madras. |gapatam.

fF — 015} + :088

+ :027/ — -018| + ‘081

+ 033} + °001} + :038

+ 024 0; + °0384

— 027} + °012) + :001

+ ‘001; + °0382] + ‘081

+ °027; — :011| + :011

+ :002} — :002| + :017

+ -012] — -008| + -043

+ 012| — -003| + -024

+ -033| — :025| + -018

+ O11] — -007| + -023

Cuttack ore to | pore to

al Mon- | Chitta-

* | ghyr. gong.

— 005} — :035] + -009

+ °019} — :030) +» :008

+ °022) — :024/ + :023

+ :003} — 014) + :035

+ :014} + :001) — :051

+ '014} + :040} + :001

+ ‘O11} + :004) — :008

+ 019) — :016/ + -:004

+ :021) — :002} — -015

+ :021} + 004] — :007

+ ‘O11) + :006|) + :010}.

— ‘054; — :001} + :002

Jubbul- |False Pt.

pore to to

Nagpore.| Akyab.

— ‘030 Pp

+ ‘O07| + :044

+ 035] + -034

+ °0382] + ‘0383

+. :040]/ — :003

— ‘001} + :004

+ .°023| — -014

— 043} + -029

019} + ‘010

— ‘031 0

— 044} — :004

— 075} + :034

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—)—

Part I1.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. III.—1876.

X.—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands.

By 8S. Kurz.

(Received July 27th ;—Read August 2nd, 1876.)

(With Plates XII and XIII.)

The Nicobars form a link in the chain of islands that stretches up from

Sumatra to the Arracan Yomah, and they are in all probability the remnants

of a mountain-range that connected Sumatra (and more especially the Nias

islands, where the same sandstone prevails as that of the Andamans and

Arracan) and Arracan at a time when the sea covered the vast alluvial

plains of the Ganges and the Indus, thus rendering Hindustan an island

subsequently to its probable connection with Africa.

Geologically, the Nicobars are divisible into two groups, the southern and

the northern. The former comprises Great and Little Nicobar with the adja-

centislets and Katchall. It is characterised by the predominance of calcareous

sandstones (Brown-coal formation). The northern group includes Nankowry,

Kamorta, Trinkut,* Teressa, Tillangchong, Karnicobar, and the small islands

nearthem. Alluvial deposits and plutonic rocks are the conspicuous feature

here. This geological division admirably coincides with the general botant-

cal appearance of the respective islands.f While the islands of the southern

* Trinkut is not entirely composed of raised coral-reefs as Dr. Hochstetter has

stated, but has grass-heaths in the centre, the presence of polycistina-clay being thus

indicated. It is a very flat island, barely 50 feet. above sea-level in the interior.

t+ This sketch relates to the islands of Katchall and Kamorta only, sickness

having prevented me from extending my explorations to the other islands. A review

of the more interesting peculiarities of the Nicobar vegetation is to be found in

Trimen’s Journal of Botany, 1875, p. 321 sqq.

106 S. Kurz—<A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {| No. 3,

group are forest-clad from the bottom to the top, the forests on the north-

ern group are restricted to the plutonic rocks and to the slopes and

dells of the older alluvium, while the hilly plateaux and ridges are covered

with park-like grass-heaths.

Botanically, we have to consider the following rocks and soils as influ-

ential :—

1. Plutonic and metamorphic rocks, which crop out only in a few

localities and are very subordinate.

2. Calcareous sandstones, which cover by far the greater part of the

southern group.

3. Raised coral-reefs much broken up and intermingled with calca-

reous sand and vegetable mould.

4. Caleareous sea-sand, or blown sand, consisting of minute rounded

fragments of shells and corals.

5. Polycistina-clay, which covers the greater part of the area on the

northern group. It is very light and siliceous, and remarkable for the

absence of alkalies. Locally it is ferruginous and of a red colour, and in this

case usually accompanied by fossil sea-weeds.

6. Marine silty clay at the debouchures of rivers, more especially in

sheltered bays and shoals.

Dr. Rink and Dr. Hochstetter have already been struck by the close

coincidence of the vegetation with the underlying rocks on these islands;

and although a close examination of this relation revealed to me many im-

portant exceptions, we must be guided in all phytogeographical matters not

only by the consideration of climatic influence but as much also by that of

the influence of soil. |

As the climate is a tropical moist one, identical with that of most

Malay islands, and the elevation of the hills too small to affect vegetation,

the influence of the soil naturally becomes more conspicuous and marked.

Owing to the uniformly damp climate deciduous forests have ceased at this

latitude, although deciduous trees are not unfrequently interspersed, especi-

ally in sunny localities. Evergreen trees thus form the bulk of the forests,

and even the beach-forests, sunny forests growing on calcareous sand, are

studded with evergreens, so that the deciduous trees become quite subordi-

nate. I have distinguished the following kinds of vegetative combinations

on these islands :—1. Mangrove Forzsts. 2. BEacH Forests. 38. TROPI-

cau Forests. 4. Grass-Heatus. 5. MARriInE VEGETATION.

Cultivation is little represented, being restricted to small patches of

cleared land usually at some distance inland from the villages.

1. Manerove Forests.

The mangrove-forests of all tropical Asia are so uniform, not only in

external aspect but also in their botanical character, that it is hardly

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 107

necessary to enumerate their constituents. They occupy, as already indicated,

chiefly the silty debouchures of the rivers, and are most fully developed

in the quiet bays, and more especially along the channel that separates

Kamortafrom Nankowry. Rhizophora mucronata and Bruguiera mucronata

form usually the bulk of these forests on the Nicobars. Owing to the

smallness of the rivers, and to the consequent narrowness of river-alluvium,

the variety of these forests distinguished by me as ‘tidal forests’ is not

developed, although localities are met with, on the banks raised above tidal

mark, which partake of the same character.

2. Beracu Forests.

The beach-forests, or dune-forests, as Dr. Junghuhn, in his excellent

account of the vegetation of Java, has more appropriately called them,

are restricted to the beaches of fine calcareous sand which stretch along

the shores where the hills do not interfere. The islands being in a rising

condition, the formation of beaches is favoured to a greater degree than at

the Andamans and elsewhere, and some of them extend as far as half a mile

inwards. They necessarily form narrow, often crescent-shaped strips, and

abruptly terminate where the raised coral-reefs commence. The trees here

stand apart and are light-loving ones, and of these the cocoa-nut-palm forms

the principal constituent, no doubt much encouraged in its dense growth by

cultivation. The outskirts of these dunes are usually marked by a few long-

ereeping plants, such as Ipomoea pes-caprae, Vigna lutea, Ischaemum muti-

cum, Thowarea sarmentosa locally on Katchall, Ipomoea littoralis, ete.

To these succeed a number of small trees or shrubs, which appear from the

sea like a dense hedge; these are chiefly the glaucous-looking Scaevola

Koenigii, Pandanus odoratissimus, Tournefortia argentea (especially on the

southern group), Paritiwm tiliaceum, Sophora tomentosa locally, Crinum

Asiaticum with a plantain-like trunk up to 3 feet high by nearly a foot in

thickness, and others. Then follow Calophyllum inophyllum, Hernandia

peltata, Glochidion calocarpum, Eugenia Javanica, Sterculia mollis, Premna

integrifolia, Hrythrina Indica, Pongamia glabra, Desmodium umbellatum,

Macaranga Tanarius, Heritiera littoralis, Cynometra bijuga, Ficus retusa,

Thespesia populnea, Peltophorum ferrugineum scantily, Cycas Rumphii,

Vitex negundo, Atalantia macrophylla, Claoxylon molle and C. longifolium,

Afzelia bijuga, Barringtonia speciosa, Odina wodier, Ficus hispida, Termi-

nalia catappa, Guettarda speciosa, Dracaena linearifolia in abundance,

Excoecaria Agallocha, Semecarpus heterophyllus, Barringtonia racemosa,

Ochrosia salubris, Cerbera Odallam, Briedelia glauca, and others. 'The

shrubby vegetation consists chiefly of Morinda bracteata, Callicarpa lon-

gfolia, Cordia subcordata, Breynia racemosa, Securinega obovata, Allo-

phylus Cobbe, Tabernaemontana Nicobarica, Leea sambucina and, locally,

108 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

L. grandifolia, Pluchea Indica, Clerodendrum imerme, imtermingled with

a young growth of trees and climbers, such as Cyclea peltata, Canavalia

virosa, Caesalpinia nuga and C. Bonduc, Wedelia scandens, Ipomoea

Turpethum, Entada scandens, Anodendron, Ipomoea campanulata, here and

there a rattan, Colubrina Asiatica, Derris scandens and D. uliginosa, several

species of Vitis, Flagellaria Indica, Stenochlaena scandens, Modecca Nico-

barica, ete. On the ground chiefly grow Ischaemum muticum in abundance,

Centotheca lappacea, Oplismenus compositus, Remirea maritima locally,

Euphorbia atoto, Aerva lanata, Hranthemum succifolium very commonly,

Ophiorrhiza mungos chiefly from the base of the cocoa-nut-palm, Kyllingia

monocephala, the white-spiked variety of Cyperus umbellatus, and a number

of widely distributed weeds. Cuassytha filiformis often quite covers the shrub-

bery, while the trunks of the trees are seen to be clothed with Dischidia

Bengalensis or D. nummularia, Pothos scandens, or with some Hoya.

Orchids are here numerous on the branches of the higher trees, Dendrobium

erumenatum and Luista particularly so. The stems of the trees are covered

with lichens, especially those of the cocoa-nut-palms, which are literally

clothed by them and by a few acrocarpous mosses (chiefly Octoblepharum,

Macromitrium), while a few ferns (amongst them Davallia parallela and

D. heterophylla, Polypodium phymatodes, P. quercifolium, and P. adnascens)

also find a favourable station between the rugged scars of this same palm.

As these dunes are the principal seat of the villages, there spring up, around

the huts of the natives and often far away from them, a number of trees,

shrubs, and weeds, which are with difficulty distinguished from the surround-

ing indigenous vegetation. Most of them can hardly be said to have been

planted but rather to have sprung up of themselves. Suchare Citrus Hystriz

and C. nobilis, Bixa Orellana, Carica papaya, Ricinus communis, Psidium

guava, Triphasia trifoliolata, Capsicum frutescens, Solanum melongena,

Lagenaria vulgaris, ete. ; also such weeds as Ageratum conyzoides, Vernonia

cimerea, Digitaria, Eragrostis, Solanum nigrum, Datura, Amarantus

viridis ; and sometimes A. Guangetieus, Sida acuta, Urena lobata, Scoparia

dulcis, Cassia occidentalis, Blumea lacera, Ocymum sanctum, Huphor-

bia pilulifera, Paspalum conjugatum, Eleusine Indica,- Gynandropsis

pentaphylla, etc., ete.

3. Tropical Forests.

The tropical forests occupy a large (say, about one-third of the whole) area

of the islands of the northern group, while they are so greatly developed in

the southern group as to leave only a small fraction for the other forests

(mangrove- and beach-forests). I am obliged to divide them into two groups,

namely, (1). Coral-reef Forests, and (ii). True Tropical For Hee growing

on elevated ground.

1876.] S. Kurz—a Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 109

G). Coral-reef Forests.—These forests occupy, as the name indicates,

the raised coral-reefs which usually stretch out behind the dunes, and are

sometimes of comparatively large extent. The substratum being calcareous

and of a very permeable nature, these differ greatly in their constituents

from the true tropical forests. They form masses of pretty low ever-

green trees overshadowed only by a few species of lofty trees up to 120 feet

high, which, however, are pretty numerous in individuals. Such big trees are

Eugenia occlusa, Alstonia spectabilis, Ficus Indica and FP. retusa, Artocar-

pus pomiformis, Saccopetalum Horsfieldii, Garcinia speciosa, and a few

others not recognised by me. The smaller trees comprise chiefly Orophea

Katschallica in abundance, Glycosmis insularis, Aglaia argentea and A.

Andamanica, Amoora ganggo, Cupania Jackiana, Olax imbricata, Apodytes

Andamanica, Ixora Pavetta, I. weberefoliain abundance, and L. brunnescens,

Webera densiflora, Petunga Roxburghii, Morinda bracteata, Alchornea,

Alsophila albo-setacea here and there (usually clothed with mosses and

Trichomanes Filiculaand T. muscoides), Mallotus acuminatus and ML. mu-

ricatus in abundance, and several others. Of the shrubs are especially

conspicuous Psychotria Nicobarica, P. tylophora, and P. Andamanica, Ixora

Kurziana.. Areca Catechw is here so plentiful as to appear wild, but is, I

believe, only planted or self-sown. Pandanus Leram usually accompanies

the betel-nut palm. Of climbers, I observed chiefly Griffithia curvata,

Dinochloa Andamanica, Antitaxis calocarpa, Vitis lanceolaria and other

species, Alangium Sundanum, Stenochlena scandens, Freycinetia in abun-

dance, often accompanied by the fleshy Pellionia procridifolia. The soil-

cover is scanty and chiefly consists of Adenostema viscosum, Aglaonema

_ simplex, Cyperus moestus ; and a number of ferns, suchas Davallia speluncae,

Vittaria elongata, Antrophium callaefolium, Asplenium macrophyllum, and

Nephrolepis acuta are observed as epiphytes, together with a number of

orchids, especially Saccolabium obliquum. ‘The coral-rocks are densely

covered with a tamariscine Hypnum, and long garlands of Neckera Lepi-

neana and of Hepaticae depend from the branches and trunks where

the jungle is not too dark.

Where depressions occur in these upheaved coral-lands, fresh water

collects and forms pools and swamps,* which dry up more or less during

the driest months on these islands (March and April). These are filled

then to several feet in depth with black vegetable mould, which is so soft

that one sinks into it up to the knees. They cause a sort of swamp-forest

* Dr. Rink has proposed a theory to explain the origin of these swamps in the

raised coral-reefs. Similar jungle-swamps, often of large extent, occur in all Malay

tropical forests on metamorphic as well as on alluvial formations, and are in my opinion

only the result of rains, which drain into the depressions and carry quantities of vegeta

ble mould into them until they silt up.

110 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

represented by Ficus Indica and F. retusa, the plank-like compressed roots

of which often extend far into it and afford the only firm footing ; while on

other islands Pandanus Leram takes possession of them. Little else grows

on this black marshy ground except here and there a Polygonum or a

Helminthostachys. Lemna paucicostata is often frequent here, and a

Najas too was observed. These jungle-swamps are the natural reservoirs

of drinking water for the Nicobarese, who simply dig a hole into the

mould, wherein the water collects.

Gi). True Tropical Forests.—These forests grow on different substrata,

and those growing on the calcareous sandstone of Katchall and of the other

islands of the southern group will have to be distinguished from those

which grow on polycistina-clay and on plutonic rocks. Having, however, for

several reasons been prevented from exploring these forests on Katchall, I can

only testify to the truth of Dr. Rink’s statement that those of them which

grow on the shady side of the ridges are, like those that grow on plutonic

rocks, the loftiest forests on the islands and hence most difficult to explore ;

the south-west exposures, however, of these ridges on Katchall are covered

by a stunted forest wherein the treesare not crowded, and which, to judge

from the colour of rounded crowns, must be very poor in species.

The Andamanese bullet-wood tree (Alimusops littoralis) is frequent

along the coast of Katchall, and I met with fallen trunks of it which

measured 80 feet clear stem by 10 to 12 ft. in girth.

I will, therefore, restrict my remarks solely to the tropical forests as

they are represented on the polycistina-clay of Kamorta. This island is

formed chiefly of this clay, while only the extreme S. W. part (hills

about 1,000 feet high) consists of plutonic rocks. ‘The forests, however,

do not cover the whole of this formation, but abruptly terminate just

below the top of the hilly plateaux, although two broad strips of tropical

forest cross the whole island. The trees at the upper limit rather suddenly

become stunted, as if unfavourable exposure had checked their growth

and given them the appearance of having reached the limit of tree-

growth. The cause of the abrupt demarcation of these tropical forests and

the grass-heaths on the very same substratum remains a mystery to

me. Above all the trees, however high, a palm towers majestically, and in

such quantity as to form, as it were, a palm-forest above the other trees, This

is Areca augusta. The lofty or large trees (many of which, however, be-

come quite stunted at the outskirts of the forest bordering the grass-heaths)

are chiefly the following :—Artocarpus peduncularis and A. pomiformis,

Radermachera Lobbii, Hugenia occlusa, Sterculia campanulata, Symplocos

leiostachya, Ternstroemia macrocarpa, Trichospermum Javanicum, Garcinia

cornea, Orania Nicobarica in abundance, Ficus Indica, F. chrysocarpa, and F.

retusa, Gonystylus Miquelianus, Sapindus montanus, Terminalia sp. near

1876.] S. Kurz—A ‘Sheteh of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 111

TL. catappa, Dillenia pilosa, Calophyllum spectabile, Eleocarpus, Albizzia

stipulata plentifully, Gardenia resinifera, Nauclea excelsa, Alstonia macro-

phylla, Cryptocarya ferrea, Litsaea foliosa. Amongst the smaller trees the

following are conspicuous :—Arthrophyllum Blumeanum, I[xora weberaefolia,

Polyphragmon flavescens, Maesa ramentacea, Cinnamomum obtusifolium,

Barringtonia racemosa, Sideroxylon attenuatum, Fagraea racemosa, Myris-

trea corticosa, Antidesma puncticulatum and A. persimile, Apborosa muicro-

stachya, Briedelia tomentosa, Artocarpus integrifolia locally, Villebrunea

sylvatica, Macaranga gigantea, Croton argyratum, Ryparia caesia, Pittos-

‘porum ferrugineum, Sterculia hyposticta, Hvodia Roxburghii, Dracaena

Griffith, Parastemon urophyllus, Buchanania platyneura, Albizzia buba-

lina and A. fasciculata, Rhodamnia trinervis, Mussaenda macrophylla, Huge-

nia claviflora, Garcinia calycina, Dracaena linearifolia, Glycosmis

insularis, Anacolosa puberula, Apodytes Andamanica, Ochna Andamanica,

Leea sambucina, Erioglossum rubiginosum, Gnetum gnemon, Champereya

gnetocarpa, and, locally, Pandanus Leram. Areca Catechu here grows quite

wild, especially in the lower and more marshy localities. Alsophila albo-

setacea is often met with, but always in few individuals only. The most

frequent climbers are Dinochloa Andamanica, Zizyphus subquinquenervis,

Vitis lanceolata, V. pedata, and V. repens, Derris thyrsiflora, Heptapleurum

ellipticwm, Dioscorea glabra, Smilax polyacantha, Uncaria pilosa, Jasminum

acuminatissimum, Anodendron paniculatwm, Hrycibe paniculata, Hlaeagnus

arborea, Gnetwm macropodum, Calamus Andamanicus and several other

rattans, Freycinetia insignis and another species ; besides, Uvaria micrantha,

Salacia and Hippocratea, Griffithia curvata, Blumea riparia, Embelia

microcalyx, Parsonsia spiralis, Ipomoea vitifolia and I. Nicobarica,

Stenochlaena scandens and Lygodium circinatum. Pothos scandens and

Gymnopetalum heterophyllum often creep up the trunks of the trees.

Shrubbery is little developed, and as everywhere else, represented by the

slender treelets already enumerated, young tree-growth, and rattans, especi-

ally a Zalacca(?) Of herbs are chiefly seen Lasianthus laevicaulis,

Hedyotis rigida and H. costata, Homalonema aromaticum plentifully, Agla-

onema simplex, Amomum Fenzlii plentifully, and some other Scctamineae

which were in leaf only, Waranta dichotoma, Adenostemma viscosum, Blumea

myriocephala, Amaracarpus pubescens (restricted to the plutonic rocks),

Corymbis disticha here and there, and several grasses and sedges, like Cyperus

moestus, Hypolytrum latifolium, Sclerialithospermaand S. Sumatrensis, Oplis-

menus compositus, Panicum filipes, Kyllingia monocephala, Centotheca

lappacea, and, in more open localities, Thysanolaena acarifera. Ferns are

plentiful but apparently not much varied as regard species ; those observed

most frequently are Vephrodium molle and other species, Nephrolepis acuta,

Lindsaea tenera, Davallia speluncae, and Selaginella caudata. On stems

112 8. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

and branches of trees grow chiefly Asplenium nidus and A. macrophyllum,

Vittaria elongata, and a number of orchids, like Oberonia, Trichoglottis

guadricornuta frequently, Phalaenopsis cornu-cervi, Pholidota imbricata,

and Saccolabiwm obliquum. Parasites were not observed, but Henslowia

erythrocarpa was once met with. Owing to the darkness, mosses and

liver-mosses are not well-developed here, but along the rocky courses of

rivulets patches of Fissidens and Hypna occur.

Where clearings take place in these forests, Scleriae chiefly occupy

the terrain, with other grasses, amongst which Hibiscus Abelmoschus is

often observed,

4. GRASS-HEATHS.

The grass-heaths, as they have been called by Dr. Diedrichsen, occupy

the hillocky plateaux of most of the islands of the northern group, and are

physiologically equivalent to the “low forests” of Pegu, more especially

with that variety of them in which the trees are more scattered. They form

park-like grass-lands,* which are made up chiefly of Scleriae, Hragrostis

Zeylanica, Eriachne Chinensis, Rhynchospora Wallichit, Heteropogon con-

tortus, several species of Fimbristylis, Imperata arundinacea, Spodiopogon

(very hairy) and the hairy Sorghum muticum (these two grasses grow chiefly

on the outskirts of the tropical forests and at the bottom of the dells, where

they attain a height of 5 to 6 feet), Dimeria locally, Chrysopogon acicula-

tus, Eragrostis unioloides, Digitaria, and Cyperus polystachyus. Of other

plants associate chiefly Gleichenia dichotoma, Lycopodium curvatum,

Pachystoma senile, which here has always rose-coloured flowers often colour-

ing whole tracts red, Hulophia graminea, Urena lobata, Triumfetta rhom-

boidea, Desmodium polycarpum scantily and D. heterophyllum, Pycnospora

nervosa, Uraria lagopodioides, Lindsaea lanceolata, Hedyotis approximata,

HI. Wallichii, and H. graminicola, Evolvulus linifolius scantily, Euphorbia

parviflora, and some others. At the bottom of the numerous dells where

rivulets not more than from 2 to 3 feet in breadth have cut courses from4 to 5

ft. deep, the grassesnaturally grow more luxuriantly and entirely hide the water.

Such places are usually more or less swampy and in this case a great

number of other grasses and plants appear, such as Cyperus vulgaris,

C. Haspan, C. Iria, C. pilosus, and C. dilutus, Fimbristylis miliacea, F. com-

planata, F. diphylla, Fuirena umbellata, Rhynchospora aurea, Scleria laevis,

S. Sumatrensis, and a white-fruited form of the last (these prevailing), Pas-

* The northern parts of Karnicobar are for a great part covered by Saccharum

spontaneum, and it seems that part of the grass-heaths of the northern part of _Kamorta

(where the wild buffaloes occur) is also covered by this grass. At least I am informed

that coarse grass, cutting like a knife, occurs between Tring and Enaka. Those grass-

lands which I visited above Tring and of the northernmost part of Kamorta are all

the same as those of the southern part.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 113

palum scrobiculatum and P. flecuosum, Panicum colonwn, Isachne miliacea

var. humilis, Arundo Roxburghit (usually occupying whole tracts where

it occurs), Ceratopteris thalictroides, Acrostichum aureum here and. there,

Blechnum orientale, Eriocaulon longifolium, Smithia sensitiva, Jussiea

villosa, Adenostema viscosum var. elatum, Hygrophila salicifolia, Limno-

phila hirsuta, Gonostegia hirta, Pouzolzia Indica, and several others.

Lygodium scandens and L. pinnatifidum are occasionally met with in the long

grass. Small as these valleys are and often separated only by a low rounded

ridge, they have often certain species entirely peculiar to themselves and

recurring nowhere else. Such plants as I found only once or twice (but then

often in quantity) are Polygala leptalea, Crotalaria calycina and C. sericea,

Blumea flava, Utricularia diandra, Dysophylla auricularia, Colocasia virosa

in large quantity, along with Nephrodium propinguum, Isachne myosotis and.

another species (of the habit of Panicum miliare), Polypodiwm longissimum,

Helminthostachys Zeylanica, Fimbristylis diphylla var. villosa, F. nutans, and.

F. globulosa, Rhynchospora filicaulis, Scleria lateriflora, Cyrtopera fusca,

Thriespermum amplexicaule, Blyxa Roxburghii, and Aneilema ensifolium.

The shrubbery, more developed at the outskirts of the tropical forests.

is scanty on these heaths and very poor in species, consisting chiefly of

Pitiosporum ferrugimeum, Polyphragmon flavescens, and Hugenia clavifiora

(these three reduced to mere shrubs), Melastoma Malabathricum and a small

procumbent form of it, Helicteres obtusa, Rubus Moluccanus, Blumea

balsamifera (locally), Vitex negundo (rare), and an impoverished condition

of Gmelina asiatica.

The trees are very scattered, and none of them exceed 30 feet in height.

The bulk consists of Fugraea racemosa, Aporosa glabrifolia, Antidesma

Ghaesembilla, and Pandanus odoratissimus, the last more along the swampy

valleys and in them. Casuarina equisetifoliais seen, especially on the north-

ern part of Kamorta. A stiff Dendrobium, a few ferns, as Polypodiwn

adnascens, Davallia solida, D. purallela, etc.,asalso Dischidia nummularia and

D. Bengalensis, are the chief, if not the only, epiphytes. Here and there one

meets with small patches which have evidently been under cultivation at

some time, as is indicated by the cucurbits (Benincasa cerifera, Lagenaria

vulgaris, Cucumis utilissima, Momordica and Citrullus) that are still to

be seen growing on them.

5. Marine VEGETATION.

Katchall and Kamorta, the two islands which I had an opportunity of

exploring, though separated from one another only by a narrow but deep

channel about 8 miles broad, present very different shores: the former is

encircled by fringing coral-reefs, while the latter is nearly free from them ;

the large amount of muddy deposit formed by the action of the sea upon

114 §. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

the soft polycistina-clay of which the island is formed, being unfavourable to

the growth of corals. As a consequence the marine vegetation of Kamorta

is very poor, and the alge chiefly found on its shores are Zonaria (small),

Hypoglossum, Bostrychia, Gongroceras, and such like forms ; the numerous

seaweeds found washed ashore having possibly all been brought from the sub-

marine coral-reefs of Katchall and other islands. Of phanerogams, Enhalus

acoroides is the only representative: this is a plant which grows chiefly in

shallow waters at the debouchures of rivers, where it often forms whole sub-

marine meadows, apparently little caring for the mud which is carried into

the sea, and which often encrusts the whole plant. If we turn to Katchall,

the marine vegetation assumes quite a different aspect ; not only are small

Sargassa, Zonaria in large specimens, and other melanosperms richly

represented, but some of the coral-reefs are so densely covered with

numerous olive-brown, green (Ulva), and red seaweeds, that it is often dif-

ficult to disentangle the different species. Such is especially the case along

the western shores of the island. On the submerged coral-reefs are found

also the marine phanerogams Halophila ovalis and a Cymodocea, together with

another plant having a very close resemblance to Hnhalus but much smaller.

Fragments of the Cymodocea can be seen floating in quantities ; which

indicates the presence of turtles.

In drawing up the appended enumeration of the plants hitherto found

on these islands, I have to express my sincere thanks to Hofrath Dr. Fenzl,

Director of the Vienna Museum, who with rare liberality has not only

forwarded to me the collections made by Mr. Jelinek during the

stay of the Austrian frigate ‘Novara’ at these islands, but also pre-

sented to me a complete set of the duplicates. He has also entrusted

to me Mr. Jelinek’s MS. Journal, by means of which I have been enabled

to note the localities and native names. ‘These vernacular names I have given

in the German mode of spelling adopted by Jelinek, as I thought it not

advisable to alter them. During Mr. A.O. Hume’s cruise round the Nicobars

in 1873, a small collection of plants (chiefly leaf-specimens) was made by

two native garden-collectors. Some of these proved new to the flora of the

Nicobars or furnished additional localities; they are all marked in the

following list with “g. ¢.”’ (garden-collectors).

A number of the plants included in the following list are taken from

Dr. Diedrichsen’s list. These are marked “ teste D.” between brackets.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 115

ENUMERATION OF THE PLANTS oF THE NICOBAR ISLANDS.

DILLENIACHA.

1. Drrtenta prnosa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 292 and

1874, 46, vix Roxburgh.—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

N. B. The leaves of the Nicobar tree are 1 to 14, in saplings up

to 2, feet long, more broadly decurrent to the very base, and while young

half-stem-clasping. I formerly identified this tree with Roxburgh’s, but I

now entertain great doubts as to the correctness of my identification,

having ascertained that the insular species is a southern form, which is un-

likely to extend so far north as Assam.

ANONACEHA. ;

2. Uvaria micrantua, Hf. and Th.—Not unfrequent in the tropi-

cal forests of Kamorta.

N. B. Uvariacordata, Wall. Cat. 6486, is still retained as a synonym

of U. macrophylla in the Ind. Flora, although Miquel and I have pointed

out that it is the typical Blumean U. ovalifolia. Hf. and Th. now refer

some Bornean and Phillipine specimens to U. ovalifolia, Bl. I have not

seen the Kew U. ovalifolia.—Goniothalamus Malayanus, Hf. and Th. is

certainly identical with G. Slingerlandtiz, Scheff. (aot G. Stingelandtii as

the authors of the Indian Flora call it)—Welodorum prismaticum Hf.

and Th. and WZ. rufum (Pyramidanthe rufa, Mig.) are two very different

species ; the former has the leaves and the simply minutely granular carpels

quite glabrous, the stalk very short, and the peduncles longer; while the

latter has the leaves more or less tawny pubescent beneath, the carpels

strongly rugose-verrucose, minutely tawny puberulous, and the stalk about

two-thirds of an inch long.

3. Unona pESMos, Dun.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

4, POLYALTHIA LATERIFLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874,

52.—In the forests of the Nicobars (Stoliczka).

5. P. sp.—Not rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta. It is a

small tree, with leaves similar to those of P. Swmatrana but broader and

otherwise different. Flowers and fruits unknown.

6. Porowra PaRyrrouia, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 324.—

Kamorta, in tropical forests ; also Karnicobar (Novara 153; Jelinek 42—

tabelerot, inc.) and Trice and Track (g. c).

N. B. The leaves of the Novara specimens are much larger than in

mine and the berries 8—1-seeded.

7. Awyona muRicata, L.—Cultivated near the villages of Kamorta and

Nankowry, and. probably elsewhere.

116 §S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

8. OROPHEA KATSCHALLICA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 323.—

A common shrub or small tree, forming the chief undergrowth in the coral-

reef-forests of the eastern parts of Katchall—It comes nearest to O.

Brandisit.

9. Saccoprratum HorsFrenpt, Benn.—Scarce in the coral-reef-

forests of the western coast (Modsha tapoo) of Katchall.

N. B. Bergsmia Sumatrana, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 389, = Kings-

tonia nervosa, Hf. and Th.

MENISPERMACE ZL.

10. Anamirta coccuLus, W. A.—Common in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

11. CocctLts mncanus, Coleb.—Frequent in cleared lands, shrub-

beries, and along the borders of jungles, ete., of Kamorta and Katchall ;

Nankowry (Novara 151; Jelinek 180—mungdrum, inc.) Trice and Track

(Novara 152; Jelinek 176—+thé, ine.)

12. Cycina petrava, Hf. and Th., var. penputina (C. pendulina,

Miers Contr. III. 248).—Frequent in the beach-forests of Kamorta and

Katchall ; entering also the coral-reef-forests.

N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen also enumerates Stephania as a Nicobarese

plant.

13. ANTITAXIS caLocaRPA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 324.—

Not unfrequent in the swamp-forests of Katchall.

NYUMUPHAACEA.

14. Nympuxa sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

CRUCIFERAE.

*15. Brassica suNcEA, L.—Apparently cultivated at Malacca, Nan-

kowry.

N. B. Chetranthus parryoides, Hf. and T. And. Ind. Fl. I. 182, =

Parrya nudicaulis, Regel in Radde Ost. Sibir. 176 (P. macrocarpa, R.

Boeri. ind bl 1 Lal),

CAPPARIDEA.

16. CLEoME viscosa, L.—Nicobars (feste D.).

17. GYNANDROPSIS PENTAPHYLLA, DC.—A weed around the huts of

the natives in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

18. Cratmva MAacrocaRrpa, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1874, 195

and 1875, 324.—Rare in the coral-reef-forests of the western coast of

Katchall.

N. B. Capparis Hasseltii in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 70 is not

Miquel’s plant. It differs from it by the short (2—8 lin. long) gynophore

of the one-seeded berry. My earlier name (C. ambigua) must therefore

be restored.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 117

VIOLACE A.

19. AtsopEIA BENGALENSIS, Wall—Rare in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

20. AtsopEtra sp. Leaves only.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

N. B. Viola Hookeri, Thoms. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 183, is apparently

the same as V. glaucescens, Oudem. in Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ILI.

74.—All the localities (except the Kakhyen-hills) of V. serpens in my

Contr. Burm. Flora in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 72 must be referred to

V. Thomsoni, Oudem. in Miq,, 1. c.

BIXINE!.

21. Brxa Orentana, L.—Like wild in the beach-forests of Katchall

and Kamorta ; entering also the coral-reef-forests ; Karnicobar (Jelinek—

oak, inc.)

22. Ryparia cHsi14, Bl.—Rather frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

~The trees while young but already fruiting freely, have the leaves

very large (up to one and a half feet long) and proportionally of a thinner

texture and a laxer net-venation, which gives them a very different

appearance. .

N. B. Roydsia floribunda, HE. Ind. FI. I. 409, in note, = FR. Philli-

pinensis, Turez. in Bull. Nat. Mose. 1854. 829 (Cuming 541).

PITTOSPOREA.

23. PrITTOosSPORUM FERRUGINEUM, Ait. (P. Javanicum, Bl. ?).—

Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta; freely entering the grass-heaths,

where it becomes reduced to a mere shrub.

POLYGALEZL.

24. PoLyGALA TELEPHIOIDES, Willd.—Rather frequent on the grass-

heaths of Kamorta but easily overlooked. Having now more carefully

examined this species in nature, I consider it a good one. The flowers

are whitish, but the keel upwards and the crest are of a beautiful lazuli-blue.

25. Potyeéaua LeEPTALEA, DC.—Here and there amongst the grass

along rivulets in the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N. B. Xanthophyllum paniculatum, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. I. 393,

must be cut out from the synonyms to YX. flavescens in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 209

and in my Contr. Burm. Flora in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 79 ; it differs

greatly in the tomentose ovary.

118 8S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {No. 3,

PORTULACACE.

26. PorRTULACA OLERACEA, L.—A weed around the huts of the natives

on the beaches of Kamorta and Katchall.

GUTTIFERZZ.

27. Garcrnta sPpectosa, Wall.—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-

forests of Katchall; also Nankowry (Novara 167; Jelinek 138—pajua,

inc.)

28. Garcrnta corNEA, Linn—Common in the tropical forests of

Kamorta ; also Nankowry (Novara 168; Jelinek 131—pajua, inc.)

29. GaRCcINIA cALycrna, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 324.—

Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. Dr. Hooker (Journ. Linn. Soc. XIV. 485) wishes to goucen a

supposed error of mine in regard to No. 155 of Maingay’s Collections,

which I declared (én “itteris) to be identical with G. rostrata (Discostigma

vostratum, Hassk.). He points out, iter alia, a different androecium.

Both the specimens of the above Maingayan No. in H. B. C. are females,

and hence an androeciwm is here out of the question. The male flowers of

G. rostrata are up to date still unknown,* and I cannot understand how

Teysmann could have sent male specimens to Dr. Hooker, as it is a fact

that the only tree in the Buitenzorg garden, upon which Hasskarl based

his species, is a female one. Hence I must suspect that Dr. Hooker

received G. Merguiensis from 'Teysmann, a male tree of which is culti-

vated in those gardens. Under these circumstances and after re-examination

of the Maingayan specimens I hold to opinion expressed.

30. Garcrnta (XANTHOCHYMUS) JELINEKII, nov. sp.

Arborea, glabra; folia oblonga ad elliptico-oblonga, basi acuminata,

petiolo gracili circiter semipollicari suffulta, apiculata, 5—7 poll. longa,

tenuiter coriacea, glabra, nervis lateralibus tenuibus subconfertis intra

marginem anastomozantibus percursa; panicule fructigeree cymiformes,

glabre, breviter pedunculatze, petiolo circiter duplo longiores, terminales

et laterales ; sepala sub fructu 5, semilineam circiter longa, ovata, acuta,

glabra ; baccee obovate v. sub-globoso-obovoidew, cerasi majoris magnitudine,

apice cum stigmate minuto impressx, leves, 2—l-sperme ; semina 6—7

lin. longa, compressooblonga, levia. Tillangchong (Novara 169 ;

Jelinek 106).

31. CanopHyittum Inopnyiium, L.—Frequent in the beach-forests

all along the coast of Kamorta and Katchall ; also Karnicobar (Novara 166 ;

* Miquel, however, seems to have known the male flowers of it, although all he

says about them is that they are panicled.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 119

Jelinek 39—eheang or pi-jang, inc.) ; puyan, inc. Katch.—Mr. Jelinek re-

marks that the Nicobarese build their canoes of this tree.*

32. CALOPHYLLUM SPECTABILE, Willd.—Not unfrequent in the

tropical forests of Kamorta.

33. CALOPHYLLUM WALLICHIANUM, Planch. and Trian.—Not rare

in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

TERNSTRG@UIACH A.

34. TERNSTREMIA PENANGIANA, Chois—Not unfrequent in the

tropical-forests of Kamorta. A tree 70 to 80 feet high, of which I once

met with a stunted individual in the grass-heaths.

N. B. Gordonia excelsa, Dyer in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 291 (not of Blume)

var. a. pubescens, Dyer, |. c., = G. dipterosperma (Dipterosperme sp.

Griff. Not. IV. 564). Blume’s tree differs so much from the above in the long

peduncles, large hirsute capsules, and in the texture and pubescence of the

leaves, that it is difficult to understand how it could have come to be identified

with the Khasi and Sikkim tree. G. Singaporeana, Wall., = G. anomala,

Spreng. Syst. III. 126; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. ce. 292 (Camellia axillaris, Roxb.

in Bot. Reg. 349). This species again is certainly different from Blume’s G.

excelsa, and greatly resembles Laplacea integerrima, Miq. It occurs also

in Penang, where the late Dr. Stoliczka collected it. Dyer seems not to

have read the description in the Bot. Register, but to have relied solely upon

the reduced figure when he recognised in ita. China species. G. Maingay?,

Dyer, is the same as Miquel’s Laplacea subintegerrima, which again hardly

differs from LZ. aromatica. As Miquel has already pointed out, the distinguish-

ing characters of Gordonia and Laplaceca are not reliable, and in Eurya, for

forexample, the free or united styles are not even regarded as of specific value.

Kadsura pubescens, Miq., is a very distinct species of Actinidia, allied to

A. callosa, L. Dilleniacea? nervosa, Wall. Cat. 6635, from Singapore, =

Shorea sublacunosa, Scheff. ; Shorea macroptera, Dyer, = Sh. lepidota, Bl. ;

Aopea micrantha, Ht. = H. Mengarawan, Miq.

MALVACH A.

35. SIDA CARPINIFOLIA, L., var. acura (S. acuta, Burm.).—A com-

mon weed in the beach-forests and in cultivated spots. (Novara 160;

Jelinek).

N. B. Sida amoena, Wall. Cat. 1848 from Ava, which Masters doubt-

fully refers to Abutilon fruticosum, Guill. and Perr., has 12 carpels and is

simply a small form of A. Indicwm, Don.

* I doubt this, for the Nicobarese cut the trees for their canoes far in the interior,

while Ouloph. Inophyllum is a shore tree. The timber of their boats more resembles

that of Artocarpus.

120 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

36. Urena Lopata, L.—A common weed in the beach-forests and

in the grass-heaths of Kamorta and Katchall; also Karnicobar (Novara

162; Jelinek 46—Aassiny?, inc.) and Pulu Milu (Novara, 161; Jelinek

188—utschu, inc.).

37. Hipiscus ABELMoscHus, L.—Frequent in clearings and open

shrubby spots in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

88. Hisiscus tTrn1acEeus, L.—Common in the beach-forests of Ka-

morta and Katchall; on the first-named island it occurs also exceptionally

in a few patches on the hills along the margin of the tropical forests ; also

Karnicobar (Novara 158 and 159; Jelinek 3—tad kowa, inc.) ; imbon,

ine. Katch.

39. 'THESPESIA POPULNEA, Corr.—Common in the beach-forests, and

generally along the whole coast of Kamorta and Katchall; also Karnicobar

(Novara 125; Jelinek 75.—matka, ine.) and Tillangchong (Novara 126;

Jelinek 89).

*40. GOSSYPIUM HERBACEUM, L.—Cultivated at Kamorta, and occa-

sionally around habitations. Its growth on Kamorta (polycistina-clay) is

very inferior ; it should be tried on the coral-grounds of Katchall, ete.,

where it will thrive better.

STH ROULIACEA.

41. Srercuria mMotuis, Walk—Rather frequent in the beach-forests

of Katchall ; also Nankowry (Novara 165; Jelinek 145—/¢, inc.).

N. B. I have now had an opportunity of ascertaining that the speci-

mens of the Sterculia referred to S. parviflora in my Contrib. Burm. FI.

(Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 117, sub 10) are a variety of the above. The

true St. parviflora, Roxb., occurs in the Ava and Sylhet hills, but Masters’

Malayan specimens have nothing to do with Roxburgh’s species.

42. STERCULIA HypostictTa, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 399.—Com-

mon in the tropical forests of Kamorta. It is a treelet up to 20 ft. high,

with stems of about an inch in thickness.

43. STERCULIA LoNGIFoLIA, Vent. ?—In the tropical forests of Ka-

morta. Only leaves, hence the doubtful identification.

44. SPERCULIA CAMPANULATA, Wall. var. GLABRIFOLIA, leaves quite

glabrous, cordate-rotundate. Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta

and Katchall, and there one of the loftiest trees.

45. Herrrera Toruita, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 118

(ZZ. littoralis, Dry.). Common in the beach-forests of all the islands ;

Karnicobar (Novara 214; Jelinek 84—kamtrad, inc.).

46. Heticreres oprusa, Wall.—A most common meagre shrub on

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

1876.] S. Kurz—aA Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 121

47. Asroma aveusta, L.—Nankowry (Novara 154; Jelinek 172—

Komopoang, inc.).

48. Visenta Inpica, Houtt.—Rather frequent in the tropical forests

of Kamorta ; also Nankowry (Novara 168 ; Jelinek 168—diam, inc.).

N. B. Péerospermum diversifolium, Bl. (Hf. Ind. FI. I, 367) is

reduced by Miquel (Ill. Fl. Arch. Ind. 84) to a synonym of P. acerifolium,

and he ineludes in this species P. fuscum, Korth also.— Pt. Blumeanum,

Korth., (Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 120) is identified by Miquel

(Cl. ¢.) with P. Javanicum, Jungh. in Tydsch. Natuurk. Gesch. en Physiol.

VIL. 306 (Mig. fll. Arch. Ind. 88). In Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 122, I

have placed Buettneria crenulata, Wall.in Hf. Ind. Fl., amongst the doubt-

ful species. I have since come across the specimens of Wallich’s B. crenu-

lata, which I see have been correctly placed by me in B. aspera, Coleb., from

which it differs in no respect. But B. echinata, Wall. Cat. 1150, of

which I have seen nothing but fragments, is a different plant, and I now

believe that Masters drew up his description chiefly from this species, the

name of which must be restored.

TILIACE A.

49. GREWIA CALOPHYLLA, Kurz.—Not unfrequent in the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

N. B. Grewia Miqueliana, Kurz in Flora 1872, 398 (with which

Maingay’s No. 244. is identical), is really a distinct species from the above,

differmg not only in the characters already mentioned by me but also in

having fruits only half the size.

50. TRIUMFETTA RHOMBOIDEA, Jacq.—A narrow-leaved variety of

this occurs here and there in the dry grass-heaths and around the huts of

Kamorta. ,

N. B. ZF humifusa, Hassk., = T. procumbens, Forst. T. trilocularis,

Roxb., is more likely a form of 7. semitriloba, L.

51. TricHosPERMUM JAvanicum, Bl.; Clos. in Ann. sc. nat. 4 ser.

VILL, 265 (Bizagrewia Nicobarica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 325.

t. 169).—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. If Loureiro’s Thrixspermum (Orchidez), in a corrected form,

obtains acceptance amongst botanists, as indeed Reichenbach fil. has already

proposed, Asa Gray’s Diclidocarpus will also supersede Blume’s generic name.

Chartacalyx accrescens, Mast. in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 382, is in my opinion only a

species of Actinophora. The difference in the calyx is not of generic value,

and as regards the stalked ovary, we should bear in mind, that the ovary

of Actinophora is globose and constricted at base, and hence that the character

of the stalk is one of development only. Pentace triptera, Mast. is only a

3- or rarely 4-celled and -winged variety of P. polyantha, Hassk.

122 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

52. EnLmocarpus FLORIBUNDUS, Bl.—Here and there in the tropi-

cal forests of Kamorta.

53. Enmocarpus (Monoceras) sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

N. B. Elaeco. paniculatus, Wall., = EH. leucobotryus, Miq. Elaeo.

obovatus, G. Don. (1831) (Bth. Fl. Austr. I. 281, from Australia), has

priority over #. obovatus, Ayn. (in Act. Acat. Nat. Car. XVIII (1836),

323, from Ceylon), and the latter name has consequently to be changed into

LE. Arnotte.

LINEAL.

54. Huaonta sp. P—Nicobars (¢este D.).

N. B. Dr. Hooker states im his Ind. Fl. I. 414 that there can be

very little doubt but that Rouwcheria is Sarcotheca of Blume; but a re-

ference to Miquel’s Llustr. Arch. Ind. 69. t. 30 does not confirm his

conclusion.

MAL PIGHTIA CEL.

55. Hiprace Sumarrana, Miq.—Nankowry (Novara 177 ; Jelinek

158— Kadoa, inc.).

I believe not distinct from AH. Javanica.

RUTACH A.

56. Evopra Roxpureutana, Bth.—Common in the tropical forests

of Kamorta.

57. Acronycuta Cyminosma, F. Muell.—Tropical forests of Ka-

morta.

58. GLYCOSMIS ARBOREA, Corr., var. 8. INSULARIS, Kurz in Trim.

Journ. Bot. 1876, 38.—Common in the tropical and coral-reef-forests of

Katchall and Kamorta ; Kondil (g. ¢.) and Karnicobar (Novara 172).

59. GLYCOSMIS TRIFOLIATA, Spreng., var. LATIFOLIA, Kurz in Trim.

Journ. Bot. 1876, 37.—In the coral-reef-forests of Katchall. ;

60. TRipHAstA TRIFOoLIOLATA, DC.—In the beach-forests of Kat-

chall, entering the coral-reef-forests; Nankowry (Novara 173; Jelinek

111—arei kene, inc.) ; kalatine, ine. Katch.

61. AvALANTIA MAcROPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875,

136.—Frequent in the beach-forests of all the islands ; Nankowry (Novara

144 and 174; Jelinek 186—Zkarofje, inc.).

62. Paramienya crrrironta, Hf.—Kondil (g. ec.)

63. Cirrus Hysrrix, DC.—Rather frequent around the huts on

the beaches of Katchall.

64. Crrrus nopiiis, Lour., var. 8. Limonenius, Kurz in Journ. As.

Soc. Beng. 1875, 187.—Frequent and lke wild in the beach-forests of

Kamorta, Katchall, and other islands; entering the coral-reef-forests.

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 123

65. Cirrus pEcUMANA, L.—Cultivated on Karnicobar and elsewhere.

N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen records Feronia elephantwm, Corr., as grow-

ing frequently on the Nicobars, but this seems to be an error.

OCHNACEA.

66. Ocuna AnDAMANICA, Kurz.—Frequent in the tropical forests

of Kamorta; also Nankowry (Novara 170; Jelinek 125—klang-hong,

ine.).

BURSERACEA.

67. Canarium sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.)

MELIACEA.

68. AgGrAIA ARGENTEA, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-forests

of the eastern coast of Katchall.

69. Agrata ANDAMANICA, Hiern.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests

of the eastern coast of Katchall.

70. Amoora GANGGo (Aglaia Ganggo, Mig. in Ann. Mus. Iued.

Bat. IV. 47).—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall ; also.

Great Nicobar (Novara 175 ; Jelinek 247—kahengq, inc.).

80. Carapa Monuccensis, Lamk.—Katchall (g. c.).

OLACINEA.

81. Ximenta Amertcana, Willd.—Karnicobar and Katchall (g. c.)

(Novara 171).

82. Onax Impricata, Roxb., var. MEMBRANIFOLIA, folia 5—6 poll.

longa, 23—3 poll. lata, ovata ad elliptico-ovata, brevissime et obtusiuscule

acuminata v. apiculata, succulento-membranacea, in sicco tenuiter mem-

branacea, viridissima, laxe reticulata ; cetera ut in specie.—Rather rare in

the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

83. ANAcoLosa PUBERULA, Kurz.—Common in the tropical forests

of Kamorta and Katchall.

84. Avopytes ANDAMANICA, Kurz.—Frequent in the tropical and

coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; also Great Nicobar (Novara

123; Jelinek 277).

85. CanssERA RHEEDII, Gmel.—Kondil (g. ¢.).

86. CHAMPEREYA GNETOCARPA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

325.—Dispersed in the tropical forests of Kamorta; also Karnicobar

(Novara 184; Jelinek 85—tongé, inc.). fies

CELASTRINEM,

87. Evonymus Javanicus, Bl.—In the tropical forests of Katchall;

124 §. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

Kondil (g. c.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara 188; Jelinek 245—onlolahame,

inc.).

88. SALACTA PLATYPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875,

203.—In the tropical forests of the eastern coast of Katchall; also Nan-

kowry (Novara 187 and 188; Jelinek 169—tanglaschi, inc.) and Great

Nicobar (Novara 186 ; Jelinek 258—tenfaia, inc.).

Very near to S. macrophylla, Bl. The specimens brought home by

the Novara have all one-seeded berries, and thus the one I described appears

only exceptionally 2-seeded.

89. Hippocratea Nicoparica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875,

203.—In the tropical forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

RHAMNEZ.

90. ZIzYPHUS SUBQUINQUENERVIA, Miq.—Common in the tropical

forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

91. Cotupriya Astatica, Brongn.—Frequent in the beach-forests

of Kamorta and Katchall ; also Karnicobar (g. c.) ; putjang, ine. Katch.

92. Govuanta sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

AMPELIDE.

93. VITIS LANCEOLARIA, Roxb.—Common in the tropical and coral-

reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

94. Vitis pepATA, Vhl.—Common in the tropical-forests of Kamorta ;

also Nankowry (Novara 189; Jelinek, 146—zaje, inc.).

95. Viris TRIFoLIA, L. (the glabrous variety).—Not unfrequent in

the coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

96. Viris Linna1, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875, 176 (the

variety called V. riparia, Wall.).—Karnicobar (g. c.).

97. Vitis REPENS, WA.—Frequent in the tropical forests of Ka-

morta.

98. PreRIsANTHES sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

99. LeEa GRAaNDIFoLIA, Kurz nm Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 325.—

Very common in the beach-forests of the western coast of Katchall, enter-

ing also some of the coral-reef-forests ; also Trice and Track (Novara 190 ;

Jelinek 186—Aanod, inc.).

100. Lera sampuctna, L.—Frequent in the beach, coral-reef-, and

tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall; also Nankowry (Novara 76;

Jelinek 171) ; taku, inc. Katch.

101. Lexza actrEata, Bl.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

SA PINDACE.

102. CarpiospermuM Haricacasum, L.—Frequent in the beach-

forests of Kamorta, Nankowry, and Katchall, especially around huts.

1876.] S. Kurz—<A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 125

103. ArLopHyius Copes, Bl., not of Hiern (A. littoralis, Bl. ; Kurz

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875. 185). B Commotlt in the beach-forests of Ka-

morta and Katchall ; also Trice and Track (g. ¢.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara

180 ; Jelinek 265—nongamuje, inc.).

104. Cupanta Jacktana, Hiern.—Rather rare in the coral-reef-forests

of the eastern coast of Katchall ; also Karnicobar (Jack).

105. CUPANIA ADENOPHYLLA, Planch.—Nankowry (Novara 187;

Jelinek 129—muyu, inc.).

106. ERtogLossumM RUBIGINOSUM, Brand. For. Fl. 108 (#. edule,

Bl.)—Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall; also

Nankowry (Novara 179 ; Jelinek 153—petal,* ine.) ; ahaya, inc. Katch.

107. Saprypus Danura, Voigt.—Kondil (g. c.).

108. Saprnpus montanus, Bl.—Frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta, entering the beach-forests ; also Nankowry (Novara 182 ; Jelinek

141—~we, inc.).

109. Pometra ToMENTOSA, Bth. and Hf.—Only one young tree met

with in the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall, but very likely

more frequent in the tropical forests of that island.

N. B. Dodonaea? Lamponga, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 511, = Pée-

leocarpa Malaccensis, Oliv.

ANACARDIACEHA.

110. Ruuvs sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

111. Manerrera sp.—Wild in the coral-reef-forests of Kadbell, but

I have seen only saplings.

112. BUCHANANIA PLATYNEURA, DOV. Sp.

Arbor 40—60-pedalis, glabra, gemmis fulvo-v. ochraceo-sericeis ; folia

crasse coriacea, lanceolata, in petiolum latum crassum 2—6 lin. longum

attenuata et basi seepius subinequalia, obtuse acuminata, vulgo 4—6 (ammo

11) poll. longa, integra, utrinque lucidula, glaberrima, costa lata pland parum

prominula venisque tenuibus utraque pagina prominulis percursa; flores parvi,

albi, pedicellis gracilibus fugaciter pilosulis vix lin. longis suffulti, cymulosi

et in paniculas numerosas glabras foliis vix longiores terminales dispositi ;

sepala ovalia, obtusa, cire. + lin. longa, glabra ; drupe oblique ovoidee, pisi

majoris magnitudine, obtuse, atropurpuree, glabre ; putamen globosum,

durissimum, leve.— B. splendenti, Miq., et B. lucide, Bl., affinis—Frequent

in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

113. Optya WopteR, Roxb.—Frequent in the beach-forests of Ka-

* “ Petal” occurs as a name for several different plants in Jelinek’s journal; I

fear it is meant for ‘bétul’ (‘just so’, ‘right so’), a very usual reply of a Malay toa

question regarding the pronunciation of a word.

126 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

morta and Katchall; on the first-named island here and there also on the

hills along the outskirts of the tropical forests. Giantédl, inc. Katch.

114. SEMECARPUS HETEROPHYLLUS, B].—Frequent in the beach-

forests of Katchall, entering the coral-reef-forests ; also Karnicobar (Nova-

ra 210; Jelinek 830—pep or boab, inc.)

Var. 8. PUBESCENS, panicule magis fulvo-tomentose, folia subtus

puberula, reticulatione densiore.—Great Nicobar (Novara 209; Jelinek

251).

N. B. I have not seen authentic specimens of Blume’s species, but the

Nicobar (and Andaman) plant agrees with Sumatran specimens thus named

by Miquel. The leaves vary much in size, and in saplings they are up to 24

ft. long and of proportionally thinner texture and looser net-venation. The

pubescent form, collected by Jelinek, stands in the same relation to the

original form as my S. albescens to the glabrous form which I incor-

rectly named S. heterophyllus inmy Pegu Report. This tendency to become

pubescent is peculiar to a great number of tropical trees, and is not attri-

butable, as some may suggest, to a drier or sunny station, but seems to be

rather idiosyneracy. For we often find the two states growing side

by side in the densest shade of the tropical forests. This is the case,

for example, with Micromelum pubescens, while the perfectly glabrous

and the almost villous-pubescent form (which I formerly distinguished as

V. pubescens) of Vanqueria spinosa grow similarly associated in the dry hot

forests of Prome. Other examples of the same phenomenon are afforded by

Garuga pinnata and G. mollis, Chickrassia tabularis and Ch. velutina,

Schrebera Swietenia and Sch. pubescens, Holarrhena Codaga and H.

antidysenterica, Trewia nudiflora and the glabrous form, Berrya Amonilla

and B. mollis, Grewia loevigata and its pubescent form, Walswra_ trijuga and

W. pubescens, Amoora Rohituka and A. Aphanomyxis, Terminalia catappa

and its pubescent form, and numerous others. In two only of these, viz., in

Berrya and Micromelum, have I observed real intermediate and therefore

connecting states. In most of these cases not only are the vegetative parts

affected but the calyx and the corolla also.

CONNARACE ZL.

115. RovrEa FLlorrpunpDA, Miq.—In the tropical forests of Kat-

chall ; also Nankowry (Novara 211; Jelinek 140—majing, inc.) A tree

3—4 feet in girth.

115-6. Rourna Waxtticutana, Planch. ? (Connarus mimosoides, Vhl.

Symb. III. 87).—Nicobars (teste Vahl.)

116. Connarus Maryesyi, Hf.—Great Nicobar (Novara 237 ; Jeli-

nek 260—e/, inc.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 127

LEGUMINOS A.

117. CROTALARIA CALYycorna, Schrank.—Kamorta, rare along a rivu-

let in the grass-heaths.

118. CrRoTALARIA SERICEA, Retz.—Kamorta, rare along a rivulet in

the grass-heaths east of Hnaca.

119. Smirrura sEnsrriva, Ait.—Kamorta, locally common along

rivulets in the grass-heaths.

120. DrsmopIuM UMBELLATUM, DC.—Common in the beach-forests

all along the coast of all the islands; Nankowry (Novara 231; Jelinek

80—fenjap).

121. Dersmoprum (DicERMA) sp.—Nicobars (teste D.)

122. DESMODIUM RECURVATUM, Grah.—Kondil (g. ¢.).

123. Dersmoprum GaneETIcUM, DC.—Nicobars, no precise locality

given (Novara 233 ; Jelinek.).

124. DrsmMopium PpotycarpumM, DC.—Not unfrequent in the shrub-

beries along the margins of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Great Nicobar

(Novara 234; Jelinek 234—ptealam, inc.).

125. DesmMopIUM HETEROPHYLLUM, DC.—Not unfrequent in the

erass-heaths and also amongst shrubbery of the beach-forests of Ka-

morta.

126. Pycyospora NERVOSA, WA.—Rather frequent in the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

127. Urarta picta, Desv.—Here and there in the grass-heaths of

Kamorta.

128. URarta LacoropiorpEs, DC.—Frequent in the grass-heaths of

Kamorta.

129. ALysicarpus sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

N. B. Pisum sativum, L., var. arvense is cultivated by the convicts

on Kamorta, but succeeds very badly. Along with it come up (in a similar

starved condition) Vicia sativa, L. and Lathyrus Aphaca, L., which have

no doubt been introduced from Bengal.

130. ApBrus PRECATORIUS, L.—Karnicobar (Novara 226; Jelinek

—tanjam, me.) ; Nankowry (Novara 226 ; Jelinek 110—azpi, inc.).

131. CurrrorEA TERNATEA, L.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

132. Eryrurina Inpica, L.—Not unfrequent in the beach-forests

of Kamorta and the eastern coast of Katchall; also Karnicobar (Jelinek

—bamillo, inc.).

133. Mucuna atgantea, DC.—Nankowry (Novara 285 and 2386;

Jelinek 166 and 155—ipué).

134. Canavanta vrrosa, WA.—Not unfrequent amongst shrubbery

along the outskirts of the tropical forests and in the beach-forests of Ka-

morta and Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 230; Jelinek 142—omipué) ;

banyu, inc. Katch,

128 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {No. 3,

N. B. Some species of Phaseolus and also Dolichos Lablab, L., are

cultivated by the convicts on Kamorta, but do badly.

135. Viena LuTEA, A. Gray.—Common along the sand-beaches and

in the beach-forests along the coast of all the islands (Novara 229; Jelinek

103) deimo-opo, inc. Katch.

*136. Casanus Inpicus, L.—Nicobars, cultivated (teste D.).

137. FLEMINGIA STROBILIFERA, Ait—Along the outskirts and in

open bushy parts of the tropical forests of Kamorta, frequent ; Nankowry

(Novara 232; Jelinek—82—karan kofot, inc.).

138. DatBERera sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

139. Derrris uLietnosa, Bth—Frequent in the beach-forests and

in the drier parts of the mangrove-swamps of all the islands ; Great Nicobar

(Novara 238 ; Jelinek 24.8—7/onja, inc.).

140. Derrris scaAnpENS, Bth.—Kamorta, not unfrequent along the

coast, especially in the beach-forests and around mangrove-swamps.

141. Derris THyRSIFLORA, Bth. (D. polythyrsa, Mig. Suppl. FI.

Sumatr. 297).—Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

142. Poneamia MiITIS (Robinia mitis, L.; P. glabra, Vt.).—Com-

mon in the beach-forests of all the islands ; (Novara 181).

143. SopHora tomentosa, L.—Rather frequent in the beach-forests

of Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 239; Jelinek 56—ature,

inc.).

144. PELTOPHORUM FERRUGINEUM, Vog.—Here and there in the

beach-forests and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 240;

Jelinek 1384—Alarenje, inc.).

N. B. Cesalpinia dasyrhachis, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 292, is a new

species of Peltophorum.

145. CmsaLprIntA NUGA, Ait.—Frequent in shrubbery of the beach-

forests and around mangrove-swamps, entering also the tropical forests of

Kamorta and Katchall.

146. Cmsatprnta Bonpuc, L.—Not unfrequent amongst shrubbery

of the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

*147. CSALPINIA PULCHERRIMA, Sw.—Nankowry, at the village of

Malacca.

148. CASSIA OCCIDENTALIS, L.—A weed in the beach-forests around

the huts of Kamorta.

149. Bavuinta rerRucinea, Wall.—Great Nicobar (Novara 241;

Jelinek 222—nonong toak, inc.).

150. AFzELIA BIsUGA, A. Gray.—Frequent in the beach-forests of

Kamorta and Katchall.

*151. ‘Tamarinpus Inpica, L.—Nicobars (teste D.).

1876.] S. Kurz—aA Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 129

152. CyYNoMETRA BIJUGA, Spanogh.—Not unfrequent in the beach-

and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

153. - CYNOMETRA RAMIFLORA, L.—Nicobars (Novara 145), probably

only cultivated.

154, Entapa ScaNnDENS, Bth. (the typical form with retuse leaflets).

Frequent in the forests, especially the beach-forests, of Kamorta; Nan-

kowry (Novara 228 ; Jelinek—ofoaka, inc.).

155. ADENANTHERA Pavontina, L.—Great Nicobar (Novara 227 ;

Jelinek 278).

N. B. Mimosa and Acacia are given as Nicobarese plants in

Diedrichsen’s list.

156. ALBIzzZIA STIPULATA, Boiv.—Common in the tropical forests

of Kamorta.

157. ALBizzia LITTORALIS, T. et B.—Nankowry (Novara 248 ; Jeli-

nek 134) ; Great Nicober (Novara 244; Jelinek 239—wztha, inc.).

158. ALBizzIa BUBALINA (Pithecolobium bubalinum, Bth.; Pi-

theco. oppositum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 283).—Not unfrequent in the tro-

pical forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 242; Jelinek 1383—kawas,

inc.).

N. B. Pithecolobium confertum, Bth., = Albizzia splendens, Miq.

Suppl. Fl. Sum. 280. Bentham is correct in his identification of Pithec.

acutangulum, Miq., with P. angulatum, Bth. Mastersia cleistocarpa,

Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 195, = JL. Assamica, Bth. in Linn. Trans. xxv. 300.

t. 34.

159. ALBizzIa CLYPEARIA (P2thecolobium elypearia, Bth.).—Only

once met with in the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

160. Axpizzia FascicuLaTa (Pithecolobium fasciculatum, Bth.),

the form called Pithec. macrophyllum, 'T. et B.—Here and there in the

tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. I follow v. Mueller and Scheffer in throwing together A/biz-

zia and Pithecolobium, the differences pointed out by Bentham appearing

to me not to be of generic value.

ROSACEZ.

161. PaRrasTEMON UROPHYLLUS, DC., var.? B. MacRocaRPA, folia

latiora et rigidiora; drupe pollicem longe, pulcherrime roseze.—A_ beauti-

ful tree 30 to 40 feet in height, with a dense round crown, not unfrequent

in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

162. Rusus Monvccanus, L.—Not unfrequent in the shrubberies

along the outskirts of the tropical forests (and often entering them) of

Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 225 ; Jelinek 170—Alintwwm, inc.).

130 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

N. B. The rose is cultivated at the penal station of Kamorta and

thrives beautifully.

RHIZOPHORACEM.

163. RuizopHorRa MUcRONATA, Lamk.—Common in the mangrove-

swamps of all the islands. (Novara 215).

164. Crrtops CanpoLtnEANA, Arn.—Karnicobar.

165. Bruaurera GyMNoRHIzA, Lam.—Common along the coast of

all islands in the mangrove-forests where these come in contact with fresh-

water ; Karnicobar (Novara 216 ; Jelinek—tafata or lintji, inc.).

166. CARALLIA INTEGERRIMA, DC.—Rare in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

COMBRETACEZ.

167. TERMINALIA cATAPPA, L.—Common in the beach-forests all

along the coasts of the islands ; gwmlan, inc. Katch.

168. TERMINALIA sp. nov.—Frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.—One of the highest trees, much resembling the preceding in

habit, but the leaves are much narrower and more cuneate and altogether of

a different appearance. Fruits and flowers unknown.

169. TERMINALIA crTRINA, Roxb., var. Matayana, petioles longer

and slender, leaves more acuminate, drupes little more than half the size.—

Nankowry (Novara 75 ; Jelinek 182—ohangq, inc.).

170. Lu yirzera LittorEA, Voigt.—A single tree found along one

of the rivulets on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta. It is a beach-

forest-tree, the occurrence of which on polycistina-clay is abnormal.

171. Luyirzera racemosa, Willd.—Great Nicobar (g. c¢.).

172. ComBretuM squaMosuM, Roxb.—Not unfrequent in the tropi-

cal forests of Katchall.

173. CoMBRETUM EXTENSUM, Roxb.—Karnicobar (g. c.).

174. Gyrocarpus Jacqursi, Roxb.—Coast-forests of the Nicobars.

MYRTACEAE.

*175. Psrprum Guyava L.—In the beach-forests, around the huts of

the natives, like wild on Kamorta and Katchall.

176. RuopaMnta TRINERVIA, BL, var. concotor (#. concolor, Miq.).

Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

177. Evuernta Javantca, Lamk.—Frequent in the beach-forests, and

generally in the jungles bordering the sea, of Katchall ; Pooloo Milu (No-

vara 223; Jelinek 206—ipo, inc.).

178. EvaGEyta occiusa (Syzygium occlusum, Miq.).—A lofty tree

common in the coral-reef- and tropical forests of Katchall.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 131

179. Eva@enta cLavirtora, Roxb.—A tree (40 + 10 + 3— 4)

rather scarce in the tropical forests of Kamorta, but a shrubby variety of

it is common on the grass-heaths of Kamorta ; Great Nicobar (Novara 224;

Jelinek 261—antanyschumna, inc.).

180. Evernta (AcMENA ?) sp., in leaf only.—Frequent in the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

181. Barrineronta RACEMOSA, DC.—Frequent in the tropical and

coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 220;

Jelinek 64—~pisseon, inc.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara 231; Jelinek 220—

sura, ine.).

182. Barriveronra Asratica, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 65 (B. spe-

ciosa, L. f., non Forst.)—Common in the beach-forests all along the

coasts of the islands ; Karnicobar (Novara, Jelinek—kenjao or hoa, inc.) ;

howa, inc. Katch.

MELASTOMACEA.

183. OspEcKIa sp.—Nicobars (teste D.)

184. Mrnastoma Matapaturicum, L. and a small procumbent form of

it not higher than $—1 foot.—Common as shrubbery along the outskirts of

the tropical forests and on the grass-heaths of Kamorta, the procumbent

form restricted to the latter.

185. Mertastoma PoLyantuvum, BI., var. ?—Nicobars (Novara 217 ;

Jelinek).

186. OTANTHERA NIcoBARENSIS, T. et B. in Naturk. Tydschr. Ned.

Ind. XXIV. 333.—Tropical forests of Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara

219; Jelinek 172).

187. Dissocumta, sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

188. PrERNANDRA C@RULESCENS, Jack.—Rare in the tropical for-

ests of Kamorta.

189. MEMECYLON SUBTRINERVIUM,Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 322.

Var. GRANDIFOLIA, folia 8—10 poll. longa, magis coriacea et nitidiora,

nervis minus distinctis ; petioli crassiores ; pedicelli solitarii v. bini, 2—3 lin.

longi, subgraciles, pedunculum 1—2 lin. longum articulatum supra foliorum

cicatrices erumpentem terminantes ; bacce submaturz obovoideo-oblongz,

ec. 7—6& lin. longe, leves, glabree, calycis limbo speciei coronate.—Rare in

the tropical forests of Kamorta. A small tree, which I identify with

Migquel’s IZ. subtrinerviwm, on the supposition that the berries in Miquel’s

plant would, when full grown, reach a similar size. As a species it is a very

distinct one, being one of the few that have the berry not globular.

N. B. Memecylon paucifilorum, Wall. Cat. 4114 (Triana in Trans,

Linn. Soc. XXVIII. 159), = Canthium glomerulatum, Miq.

132 S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

ONAGRARIEA.

190. Jusstma vittosa, Lamk.—Locally frequent along marshy rivu-

lets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

SAMYVDACE.

191. CASEARIA GLABRATA, BI., var. leaves larger and broader at the

base, which is more rounded or almost cordate on the one side, in this

respect more resembling those of C. angustata, T. et B., which may turn out

to be only a form of it. Capsules fleshy, elliptical, nearly an inch long,

smooth and glabrous. A tree (80 — 50 feet + 15 —20 + 3—4) rare in

the tropical forests of Kamorta.

PASSIFLORACEA.

192. Moprcca corprror1a, Bl.—Great Nicobar (Novara 155; Je-

linek 229—wnaha, inc.). To this should be referred IL heterophylla of

my Andam. Rep. App. A. 89 (not of Blume).

193. Moprcca Nicoparica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 326.

Frequent in the beach-forests of Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 156;

Jelinek 148—tenjam, inc.).

*194. Carica PAPAYA, L.—Cultivated and occasionally like wild in

the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall. (Novara 157; Jelinek) ;

lapu, inc. Katch.

CUCURBITACEZ.

195. GYMNOPETALUM HETEROPHYLLUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot.

1875, 326.—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests and locally in recently

cultivated parts of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N. B. The difference between Trichosanthes and Gymnopetalum is

very slight indeed. The corolla in Trich. integrifolia (Cucumis integri-

folia, Roxb.) is as often entire as it is irregularly and more or less deeply

cut ; the colour of the corolla thus alone remains as a distinguishing mark

between the two genera !

196. LaGENARIA VULGARIS, Savi, var. P—Wild or like wild along

the beach-forests of Katchall. The petioles and leaves are covered with

bristles arising from calcareous inerassate tubercles ; the fruits are of the

shape and size of large billiard-balls.

197. Lurra cyitInprica, Roem.—Along the outskirts of the tropi-

cal forests of Kamorta.

*198. BENINCASA CERIFERA, Savi.—Cultivated and as wild in the

neglected “ gardens” on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

*199. CucuMIS MELO, L., var. UTILISSIMA, Naud.—Kamorta, as wild

in neglected “ gardens’’ on the grass-heaths,

1876.] S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 133

N. B. Besides these Momordica and Citrullus were observed as cul-

tivated plants.

UMBELLIFERA.

200. HypRrocotyLe sp.—Nicobars, (teste D.).

ARALIACEA.

201. HePraPLEURUM ELLIPTICUM, Seem.—Not an unfrequent clim-

ber in the tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall ; Great Nicobar (Nova-

ra 170; Jelinek 263—kenankun, inc.).

202. ArtTHRoPpHYLLUM BuiumeEanum, Zoll. and Mor.—A_ palm-like

tree up to 30 feet high and higher, frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

CORNACEA.

203. Aranerum SunpaNuM, Miq.—A large climber of the coral-

reef-forests of Katchall, more frequent in the tropical forests.

CAPRIFOLIACEAE.

204. ScYPHIPHORA HYDROPHYLLACEA, Gertn.—Rare in the man-

grove-swamps of Kamorta.

N. B. This genus is generally ascribed to Rubiacee, but the struc-

ture of the ovary and the position of the ovules are tell-tale marks of its

caprifoliaceous descent.

RUBIACE.

205. Psycnorria Nicoparica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

328.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

206. Psycnorria tTyLopHoRA, Kurz, 1. c—Not unfrequent in the

tropical and coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

207. Psycnorria Anpamanica, Kurz, |. e.—Rather frequent in the

coral-reef- and tropical forests of Katchall and Kamorta.

208. PsycHorria connata, Wall.—Karnicobar (g. c.).

209. AMARACARPUS PUBESCENS, Bl.—Frequent in the tropical for-

ests of Ho-Ho or Ulala Bay, on plutonic rocks.

N. B. Diedrichsen gives Serissa as a Nicobarese plant.

210. Ixora Paverra, Roxb.—Not unfrequent in the beach- and

coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

211. Jxora WEBERmFOLIA (Pavetta weberefolia, Wall. Cat. 6182 ;

Don. Gen. System III. 575).—Frequent in the tropical and coral-reef-

forests of Katchall and Kamorta; Great Nicobar (Novara 92; Jelinek

264—henjuan, inc.) ; Karnicobar (Novara 98; Jelinek 55—Jodjonkuo,

inc.).—Resembles Webera Asiatica, Bedd., to such a degree that it is fre-

quently mistaken for it. My Stylocoryne Webera in And, Rep. also be-

longs here.

134 S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

212. IxoRA CUNEIFOLIA, Roxb., var. MACROCARPA, berries the size

of a large pea.—Pulu Milu (Novara 91; Jelinek 203—/iloga, inc.).

213. Ixora Kurzrana, T. et B. in Natuurk. Tydsch. v. Ned. Ind.

XXVII. 100 (sub Pavetta).—Rare in the tropical, more frequent in the

coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

214. Ixora BARBATA, Roxb.—Great Nicobar (g. ¢.).

215. Ixora macrosrpHon, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 327.—

Great Nicobar (Novara 89 ; Jelinek 254—hilogo, inc.).

216. Ixora BRUNNESCENS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872,

317.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara

87 and 88; Jelinek—/wnge, inc.).

217. Ixora vintosa, Roxb.—Kondil (g. c¢.)

218. LasIaANTHUS LHviIcauLis, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

327.—Rather frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

219. GYNOCHTODES MACROPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng.

1872, 314 and Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 326.—In the beach-forests of

Katchall ; Nankowry, near Malacca.

220. GuETTARDA SPECIOSA, L.—Common in the beach-forests of all

the islands ; Trice and Track (Novara 97 ; Jelinek 185—towal€, inc.).

221. PoLYPHRAGMON FLAVESCENS (Helospora flavescens, Jack).—

Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta, where it grows to be a

tree up to 80 feet high, but very frequent on the grass-heaths of the

same island, where it is reduced toa mere shrub; Karnicobar (Novara 99

and 100; Jelinek—kointwel, inc.).

N. B. What authors (except Miquel) take to be cells are in reality

the ovules, which are attached usually in two rows to the inner angles of the

4.—7 cells of which the ovary consists. The seeds have a crustaceous testa.

The berries of the Nicobar tree are larger and usually 6-celled and may

form a distinct species.

N. B. Bobea hirsuta, T. et B., = Polyphragmon trichocaulon, Mid. ;

Greenia latifolia, T. et B., = Polyphr. Amboinicum, Miq.

222. GARDENIA RESINIFERA, Korth. (the form called G. glutinosa,

T. et B.). A tree (40—50 + 20 —25 + 4— 5) not unfrequent in the tro-

pical forests of Kamorta.

223. GRIFFITHIA cuRVATA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 326.—

Frequent in the tropical and the coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Kat-

chall.

224. WHEBERA DENSIFLORA, Wall.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests

of Katchall.

224. Hypoparurum racemosum (Randia racemosa, Roxb.; Pe-

tunga Roxburghii, DC.).—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-forests of Kat-

chall, especially near marshes ; Great Nicobar (Novara 102; Jelinek 252—

pebel, inc.).

1876.| S. Kurz—<a Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 185

225. Muss®NDA MACROPHYLLA, Wall.—Not unfrequent along the

outskirts of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 95 ; Jeli-

nek 160).

226. Mussmnpa JELINEKII, nov. sp.

Fruticosa, subglabra ; folia lineari-lanceolata ad elongato-obovato-lance-

olata, basi cuneata acuminata et in petiolum longum v. longiuseulum (3—2

pollicarem) attenuata, breviuscule acuminata, membranacea, 9—4 poll. longa,

integra, glabra v. subtus pallidiora et sub lente minute pubera; flores

parviusculi, aurantiaci, pedicellis 1—1} lin. longis suffulti et in corymbum

brachiatum glabrum foliis multo breviorem terminalem disgesti; calycis

glabri tubus cylindraceo-oblongus, 1% lin. longus, dentibus % lin. longis,

omnibus lineari-subulatis v. uno alterove florum 1—2 tantum in laminam

foliaceam albam longissime (c. 1. poll.) petiolatam excrescente ; corolle

tubus 7—8 lin. longus, glaber, intus fauce villosus, lobi vix 2 lin. longi,

oblongi, obtusiusculi, supra pulverulento-tomentelli.

Allied (possibly too closely ?) to IL. longifolia. The opposite leaves are

alternately much smaller and shorter petioled. Great Nicobar (Novara 90 ;

Jelinek 250—tajhuqe, inc.).

227. ADENOSACME LONGIFOLIA, Wall.—Great Nicobar (Novara 222 ;

Jelinek 224).

228. Morinpa crrrironi, L., var. BRAcTEATA (J. bracteata, Roxb.).

—Common in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall, entering also the

coral-reef-forests ; Karnicobar (Novara 101; Jelinek 183—dwron, inc.).

229. Navucnna Excensa, Bl.—A tree (60 + 20—80 + 4—5) fre-

quent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

230. Uncaria Pinosa, Bth.—Frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

231. OpntorrHizaA Muneos, L.—Common in the beach- and coral-

reet-forests of all the islands, especially frequent at the base of the catechu-

palms ; Pulu Milu (Novara 96; Jelinek 193—Awju, inc.).

232. Hepyorts riarpa, Miq.—Frequent in the tropical forests of

- Kamorta.

233. HLEDYOTIS PARADOXA, nov. Sp.

HI. hispide, Retz., arcte affinis, attamen corolla duplo major, fauce

pubescens ; capsula globosa uti in speciebus Oldenlandie, calycis lobis bre-

vibus coronata ; caules hispiduli ; folia supra glabra, subtus minute puberula.

Great Nicobar (Novara. 94; Jelinek 225—sanunkun, inc.). (Common on

the Andamans).

234. Hepyotrs approxtmata, WA., var. (Spermacoce tubularis,

R. Rr. in Wall. Cat.).—Pretty frequent on the grass-heaths of Kamorta,

especially along rivulets.

235. HeEpyoris costata (Spermacoce costata, Roxb.; H. coerulea,

136 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

Korth., non WA.)—Not unfrequent in open spots and along the outskirts

of the tropical forests of _Kamorta.

N. B. Hedyotis cerulea, WA. (non L., nec Korth.), has to be chang-

ed into H. cyanantha.

236. Herpyotis Watuicai (H. galioides, Wall. Cat. 866, non F.

Muell.).

Herba annua, erecta, 1—2-pedalis, parce pilosa; stipule longe fim-

briate, hispido-pilose; folia magis minusve ovato-lanceolata ad ovalia,

basi acuta, petiolo 1—1% lin. longo parce piloso suffulta, acuta v. acuminata,

> poll. longa, integra, membranacea, utrinque plus minusve pilis longis

adspersa ; flores minuti, pallide cerulei, pedicellis capillaribus 3—4 lin.

longis suffulti, cymas glabras dichotomas in paniculas axillares et termina-

les dispositas formantes ; calyx glaber, vix semilineam longus, dentibus

lanceolatis acutis ; capsula hemispherica, glabra, lineam fere in diametro,

calycis dentibus brevibus coronata.

Common amongst grass in the grass-heaths, especially in those of the

northern parts of Kamorta.

237. Hepyotis eRamrinicona, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

326.—Common amongst grass in the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

238. Hepyotis racemosa, Lamk.—Great Nicobar (g. c.).

239. Hepyorrs Anpamanica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872,

311.—Rather rare in somewhat open places in the tropical forests of Ka-

morta.

240. Kyoxta corymbosa, Willd.—Trice and Track (g. ¢.).

COMPOSITA.

241. VERNONIA CINEREA, Less.—A weed in cultivated lands and

around the huts of the natives in the beach-forests of Kamorta ; Tillang-

chong (Novara 85; Jelinek 102).

242. Vernonta (CYANOPSIs) sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

243. ADENOSTEMMA viscosuM, Forst.—One variety (var. latifolia,

Don) frequent in the coral-reef- and tropical forests of Kamorta and Kat-

chall; the other (var. elatwm, Don), with succulent thick leaves, rather

frequent in swampy rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

244. AGERATUM COoNYzOIDES, L.—A common weed around the huts

of the natives and in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

245. Brumea Fiava, DC.—Locally along rivulets of the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

246. Brumea LaceraA, DC.—Frequent in the beach-forests and

around the penal settlement of Kamorta.

247. Buvmea MYRIocEPHALA, DC.—Here and there in shady ra-

vines and in tropical forests of Kamorta; Trice and Track (g. c.) ; Great

Nicobar (Novara 83: Jelinek 218—kongé, inc.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 187

248. BuumeEa rrparta, DC.—Large scandent shrub, frequent in the

tropical forests of Kamorta.

249. BLUMEA BALSAMIFERA, DC.—Springing up freely in cleared

jungle-land and not unfrequent along the outskirts of the forests and

amongst shrubbery of Kamorta.

250. PrucuEa Inpica, Less.—Frequent along the coast of Kamorta

and Katchall; Trice and Track (g. c.).

251. SPHERANTHUS MICROCEPHALUS, Willd.—Here and there on the

grass-heaths of Kamorta, also springing up in cleared jungle-land.

252. Ecripta sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

253. SYNEDRELLA NODIFLORA, Gertn.—A weed near the convict-

gardens of Kamorta and most probably introduced from the Andamans,

where it has now become a common weed.

254. WrEDELIA scaANDENS, C. B. Clarke-—Common in the tidal for-

ests and the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (g. ¢.) ;

Nankowry (Novara 84; Jelinek 112—katei?, ine.) ; kathai, inc. Katch.

255. “ SPILANTHES sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

256. Bipens sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

CAMPANULACEHA.

257. Lopetia sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

258. Scmyvora Kanter, Vhl—Common in the beach-forests, but

also on rocky (chiefly calcareous) ground near the sea along the coasts of

all the islands ; Karnicobar (Novara 36; Jelinek 58—tufuwl, inc.).

N. B. Stylidiwm tenellum, Kurz in Flora 1872, 304, non Sw., is a

new species, which I now propose to call St. rosewm.

MY RSINEA.

259. Masa RAMENTACEA, Roxb.—Frequent in the tropical forests

of Kamorta.

260. Emprnia microcanyx, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 328.

Frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

Alhed to Himb. canescens, Jack.

261. Myrstve capirencata, Wall. var.? (the form which goes un-

der the name JZ. avenis, DC.).—Rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

A small bushy tree about 30 feet high.

262. Appista LiTrorantis, Andr. (Climacandra obovata, Miq.).—

Common in the beach-forests of all the islands; Karnicobar (Novara 142;

Jelinek 18—mekron, inc.).

263. AUGIcERAS coRNIcULATA, Blanco.—Nankowry (Novara 148 ;

Jelinek 157—kadoa, inc.).

is)

138 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

SAPOTACEZA.

264. SIDEROXYLON ATTENUATUM, DC.—Frequent in the tropical for-

ests of Kamorta; Great Nicobar (g. ¢.); Karnicobar (Novara 146; Jeli-

nek 11—makelinioko, inc.).

265. SIDEROXYLON GRANDIFOLIUM, Wall.—A lofty tree, rare in the

tropical forests of Kamorta.

266. Mimusops Exener, L.—A lofty tree, not unfrequent in the

tropical forests of Katchall.

267. Mimusops LirTorRALis, Kurz in Peg. Rep. 1875. H. 34. in

erratis.

Arbor vasta, sempervirens, glabra; folia obovata ad obovato-oblonga,

petiolo gracili 3—1 poll. suffulta, basi acuta, 23—4 poll. longa, obtusa

et vulgo retusa, coriacea, glabra, supra nitentia; flores parvi, pedicellis

robustis subglabris 3—% (sub fructu usque ad 13) poll. longis suffulti, solitarii,

axillares ; calyx cire. 2 lin. longus, adpresse fulvo-puberulus et glabrescens,

6-lobus (an semper ?), lobis ovatis obtusiusculis ; corollee lobi sepalis triplo

numerosiores: lobi exteriores 12, lineari-lanceolati; interiores 6, erecti,

breviores et angustiores, basi attenuati et filamentorum basibus subadnati ;

stamina 12, glabra, cum squamis minutis totidem denticulatis alternantia ;

antheree acuminate ; ovarium fulvo-pubescens ; baccz depresso-globose et

fere pomiformes, 1—14 poll. circiterin diametro, leves, vulgo 5-v. 6-locula-

res et -sperme; semina compresso-oblonga, semipollicem circiter longa,

hilo conspicuo subbasali obliquo.

Frequent in the forests of the rocky coast of Katchall, especially

along the northern and eastern sides.

The bullet-wood grows here as luxuriantly as on the Andamans, where

at Ross-island itself seven trees, survivors of the former forests, are

still standing.

EBENACEL.

268. Drospyros Kurz, Hiern.—Rare in the coral-reef-forests of

Katchall ; said to occur also in the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Nankowry

(Novara 147 ; Jelinek 146).

269. Drosprros unpunata, Wall.—Nankowry (Novara 149; Jeli-

nek 126—oka ohe, inc.).

270. Masa Anpamantca, (Marcreightia Andamanica, Kurz in And.

Rep. 2nd ed. A. p. 42).

Frutex sempervirens, 83—5-pedalis, novellis ochraceo-hirsutis v. pubes-

centibus ; folia elliptico- ad ovato-oblonga, petiolo brevissimo brunneo-

tomentello suffulta, basi subcordata, abrupte acuminata y. apiculata,

integra, 4—6 poll. longa, chartacea, supra glabra, subtus secus costam

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 139

nervosque adpresse fulvo-puberula, laxe reticulata; flores feminei tantum

noti, 3-meri, axillares, sessiles, solitarii; calyx profunde 3-lobus, lobis

acutis, parce pilosis ; bacce subsicce, elliptico-oblonge v. oblonge, plus quam

pollice longz, styloso-mucronatz, leves, seepius 3-sperme ; semina lineari-

oblonga.—Tillangchong (Novara 148 ; Jelinek 105).

STV RACACHA.

271. Symptocos LErostacHya, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873,

89 and in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 329.—A lofty tree, common in the tro-

pical forests of Kamorta, remaining low along the outskirts of the forests.

JASMINACHAL.

272. JASMINUM ACUMINATISSIMUM, Bl—Frequent in the tropical

forests of Kamorta, and along their outskirts ; Nankowry (Novara 103

and 104; Jelinek 121 and 162—n7od, inc.).

273. CuHronantuus PatemBantcus, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 558.—

Great Nicobar (Novara 73 ; Jelinek 255—wtenya, inc.) ; Nankowry (No-

vara 74; Jelinek 125—klanghong, inc.).

N. B. Fruiting specimens from the Vienna Museum prove the species

to be quite distinct from Ch. ramiflorus, Roxb., with which I identified the

flowering specimens from the Andamans in my And. Rep. App. A. 42.

The drupes are 1—14 inches long, ovoid to oblong, slightly curved, the

putamen smooth or, more usually, slightly and longitudinally furrowed.

Neither do I believe that Roxburgh’s Moluccan species is correctly identified

with the Indian plant of the same name and with Ch. macrophyllus

(Linociera—Wall.).

274. CHIONANTHUS sp. ? (leaves only). Not unfrequent in the coral-

reef-forests of Katchall ; (Novara 57; Jelinek).

APOCY NACE.

275. CARISSA DIFFUSA, Roxb.—Karnicobar (g. c¢.).

276. STRYCHNOS AcUMINATA, Wall.—Nankowry (Novara 105; Je-

linek 159—schong, inc.).

277. FaGrara RAcEMOSA, Jack.—Frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta, but still more common as a small tree on the grass-heaths of the

same island ; Great Nicobar (Novara 106; Jelinek 241—7/oko, inc.).

278. GYNOPOGON sTELLATUM, Labill—Nankowry, at Malacca.

279. CERBERA OpaLtuM, Ham.—Not unfrequent in the beach-forests,

and along the outskirts of the mangrove-swamps, of Kamorta and Kat-

chall.

280. OcHRosta satuBRis, Miq.—Rather frequent in the beach-forests

of Kamorta ; Trice and Track (Novara 106/a ; Jelinek 184—bata, inc.).

140 S. Kurz—ad Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

281. TABERNEMONTANA CRISPA, Roxb., var. Nicoparica (ZL. Wico-

barica, Liebm. Ind. sem. Hort. Hanniensis et Linnea XXVIII. 363),

calycis lobis angustis subspathulatis tantum differt—Common in the beach-

forests of all the islands ; Karnicobar (Kamphcevener ; Novara 108 & 110;

Jelinek 33 & 45—togarata or takorota, inc.) ; Trice and Track (Novara

109 ; Jelinek 182—hlangnjei, ine.) ; galic naik, inc. Katch.

282. AGaANosMA acumMINATA, Don. (A. euloba, Miq.).—Karnicobar

(Ge):

283. ALSTONIA SPECTABILIS, R. Br.—Frequent in the coral-reef-

forests of Katchall ; (Jelinek—twlano, inc.).

284. ALSTONIA MACROPHYLLA, Roxb. and var. f£. acuminata (4,

acuminata, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 140), folia glaberrima, petiol

breviores.—Both varieties with intermediate forms frequent in the tropical

forests of Kamorta ; Karnicobar (Novara 107 ; Jelinek 14).

285. PaRSONSTA SPIRALIS, R. Br. (Heligme Javanica, Bl.).—Fre-

quent in the tropical forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 111; Jelinek

82—tehen, inc.).

286. ANODENDRON PANICULATUM, DC.—Frequent in the beach and

tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. This, as Mr. Homfray of Port Blair has pointed out to me,

is the plant which furnishes the strong fibre used by the Andamanese

for their bow-strings.

ASCLEPIADEA.

287. SaRcoLoBus eLoposus, Wall.—Great Nicobar, in mangrove-

swamps (Novara 112; Jelinek 249—zntzjok, inc.).

288. Cynocronum Watuicuit, Dene.—Kamorta, in shrubbery near

the old cattle-shed on the grass-heaths.

289. Brparia sp.? Fruiting specimens only.—Great Nicobar (No-

vara 114; Jelinek 232—ekowische, inc.).—Much resembles B. tingens,

Dene., but has the leaves much larger and the pods 6—8 in. long and

narrowed into a stalk.

290. WatTTAKAKA VIRIDIFLORA, Hassk.—Nicobars (teste D.).

291. DiscHipia NumMMULARIA, R. Br.—Rather frequent on trees,

chiefly in the beach-forests, but also on the grass-heaths of Kamorta

and Katchall.

292. Discuip1a Brencatensts, Coleb—Common on trees, especially

cocoa-nut trees, of the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 115,

Jelinek).

293. Hoya Hooxerr, Wight.—Frequent on trees of the beach and

tidal forests of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 113 ; Jelinek).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 141

CONVOLVULACEHA.

294. JIpomma vittronr1a, Sw.—Common in the tropical forests of

Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 127 ; Jelinek 168) ; Great Nicobar (Novara

128 ; Jelinek 230—nekatal, inc.).

295. Ieoma@a NICOBARICA, nov. sp.

Alte volubilis, perennis, glabra, ramulis subangulatis; folia e basi

profunde sinuato-cordata lato-ovata, petiolo 1—83 pollicari suffulta, obtusa et

seepius cum mucrone, integra, 13—38 poll. lata et longa v. paullo longiora,

membranacea, glabra, subtus pallidioraet obscurius venosa ; flores majusculi,

candidi, pedicellis strictis sursum subcrassioribus glabris suffulti et 2—3-

ni, rarius solitarii, pedunculum brevissimum (vix 8—4 lin. longum)

axillarem terminantes ; calycis lobi 83;—4 lin. longi, lato-elliptici, obtusis-

simi, mucronati, scariosi, glabri, interiores latiores et obtusiores ; corolla

infundibuliformis, glabra, 13 poll. longa, lobis lato-subcordatis mucronatis ;

capsulz chartacez, depresso-globos, glabree, pedicello elongato 3—1-pollicari

et parum incrassato suffulte; semina subglobosa, 13 lin. crassa, atra,

levia.—Ex affinitate I. cymose.

The leaves much resemble those of £ obsewra or I. denticulata, but

are much larger. Rather frequent in the more open parts of the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

296. JIrom@a sEptarta, Koen.—Karnicobar (Novara 183; Jelinek

26—many?, inc.).—A form with narrower, almost sagittate and angular

leaves.

297. Irom@a pENTICULATA, Choisy—Common in the beach-forests

and along the sandy shores of Kamorta and Katchall ; Great Nicobar (g. c.).

298. Irom@a campanuLats, L.—Not unfrequent amongst shrub-

bery in the beach-jungles of Kamorta; Pulu Milu (Novara 132; Jelinek

212—minjab, inc.).

299. Iromea TurperHum, R. Br.—Not unfrequent in shrubbery

of the beach-forests of Katchall; (Novara 129 ; Jelinek).

300. Ipoma@a PES-cAaPRH, Sw.—Common along the beaches and in

the beach-forests of all the islands; Karnicobar (Novara 131; Jelinek

37—lanankap, inc.).

301. Jroma@a tinironia, Bl—Frequent amongst grass, along

rivulets, on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N.-B. Dr. Diedrichsen enumerates also Lepistemon, Calonyction, and

Aniseia in his list of Nicobarese plants.

302. EvonvuLus tiniroxius, L. (with white flowers).—Locally on

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

303. ERycrBe panicunata, Roxb. var.—A large climber, frequent

in the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Karnicobar (g. ¢.).

142 §S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

BIGNONTACE ZL.

304. RaDERMACHERA Lopsit, Miq.—A large tree up to 80 feet

high, common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

305. SPATHODEA RHEEDII, Wall.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

ACANTHACEZL.

306. THUNBERGIA sp.—Nicobars (este D.).

307. AcAaNTHUS ILIcIFoLIUS, L.—Along tidal marshes, Kamorta.

308. HBERMAYERA LANCEOLATA, Hassk.—Great Nicobar (g. ¢.).

309. HEMIAGRAPHIS GLANDULOSA, T. And.—In open or cleared spots

in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 1389; Jelinek

31—samtarod, inc.).

310. HyGRoPHILA SALiciroLia, NE.—Not unfrequent along rivu-

lets in the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

311. PrERIstTROoPHE aAcuMINATA, NE.—Here and there in the coral-

reef-forests of Katchall ; Great Nicobar (g. c.).

312. D#DALACANTHUS SUFFRUTICOSUS, T. And.—Karnicobar (g. c.).

313. HRANTHEMUM SUCCIFOLIUM, nov. sp.

Herba annua, succulenta, glabra, 1—23-pedalis, caule viridi v. fusces-

cente (nunquam albo) ; folia lanceolata ad elliptico-lanceolata, basi acuta,

petiolo usque pollicari crasso suffulta, obtuse v. acutiuscule acuminata,

4—8 poll. longa, succulento-coriacea, glaberrima, nitida, in sicco fusces-

centia ; flores speciosi, candidi, pedicellis 1—2 lin. longis puberulis suffulti,

2—8-ni v. raro per plures fasciculati et secundi, bracteis linearibus

pedicellos¢equantibus v. brevioribus sustenti et paniculam vulgo amplam

rarius contractam brachiatam minute puberulam terminalem efformantes ;

calycis laciniz subulatz, 3 lin. long; corolla tubus 1—i} poll. longus,

limbus subbilabiatus, lobi inferiores 3 lato-obovati subacuti, basi usque ad

quartam partem longitudinis connati, lobi superiores 2 oblongi, acutiuseuli,

basi usque ad 4 partem connati; capsule clavate in partem sterilem fere

semipollicarem attenuate, normaliter 4-spermz ; semina compressa, orbicu-

lari-reniformia, glabra, rugosissima.—EHx affinitate #. Blumet.

Common in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Great

(Nicobar (g. c.) ; Karnicobar (Novara 141 ; Jelinek 78—okpakue inc.).

314. ERranrtHemMum atpum, T. And. ?—Karnicobar and Katchall

(enc):

315. Justicia vascutosa, Wall.—Katchall ; Trice and Track, and

Great Nicobar (g. c.).

316. Justicia Sumatrana (Gendarussa ? Sumatrana, Miq. FI. Ind.

Bat. II. 832.)—Frequent in the tropical forests (calcareous) of the eastern

coast of Katchall. ‘The corolla is uniformly white.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 148

PEDALINEAL.

*317. Srsamum Inpicum, DC.—Nankowry, at Malacca ; cultivated ?

CYRTANDRACEZ.

318. EprrHeMaA carnosum, DC. var.—On shady coral-rocks in the

tropical forests of the eastern coast of Katchall, rare.

319. CyRTANDRA sp. ? (leaves only).—Katchall (g. ¢.).

N. B. Cyrtandra acuminata, Wall. in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 329,

requires comparison with Oyrtandromea decurrens, Zoll. Syst. Verz. part

3. 58—a species unknown to me.

LENTIBULARIEA.

320. UTRICULARIA DIANTHA, Roem. and Schult.—In a rivulet on

the grass-heaths east of Enaca, Kamorta.

SCROPHULARINEZ.

321. Scoparta putcis, L.—A common weed in the beach-forests

and on cleared lands, around the huts of the natives, ete., in Kamorta’ and

Katchall.

322. 'TORENIA CoRDIFOLIA, Roxb.—In shrubberies in cleared or open

places, especially along road-sides, in the tropical forests near the penal

settlement at Kamorta.

323. Bonnaya sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

324. LimMNnopHina HIRsuTA, Bth., var. scABERRIMA. Folia rugosa,

supra tuberculis hyalino-albidis calcareis et setulis boragineo-scaberrima,

subtus punctata et hirsuta.

Rather frequent along swampy rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta:

325. ADENOSMA HirsuTUM (Pterostigma hirsutum, Bth.), var. brac-

teis longioribus.—Rare and but local on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

326. SrRiga HirsuTA, Bth. (with yellow flowers).—Rare and spora-

dic on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

3827. CENTRANTHERA HISPIDA, R. Br.—Only one specimen met with

on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

VERBENACEZE.

328. Vitex Nrecaunpo, L.—Rather frequent in the beach-forests of

Kamorta and Katchall, also found occasionally on the grass-heaths of

Kamorta ; Pulu Milu (Novara 121; Jelinek—Azéa, inc.).

329. SrachyTarPHa Inpica, Vhl.—Frequent in grass-land and

shrubbery around the penal settlement on Kamorta.

330. PREMNA INTEGRIFOLIA, L.—Frequent in the beach-forests of

Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (g. c.) ; tanydl, ine. Katch.

144 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 8,

N. B. Sphenodesma eryciboides, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871,

76, = Symphorema grossa (Premna? grossa, Wall. Cat. 1874; DC. Prodr.

XI. 638). Sphenodesma and Symphorema are in my opinion not generically

distinct.

331. CLERODENDRON INERME, L.—TIn the beach and tidal forests of

Kamorta; Karnicobar (Novara 118 ; Jelinek 25—manjudjon, inc.).

332. CLERODENDRON PANICULATUM, L.—Nicobars (Novara 117;

Jelinek).

333. CALLICARPA LONGIFOLIA, Lamk.—Common in the beach-jungles

of all the islands ; Karnicobar (Novara 119 ; Jelinek 51—Aimvidang, inc.) ;

Nankowry (Novara 120 ; Jelinek 117—kalafat, inc.).

334. GmeLiIna Astatica, L.—Rather frequent near the old cattle-

shed on the grass-heaths north of the penal settlement of Kamorta ; pro-

bably only an intruder from the tropical forests, where it ought to be found.

BORAGINE AL.

335. HHRETIA sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

336. CorpDIA suBCcORDATA, Lamk.—A large shrub along the sea-shore,

especially along beaches, of the eastern coast of Kamorta; Nankowry,

(Novara 122 ; Jelinek 122—~zod, inc.).

337. ToURNEFORTIA ARGENTEA, L.—Common in the beach-forests,

especially along the sea-border itself, of Katchall ; Trice and Track (g. ¢.) ;

(Novara 124; Jelinek).

338. 'TOURNEFORTIA GLABRA (Letrandra glabra, Miq.).—Scandent,

in patches of low jungle along one of the rivulets in the grass-heaths of

Kamorta ; Katchall (g. c.).

LABIATA.

339. Ocymum sanctum, L.—Frequent around the hutsof the natives in

the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 116;

Jelinek 110—¢schamenga, inc.).

340. DysopHyYLLA auRIcuLARIA, Bth.—In a swampy rivulet on the

grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

*341. HHypris sUAVEOLENS, Poir.—As wild around the huts of the

natives at Malacca, Nankowry.

Diedrichsen mentions Orthosiphon also as a Nicobarese plant.

342. Lxucas sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

NYCTAGINEAL.

343. BorrHaavia Guurinosa, Vhl.—Nicobars (¢este Vahl.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 145

AMARANTACEZ.

344. AMARANTUS viRIDIS, L.—Not unfrequent around the huts of

the natives in the beach-forests of Katchall and Kamorta ; aygobd, inc. Katch.

345. AmaRrantus GanceEricus, L.—Around the huts of the natives

in the beach-forests of Katchall.

346. AERVA LANATA, Juss.—Frequent in the beach-forests of Kat-

ehall ; dyu-al, inc. Katch.

347. ALTERNANTHERA sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

348. ACHYRANTHES ASPERA, L.—Nicobars (Novara 67 ; Jelinek).

349. CYATHULA PRosTRATA, Bl.—Great Nicobar (Novara 68 ; Jelinek

215—tewnji, inc.).

350. DrsmocHaEta sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

POLYGONEAL.

351. PoLyconumM FLACCIDUM, Roxb.—In a jungle-marsh in the coral-

reef-forests behind Katjui, on the western coast of Katchall.

MONIMIACEA.

352. Krpara cortacea, Hf. & Th.—Great Nicobar (Novara 69 ;

Jelinek 270).

LAURINELE.

353. CINNAMOMUM oBTuUsIFoLIUM, N. E.—Not unfrequent in the

tropical forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 71; Jelinek 144—mon-

tam, ine.).

354. CRYPTOCARYA FERREA, Bl.—Rather rare in the tropical forests

of Kamorta.

N. B. Diedrichsen gives Polyadenia also as Nicobarese.

355. 'TETRANTHERA LAURIFOLIA, Jacq.—Pulu Milu (Novara 70;

Jelinek 210—bogiak, inc.) ; Great Nicobar (g. ¢.).

356. 'TETRANTHERA AMARA NE., var. y. ANDAMANICA (Vv. sp. pro-

pria?), folia multo majora et tenuiora ; umbellz numerosz, pedunculis gra-

eilibus usque ad 4 lin. longis suffulte.—Karnicobar (Novara 72; Jelinek

35—takawoka, inc.).

357. Lirsma Forrosa, NE.—Common in the tropical forests of

Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 76; Jelinek 187—wlenja, inc.).

358. CassyTHA FILIFORMIS, L.—Common in the beach-forests of

Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 79; Jelinek 60—kumbraga,

inc.).

359. HeRNANDIA PELTATA, Meissn.—Common in the beach-forests

of Kamorta and Katchall ; Karnicobar (Novara 80; Jelinek 40—minhwd).

146 8S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

LORANTHACEZL.

360. Loranruvus sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

SANTALACEA.

361. HeEnsLOwIA ERYTHROCARPA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

329.—Rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

ELAAGNACEAA.

362. ELMAGNUS ARBOREA, Roxb.—In shrubbery along the tropical

forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 81; Jelinek 164—A/umhanq,

inc.).

THY MELAACELA.

363. Gonystytus MigvEnianus, T. et B.—Rare in the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

ARISTOLOCHIACE.

364. BRraGANTIA TOMENTOSA, R. Br.—Katchall and Trice and Track

(g. c.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara 82; Jelinek 223—taman, inc.).

N. B. Diedrichsen mentions Aristolochia also.

MY RISTICACEA.

365. Myristica corticosa, Hf. and Th—Not unfrequent in the

tropical forests of Kamorta.

HUPHORBIACEA.

366. AcTEPHILA JAvanitca, Miq.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

367. ACTEPHILA PUBERULA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873,

236.—Common in the tropical and the coral-reef-forests of Katchall ; Til-

langchong (Novara 199 and 192; Jelinek 100).

368. GLOCHIDION cALocARPUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

330.—Common in the beach and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Kat-

chall ; Karnicobar (Novara 204; Jelinek 50—hinjidn, inc.) ; Great Nico-

bar (g. ¢.).

369. Puyi~iantuus Nrirvri, L.—A weed around the huts of the

natives in the beach-forests of Katchall.

370. Breynia optonetronta, Muell. Arg. (var. foliis majoribus).

A small tree in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

371. Breyyta racemosa, Muell. Arg.—Not unfrequent in the beach-

and coral-reef-forests of Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara 196; Jelinek

228—henonquiwe, inc.).

372. Breynta RHAMNorDES, Muell. Arg.—Nankowry (Novara 205 ;

Jelinek 161—matmezjong, inc.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 147

N. B. Diedrichsen enumerates Cicca in his list of Nicobarese genera.

373. SECURINEGA OBOVATA, Muell. Are.—Not unfrequent in the

beach and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall, rarely entering the

tropical forests ; Karnicobar (Novara 193 ; Jelinek 43—hengot, inc.).

374. AntTrpEsMA Merwasv, Muell. Arg.—Karnicobar (Novara 66 ;

Jelinek 54—senepkomo, inc.).

375. ANTIDESMA PUNCTICULATUM, Miq.—Not unfrequent in the

tropical forests of Kamorta.

376. ANTIDESMA PERSIMILIS, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

330.—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

377. ANTIDESMA GHESEMBILLA, Gertn.—Common on the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

378. APOROSA GLABRIFOLIA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 330.

Common on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

3879. Aporosa MicRosTacHyA, Muell. Arg.—Rather frequent in the

tropical forests of Kamorta; Great Nicobar (Novara 212; Jelinek 262—

lamacha, inc.).

380. BaccavrEa Javantca, Muell. Arg. (B. acuminata, Muell.

Arg.).—A tree 60 feet high by 8—10 feet in girth, on Nankowry (Novara

213 ; Jelinek 167—anol, inc.).

N. B. Adenocrepis Javanica, Bl., and Microsepata acuminata, Miq.,

are in my opinion the same plant, but Miquel named some specimens from

the Lampongs (Herb. Bog. No. 4581) also by the latter name. These

differ greatly by the very short racemes and by the leaves drying yellow

like those of a Symplocos.

381. CyYcLOsTEMON LEIOCARPUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

330.—Here and there in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

382. BRIEDELIA @tAuca, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the beach-forests

of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 195, Jelinék).

383. BRIEDELIA TOMENTOSA, Bl.i—Rather frequent along the out-

skirts of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Katchall (g. c.).

384. Croton ardyRratum, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

385. Marnotus acuminatus, Muell. Arg.—Common in the coral-

reef-forests of Katchall ; Great Nicobar (Novara 200 ; Jelinek 221 & 217—

ungakab, 1ne¢.).

386. Maxtztotus Hetrert, Muell. Arg.—tTrice, Track, or Meroe (g. ¢.).

387. Matiotus muricarus, Muell. Arg.—Frequent in the coral-reef-

forests of Katchall ; Kamorta (g. c.).

388. Macaranga TANARIUS, Muell. Arg. (QZ. molliuscula, Kurz in

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 245).—Frequent in the beach-forests of

Kamorta and Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 197; Jelinek 150—kendub,

inc.) ; kdngyua, inc. Katch.

148 §. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. (No. 3,

389. Macarancga @IGANTEA, Muell. Arg—Common in the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

390. ALCHORNEA JAVENSIS, Muell. Arg.—Common in the coral-reef-

forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 202; Jelinek 52—hamfata, inc.).

391. ALCHORNEA TILIMFOLIA, Muell. Arg.—Karnicobar (g. ¢.).

N. B. Diedrichsen gives Acalypha as a Nicobarese plant.

392. CHEILOSA MONTANA, Bl. var.—Nankowry (Novara 164; Jelinek

175—majab).

393. Ricryus communis, L.—Frequent and like wild in the beach-

forests of Kamorta and Katchall, entering also the coral-reef-forests ; Great

Nicobar (Jelinek—ma, inc.) ; mah, ince. Katch.

*394. Mantuor uTinisstma, Pohl.—Nicobars (teste D.).

395. GELONIUM LANCEOLATUM, Willd.—In the coral-reef-forests of

Katchall ; Karnicobar (Novara 207 ; Jelinek 12—Iliussoldova, inc.).

396. GELONIUM BIFARIUM, Roxb.—Karnicobar (Novara 206 & 208 ;

Jelinek 12—liussoldova, inc.).

397. CLAOXYLON LONGIFOLIUM, Muell. Arg.—A small tree not unfre-

quent in the tropical and beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall ; lanu an,

ine. Katch.

398. CLAOXYLON MOLLE, Endl.—Frequent in the beach-forests of

Kamorta and Katchall, entering the tropical forests; Nankowry (Novara

203 ; Jelinek 149—enghoye, inc.).

399. Excamcarta AcattocHa, L.—Frequent in the tidal and beach-

forests of Kamorta.

400. EXc@CARIA OPPOSITIFOLIA, Jacq.—Great Nicobar (Novara 194 ;

Jelinek 246—fugh, inc.).

401. Excm@caRria RECTINERVIS (Actephila rectinervis, Kurz in Trim.

Journ. Bot. 1875. 329).

Descriptioni (1. ce.) adde: folia integerrima, obtusissima v. retusa,

rarius apiculata; flores masculi sessiles, diandri, solitarii im axillis

bractearum obcordatarum et in spicam sessilem glabram petiolo brevi-

orem aggregati; spice omnino mascule v. basi 2—3 floribus feminibus

brevissime pedicellatis auctz ; ovarium trigono-ovatum, glabrum, stylis 3

crassis reflexis coronatum ; capsule mature pedunculo glabro ec. semipolli-

cari suffultz, globoso-trigone, cerasi magni magnitudine, crustacex, leves;

semina subglobosa, pisi minoris magnitudine, pallida, ferrugineo-tigrina et

maculata.—Speciei preeedenti affinis.

Common on coral-rocks in the tropical forests of Katchall ; Tilangehong

(Novara 192 & 199 ; Jelinek 100).

402. EUPHORBIA PARVIFLORA, L., var. LINEARIFOLIA.—Here and

there on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

403. Evpnorsia Arora, Forst——Common on the beaches and in the

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 149

beach-forests of the western coast of Katchall; Great Nicobar (g. c¢.) ;

Karnicobar (Novara 191 ; Jelinek 86—mupee).

404. HUPHORBIA PILULIFERA, L.—A weed around habitations in the

beach-forests and uncultivated parts of Kamorta and Katchall.

405. EUPHORBIA EPIPHYLLOIES, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

1873, 247.—Karnicobar and Great Nicobar (g. c.).

URTICACHZ.

406. HE.atosteMA NovaR&, nov. sp.

Fruticulosa, ramosa, glabra; folia alterna, oblique lanceolata v. ovato-

lanceolata, basi inezquilaterali acuta, triplinervia, subsessilia, subulato-

acuminata, repando-serrata, membranacea, nigrescentia, 8—6 poll. longa,

glabra, striis linearibus sparsis adpressis obducta, nervis lateralibus non

procul a margine ipso confluentibus ; stipule subulate, 2—3 lin. longa,

deciduz ; flores subglabri, iis H. lineolate similes, in axillis foliorum

glomeratiNankowry (Noyara 63 ; Jelinek 169).

Near L. lineolatum, but differs at once by the nigrescent leaves, differ-

ent nervation, and smaller flowers and flower-clusters.

407. ELATOSTEMA INTEGRIFOLIUM, Wedd.—Katchall (g. c.).

408. PELLIONIA PROCRIDIFOLIA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

330.—Rather frequent in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall—Very near to

P. frutescens, which is a hill-species and has serrate leaves.

409. VILLEBRUNNEA syLvaTica, Bl—Not unfrequent in the tropi-

cal forests of Kamorta.

410. Pirerurvus vELuTINus, Wedd.—Trice and Track (Novara 65 ;

Jelinek 183—jtha, inc.) ; Nankowry (Novara 64; Jelinek 154—fenpei-

hriné, inc.).

N. B. Diedrichsen enumerates Boehmeria also.

411. Gonostrcta HIRTA, Miq.—Rather frequent along swampy rivu-

lets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

412. Povzotzta Inpica, Gaud—Not unfrequent along swampy

rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N. B. Parietaria of Diedrichsen’s list will probably be the above.

413. ConocEPHALUS sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

*414, ARTOCARPUS INCISA, L.—Cultivated on Karnicobar.

415. ARTOCARPUS INTEGRIFOLIA, L.—Cultivated ; and I met with a

batch of really wild trees in the tropical forest north of the settlement on

Kamorta.

416. AnRrTocaRPus PomiFormis, T. et B. in Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind.

XXIV. 306.—Rather frequent in the coral-reef- and tropical forests of

Kamorta and Katchall.

417. ARTOCARPUS PEDUNCULARIS, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,

331.—Rather frequent but dispersed in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

150 8. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

418. ARTOCARPUS CHAPLASHA, Roxb.—Nankowry (Novara 60; Je-

linek 165—pajal, inc.).

419. Ficus retusa, L.—Common in the coral-reef- and tropical for-

ests of Kamorta and Katchall; Trice and Track (g. c.) ; Karnicobar (No-

vara 52; Jelinek 21—Zeljue, inc.) ; Nankowry and Pulu Milu (Novara

62 and 51; Jelinek 124 and 205—pong, inc.) ; bong, inc. Katch.

420. Ficus Inpitca, L.—Not unfrequent in the tropical and coral-

reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

421. Ficus mFrectoria, L.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

422. Ficus Rumputt, Bl—In the tropical forests (calcareous) of

the eastern coast of Katchall ; Great Nicobar (Novara 59; Jelinek 268).

423. Ficus erpposa, Bl—Frequent in the tropical forests of Ka-

morta; Karnicobar (Novara 61; Jelinek 58—tajimiyi, inc.).

424. Ficus cHRYSOCARPA, Rwdt.—In the tropical forests of Ka-

morta, rather rare.

425. Ficus HIsprpA, L. £—Common in the beach-forests, rare in

the coral-reef-forests, of Katchall and Kamorta; Karnicobar (Novara 58 ;

Jelinek 44—hambam, inc.).

426. Ficus PEDUNCULATA, Rwdt.—A large tree on Nankowry (No-

vara 58 ; Jelinek 167—Janol, inc.).

427. Ficus macropopa, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 123 and B. 86.—

Karnicobar (Novara 54; Jelinek 68—tessamoa, inc.) ; Nankowry (Novara

56; Jelinek 142—komipué, inc.) ; Great Nicobar, very common (Novara

55; Jelinek 227—7nqué, inc.).

428. STREBLUS ASPER, Lour., var. foliis magis minusve scabris.—

Katchall (g. ¢.), Karnicobar (Novara 201; Jelinek 34—alangq, inc.).

429. 'TREMA ORTENTALIS, BL. var. VELUTINA (Sponia velutina,Planch.).

Not unfrequent in the forests of Kamorta.

430. GIRONNIERA SUBZQUALIS, Planch.—Rather rare in the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

PIPHRACE LL.

431. CHavica MAcrostacuya, Mig. var. ?—On shady coral-rocks,

frequent in the tropical forests of Katchall ; (Novara 49; Jelinek).

432. Cuavica Brriz, Mig.—Cultivated and as wild in the beach-

forests of all the islands ; (Novara 48; Jelinek).

CASUARINEZ..

433. CASUARINA EQUISETIFOLIA, Forst.—Frequent along the coast

and on the beaches of Kamorta and the western side of Katchall ; enters the

grass-heaths of Kamorta and Karnicobar (Novara 50; Jelinek 6—mahard,

inc.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 151

GNETACEA.

434. GNETUM GNEMON, L., var. MacROPHYLLA, folia 5—7 poll. lon-

ga, 33—4¢ poll. lata, carnoso-membranacea, laxius reticulata ; spice andro-

gyn, simplices, robustiores.—A tree (85—40 + 10—15 + 23—383) rather

frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta; Trice and Track (Novara

46—47 ; Jelinek 190—Aitoz, inc.).—Very distinct in appearance from the

true gnemon, but hardly specifically different.

435. GNETUM MACROPODUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 331.

Very common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

CYCADEA.

436. Cycas Rumpxui, Miq.—Common in the beach-forests of Ka-

morta and Katchall; on Kamorta the tree is found on the very ridges in

open places of the tropical forests; Karnicobar (Jelinek—turile or tewtle,

inc.).

PALMA.

437. Nripa FRUTICANS, Wurmb.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

438. Cocos NUCIFERA, L.—Common in the beach-forests of all the

islands, locally ascending calcareous ridges up to 200 feet elevation ; ujdu,

inc. Katch.

439. Areca Carecuu, L.—Wild in the tropical forests of Kamorta,

and apparently also in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall ; otherwise every-

where cultivated and like wild; (Novara 43; Jelinek).

440, ArEcA AuUGUSTA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 170.—Com-

mon in the tropical forests of Kamorta, Trinkut, and Nankowry,

44). Opnanta Nicoparica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 331. +.

171.—Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

442. Zauacca sp. sterile only—An erect rattan, apparently of this

genus, is frequent in the tropical forests of Katchall.

443, KORTHALSIA SCAPHIGERA, Mart.—Great Nicobar (Novara 40 ;

Jelinek 244—schamoa, inc.).

444, Catamus ANDAMANICUS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874,

211, t. 27—28.

Drupe mature globoso-ovoidee, cerasi minoris magnitudine, acu-

mine brenneo-squamato terminate; squame tyrapezoidex, crustacee,

straminez, nitide, anguste brunneo-marginate, convexiuscule, medio

vix impresse, in appendicem pallidam membranaceam ciliatam squamze

longitudine v. breviorem prolongatz ; semen ovoideo-semiteres, dorso parce

at grosse lacunosum ; albumen homogeneum.

The drupes described and figured by me (1. c.) turn out not to

have been quite ripe, and hence it is that the seed is represented with the

152 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

markings of the scales. Fully ripe drupes present a very different appear-

ance from the figures given, the scales being much exserted and developed

and of a straw-colour, and the appendages turning quite pale-coloured.—

Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta; Karnicobar (Novara 41—42 ;

Jelinek—maiitje, inc.).

445. Catamus sp.—Rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

It is a small species with green prickly sheaths and broad pinne.

I possess only the female flowers and am therefore unwilling to describe

it as a new species. There are several other species of Calamus on these

islands, but they were out of flower or fruit.

PANDANEZL.

446. Panpanus Leram, Jones.—Common in the tropical and coral-

reef-forests of all the islands, delighting chiefly in and along jungle-marsh-

es ; ladong, inc. Katch.

N. B. Habit and affinity of P. dubius, Spreng., but shorter stemmed

and more branched ; the stigmas are auricular-orbicular, as large as in P.

dubius, sessile, and somewhat waved on the margins.

447. PanpDaNuSs oporatisstmus, L. f£.—Frequent on the beaches

and in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall ; on Kamorta it forms

a principal feature on the grass-heaths.

N. B. Junghuhn (Java. I. 2nd germ. ed. 109 sqq.) has already re-

marked upon and illustrated the great variability in habit of the screw-

pines. The form which grows along the beaches forms arboreous ascending

shrubs, much branched and sending down quite a labyrinth of straight

aerial roots; but the one which grows on the heaths is entirely different,

being a small tree from 20 to 25 feet in height with a stout grey simple

stem, which sends down short and thick aerial roots from the lowermost

part only, while the crown is small, sparingly and shortly branched, and very

dense. There are, besides, two varieties of these trees on the heaths, the

one having the stigmas normal as in the littoral form and the drupes connate

high up so as to effect a tesselated appearance, while the other variety has the

drupes free for about one-fourth of their length from the top terminating in

short erect points, on the inner face of which the linear-lanceolate stigmas

are situated. The foliage in the one is darker green, but the male

flowers of both varieties are exactly the same. Dr. Hance (in Trfm. Journ.

Bot. 1875, 68.) has remarked upon the variability of the stigmas in screw-

pines, but overlooked that I had myself pointed out this fact (Journ.

Bot. 1867. 99.) with the qualification that they vary without therefore

giving up their essential value. The stigmas ought to be described from the

ovaries or the young drupes but it is difficult to collect such ; it is usually

only after the syncarps have attained some size that they catch the eye.

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 153

The male organs appear to me to be of much higher value in grouping the

species of Pandanus, but the time has not yet arrived when these organs

shall be available of all or even of most of the species. Pandanus helicopus

was correctly placed by me in the section Ryckia, as I find on re-examina-

tion of my material, and I have also since obtained the male spadices of it,

which shew racemose anthers.

448, FREYCINETIA tNste@Nts, Bl.—In the tropical forests of Katchall

and Kamorta (also Andamans).

449. FREYCINETIA SCANDENS, Gaud. ?—Common in the tropical and

coral-reef-forests of Katchall and Kamorta; Pulu Milu (Novara 39; Jeli-

nek 197—77, ine.). It is very doubtful whether this is really the same as

Gaudichaud’s plant, and it is possible that it may be only the young state

of the preceding species, although I met with no intermediate states.

AROIDEZ.

450. HOMALONEMA AROMATICUM, Schott.—Common in the tropical

forests of Kamorta ; Pulu Milu (Novara 34; Jelinek 201—lamany, inc.).

451. CHAMAZCLADON OvatuM, Schott P—Great Nicobar (Novara 33 ;

Jelinek 280).—Schott’s description agrees with the Nicobar plant except

in some minor points. I have seen no authentic specimens of the Singa-

pore plant.

452. AGLAONEMA SIMPLEX, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-

and tropical forests of Katchall and Kamorta; Pulu Milu (Novara 32 ;

Jelinek 196—lakoa, inc.).

N. B. <Aglaonema palustris, T. et B. in Tydsch. Nat. Ver. Ned. Ind.

XXIV. 305, = Aglaodorum Griffithii, Schott.

453. CoLocasta virosa, Kth.—Very plentiful, in company with

Nephrodium propinguum, along a swampy rivulet on the grass-heaths of

Kamorta.

*454, COLOCASIA ANTIQUORUM, Schott.—Frequently cultivated by

the Nicobarese.

455. PotHos scanpENs, L.—Common in all forests of all the islands ;

Great Nicobar (Novara 37 & 38 ; Jelinek 233—tamab, inc.).

456. ScrInDaPsus PTEROPODUS, T. et B. in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind.

XXV. 407.—Great Nicobar (Novara 35 ; Jelinek 276).

LEMNACEAL.

457. LEMNA PAUcIcosTata, Hegelm.—Western side of Katchall, in

a jungle-marsh behind Katjui.

NAJADACEHA.

458. CymopocEa sp. ’—Common around Katchall and forming

submarine meadows on the coral-reefs at a depth of 2—4 fathoms.

154 8S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

N. B. Diedrichsen has Zostera in his list of Nicobar plants.

459. Hatopuina ovalis, Hf.—Rather frequent, along with other

pelagic phanerogams, on the submarine coral-reefs around Katchall.

460. HNHALUS ACOROIDES, Stend.—Forming submarine meadows and

attaining a length of 4 feet in the shallows around all the islands. Prefers ~

especially debouchures of freshwater-rivers. On the coral-reefs of Katchall

there occurs in masses what appears to be.a small form of this species

which has the leaves never above 6 inches long.

461. Nazas sp.—In water-holes of the jungle-marshes behind Kat-

jui, on the western coast of Katchall. (The specimens had been too much

ransacked by pigs from the village to enable me to procure more than the

tips of the plants).

462. Buyxa RoxpureHit, Rich.—Here and there in the rivulets on

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

SCITAMINE A.

463. ALPINIA PHENICEA, Kamphcevener MS.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

464. AmomUM (DYMCZEWICzEIA) Frnz.it, nov. sp., Plate XII.

Herba perennis, sobolifera, elata, 5—7 ped. alta, glaberrima ; folia 2—8-

pedalia, lineari-oblonga, subabrupte acuminata, basi inzequali in petiolum 3—4

lin. longum attenuata, glaberrima, subcoriacea ; vagine ore valde product ;

flores pro genere minusculi, inter squamas et squamulas glabras villoso-

marginatas sessiles et capitulum magnum lato-involucratum hemisphericum

formantes ; pedunculus usque semipedalis laxe et ample bracteatus ; bracteze

oblong ad ovato-oblongxe, 13—2 poll. longe, glabre, rosellz v. albide,

vulgo villoso-ciliate ; bracteee involucrantes lato-ovales, obtusissime, 1—1}

poll. longe, pallide rosez, glabree, marginibus lanato-villose ; calyx tubulo-

sus, apice 3-fidus v. 2-fidus cum lobo altero latiori et bilobulato, extus

parce adpresse sericeo-pilosus; corolla 13 poll. longa, tubo semipollicari

intus usque ad medium villoso extus parce piloso ; perigonii lobi pallide

rosei, concavo-lineares, pollicem cireiter longi, marginibus parcissime pilosi,

rectiusculi, apice cucullato sepius penicillati ; labellum equilongum, extus

basin versus parce sericeum, trapezoideo-ovatum, concavum et genitalia

omnino includens, basi attenuatum, subtiliter radiato-nervosum, coccineum,

marginibus niveum; anthera imappendiculata, apice emarginata, basi

marginibus barbata; filamentum planum, intus villosum; stylus sursum

parce pilosus et leviter incrassatus; stigma oblique capitatum ; stami-

nodia 2, oblique oblonga, carnosa, apice ciliolata et passim biloba;

baccze obovoidee, pollicem circiter long, perigonii tubo coronate, hirsutule ;

semina obovoidea, atra, albo-arillata—Frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

WES ecw aes

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands, 155

MARANTACE ZA,

465. Maranta picnotoma, Wall (IZ. grandis, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum.

616).—Frequent in the shade of the tropical forests of Kamorta; Katchall

(g. ec.) ; Nankowry (Novara 30; Jelinek 152—ofw, inc.).

- 466. Canna sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

MUSACEA.

*467. Musa saprientum, L.—Cultivated at the Penal Settlement of

Kamorta. Whether the variety of the plantain cultivated by the Nico-

barese belong to this species or to IZ. simiarwm I am unable to say.

468. Musa Stmiarum, Rumph. ?—The plants growing in the forests

of Kamorta were out of flowers and hence are doubtfully referred to this

species.

ORCHIDEZ.

469. OBERONIA sp.—On trees of the tropical forests of Kamorta, not

rare (specimens lost). :

470. DENDROBIUM ANCEPS, Sw.—Common on trees in the mangrove-

and beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

471. DENDROBIUM CRUMENATUM, Sw.—Frequent on trees in the

beach- and mangrove-forests.

472. DENDROBIUM sp.—On trees on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.—

Flowers exactly like those of D. crumenatum, but the leaves short, rigidly

coriaceous, horizontal or half-erect, and distichous. Probably only an erect

variety produced by abundance of light.

473. PHOLIDOTA ImBRICcATA, Sm.—Rare on trees in the tropical

forests of Kamorta.

474, PacHYSTOMA SENILE, Reichb. f.—Very common on the grass-

heaths of Kamorta and sometimes producing quite a rose-coloured tint over

large tracts of them. The flowers are here all rose-coloured, while in Bengal

they are as constantly white.

475. EuLopHi1a ANDAMANENSIS, Rehb. f. in Flora 1872. 276.—Rare

on dry places near the mangrove-swamps and also in the drier parts of the

swamps themselves, along the western coast of Katchall.

476. HuLopHia GRamtnea, Ldl.—In patches dispersed over the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

. 477. ULOPHIA DECIPIENS, nov. sp., Pl. XIII, Figs. 8—12. Her-

be erectze, tuberose, glaberrime, 2—3 ped. alte; folia ignota, hyster-

anthia ; scapus erectus, simplex, albidus, squamis parvis lanceolatis interno-

diis multoties brevioribus vestitus, glaberrimus; flores majusculi, albi,

glaberrimi, pedicellis gracilibus 83—4 lin. longis glabris suffulti et secundi,

bracteis minutis 2 lin. circiter longis sustenti; perigonii phyla exteriora et

interiora 2 superiora linearia, vix falcata, 5-nervia, $ poll. longa, acuta, gla-

156 S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. \No. 3,

bra ; labellum concavo-obovatum, basi in calcar lineam fere longum gracili-

ter saccatum desinens, supra medio 3-lobatum, lobo medio multo ma-

jore obtuso et sxpius mucronulato, marginibus crispulum, nervis basi 5,

sursum circiter 10—12, longitudinalibus percursum quarum 4—5 in lobum

majorem excurrunt et in fibrillas carnosas numerosas excrescunt ; columna

gracilis, recta, latiuscula, sepalorum dimidium vix attinens.—Here and there

socially on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

The plant, and indeed the structure of the flowers themselves, so closely

resembles Pachystoma senile that I considered it for a while to be

a perfectly glabrous form of it (P. senile having the flowers and pedicels

all minutely puberulous), but it has short bracts, and the pollinia assign it

to Hulophia.

478. CyRTOPERA FUSCA, Wight ?—A few plants only among long

grass along a swampy rivulet west of Enaca, Kamorta.

479. PHALZNOPSIS CORNU-cERVI, Bl. et Reichb. £—Here and there

on trees in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

480. TRICHOGLOTTIS QUADRICORNUTA, nov. sp., Pl. XIII, Figs. 1—7.

Multicaulis, epiphytica, glabra, caulibus pendulis vaginis sulcato-striatis

obductis ; folia alterna, disticha, lineari-lanceolata, basi torta attenuata,

subsessilia, acuminata, coriacea, in sicco 18—14-nervia, 2—38} poll. longa ;

flores majusculi, oppositifolii, flavi P, 2-ni v. raro 83—4-ni fasciculati, pedi-

cellis arcuatis 4 poll. fere longis sustenti; perigonii phylla exteriora obovato-

-oblonga, obtusa, cire. 4 poll. longa, lateralia subfalcata ; phylla interiora

2 superiora conformia sed angustiora; labellum valde arcuatim inflexum,

supra basi inzqualiter 4-cornutum, cornubus 2 posticis loborum locum

tenentibus lineam fere longis acutiusculis, 2 basilaribus duplo brevioribus,

intra cornua callo concavo hirsutissimo auctum et in lobum reflexo-arcuatum

crassum linearem subtus apicem versus unicallosum apice breviter bifido

levem excurrens ; calcar rectiusculum, obtusiusculum, lobo medio paullo

longius; columna brevissima; pollinia 2, globosa, apice in semipollen

parvum ellipsoideum in cavitate pollinis insidens separabilia.

Frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta; (Novara 28; Jelinek).

481. Lista sp.—Frequent on trees in the beach-forests of Kamor-

ta and Katchall. Leaves only.

482. Vanpa TERES, Ldl. P—Karnicobar (g. c.). Leaves only.

483. SaccoLaBiIumM oBLIguuM, Ldl.—Common in the coral-reef and

tropical forests of Katchall and Kamorta; (Novara 29; Jelinek). Flow-

ers small, yellow, the lip whitish.

484. 'THRIXSPERMUM AMPLEXICAULE, Rchb. f. in Flora 1868. 53.

(Aérides amplexicaule, Ldl.).—Only a single plant met with amongst long

grass and shrubbery along a swampy rivulet west of Enaca, Kamorta. (In

Java it grows amongst shrubbery on dry grounds).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 157

485. CoryMBIS DISsTIcHA, Ldl.—Rare in the tropical forests on the

plutonic hills of Ho Ho, Kamorta. ‘Trice and Track (g. c.).

N. B. Living specimens of from 15 to 18 other species of orchids

were collected by me, but most of these were lost or otherwise made away

with.

BROMELIACEA.

486. ANANAS sativus, Schult.—Cultivated on the islands and pro-

ducing superior fruits.

AMARYL LIDEA.

487. Crinum Astaticum, L.—Common in the beach-forests of Ka-

morta and Katchall ; Karnicobar (Novara 27 ; Jelinek 87—-faa, inc.).

488. HyYPpoxis ORCHIOIDES, Kurz in Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat.

IV. 177.—(Curculigo ensifolia, R. Br. Prod. 290; Bth. Fl. Austr. VI.

44.8).—Only a single specimen seen on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

489. Mo.ryerta capiruLtata, Herb. Amaryll. 84 (Leucojum capi-

tulatum, Lour. Fl. Coch. 246 ; Molineria recurvata, Herb. Amar. 84; Kurz

in Mig. An. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 175).—Nankowry (Novara 31; Jelinek

171—tetokom, inc.).

DIOSCOREACEZ.

490. DioscorEA GLABRA, Roxb.—Frequent in the tropical forests

of Kamorta; Great Nicobar (Novara 26; Jelinek 2831—wwén, inc.).

LILIACEHHA.

491. DRACHNA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Roxb.—Great Nicobar and Trice and

Track (g. ¢.).

492. DRac@Na LINEARIFOLIA, Miq. (D. Finlaysoni, Baker in Journ.

Linn. Soc. XIV. 525).—Very common in all the forests, but more so in

the beach- and coral-reef-forests, of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 25 ;

Jelinek) ; na-el, inc. Katch.

493. Dracmna GrirritHit, Reg.—A tree 20 ft. high, rather rare in

the tropical forests of Kamorta.

494, DRacmNna spicata, Roxb.—Kondil and Karnicobar (g. c.).

495. SMi~ax PotyacantHa, Wall.—Common in the tropical forests

of Kamorta.

496. FLAGELLARIA Inpica, L.—Common in the beach- and tidal

forests of all the islands; Great Nicobar (Novara 24; Jelinek 242—paldi,

inc.).

MELANTHACHA.

497. Sremona sp. (Roxpur@His).—Nicobars (teste D.).

158 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

COMMELYNACE A.

498. ANEILEMA ENSIFOLIUM, Wight.—Here and there, especially

along swampy rivulets, on the grass-heaths of Kamorta, more frequent in

the northern parts.

499. ANEILEMA NUDIFLORUM, R. Br.—Amongst grass 28S a rivu-

let on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

500. ComMMELYNA communis, L.—Frequent in the beach-forests of

Kamorta, also in shrubbery near the old cattle-shed of the settlement on

Kamorta.

N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen enumerates Tradescantia.

RESTIACE Zi.

501. ErRtocavLon Lone@irorium, NE.—Not unfrequent along-swam-

py rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

502. HriocavLon TRUuNCATUM, Ham.—Along a- marshy rivulet on

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

CYPERACEZ.

503. KYLLINGIA MONOCEPHALA, Rottb.—Frequent everywhere, in

the forests as well as in cultivated lands, around habitations, ete. ; Great

Nicobar (Novara 18; Jelinek 216—Zons (ch) ea, inc.).

504. RemrrEa maritima, Aubl.—Locally on the beaches of Ka-

morta.

505. CYPERUS POLYSTACHYUS, Roxb. and the variety C. strictus,

Roxb.—Both pretty frequent on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

506. CypERUS vuLGaris, Kth.—Here and there along the swampy

rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

507. Cypurus Haspan, L.—Not unfrequent along marshy rivulets

on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

508. Cyprrus Iria, L.—Locally along swampy rivulets on the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

509. CypErus mastus, NE.—Not unfrequent in the tropical and

coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

510. Cyprrus pinosus, Vhl.—Here and there along swampy rivulets

on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

511. Cyperus canrscens, Vhl.—Nicobars (Novara 22 and 28 ;

Jelinek and Hochstetter).

512. Cyprrus pinurus, Vhl—Rather frequent on the grass-heaths

of Kamorta, and more especially in swampy grounds of the valleys.

513. CYPERUS UMBELLATUS, Bth. and var. LEUCOSTACHYA, spiculis

niveis, erectiusculis, radiis brevibus satis congestis—The white-spiked

variety rather frequent in the beach- and coral-reef forests of Katchall ; the

typical form on Tillangchong (Novara 21 ; Jelinek 98).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 159

514. Scirpus suspuLatus, Vhl. (8. pectinatus, N. E.).—Nicobars

(teste Vahl).

515. IsonEp1s sp.—Locally but socially on barren ground of the

grass-heaths of Kamorta.

516. FIMBRISTYLIS MILIACEA, Vh].—Frequent along swampy rivulets

on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

517. FIOeRIsTYLIs coMPLANATA, Lk.—Not unfrequent along swam-

py rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

518. FIMBRISTYLIS DIPHYLLA, Vhl.—Frequent in the grass-heaths

of Kamorta especially along rivulets.

519. FIMBRISTYLIS ovaLis, NH. and a densely villous variety of it.

The glabrous form common on the grass-heaths of Kamorta, the villous

form only along one of the numerous rivulets, growing almost in the water.

520. FIMBRISTYLIS NUTANS, Vhl.—Not rare along a rivulet on the

grass-heaths of Enaca, Kamorta.

521. FIMBRISTYLIS GLOBULOSA, Wall.—Locally along swampy rivu-

lets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

522. EUIRENA UMBELLATA, Rottb.—Locally along marshy rivulets on

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

523. ANOSPORUM CEPHALOTES (Cyperus cephalotes, Vahl.).—Nicobars

(teste Vahl).

524. HYPoLYTHRUM LATIFOLIUM, Rich.—Not unfrequent in the

tropical forests of Kamorta.

525. HyPoLYTHRUM TRINERVIUM, Kth.—Great Nicobar (Novara

16; Jelinek 226—timinjhai inc.).

526. RuyNcHospoRA GRAcILLIMA, Thw. Ceyl. Pl. 435.—Common

along a swampy rivulet on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

527. Ruyncnospora aurEA, Vhl—Not unfrequent along swampy

rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

528. Ruyncnospora Watticuiana, Kth.—Common on the dry

grass-heaths of Kamorta.

NB. Diedrichsen gives the genus Diplacrum as a Nicobar plant, but

to judge from some of his remarks thereon, this cannot be correct.

529. ScLERIA LATERIFLORA, Boeck., var. GLABRA.—In a swampy dell

on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

530. ScLERIA LiTHOSPERMA, Willd.—Here and there in open places

of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Katchall (g. c.).

531. Scrierria SuMaTRENSIS, Retz.—Common on the grass-heaths, but

also in open places, along paths, etc., in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

532. ScLERIA sp. nov. allied to the preceding. Frequent in the

grass-heaths of Kamorta.

160 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {No. 3,

NB. Unfortunately, I have only brought away a single incomplete

specimen of this interesting form, having mistaken it at the time for a

variety only of the preceding.

533. ScLERIA LEVIS, Retz. Not unfrequent along swampy rivulets

on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

534. CAREX LONGIARISTATA, Boott.—Tillangchong (Novara 20;

Jelinek 90).

GRAMINEZ.

535. PAasPaALUM scROBICULATUM, L.—Frequent in cultivated and

uncultivated places around the penal settlement of Kamorta, often also

along rivulets in the grass-heaths.

536. PasPALUM FLEXUOSUM, Klein.—Here and there in moist grassy

spots along rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

537. PasPaLUM consuGATUM, Retz.—Frequent in grass-lands around

the settlement and around habitations in the beach-forests of _Kamorta.

538. Dierrarta sp. (Panicum filiforme, Roxb., vix L.), with a quite

glabrous variety.—Common on the grass-heaths and in the beach-forests of

Kamorta ; the pilose form around the huts of the natives on Katchall.

539. OPLISMENUS compositTus, L.—Frequent in the tropical forests,

but found also in the coral-reef- and beach-forests of Kamorta and Kat-

chall; (Novara 3; Jelinek).

540. Panicum eLavcum, L.—Here and there on the grass-heaths of

Kamorta.

N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen enumerates Pennisetum as Nicobarese.

541. Panicum cotonum, L.—Here and there along swampy rivulets

on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

542. Panicum Javanicum, Poir.—Karnicobar (Novara 1; Jelinek

70—kwjop, inc.).

543. Panicum FiLipEs, NE.—Locally in the tropical forests of Ka-

morta; Pulu Milu (Novara 2; Jelinek 199—objuab, inc.).

544. Panicum HuMILE, NE.—Locally frequent in the dry grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

545. 'THYSSANOLHNA ACARIFERA, NE.—Not unfrequent im open or

cleared spots in the tropical forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 5;

Jelinek 185—petal, inc.) ; Karnicobar (Novara 4; Jelinek 28).

546. IsacuNnE myosotis, NE.—Rare along a rivulet on the grass-

heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

547. IsacHNE sp. (near Panicum miliare, L. but certainly differ-

ent).—In a swampy rivulet on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

548. IsaAcHNE MILIACEA, Roth., var. ? HUMILIS, more slender, usual-

ly 6—8 in. high, the spikelets nearly half the size—Frequent in swampy

rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 161

549. THOUAREA SARMENTOSA, Pers. (Ornithocephalochloa arenicola,

Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 332, t. 171, fig. 1—18, teste Oliver).—

Creeping on the sand of the beaches of the western coast of Katchall ;

tsigal, inc. Katch.

550. CENTOTHECA LAPPACEA, P. B.—Frequent in the beach-, coral-

reef, and tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Trice and Track

(Novara 9; Jelinek 187—wpjuab, inc.).

551. SporogBotus sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

552. Arunpo Roxspureuu, Kth—Frequent along marshy rivulets

of the grass-heaths of Kamorta; Karnicobar, on a swampy grass plain on the

northern coast (Novara 6 and 7; Hochstetter and Jelinek 16—tap, inc.).

553. Exeusrve Inpica, Gertn.—Frequent in the beach-forests, and

around habitations, of Kamorta and Katchall ; also here and there on the

grass-heaths.

554. Dacrytoctentum Aléyprracum, Willd.—Here and there on

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

555. Cynopon Dacryton, Pers.—Frequent in the grass-heaths of

Kamorta, and very common around the penal settlement, where it has been

sown.

556. HRiacHNe Curvensis, Hance.—A conspicuous constituent of

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

557. HRAGROSTIS UNIOLOIDES, P. B.—Here and there on the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

558. Eragrostis ZEYLANICA, NE.—Common on the grass-heaths of

Kamorta.

559. ERaGrostis pruMosA, Lk.—Around the huts of the natives in

the beach-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara 8 ;

‘Jelinek 237).

560. Manisuris sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

561. SoreHum muticum, NE.—Common on the grass-heaths of

Kamorta, growing especially luxuriantly along the outskirts of the forests.

562. CHRYSOPOGON AcICcULATUS, Trin.—Not unfrequent on the dry

grass-heaths of Kamorta.

563. HETEROPOGON contTorTUS, L.—Common on the dry gyrass-

heaths of Kamorta.

564. Spopropocon sp. (villous).—Frequent along swampy rivulets

on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

565. SpopropoGgon sp. (quite glabrous).—Karnicobar (Novara 14;

Jelinek 76—vi0, inc.).

566. ScHIZACHYRIUM BREVIFOLIUM, NE.—Here and there along

steep slopes on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

567. IscHh=muM muricum, L.—Common on the beaches and in the

beach-forests of all the islands ; north coast of Karnicobar (Novara 12 and

162 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. (No. 5

183; Hochstetter and Jelinek 29 and 61—Zijop, keljit, or tschelji, inc.) ;

auk yu ap, inc. Katch.

568. IMPERATA ARUNDINACEA, Cyr.—Locally common on the dry

grass-heaths of _Kamorta. .

*569. SACCHARUM OFFICINARUM, L.—Only cultivated by the natives.

570. SaccHaRUM sPponTANEUM, L.—Karnicobar, covering large tracts

on the northern side (Novara 11; Hochstetter).

571. Drvzerta sp.—Here and there on the dry grass-heaths of Ka-

morta, but the specimens were too old and withered for identification.

572. BamMBusa VULGARIS, Reusch.—Malacca on Nankowry, probably

cultivated.

573. Drtvocutoa ANDAMANTCA, Kurz.—Common in the tropical and

coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara 10;

Jelinek 259—komeha, inc.).

LYOCOPODIACEHA.

574. LycoPoDIUM PHLEGMARIA, L.—On trees of the tropical forests

of Kamorta.

575. Lycopopium taxum, Prsl—Rare in the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

576. Lycopopium crrnuum, L. (the variety Z. curvatum, Sw.).

Frequent on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

577. SELAGINELLA CAUDATA, Spring.—Common in the tropical

forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

578. SELAGINELLA FLABELLATA, Sprg.—Nicobars (feste Sprengel).

579. SELAGINELLA TENELLA, Spring. (S. imbricata, John Scott in

Journ. Agri. Hort. Soc. Ind. 1868, 260, non Spring.).—Not unfrequent

along shady slopes on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

FILICES.

580. GLEICHENIA DIcHoTomMa, Willd.—Common on the grass-heaths

of Kamorta.

581. ATSOPHILA ALBO-SETACEA, Bedd. in ltt. (A. Mertensiana, Met-

ten. in Fenzl Reis. Novar. Bot. I. 221, non Kunze).—Here and there in

the tropical and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; P. Milu

(Novara—Jelinek—(atong, inc.).

582. TrichomManes JavanicuM, Bl.—Here and there along rocky

rivulets in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

583. TRICHOMANES HUMILE, Forst.—Nicobars (Novara).

584. TRIcHoMANES Frnicuta, Bory.—On mossy trees, not unfrequent

in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

585. TRICHOMANES MUSCOIDES, Sw.—On mossy tree-stems, rare in

the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 163

586. Davarria Seetunen, Bak.—Not unfrequent in the tropical

and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

587. DavaLnia sonmpa, Sw.—Frequent on trees of Kamorta and

Katchall.

588. DaAvVALLIA ELEGANS, Sw.—Nicobars (Novara).

589. DavALLIA HETEROPHYLLA, Sm.—Not rare on the trunks of the

serew-pines and cocoa-nut-palms in the beach-forests and on the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

590. DavaLLIA PARALLELA, Wall.—Not unfrequent, and especially

on cocoa-nut-palms, along the coast of Kamorta and Katchall; also found

but scantily on screw-pines of the grass-heaths.

591. Liypsma pancEontatTa, Lab.—Here and there on the grass-

heaths of Kamorta.

592. LixypsmA TENERA, Dry.—Not unfrequent along rocky rivulets

in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

593. Aprantum sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

594. DicKksonra sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

595. Preris Loneiroiia, L.—Nicobars (Novara).

596. PreRis REPANDULA, Lk.—Nicobars (Novara).

597. Preris PELLUCENS, Hook.—Amongst coral-rocks in the tropical

forests of Katchall.

598. BiLECHNUM ORIENTALE, L.—Here and there along rivulets on

the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

599. CERATOPTERIS THALICTROIDES, Brongn.—Here and there along

swampy rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

600. ViITTARIA ELONGATA, Sw. (and the var. V. zosterefolia, Bory).

Rather frequent in the coral-reef and tropical, rarely in the beach-forests, of

Katchall and Kamorta.

601. ANTROPHIUM CALLm=FoLIUM, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the coral-

reef-forests of Katchall.

602. Asprentum Ninvus, L.—Common in the tropical and coral-reef-

forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

603. ASPLENIUM MACROPHYLLUM, Sw.—Frequent in the tropical and

coral-reef-forests of Katchall and Kamorta.

604. AspLEeNium (Drenazium) sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

605. Potyroprum pHymMatopEs, L.—Common in the beach-forests

of Kamorta and Katchall.

606. Ponyropium quveERciIroriuM, L.—Frequent on trees of the

beach- and tidal forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

607. Potypropium Loneissimum, Bl.—A few specimens only in

bushes along a swampy rivulet in the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

608. Ponyropium rRiorEs, Poir.—Nicobars (Novara).

609. PoLypopium apNnascens, Sw.—Common everywhere in all the

forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

164 §. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. | No. 3,

610. NEPHROLEPIS AcUTA, Prsl.—Frequent in the coral-reef- and

tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

611. NrrpHropIuM DECURRENS, Bak.—Nicobars (Novara).

612. NeprHRopIuM PROPINQUUM, R. Br.—In large quantities along

one of the swampy rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

613. NeEpHRODIUM MOLLE, Desv.—Frequent in the tropical forests of

Kamorta. ;

614. NEpHRopIUM PROLIXxUM, Bak.—Not rare in the tropical forests

of Kamorta.

615. NEPHRODIUM TRUNCATUM, Bak.—In the tropical forests of

Kamorta.

616. GyMNOGRAMME sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

617. SrENocHLENA SCANDENS, J. Sm.—Common in all forests of

Kamorta and Katchall.

618. AcRostIcHUM AUREUM, L.—Frequent in salt-marshes and tidal

and mangrove swamps of all the islands ; on Kamorta it frequently recurs

along the marshy fresh water rivulets on the grass-heaths.

619. Lygopium cIRCINNATUM, Sw.—Common in the tropical forests

of Kamorta and Katchall.

620. LyYGODIUM sCANDENS, Sw.—Here and there amongst long grass

and shrubbery along rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

621. Lycoprum PINNATIFIDUM, Sw.—Not unfrequent amongst long

grass and shrubbery along rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

622. OPpHIoGLossuM PENDULUM, L.—Nicobars (Novara).

623. HetmintHostacnys ZeEynanica, Hook.—Along a swampy

rivulet below the old cattle-shed on the grass-heaths near the settlement on

Kamorta ; also in the swamp on the island Milu (Diedrichsen).

624. ANGIOPTERIS sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XII. Amomum Fenzlii. Fig. 1, flowering scape, nat. size (the bracts are re-

presented by mistake as hirsute: they are glabrous except on the margins); fig. 2, a

portion of the stem and leaf, shewing petiole and produced sheath, nat. size; fig. 3,

flower, nat. size; fig. 4, ditto, expanded; fig. 5, labellum, slightly enlarged; fig. 6,

genitalia and staminodes; fig. 7, anther, from the side; fig. 8, ditto, from behind

fig. 9, staminodes; fig. 10, fruit, nat. size; fig. 11, seeds, nat. size; fig. 12, ditto,

slightly enlarged.

Plate XIII, Fies. 1—7. Trichoglottis quadricornuta. Fig. 1, flowering branch,

nat. size; fig. 2, flower from the front; fig. 3, ditto, from behind; fig. 4, dissection of

the same; fig. 5, the column and labellum, from the side; fig. 6, labellum; fig. 7,

transverse section of the same made between the two pairs of horns.

Figs. 8—12. Eulophia decipiens. Fig. 8, flowering plant, nat. size; fig. 9, flower

from the front; fig. 10, column and labellum, from the side; fig. 11, labellum;

fig. 12, pollinia, (All the figures except figs. 1 and 8 more or less enlarged.)

1876.] 165

XIL—Description of Golunda Ellioti from Sind.

By W. T. Buanrorp, &. &. 8.

(Recd. June 28th ;—Read August 2nd, 1876).

(With Plate X.)

Amongst a few mammals and reptiles in spirit, collected and given to

me by Mr. H. HE. Watson of the Sind Commission, are two specimens, one

adult, the other young, of a mouse or small rat with very coarse, flat, grooved

hairs and the upper incisors suleated. These mice were obtained on the

southern extremity of the Khirthar, a range of mountains which forms the

western boundary of Upper Sind, but which enters the province nearly west of

Sehwan, and running thence south-south-east, terminates about 40 miles south

of Sehwan and rather more than 50 north-west of Kotri. At their southern

extremity these hills are 2300 feet high, to the north they are from 4000

to 6000, some peaks being even higher.

The skull of the larger specimen, on being extracted, proves to be of

the ordinary murine type, and the only peculiarity is in the characters of the

teeth. ‘The upper incisors are grooved, and the molars, instead of being

simply tuberculate, as in Mus, appear to be formed of deep folds of enamel,

as in Gerbillus or Nesokia, but the form of the folds is widely different

from what it is in those genera; each fold consisting of a number of deep

lobes or pillars with a nearly semicircular section. Thus the upper surface

of the crown of the tooth has a most peculiar reticulated appearance.

The semicircular lobes are arranged throughout the teeth in three longitudi-

nal series in the upper, and two in the lower jaw. In older specimens the

lobes may run more into each other, but the skull examined is fully adult.

No description or figure, so far as I am aware, of the teeth of any Indian

mouse has ever been published exhibiting the peculiarities above described.

The published descriptions of the molar teeth in Leggada and Golunda

appear to me to differ materially from those of the specimen from Sind.

The incisors in Leggada are nowhere said to be grooved, and no mention is

made in any of the descriptions of Golunda by Gray,* Elliot, or Jerdon,*:

of flattened or grooved hairs. I unfortunately did not at first examine the

specimens of Golunda Hiliot: in the Indian Museum sufficiently carefully,

as the description both of the fur and dentition appeared to me to refer to

* Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. I, 1837, p. 586.

+ Mad. Jour. Lit. and Science, X, 1839, p. 213.

{ Mammals of India, p. 212.

166 W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. [No. 3,

a very different form. The only murine genus of which I could find a

description with dentition resembling that in the Sind species was Pelo-

mys* of Peters, founded on an African rat from Mozambique. I conclud-

ed that the Sind rat was a new species of Pelomys, and I proposed to call it

P. Watsoni. This name was unfortunately published in the Proceedings

of the Society for August before I had ciscovered my mistake.

For this discovery I am indebted to Professor Peters, to whom I sent

a sketch of the molars of the Sind rat, which I asked him to compare with

those of Pelomys. This he did and told me that they agreed. He also

called my attention to the circumstance that the coffee-rat of Ceylon, of

which he had received a specimen, closely resembled Pe/omys in its denti-

tion and even in its external characters, and he suggested that the genera

Golunda and Pelomys were identical. Upon this I re-examined the speci-

mens marked Golunda Elliot? in the Museum, and to my surprise found

that they coincided with mine from Sind; and the skull of one specimen

which Dr. Anderson very obligingly allowed to be extracted for me proved

identical with that of the Sind rat. I, however, noticed that in these speci-

mens, perhaps because they have been exposed for years, the grooved hairs

have split at the ends, and present the appearance of ordinary round or near-

ly round hairs, so that it is necessary to examine the fur closely in order to

detect its peculiarity. I also find thatthe Sind rat agrees excellently

in characters and dimensions with Kelaart’s original description,? and that

Mr. Blytht has already called attention to the differences between the

coffee-rat of Ceylon and the description of the Gulandi (Mus hirsutus,

Elliot, said to be identical with Golunda Ellioti, Gray) given by Mr. (mow

Sir Walter) Elliot.§ I ought not to have overlooked these facts, but I must

say in apology that I do not think any one could have identified the Sind

rat from the published descriptions of Golunda Ellioti.

Before discussing the synonymy of this rat, I will give a description

of the Sind specimen.

Description taken from an adult female specimen preserved in spirit.

General colour brown above, the colour not being uniform but a mixture of

black and fulvous, dirty white (isabelline) below. The hairs are very flat

with a broad groove down one side. The fur is harsh, dusky grey at the

base, then darker, tawny towards the extremities on the back, pale tawny

on the abdomen; numerous longer hairs, either blackish throughout, or

* Reise nach Mossambique, Saugethiere, p. 157, Pl. XXXIII, Fig. 3, XXXYV,

Fig. 9.

+ Prodromus Faunze Zeylanice, p. 67.

{ J. A.S. B., 1863, p. 351, and Catalogue Mam. Mus, As. Soc. p. 121, foot-note.

§ Mad. Jour. Lit. Sci. 1, c.

1876. ] W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. 167

with a pale tip, being scattered over the back, and producing the brown

colour, which resembles that of a hare (Lepus europeus v. L. ruficaudatus).

The average length of the hairs in the middle of the back is rather less than

half an inch; the longer hairs measure 0°6 to 0°7 of an inch. The whiskers

are black near the base, brown towards the ends, the longest being about

the same length as the head. Muzzle thickly clad with short hair.

The ears are rounded, nearly naked, having only very short scattered

hairs outside, but thinly clad with brown hair inside. The feet are pale

brown above, the soles naked. The tubercles on the soles are well develop-

ed; on the fore-foot there are five, three arranged in a triangle at the

base of the three middle toes, and two rather larger, close together, and

nearly parallel, behind. ‘The rudimentary hallux is behind the former

tubercles and in front of the latter; it is furnished with a small flat nail ;

the other claws are compressed. In the hind-feet all five toes are furnished

with compressed claws, much longer than those on the fore-toes. The

second, third, and fourth hind-toes are nearly equal in length, the middle

toe being scarcely longer than the others, and the fourth a little shorter

than the second; the first and fifth toes also are subequal, the first being 7

mm. (0°27 inch) shorter than the second. The tubercles on the sole are in

three pairs, each pair being nearly parallel, and the middle pair rather

farther apart than the other two. The claws are pale horny in colour.

The tail is stout at the base and tapers gradually to a fine point; it is

rather shorter than the head and body, finely ringed, and thinly clad with

short bristly hairs, which are black above, tawny on the sides and below.

There are 2 pectoral and 2 inguinal pairs of mamme.

The skull is typically murine, the deep fissure running downwards from

the large infraorbital foramen being open as in ordinary rats; there is a

well marked crest which runs along the edge of the frontal bones above the

orbit, and is continued back over the parietal bones. The interparietal is

convex behind and nearly straight in front; it is about half the breadth of

the skull. The zygomatic arch is strong. The anterior palatine foramina

(foramina incisiva) are very long and extend fully two-thirds the distance

from the incisors to the molars, but their hinder termination is in front of

the molar teeth. The incisors in both jaws are deep orange externally ; those

of the upper jaw are flat in front and have a rather deep longitudinal

groove near the external edge; those of the lower Jaw are flattened in front

and smooth. The upper molars are broad with low crowns; the bony palate

narrow. The surface of the upper molars consists of nearly semicircular

lobes arranged in three longitudinal series, each lobe having its convex

margin directed forwards. The anterior upper molar contains 7 lobes, three

in the middle which are rather longer than the others, two inside which are

rather less, and two outside which are the smallest of all. The two outer

168 W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. [No. 3,

lobes are parallel to the inner pair, but intermediate in position to those of

the middle row. The second upper molar consists of 6 lobes, one of which,

however, which is external and anterior, is very minute; of the other five

two belong to the middle row, two to the inner, one to the outer, the pos-

terior middle lobe having a spur on the outer side ; the hinder upper molar

has but 4: lobes, two belonging to the middle, and two to the inner row ; the

hindmost lobe belonging to the middle row is very small. ‘The lower molars

are nearly uniform in breadth, the first being a little narrower in front

and consisting of seven lobes, 3 on each side, and a minute additional lobe in

the middle behind ; the second contains 5 lobes, two on each side, and a

minute supplementary lobe in the middle behind ; the last molar contaims

4 lobes, two internal, one external, and a minute additional lobe in the

middle at the back of the tooth ; all these lobes in the lower molars, except

the small supplementary talons and the hinder inner lobe of the last molar,

are arranged in pairs, and the inner lobes are a little larger than the outer.

The following are dimensions in inches and parts of a metre, taken

from the specimen preserved in spirit and from the skull extracted from it.

inches. metre.

Total length from nose to end of tail, ............ 8°65 219

Hensth from mose to arlusseemereens 6... 06-5 .coss. 4°55 ‘116

se SOL tail, 00... SY SMe ae ans es Ac] "105

ok ear from) Oriticesmeeemeree. esse. ds. Leese: 0-57 014

Breadthvof ears.) 2 9500. eee ne eee lhe 0:57 “014

Length of fore-foot (not including claws), ...... 0-42 ‘O11

5 ob hind-foot) (ditto) aaeerereres cso. 65. <=. en OR "0225

5 ot longest avhiskertpeneerere 2605. <di csc .. 13 032

» of skull from occipital plane to end of

MAsaly Hones, s50...0, Ween ee AS 1:22 0305

Greatest breadth of skull across hinder part of

Zy eS OMatie ATCHES, U. teRMPPRERPE esse o lots .. cas 0:62 ‘015

Length of suture between nasal bones, ............ 0-42 “0105

Breadth of frontal bones between orbits, ......... 0:19 "005

Length of anterior palatine foramina,............... 0:22 0055

» Mot row of upper miolansmesr ss: 22/220.. 20% 0:26 00355

Breadth of bony palate between anterior upper

MOMATS. .052)..18.c8 2 ee eee ser Re 0:05 "0015

Length of lower jaw from angle to symphysial

extremity (incisors excluded),.................. 0-68 ‘O17

Height of do. to coronoid process,.................. 0°42 "0105

Length of row of lower molars, ..................... 0:23 006

I have already mentioned that this rat 1s identical with specimens in

the Indian Museum, Calcutta. The two skins which I have compared are

1876. ] W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. 169

from the Asiatic Society’s collection, and one of them is Golunda Elliote

No. 297 D. of Mr. Blyth’s Catalogue from Southern India, presented by

Mr. Elliot. The other, of which the label has been lost, is doubtless

No. 297 E from Ceylon. These specimens, as already stated, agree very

well with Kelaart’s description of his Golunda Eillioti (Mus coffeus),* but,

as was remarked by Mr. Blyth, they do not agree with Mus hirsutus,

Elliot,+ although the specimens from Southern India appear to have been

sent as representing that species, or at least Goluwnda Elliot, with which

Mus hirsutus was identified by Dr. Gray.

Mus hirsutus, the Gulandi of the Canarese, is described by Hlliot as

being 103 inches long, of which the head and body measure 6%, and the

tail 4.3,, whilst the head is only 1,4, in. It is of course possible that these

measurements were taken from a stretched skin, and that of the tail agrees

fairly with the form above described, though its proportion to the body

appears very different. But there are other distinctions: the ears are said

to be villose, and although the fur is not described, a preliminary list of the

species of rats and micet in the South Mahratta country is given, in

which the following are classed as having tuberculated molars and soft

hairs—Ius decumanus, rattus, mettade (lanuginosus), golundee (hirsutus),

oleraceus, rufus, and musculus—and opposed to I. platythrix and MW. Boo-

daga said to have tuberculated molars and to be covered with hair and

spines.

The original description of Golunda Ellioti, Gray,§ like too many of that

author’s descriptions, is quite insufficient for determination. Not a word

is said of flat hairs: the fur is described as “ pale brown, with minute very

slender, hair pointed black tips.” The ears are said to be “ covered with

short hairs.’”” No dimensions are given. The description is included in a

paper entitled “Description of some new or little-known Mammalia, prin-

cipally in the British Museum Collection.” Inthe list of Mammalia in

the British Museum, p. 118, the only specimen of Glolunda Ellioti men-

tioned is stated to be from Madras and to have been presented by Walter

Elliot, Esq. In this list Mus hirsutus, Elliot, is identified with Golunda

Lilliott. tis to be noted that in the original description of Golunda

Hllioti the habitat was said to be Bombay. Without consulting the

British Museum specimens it is impossible to say whether the specimen

presented by Mr. Elhot was the original type or not, but to judge from the

name it probably was, so that there can be very little doubt of the

* Prod. Faun. Zeyl., 1. c.

+ Mad. Jour. Lit. and Sci. X, p. 213.

t Ib., p. 208.

§ Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. I, p. 586.

170 W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. [No. 3,

identification of Mus hirsutus with Golunda EHilioti; and as the skin sent

from Madras by Mr. Elliot as a specimen of the Gulandi is identical in

species with the Ceylon coffee-rat, as well as with the specimen from Sind,

there is no choice but to follow Mr. Blyth and consider all as belonging

to one species, until the types can be compared.

Judging by the description alone, I should have thought the coffee-

rat agreed much better with the description of Mus platythrixz, Bennett,

which is described as having flattened spines, naked ears, and the tail nearly

as long asthe body. The dimensionsare smaller: head and body 32 inches,

tail 8; but the proportions and colouration agree, and the type may not

have been full grown. This form, however, is, by Elliot, identified with the

Leggyade, an animal of very different habits from the Gulandi.

The question of synonymy must, therefore, be deferred. Meantime,

the identification of an Indian rat with the African genus Pelomys is of

some importance as adding another tothe number of generic forms com-

mon to India and Africa, but not known to be represented to the eastward.

Pelomys fallax resembles Golunda LHilioti in colouration, general

form, and dentition, but it differs widely from it in its other characters

and in its habits. It is a much larger animal, the adult being about 300

millemetres [12 inches] long from nose to end of tail. It has a differently

shaped head,* with the ears much smaller in proportion; the fur of

Pelomys fallax is simply described as harsh and finely bristly (hart und

feinborstig), so that it probably presents none of the remarkable characters

found in Golunda Ellioti. P. fallax is said to be found in marshy places,

whilst Golwnda Ellioti inhabits bushes on hill-sides.+

P. S.—Since the above was in print, I have received from Mr. Fair-

bank a specimen of the true Guwlandi, brought to him at Ahmednagar by

men of the Wadari or tank-diggar caste, the very people from whom Sir

W. Elliot appears to have procured his specimens. These people hunt and

eat rats and necessarily know all the species. The animal sent, an adult

female, is specifically identical with the Sind rats and with those from

Southern India and Ceylon, so there can no longer be a doubt as to the

propriety of referring all to Golwnda Hilioti. The face is not so convex

as in the figure attached to this paper. ‘The measurements are :—

* In the accompanying figure taken from the specimen in spirit after the skull

had been extracted, the convexity of the face is much exaggerated. This is the

form of the young animal only, I think. The head in the adult is very slightly convex.

+ Whilst this paper was passing through the press, I also received from Mr.

Fairbank specimens of the mettad, Golunda meltada, Gray, obtained at Ahmedna-

gar. They differ so much from G. E/lioti that I doubt if the two forms are con-

generic. In G. meltada (potius mettada) the incisors are not sulcated, the molars differ

but little from those of Mus, and the palate is much broader than in G. Hilioti.

1876. ] Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells. 171

in.

Length from nose to insertion of tail, .................0005 475

woes OVEN TENG Gest eRe 2 2) TE a 4°

sae OYE ATI. THOUS at a IP ooo ne a tae 0:92

Pome Olea cOni OLIN... y... 1. ee ok. 0-6

A specimen of a rat obtained by Mr. V. Ball in the SAtpura Hills and

presented by him to the Indian Museum, also belongs to this species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Head of Golunda EHllioti, Gray, from Sind (the face is represented much too

convex). 2. Right hind-foot. 3. Right fore-foot (the intermediate tubercle

should have been drawn further away from the posterior (proximal) pair). 4.

Under view of the skull. 5. The skull and mandible, seen from the side. 6.

Upper view of the skull. 7. Incisors, seen from the front. 8, Molars of upper

jaw, right side. 9. Do. of lower jaw, right side.

XII.—On the Cyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills, Assam.— By Major H. FH.

Gopwin-Austen, / kk. G. S., & Z. S., Deputy Superintendent

Topographical Survey of India.

(Received June 24th ;—Read August 2nd, 1876.)

(With Plates VII & VIII, A, Figs. 1—6.)

The expedition into the Dafla Hills in the winter of 1874—75 has added

very largely to our knowledge of the land-shells of that part of India. The

line of the Himalayas has been very well worked up to the neighbourhood

of Darjiling, and the researches of the Messrs. Blanford and the late Dr. Sto-

liezka have left I suspect very few forms undiscovered in that quarter, but

from thence to the Dafla Hills, a distance of 270 miles, we had received

nothing, so that when JI found myself deputed for survey duty in these

more eastern hills, I anticipated a goodly haul of molluscan forms, and am

glad to say I have not been disappointed. ‘The present list is confined to

the operculated group, numbering some 33 species; of which 11 are new; 5

had been originally described from Darjiling and have their range thus

extended far to the eastward; 13 are well-known forms in the Khasi and

Naga hill-ranges south of the Brahmaputra River ; and 3 or 4 are known

to extend thence to the Shan States in the Irrawaddy drainage-system.

The list of Helicide will be given in a second paper, in the prepa-

172 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

ration of which I hope to be joined by Mr. G. Nevill of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta; and will comprise some 45 species, many of which are new. I

had ample opportunities for collecting, especially while forest-clad peaks

were being cleared for the triangulation. The weather, which during the

whole of January was so very wet as to render the taking of observations

for days together an impossibility, was just the kind that was wanted to

tempt the smaller forms forth from their hiding places in the decaying

leaves and old tree-stumps. In some of the Khasi and Goorkha men of

the Survey party I found most energetic and excellent collectors, who soon

were as sharp with their eyes in detecting the minute little shells as I

myself was. It caused them at first infinite amusement and still greater

curiosity as to what possible use they could be put to: ‘ Caleutta jadi

ghur ke waste,’ however, generally satisfied all queries on the subject, and

a general impression prevailed that we made medicine of them.

Abstract of Genera.

—

Mice os | a

3 & oI $ Remarks,

El zi A a

1. Cyclophorus, ...ceceeacsseses 1 3 3 q

2. Lagocherlus, ...0++ vee seesee 00 1 we 1

SB. Pierocyelos, sss cercecee secs 1 D0 1

AL, IS PRUPYIPUD, 5005 50000000 0006 1 1 2

By AUR PRB, 50000000 500000 0000 3 6 9 |3 being varieties of

Khasi species.

6. Diplommatina, ..seve eereve A, il 2 3 6 /|1 being a variety of

a Khasi species.

1 LENPLUTD BA OO K00 590009000 0000 90 1 50 1

82 SERCDEQULUS, cesses science 1 50 . 1

9. Megalomastoma, .ssserecesees 1 O04 1 2

VO: Pomaiias, veacce v000+0 verses 1 1 1 5}

Total,.... 5 13 15 33

No specimens of either of the genera, Cyathopoma, Gleorissa, or Hydro-

cena, which come in on the hill-ranges south of the Brahmaputra, were

found: they are apparently absent.

1876.] collected during the Dafla Eupedition. 173

CYCLOPHORUS AURORA, Bs.

Agrees with the specimens from Dalingkote, Western Bhutan Duars.

CyctopHortus PxEARSONI, Bs.

Outer Range.

CYCLOPHORUS FUSCICOLOR, n. sp., Pl. VIII, A, Fig. 1.

Shell umbilicated, globosely turbinate, covered with a greyish umber-

brown epidermis, with radiating longitudinal lines of ornamentation, the

bands of colour rather broader towards the apex, but throughout very

close together, in some specimens coalescing on the last whorl into a

uniform dark shade of brown. Spire conical, apex sharp. Whorls 6, well

rounded, with a single slightly raised ridge upon the keel. Aperture cir-

cular, sub-oblique, peristome continuous, double, very slightly reflected.

Within the aperture grey.

Alt. 1:24, major diam. 2°30 inches.

Hazs.—Dafla Hills.

This is a very distinct form allied to C. Bensoni from the southern

face of the Khasi Hills, shewing towards the apex in some specimens a

tendency to the zigzag painting of that shell, but the uniform, striate, and

sober colouring of the rest of the whorls is a very marked character. ‘Two

specimens have a moderately broad white band on the periphery, owing

to the abrasion of the epidermis upon the raised ridge of the keel.

CYCLOPHORUS EXPANSUS, Pfr.

Hazs.—Outer sandstone range.

CYCLOPHORUS ZEBRINUS, Bs.

Has.—Outer range,—very abundant.

CYCLOPHORUS (MYXOSTOMA) NIVICOLA, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 1 & Ia.

Shell flatly discoidal, openly umbilicated. Whorls 5, with distinct

longitudinal striation, the last well rounded on the periphery, large, the

rest rapidly decreasing, covered with a thick epidermis, colour dark brown-

umber. At half the circumference from the apex fine zigzag pale ochreous

markings ornament the upper surface ; these widen and are arranged closer

towards the apex, which is pale; a black band on the periphery is bounded

by a pale narrow one. Spire slightly raised. Suture deep. Aperture

oblique, very slightly descending, circular. Peristome thickened, double,

reflected, with a small re-entering notch near the suture. Operculum cor-

neous, flat. “

Major diam. 1:0, alt. 0°45 in.

174 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

Hazs.—Dafla Hills.

This form is a representative here of the Ceylonese C. Baird. A

variety of the same size but plain, with pale band on the periphery, on

Tortipitti Peak. Small (major diam. 0°65 in.) varieties also occur, both

ornamented and plain; the latter are very similar in size and light ochreous

colouration to C. ravidus of the Nilgiri Hills, but the former have fine

zigzag markings and a single black band on the periphery.

LAGOCHEILUS TOMOTREMA, Bs.

Hazs.—The Tanir ridge and Toriputi Peak,—not common.

PTEROCYCLOS PARVUS, Pearson.

Hazs.—Shengorh, Tanir ridge, and Tortipiitt.

PTEROCYCLOS MAGNUS, n. sp., PL. VII, Figs. 3, 3a, & 30.

This shell is similar in form to P. parvus, only that the winged por-

tion of the peristome is far more fully developed and folded round into a

perfect, largely developed tube with its internal orifice just within the

aperture, the inner lip being deeply notched to give room for it. The shell

is ornamented with a single black peripheral band and with minute trans-

verse brown zigzag markings. Apex very flat. Whorls 5, rounded.

The largest example measures—alt. 0:26, major diam. 0°95, minor diam.

0°75, apertural tube 0-20 in.

Haz.—Very common in the outer sandstone range, Dafla Hills. It

is also found on the northern side of the Naga Hills, but has hitherto never

been separated from P. parvus of the Khasi Hills, of which it may be said to

be a more developed form, with stronger affinities to the genus Spiraculum.

SPIRACULUM HISPIDUM, Pearson, var. MINOR.

Has.—tThe outer ranges near Dihiri Parbat. Agrees precisely with

specimens from Teria Ghat. It is curious, however, to note that the large

variety does not occur here, but that its place is occupied by another new

form equally large, which I next describe.

Sprracutum Nevitti, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 2 & 2a.

Shell discoidal, convexly depressed, widely umbilicated, covered with

a dark brown epidermis which soon becomes eroded, and with an incipient

dark band on the keel in perfect specimens. Spire very slightly raised,

suture deep, whorls 5, much rounded, the last descending slightly towards the

aperture. The sutural tube is only 0-10” in length, 0:3” behind the aper-

ture, turns back, and is situated close to the suture., Aperture oblique, cireu.

lar. Peristome double, inner lip continuous, having at the suture a re-enter-

1876.] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 175

ing angular notch, the outer is similarly notched and then expanded and

folded into a spout-shaped form. Operculum not seen, probably as in 8.

hispidum. :

Alt. 0°36, major diam. 1:05, minor diam. 0°92, diam. apert. 0°45 in.

Has.—Two specimens only were obtained near Dihiri Parbat, on the

outer sandstone range.

This Spzraculum is quite distinct from 8. hispidum, for which I

mistook it when found, and consequently omitted to seareh for more

examples. In the form of the sutural tube it most nearly resembles

S. Avanum, W. Blf., thus differing very considerably from S. hispidum,

in which that part is broad and curves quite over and across the suture in

well-grown shells (pl. vii, fig. 4). The most notable point of difference,

however, is the expansion of the outer lip into a tube-like process, in which

respect the species shews its very close affinity to the genus Pterocyclos.

Atyczus Knastacvs, G-A.

Has.—One specimen of the true typical form was found in the Yétay

ravine, Dikrang Dhin.

Atycmus KHASIACUS, var.

The rest of this type from other parts of the hills, however, differ from

the Khasi form, in the ridge in front of the constriction being single,

and the peristome more thickened and reflected. But in size, sculpture,

and the short thickened sutural tube, as well as in the operculum, no change

is to be detected.

Hazs.—Valley of the Dikrang and Borpani.

ALYCEHUS cRISPATUS, G-A.

Hazs.—A conical form of this shell was obtained in the Burroi gorge.

Atycazus THEopatpt, Bs., var., Pl. VII, Fig. 10.

Is of the same form as A. Theobaldi from Cherra Poonjee and the Garo

Hills, only that while the operculum in the latter is exceedingly closely wound,

quite smooth in front, and black (and I have examined some dozens of shells),

in the former the concentric whorls are wider apart, have a central

cireular hollow space, and are white. The ribbing of the swollen portion

in the Dafla shell is exceedingly minute, and this, I note, is a common

character, holding good almost without exception, of all the species in

the Dafla Hills. There is, moreover, a slight difference in the contraction

of the whorl near the umbilicus, but I hesitate to separate two such

close forms, notwithstanding that if dozens of each variety were thrown

together, they might all be resorted without a mistake, and I have

176 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

a large series. It has yet to be decided what points are to be considered

of sufficient weight im separating these forms from one another. We

must wait until the whole area has been worked, and the points of

difference, however small, all noted, when we shall then be in a position

to reduce species or to arrange slightly divergent forms around their

nearest and most abundant and widely spread ally. As far as my

experience goes, they never remain constant over very large areas.

Haxs.—tThe above shell was obtained on the slopes of Toripati.

Anycauus Burtt, G-A.

Hazs.—This shell, of which I previously possessed a single specimen

only, found by Mr. J. Burt in the gorge of the Barowli river a short

distance to the west, proved to be abundant on the outer sandstone range

about Dihiri Parbat, the Burroi gorge, &c.

A variety of it, which is much larger and more depressed in form, but

which in the crenate peristome and in form of constriction is the same,

occurred in the valley of the Dikrang and in the Yetay ravine. This

variety measures in alt. 0°18, major diam. 0°25. in.

ALYCHUS NOTATUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 9, 9a, & 96.

Shell globosely turbinate, narrowly umbilicated, of solid form, white,

distant strong costulation on the upper whorls, close and fine ribbing on

swollen portion of the last. Spire conoid, suture fairly impressed. Whorls

45, closely wound, the last swollen, then sharply constricted, and agai

enlarged and descending, the expanded portion being marked with deep

fold-like furrows. Sutural tube moderate, aperture oblique. Peristome

very thick, distinctly treble in full-grown shells, outer layer terminating

just behind the aperture, the inner continuous, the two outer much reflected

near the umbilicus. Operculum smooth in front.

Alt. 0°14, major diam. 0:17. in.

Haz.—On the slopes of Toripiti Peak at 3000 feet, about 15 speci-

mens collected.

This is one of the most distinet and curious species I have yet dis-

covered, the fold-like indentations upon the expanded portion near the

aperture having nocounterpart in any other form with which I am acquaint-

ed. In other respects it is somewhat similar to d. diagonius, in the strong

thick peristome and closely wound whorls.

Atycaus Dariarnsis, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 12, 12a, & 126.

Shell turbinate, moderately umbilicated, pale whitish or dull ochreous

according to the state of the epidermis, finely ribbed throughout, rather more

coarsely near the commencement of the swell of the last whorl, on this por-

1876.] collected during the Dafla Bupedition. 177

tion the ribbing is very fine and close. Spire conoid, apex blunt, suture

impressed, the sutural tube moderate. Whorls 4, the last swollen, then

constricted, and enlarging again into a well-raised ridge, which terminates

below on margin of the peristome, it then descends and expands considera-

bly with four deep longitudinal plications. Peristome single (no sign of

the usual outer margin), continuous, with five plications on the outer mar-

gin, the lower margin recurved. Aperture oblique. Operculum multispiral,

horny, with a large disc-like boss in the centre front side.

Has.—Tortiputti Peak, 7000 feet.

The nearest form to the above is A. digitatus, H. Blf., described

and figured in J. A. S. B., Vol. XL, 1871, from Darjeeling, but the

duplicate peristome in that shell is conspicuous and forms a well-defined

‘sharp edge where the expansion and plication of the inner lip commences.

By the operculum alone it can be at once distinguished, and it is besides

a much smaller shell.

A dwarf variety occurs on Shengorh peak only 0:09 in alt., not so ex-

panded near the aperture, and with the plication less developed. On the

Tanir ridge at 4000 feet, the same shell, of ordinary size and with the same

character of the aperture, occurs, shewing an interesting and gradual change

in form; the operculum is also different, being pale coloured, multispiral,

and flatly concave in front. This form is in this respect much nearer to

A. digitatus and might be separated under the title swb-digitatus.

ALYcxUS MuTATUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 11 & 11a.

Shell sub-turbinately depressed, openly umbilicated, fragile, covered

with a scabrous dull ochreous epidermis, which peels off in old shells, very

regularly and strongly striated throughout, the ribbing on the last whorl

very fine. Spire sub-conoid, apex rather blunt, suture deeply impressed.

Whorls 4, rounded, the last swollen, moderately constricted, then again

expanded and crossed by two ridges, the last of these not extending all

round the whorl. The constriction very regularly ribbed. Sutural tube

short, thickened at the base. Aperture oblique, circular. Peristome double

but closely united, very slightly reflected. Operculum multispiral, the

edges of the outer whorls in high relief so as to form a deep cup-like

hollow in the centre.

Alt. 0°10, major diam. 0°20, sutural tube 0-055 in.

Haz.—On Tortipiiti, Taénir, and Shengorh Peaks, at 6—7000 feet

elevation, in the dead leaves and moss about the roots of the forest trees,

I found about a dozen. The ground at the time was covered with snow,

so that it was very cold work hunting for them.

This shell is an interesting ally of A. Khasiacus, from which it differs

in its thick well-ribbed epidermis, but more especially in the very different

178 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

form of the operculum, which in Khasiacus is quite smooth and concave in

front. It is also a smaller and more delicately formed shell.

Atycmzus (Dioryx) erapuicus, BIf., var.

Has.—Both in the Dikrang Dhtn and on Tortipttti Peak.

Atycmus (Droryx) uRNuLA, Bs., var.

Higher in the spire, aperture proportionally larger ; whorls more

rounded, sutural tube only one-fourth the length, and the ribbing much

less fine on the swell of the whorl—differences which by some would

be considered quite sufficient to warrant another name being given to this

Dafla form. Five specimens were found all possessing the above character,

so it would appear to be quite constant.

DIPLOMMATINA POLYPLEURIS, Bs., var.

Has.—Borpani, Sajuhi, and Dihiri Parbat on outermost range.

DIPLOMMATINA POLYPLEURIS, var. MINUTA.

Has.—Shengorh and Tortputi Peaks.

DIPLOMMATINA SEMISCULPTA, W. BIf.

Has.—Borpani and Dikrank valley,—a good many specimens obtained.

Drerommatina AvstEnt, W. BIf., large var., Pl. VII, Figs. 8 & 8a.

Shell dextral, ovate fusiform, moderately thick, pale horny. Sceulp-

ture very fine, almost disappearing on the two last whorls. Sides of spire

moderately flat. Whorls 7, penultimate and antepenultimate the largest,

the last ascending slightly. Constriction in middle of aperture, which is

circular and vertical ; columellar margin rounded, tooth moderate. Peris-

tome simple, double, rather strongly formed, the inner lip continuous.

Alt. 0-15, diam. 0°70 in.

Haxz.—Low down on the left bank of the Dikrang river;—about a

dozen were found.

This shell is very similar in form to D. Austeni, W. Blf. from the

Khasi Hills, but it is much larger, that shell only being 0-90" in length, and

the two last whorls are not so smooth and shew slight traces of sculpture,

but the two are too close to be separated.

DietommMatina Homett, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 6.

Shell dextral, ovate, tumidly fusiform, strong, dull ochreous, very fresh

shells often ruddy orange-coloured, sculpture very fine and filiform on the

upper whorls, rather coarser on the last approaching the aperture. Spire

1876. ] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 179

with sides rather flat, penultimate and antepenultimate whorls about equal,

the last whorl has the constriction in the middle of the aperture, and ascends

to it. Aperture vertical, columellar margin angular below, the tooth well

developed and placed low down ; outer margin rounded. Peristome thick,

double, both lips continuous and well reflected on outer margin.

Alt. 0:24, diam. 0°14, diam. apert. 0-08 in.

Hazs.—In forest on the peaks of Tortpiti and Shengorh, very

abundant.

This species is conspicuous from its large size and tumid flat-sided

form. I have named it after Lieut. H. Home, R. E., who, with his company

of Sappers, rendered so much assistance in clearing the peak on which

I first found this shell; and it is with feelings of extreme regret that I

have to record the death by sun-stroke a few months after of this able,

zealous, fine young officer.

DIPLOMMATINA LEVIGATUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 7.

Shell dextral, tumidly fusiform, colour pale horny, very smooth through-

out, slight close colouration on the four apical whorls. Spire rather rapid-

ly diminishing towards the apex, this is rather sharp in some specimens.

Suture moderately impressed. Whorls 7, antepenultimate the largest and

swollen, the penultimate constricted in front of the aperture, the last

ascends but slightly and is puckered on the posterior margin, corresponding

with the angular projections of the outer lip. Aperture vertical; peristome

solid, double, the inner lip continuous, circular, the columellar process or

tooth moderate, the outer lip with an undulating margin, square below,

with angular projections, two below and one on the upper outer margin.

Alt. 0°15 in. ,

Has.—tThe Dikrang valley, Dafla Hills.

This is a very distinct form from any I am acquainted with: the waved

margin and angular expansions on the outer lip are its most peculiar cha-

racters, and mark at once its distinctness.

PUPINA IMBRICIFERA, Bs., var.

Has.—Dafla Hills. The small variety like that of the Naga Hills.

Only two obtained, the shell appearing to be rare on this side.

SrreprauLtus Bianrorpi, Bs., Pl. VIII, A, Figs. 2, 3, & 4.

Haz.—Harmutti, the Tanir ridge, and Dikrang valley; one only from

7000 feet,—an abundant shell in the low ground.

The true typical form ranges from 1000 to 4000 feet as arule. There

are, however, two other forms, one of which has been alluded to by Mr. W. T.

Blanford in his paper on the ‘Classification of the Cyclostomacea of

180 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

Eastern Asia’ (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., June 1864), and considered by

him to be perhaps worthy of specific distinction ; in this (which I distinguish

as var. a) the internal tube opens in the peristome outwards, with no

tendency to form an external sutural tube: of it I obtained three fine

specimens on Shengorh Peak, where it was associated with the other

forms. In the other (var. £, or var. tubulus), which was only obtaimed

in one locality at 5000 feet on the flanks of Tortpttti, there is a still

wider departure from S. Blanfordi, Bs.; the internal tube passes out just

behind the peristome, almost in the same way as in Ahaphaulus chrysallis,

Bs., and is directed upwards for about 0:05” of an inch. These differences

are very remarkable, occurring as they do in distinct species from Malayana,

and I should be inclined to consider them worthy of specific titles were the

habitats of the two forms wider apart, but both occur together, and im no

other point of structure can I detect any constant difference. I at first

thought that var 8. was more tumid and depressed and that it had a more

developed aperture, but similar continuous, thickened, circular peristomes are

to be found among the normal forms, when a large series is examined; and

the same holds good of the external shape. Iam sorry that I had no oppor-

tunity of examining the animals of these three forms: some considerable

modification of parts must surely be required to produce the very great differ-

ences in the length and direction of this tube-like process near the aperture.

Particularly fine examples of S. Blanfordi were found, as much as

0:43 in length and 0:28 in. in diameter.

MEGALOMASTOMA PAUPERCULUM, Bs.

Haz.—Shengorh Peak and Tortpitu. This form was found at all the

higher elevations, whereas I did not obtain a single example that will assim1-

late with IL. funiculatum from Darjeeling, either in form or colouration.

MEGALOMASTOMA TANYCHEILUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 5.

Shell cylindrical, turreted, solid, pale ochreous, sometimes with a tinge

of green, rather strongly and diagonally striated. Spire straight, sides

nearly parallel, apex conoidal, suture shallow. Whorls 9, with very slight

convexity of side. Aperture vertical, large, and circular, the peristome

continuous, very largely developed, thickened, and expanded ; at base of the

last whorl is a strong keel which terminates above near the centre of aperture.

Operculum composed of several horny layers, which appear to be formed

slowly and concentrically on a line radiating from the centre to the cireum-

ference.

Length. 1-20, diam. 0°35, diam. apert. (peristome included) 0°32 in.

Has.—Dikrang valley, low down, ranging up to about 2,500 feet and

very abundant.

1876.] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 181

This shell is a much wider departure from the Darjeeling form first

described by Benson, IZ. funiculatum, which is so much more tumid, shorter

in spire, of a dark purplish brown colour, and never has the peristome so

broad and thickened as in this species. JL. pauperculwm is intermediate

between the two.

Pomattas HIMALAyanm, Bs.

Haz.—Tortiputu and Shengorh Peaks.

PoMATIAS PLEUROPHORUS, Bs.

Has.—Very fine specimens were obtained at the village of Pachitah

(Camp 7) ; it was also got at Harmatti. Alt. 0°32, diam. 0-17 in.

POMATIAS GRANDIS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 13.

Shell dextral, perforate, turreted, rather swollen below, solid, with

moderately strong close costulation throughout, smooth on the penultimate

whorl above the aperture, very close fine ribbing behind the aperture ; covered

with a thin epidermis ; grey corneous or pale ochreous. Spire rapidly decreas-

ing to apex. Whorls 9, slightly convex, the last rounded below. Aperture

vertical, circular. Peristome double, thickened, reflected, continuous, slightly

angular at upper outer margin. Operculum thin, horny, indistinctly spiral

in some specimens.

Alt. 0°55, diam. 0°20, diam. ap. 0°17 in.

Hazs.—Shengorh Peak, rather abundant in moss on rocks.

Its very large size distinguishes it at once from P. himalayane and P.

pleurophorus, but it also differs in its more tumid form, the greater num-

ber of its whorls, its rounder aperture without the distinct small notch, and

in not being so strongly costulated.

The three following species were found as far back as 1866-67,

while the survey of the Khasi and Garo hill-ranges was in progress. I was

in hopes that Mr. W. T. Blanford, who has described so many species of

the same genus, would have been able to publish these also, but his hands

have been so full since then with the large and very important collections

from Abyssinia and Persia made by himself, and more recently with those

from Yarkand, together with the ordinary work of the Geological Survey,

that they have been laid aside. Of two of them years ago I prepared

figures, which are now introduced to complete Plate VIII, A. All three

are referred to Cyathopoma—a genus which has not before been recorded

from this part of India. In form these eastern species assimilate with

182 _ Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

some from Southern India; but it is interesting and important to note

that as regards the operculum there is a distinct departure, the former

having this appendage very similar to some A/yca@i of the same province.

I, however, consider them nearer to Cyathopoma than to any other genus,

and it is not desirable to separate them until something more is known

of the animals.

1. CyatHoroma JAWAIENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, A, Fig. 6.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, turbinate, covered with a dark umber epi-

dermis. Whorls 43, well rounded, with four well raised longitudinal ribs

on the last, three shewing on the whorls above. Spire conical, apex

papillate. Peristome simple, lip thin ; aperture circular, the hrate ribbing

extending up to the peristome so as to give it on the exterior margin an

angular outline. Operculum pure white, situated close to the margin of

the aperture, deeply concave in front, many whorled, with a small dark spot

in the centre.

Alt. 0:07, major diam. 0:06 in.

The animal has long pointed pale tentacles, with the eyes on the upper

outer basal margin (fig. 6 ¢ having been drawn from a dead specimen, the

tentacles are represented in a contracted condition). The labial ribbon

(fig. 6 6) is very similar to that of Diplommatina, all the teeth being five-

cuspid in the usual arrangement 83—1—3, with the central rather broad.

Haz.—tThis little shell is very abundant in the woods close to Jawai

among dead leaves, and I found the first specimen close under the Dak

bungalow at that place. The very white operculum with the dark central

spot contrasting with the dark colour of the shell is a very conspicuous

character.

In the Nagé Hills I afterwards obtained a slightly larger form to

which the above description would apply, only that the operculum is not so

deeply concave and is situated well within the aperture, whereas in several

dozen specimens of Jawaiensis examined the position of the operculum is

external.

2. CyatHopoma NevIittit, n. sp., Plate VIII, A, Fig. 5.

Shell elongately turbinate, very closely umbilicated, covered with an

olivaceous epidermis. Whorls 53, rounded, with four well marked spiral ribs

and one basal near the umbilicus. Apex blunt. Aperture rounded, peris-

tome simple, continuous, very slightly thickened and reflected, operculum

well within the aperture, slightly concave, minutely multispiral, with a

large central plain area.

A very large specimen measures alt. 1:1, major diam. 0-08, but some

are only 0:07 in. in alt. Animal not observed.

1876. ] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 183

Haz.—Khasi and Nagd Hills, in damp situations among decaying

vegetation at about 4000—5000 feet, not by any means abundant. J at first

considered it to be a Jerdonia, from its remarkable similarity in external form

to J. trochlea, Bs., from Southern India, but on comparison of the opercula

I found a considerable difference. It is a smaller shell than J. trochlea.

3. CyYAaTHOPOMA GAROENSE, 0. sp.

Shell openly umbilicated, turbinate, white, multilirate. Whorls 5, well

rounded ; there are six well marked longitudinal ribs on the last whorl,

the interval between the 4th, 5th, and 6th being wider than that between

the ribs above. Succeeding these below near the umbilicus can be counted

eight very close lines of ribbing; the whole surface between this ribbing is

sharply and regularly striate, giving it rather a lace-like appearance. Spire

conoid, apex high and papillate. Peristome simple, quite circular, single.

Operculum exposed in front close to the margin of the aperture, multispiral,

flat in front, thick and shelly in appearance. Animal not observed.

Alt. 0°08, major diam. 0-09 in.

Haz.—It was first taken on limestone rocks in the South Garo Hills,

and was particularly abundant at Rywuk on the Sumessary river in the

limestone cliff on the left bank of the river; it must extend all along the

southern face of the hills with the run of the Nummulitic rocks, for I have

two specimens in my collection from the South Jaintia Hills. C. Giaroense

is very like the South Indian C. Deccanense, W. Blf., in the sculpture and

position of the operculum.

No species of Cyathopoma have as yet been obtained anywhere to

the north of this line of hills, not one occurred among the large collection

of shells made in the Dafla Hills, the most eastern part of the Himalayan

range that has as yet been explored.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate VII.

Cyclophorus nivicola, 0. sp., nat. size.

Spiracuhum Nevill, n. sp., nat. size.

Pterocyclos magnus, D. sp., nat. size.

Spiraculum hispidum, Bs., sutural tube, nat. size.

Megalomastoma tanycheilus, n. sp., nat. size.

Diplommatina Homeii, n. sp., enlarged.

levigatus, n. sp., enlarged.

Austeni, Bif., large var., enlarged.

Alyceus notatus, nD. sp., enlarged.

Theobald, Bs., var., the operculum, enlarged.

5&2 SSP GN Ges a

ra, ALAS mutatus, D. sp., enlarged.

» «=—«12. Daflaensis, n. sp., enlarged.

» 13. Pomatias grandis, n. sp., slightly enlarged.

184 W. Theobald—Deseriptions of new Land and [No. 3,

Plate VIII, A.

Fig. 1. Cyclophorus fuscicolor, n. sp.

Be 2. Streptaulus Blanfordi, Bs. (the shorter line shews the height of the aper-

ture, the longer, the length of shell).

. 3. == var. a.

Sha acke var. B. (tubulus.)

5 5. Cyathopoma Nevilli, n. sp.

. 6, 6a. Jawmiensis, D. Sp.

3 65. ——_ —_——— labial ribbon.

——_—__. head of animal shewing position of the eyes

(the sketch was taken from a specimen after removal from its

shell, the tentacles are therefore much contracted).

5 7. Carychium Indicwn, Bs.

» 8 ————- Khasianum, G-A.

XIII.— Descriptions of some new Land and Preshwater Shells from India

and Burmah.—By W. 'THEOBALD.

(Recd. June 4th ;—Read July 7th, 1875.)

(With Plate XIV.)

SrsaRaA HUNGERFORDIANA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 1.

Testa lenticulart, imperforata, cornea, confertim transverse striata, ad

apicem obtuswm et wmbilicum cirea levigata. Anfractibus sex lente cres-

centibus, ultimo acute sive filiforme carinato, et ad aperturam (per anfrac-

tus wltimi dimidiwm) descendente. Apertura fere verticali, marginibus callo

tenuissimo junctis. Labio incrassato, dentibus tribus equidistantibus mstruc-

to, dente interiori libero, ceteris callo brevi gunctis.

Lat. major 11-00, lat. minor (2) 11:00, alt. 5°50 mm.

Habitat ad ‘ Mizan-touny prope ripas ‘Salwiw fluminis provincia

‘ Martabav’ haud procul a Maulmei.

This interesting addition to the Sesara group was forwarded to me by

Dr. Hungerford from near Maulmeim. It recalls 7. Attaranensis, Th., but

differs in its descending last whorl, and in its teeth, which are larger and

more equal, whilst the callus uniting the two outer ones is less developed

than in that species, in which it constitutes a horse-shoe-shaped fillet. In

some specimens the shell may be perforate, as it is a thin callus only which

seems spread across the narrow umbilical opening.

SESARA INERMIS, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 2.

Testa sublenticulari, angustissime wmbilicata, depressa, cornea, subpoli-

ta, sed supra exilissime transverse striata. Anfractibus septem, ultimo

1876.] Freshwater Shells from India and Burmah. 185

Jiliforme carinato, non descendente. Apertura fere verticali. Labio sub-

inerassato, sinuato, dentibus nullis instructo.

Lat. maj. 11-60, lat. minor. 10°80, alt. 4°80 mm.

Habitat in valle fluminis ‘ Salwin’ haud procul a Maulmein provincia

Martaban.

The exact locality where I procured this species I do not know, beyond

that it was near the Salween. It is interesting as the simplest form of the

group to which it belongs, having no teeth and rather feeble striation. Its

habit, however, is quite that of a Sesara, and it comes from what is almost

the headquarters of the group in Burmah.

Corasta BovuRDILLONI, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 3.

Testa conoidea, obtecto-perforata, carinata, temn, polita, albida, trans-

lucente, sub epidermide pallide straminea et decidua lineis exilissimis flex-

uosis spiraliter ornata. Anfractibus 45, celeriter crescentibus, ad apicem

manmmillatum paullo convexis, sed ultimo supra planato et circa wnbilicum

paullo inflato.- Apertura magna subquadrata ; marginibus simplicibus

callo tenuissimo junctis.

Diam. maj. 25°4, diam. min. 19:5, alt. 148, aperture alt. 16:0, ejusdem

lat. 14:0 mm.

_ Habitat montibus in umbrosis provincia Travankor haud procul a Tre-

vandrum India Australi, teste F. Bourdillon.

A few dead examples of this handsome and evidently arboreal species

have reached me through the kindness of Mr. Bourdillon, after whom I

have named it, and to whom I am indebted for a small collection of shells

from the same locality. Among these were Oyclophorus Niliqgiricus, Catau-

lus Calcadensis, Myxostoma deplanatum, Micraulax seabra un. sp., Ditropis

planorbis, Mychopoma hirsutum, the recently described Hemiplecta Beddomet,

Rotula indica (a large form of 28 mills and a small stout form of 17

mills), &. Shiplayi, Sitala apicata, a single reversed arboreal Helix of the

albizonata type (Geotrochus Calcadensis), a Glessula which seems a mere

variety of G. parabilis, a stouter form with more arcuate columella (pro-

bably G. Deshayesiana), and a small species not determined, a Streptasis,

and Hapalus Travankoricus, n. sp.

MIcRAULAX, subgenus novum.

Cyclophori habitu planorbulari, testa sulco brevi intus instructa,

operculo ?

MIcRAULAX SCABRA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 4.

Testa late et profunde wmbilicata, et sulco haud profundo et valde

meonspicuo mtus instructa, linea parwm elevata externe notato. Anfractibus

186 W. Theobald—Descriptions of new Land and [No. 3,

4—4+ convexis, ultimo subinflato, celeriter crescente, et ad aperturam non

descendente. Epidermide scabra, juata aperturam corrugata. Apertura

parum obliqua, subcirculari, breviter adnata. Operculo?

Lat. major 14°20, lat. minor 12:00, alt 6:20, aperture lat. 6:00 mm.

Habitat montibus in unbrosis provincie Travankor India Australi,

éeste F. Bourdillon.

This is a very interesting section of the planorbular Cyclophori, unit-

ing the Myzxostoma type with the turbinate Lagocheilus. The canal of

Cataulus is merely, it would seem, a more highly developed and specialised

representation of the shallow groove in this species.

Hapatus Travanxoricus, Th., Pl. XIV, Fig. 5.

Testa turrita, anguste umbilicata, tenui, translucenti-cornea ; epidermt-

de sericea. Anfractibus 5 valde convexis. Apertura verticali, quadrato-

ovata, marginibus simplicibus, aliquando callo tenui junctis; labio ad

wmbilicum paullo reflexo.

Alt. 65, lat. 3°9, aperture alt. 2:2, ejusdem lat. 1:5 mm.

Habitat montibus in wnbrosis provincie Travankor Indié Austral,

teste F. Bourdillon.

It has been suggested that this is nothing more than the young of

Cataulus Calcadensis, numerous specimens of which were forwarded to me

at the same time, but it differs from the young of that species when of the

same size, as was seen from numerous examples. Two specimens only of

the present form were found, both dead shells, but in fair condition. The

form of the mouth is peculiar and the silky lustre of the epidermis also.

SPIRACULUM BHAMOENSE, Nn. sp.

Testa depressa, aperto-umbilicata. Apice elevatiusculo, sutura profun-

da, anfract. 45 convexts, ultimo juata aperturam parum descendente. Epi-

dermide tenut, leviter striata, vie scabriuscula. Colore corneo-albescente,

fascia mediana cincto, strigisque castaneis fulgquratis picto, superioribus

latis, inferioribus autem (sive subfascialibus) angustis. Aliquando unico-

lore, corneo-stramineo. Apertura obliqua magna. Peristomate dupliet,

intus ad suturam angulato-inciso ; extra alam linguiformem subtubularem

horizontalen adnatam formante. Tubulo suturali recurvato ab apertura

3 mm. distante.

Diam. max. 11:00, diam. min. 8°50, alt. 5:50 (oris diam.) apertura

5°20 mim.

. Habitat prope Bhamo valle Iravadi Regno Burmanico.

The nearest ally of this interesting form is 8S. Avanwn, W. BI., which

it approaches in the recurved form of its sutural tube, but it differs im size

and mode of colouration. In §. Avanum, too, the linguiform projection of

1876.] Freshwater Shells from India and Burmah. 187

the peristome is vertical, not as in the present species horizontal. The

colouration, too, is peculiar, the fulgurate stripes above the peripheral band

being much more open or more obtusely bent than in the narrow or more

acutely angled bands below it.

SPIRACULUM BITUBIFERUM, 0. Sp.

Testa depressa, late wmbilicata, apice depresso, sutura profunda, an-

Sract. 5 convexis, ultimo prope tubulum paullo ascendente, inde descendente.

Epidermide scabriuscula spiraliter striata; colore albido, transverse vie

subfulgurate castaneo strigato. Perist. simplici, expansiusculo, recurvato,

prope suturan alam formante, tubulo brevissimo sursum spectante instructo.

Tubulo sutwrali recurvato ab apertura 8 mm. distante. Apertura obliqua.

Diam. max. (peristomate incluso) 18°30, diam. min. 14:00, alt. 7:00,

apert. 7°30 mun.

Habitat prope Bhamo cum precedente.

This remarkable species differs from most others in possessing a dis-

tinct tubular wing at the mouth which somewhat recalls the same feature in

Pt. Albersi, only the tube is more free and open. The only other species

possessing a second tube is 8. Aastersi figured in the Conch. Indica, PI. V,

Fig. 1, but not described. In that species, however, the last whorl towards

the mouth is free and the peristomial tube less complete though longer

than in the present form.

STREPTAXIS BOMBAX, Bs., Pl. XIV, Fig. 6.

I give an excellent drawing of this species kindly furnished to me by

Mr. W. T. Blanford. ‘The species was originally described as Helix bombax

from an immature specimen. ‘The adult now figured was from the vicinity

of Maulmein.

AmPuipromus THEOBALDIANUS, Bs., Pl. XIV, Fig. 8.

A figure is here given of a perfect example of this rare shell, which

was described by Benson from an imperfect example.

GEOoTROcHUS CaLcapENSIS, Beddome, Pl. XIV, Fig. 7.

I also figure a specimen of this species (Beddome, J. A. S. B. 1870,

p- 18) forwarded to me by Mr. Bourdillon from Travankor. It is slightly

smaller than the type, measuring alt. 20, diam. major 14°80, minor 12°80,

aperture alt. 11-00, ejusdem lat. 8:00 mm.

Unto Foornt, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 9.

Testa elongata, rotundato-quadrata, valde inequilaterali ab umbonibus

angulata, et infra et antice valde compressa, concentrice striata et postice

188 W. Theobald—Deseriptions of new Land and [No. 3,

radiatin striata. Dentibus cardinalibus fortibus, in callo costiformi positis,

in valva dextra duobus alteraque singulis, subverticalibus. Cicatricibus

valde depressis. Palliat impressione valde conspicua.

Dian. ma. 97, minor 40, crass. 25 mm.

Habitat in Kistna flumine prope ‘ Gutparba falls,’ teste A. B. Foote.

This shell has its valves divided into two subequal areas by a strong

ridge running back and down from the beaks. The lower and anterior por-

tion is strongly compressed, simulating the appearance of Arca subtorta,

though there is no true ‘ version’ in the valves. The strong cardinal rib

which supports the cardinal teeth is also a marked feature of this species,

as well as its radiating striz intersecting the concentric lines of growth.

Unfortunately the beaks are much decayed in my two specimens and their

sculpture wholly effaced.

I am indebted to my colleague Mr. Foote for both shells collected by

him at the ‘ Gutparba’ falls.

PistpiIuM BoMBAYANUM, 0. sp.

Testa subovali, twmida, tenui, mequilaterali, postice rotundata, viz

truncata ; antice rotundata elongata; exilissime et confertim concentrice

striata ; dente cardinali minutissimo ; dentibus lateralibus in valva deztra

geminis, in sinistra autem singulis.

Lat. 4°30, alt. 3°70, crass. 2°70 mm.

Habitat in Indie occidentalis regione “ Western Ghats” dicta, teste

W. T. Blanford.

I have long had specimens of this shell from Western India, and it is

the same as that mentioned by Mr. Nevill when describing his P. Clarkea-

num (J. A. S. B., 1871, Part II, p. 9, Pl. I, Fig. 4.). The subangulation

mentioned by Nevill is more discernible in young shells than in adults,

which are symmetrically rounded. ‘This species is extremely closely allied

to P. Clarkeanwm, but is more convex posteriorly. By an inadvertence of

the describer the posterior side of P. Clarkeanum is described as the

longer instead of the anterior as correctly shown in the figure.

Pisriprum NEVILLIANUM, n. sp.

Testa trigona, tumidiuseula, tenui, mequilaterali, postice modice con-

vexa, untice elongata, subacuminata, exilissime concentrice striata ; wnboni-

bus levigatis.

Lat. 3°60, alt. 3°50, crass. 2°20 mm.

Habitat prope Rurki.

A single specimen only of this species was communicated to me by Mr.

G. Nevill. Its trigonal form most readily distinguishes it from its

allies.

1876.] J. Wood-Mason—Deseriptions of new Species of Panesthia. 189

PISIDIUM ATKINSONIANUM, 0. sp.

Testa subovali, vie tumida, inequilaterali, antice elongata, utringue

rotundata, tenut, pallide cornea, concentrice striatula, et lineis paucis (4—5)

enerementi fortioribus signata.

Lat. 3:30, alt. 2°70, crass. 1°80 mm.

Habitat ad Tonglu in Sikkim ad 10000 ped. alt., teste W.S. Atkinson.

Compared with P. Bombayanum this is a smaller, flatter, and less

inzequilateral shell. My specimens were given me by Mr. H. F. Blanford,

who received them direct from the discoverer.

XIV.—Descriptions of new Species of Blattide belonging to the Genus

Panesthia.— By Jamus Woop-Masov.

PANESTHIA MONSTRUOSA, 0. Sp.

Ingens, aptera, aterrima, nitida. Corpore crassissimo. Tegumento

valde indurato. Pronoto in maribus valdissime, in foeminis modice, ineequali

et impresso ; bituberculato ; incisura profunda, lata, medio recta et linea

elevata marginata, lateribus cornigera, cornubus in mare magnis, in femina

modicis, reflexis, apice plicatis. Abdominis segmentis basalibus infraque

supraque sparsim minute punctatis, ultimo laminaque supraanali punctis

crebrioribus necnon grandioribus conspersis hac postice 5-dentata. Pedibus

validis, spinis tibialibus fortibus armatis; femoribus anticis trispinosis.

Long. corporis maris 58 mm. ; pronoti 143, pronoti lat. 194, incisure lat. 6 ;

mesonoti long. 9, mesonoti lat. 213; metanoti long. 8, metanoti lat. 23;

abdom. long. 30, abd. lat. (ad medium) 23. Long. corp. fem. 52.

Hazp.—A male and a female from Southern India (R. C. Beddome).

This fine insect offers a curious resemblance to the Gromphadorhina

portentosa, Schaum, from Madagascar.

PANESTHIA WALLACEI, n. sp.

Aterrima, nitidissima. Pronoto ut in P. morione sed nitidiore et dis-

tinctius crebriusque punctato. Abdomine sparsim punctulato, punctis

apicem versus sensim frequentioribus ac paullo majoribus ; segmento ultimo

marginibus integro angulisque posticis vix producto; lamina supraanali

disco parce fulvo-pilosa, postice rotundata, tota integra, dentibus lateralibus

nullis; lamina subgenitali confertim grosse punctata. Cercis tumidis,

fulvo-pilosis. Tegminibus alisque pene ut in P. morione; abdominis

apicem longe superantibus ; venarum omnium parte apicali perspicua utrin-

que pallida, subhyalina ; illorum vena anali recta impressa hyalina. Femo-

ribus anticis basin versus bidentatis. Long. corporis maris, 386; mm.,

pronoti 9%, pronoti lat. 14, long. tegminum 40, alarum 35, abdom. 18,

abd, lat. (ad medium) 16.

190 J. Wood-Mason—Deseriptions of new Species of Panesthia.

Has.—A single male from Sinkep Island, near Singapore.

PANESTHIA FLAVIPENNIS, N. Sp.

Aterrima, nitidissima, pulcherrima. Pronoto antice granulato, postice

medio sparsim, ad latera confertissime, punctato ; aliter ut in P. Javanico.

Oculis maculisque ocelliformibus flavidis. Tegminibus letissime flavis,

singulis maculis duabus nigris, una parva ad basin, alteraque magna orbicu-

lari pone medium posita, notatis ; vena anali elevata potius quam impressa,

fortiter arcuata ; abdominis segmenti ultimi apicem vix attingentibus. Allis

apice flavo-marginatis. Antennis apicem versus flavido-annulatis. Abdo-

minis segmentis dorsalibus punctatissimis ; ultimo laminaque supraanali

punctis grossissimis: hac margine postico 5-dentata, angulis lateralibus

latis ; illo angulis posticis acutissime producto ; segmentis ventralibus latere

punctatis, medio vix punctatis ; lamina subgenitali conspicua, levi, politis-

sima, convexa. Femoribus anticis muticis. Larvis totis aterrimis. Long.

corporis @ 87—45, ¢ 43 mm.; pronoti g 10—13, @ 10%; pronoti lat.

g 144—173, 9 164; long. tegminum ¢ 29—53, 9 295.

Hazs.—Numerous adult and immature specimens of both sexes from

the Naga Hills (J. Butler and Godwin-Austen), Brahmaputra Valley

(A. W. Chennell), and Dikrang Valley (Godwin-Austen).

PANESTHIA SAUSSURII, n. sp.

@ P. mandarinea, Saussure, Mélanges Orthopt., p. 100, Pl. 3, Fig. 23, non p. 40,

Pl. 1, Fig. 25.

I have recently received from Johore in the Malay Peninsula a fine

series of specimens of P. mandarinea, none of which exhibit the least

approach to the remarkable structure of the abdomen seen in the insect

described and figured by De Saussure as the supposed female of it. The

larvee of P. mandarinea, moreover, are jet-black throughout, while those of

P. Saussurii are deep black-brown symmetrically variegated with pale test-

aceous on every part of the body, including the legs, which are ringed, the

antennee, which are tipped, and the head, which is triply banded, with the

same colour. A further reason for refusing to accept the insect figured by

De Saussure on Pl. 3 (op. supra cit.) as the female of the one represented on

Pl. I is, that the latter is itself also a female, the sides of the pronotum in

the true males of which are produced into huge curved horns each separated

from the broad semioval median lobe covering the head by a deep rounded

emargination.

Haz.—A single specimen of the male from Sikkim (L. Mandelli).

This insect having been captured just prior to the last moult, the organs

of flight are still in rudiment, and the pronotum is still non-emarginate.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—}—

Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. [V.—1876.

XV.— fifth List of Birds from the Hill Ranges of the North-East Fron-

tier of India. By Major H. H. Gopwiy-Austien, & R. G. S.,

F. Z. 8&., Deputy Superintendent Topographical Survey of India.

(Recd. September ;—Read Dec. 6th, 1876.)

(With Plates V, VI, & IX.)

The present list includes birds principally from the Munipur Hills,

obtained by Messrs. Ogle and Robert in the field season of 1873—74, by Mr.

A. W. Chennell in the Hastern Naga Hills, and by myself in the Khasi Hills

in 1875. The above-named members of No. 6 Topographical Survey Party

deserve not only my best thanks but those of all interested in ornitho-

logy for devoting so much of their spare time to this branch of natural

history. Mr. Robert in particular has added a number of new species by

his zeal in collecting, and I am glad his name is now associated with one of

the most interesting of the birds discovered, viz., a Sphenocichla. All

the new forms were described in a joint paper by Viscount Walden (now

Marquis of Tweeddale) and myself, published in ‘ The Ibis’ in 1875, but I

have given the descriptions again in full. During the past winter (1875—

76), Messrs. Ogle and Chennell have made another collection in the Naga

Hills, and we may therefore expect a few more novelties, as new country on

the eastward has been penetrated and surveyed, and for this purpose many

of the higher peaks were ascended and cleared. The people (Nagas) have

been most hostile throughout the season, and as it must have been almost

impossible for the shikaris to be much about by themselves in the jungle, I

do not anticipate a very large collection.

192 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Fifth List of Birds from the (No. 4,

The addition of the following 36 species brings up the record from the

eastern districts and hill-frontier to 528 species, a number which, with so

many zealous collectors in the party, I trust will be still further augmented

before the survey is completed.

16. HyporriorcHis cHicquEeRA, Daud.

From Sylhet.

18. Eryruropus (CERcHNEIS) PExKINENSIS, Swinhoe. .

This specimen was submitted for identification to Mr. Gurney, who

says it is too immature in plumage to enable him to decide whether it is

really the above or the European species, and who, moreover, doubts the

validity of #. Pekinensis. But as birds from the Naga Hills are far more

likely to be similar to those from China, I have given it Swinhoe’s title,

following Jerdon in his ‘Supplemental Notes to the ‘Birds of India”

in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1871.

25. AccIPITER virGatus, Temm.

Obtained by Mr. Chennell near Debrughur.

41a. PottoaETus PLUMBEUS, Hodgson.

T have a fine specimen, evidently a female, from the Naga Hills, agree-

ing with Dr. Jerdon’s description in his Supplementary Notes (op. supra

cit. p. 836). This was sent for identification to Mr. Gurney, who in reply

says—“ The one marked humilis is plumbeus of Hodgson, which I think

must be admitted as a good species.” Mr. Sharpe, in his ‘ Catalogue of the

Accipitres’, does not recognize P. plumbeus, but places it as a synonym of

P. ichthyaetus, considering Hodgson’s drawing an unfinished picture of the

large species; but Hodgson surely would not have omitted, even in an un-

finished drawing, the broad white bar on the tail, the colouration of the tail

being the most important character both in P. humilis and P. plumbeus.

The description of the bird now recorded will run as follows:

On back and shoulder of wing pale umber-brown, with ash-coloured

feathers coming in on the centre of back ; the tail is of the same colour but

darker, increasing in intensity to the end, with no white save at the very

roots of the rectrices. Head hoary grey, passing into ashy brown on the nape,

with an admixture of some pure plumbeous feathers. The primaries are

very dark umber-brown, some of the larger coverts splashed with a more

rufous paler brown, the traces of the previous phase of colouration ; the first

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. HE. Frontier. 193

and second are inside slightly mottled with white on the inner web. Side

of head and the chin ashy, passing into hair-brown on the breast. Thighs,

abdomen, and under tail-coverts pure white. The lower back has vinous

reflections in certain lights.

I have been able to compare this fish-eagle with a male of P. humilis

from Malacea, and although the plumage is almost identical, save for the

greyer tint of the latter, the difference in size is more remarkable. The Naga

bird is in point of size of wing and tail nearly equal to P. ichthyaetus but

with far feebler bill and talons. P. pluwmbeus would appear to be the more

robust Indian representative of the smaller Malayan P. humilis.

94. CurLIpon Nipaensis, Hodgson.

From Konchungbum.

1358. AtcEDO Bravant, Walden.

Comparing a very large series of 4. Asiatica (= Meninting, Horsfd.),

A. Moluccensis, and A. Beavani, the distinctly rich lazuline tint of the

upper surface in A. Asiatica is most apparent. In A. Moluccensis and

A. Beavani this blue has a greenish tinge of torquoise, while beneath

A. Beavani has the rich sienna-brown of A. Asiatica. Such slight

differences of colour as those mentioned above are very subtle, but, though

in many forms they are very constant when a number of birds are placed

side by side, it is quite impossible to settle such fine points of divergence

by comparison with coloured plates, as, I notice, is occasionally done. My

specimen was obtained on the Sussa river, near Debrughur.

We 267 mehes: 1-2, W035, BE. 1-7.

It agrees exactly with specimens from Cochin China in Lord Walden’s

collection.

I have examined 23 skins of A. Asiatica from the following places,

Eastern (Soerabaya) and Western Java, Sarawak, Malacca, Lombok, Togian

Islands, Marip, Penang, Labuan, and Macassa; 6 specimens of A.

Moluecensis, from Cebebes, N. Ceram, Jololo, and Amboyna (type) ; and

6 examples of A. Beavani from Sadya, Debrughur, the Andamans, Manbaum,

Burmah, and Cochin China.

160a. Picus arratus, Blyth.

A specimen of this woodpecker obtained at Thingra in the Munipur

Hills agrees with Burmese examples. It has been lately figured by Lord

Walden in the ‘Ibis’ for July 1876, in his interesting notes on the late

Colonel Tickell’s fine series of excellent and truthful drawings of Indian

a birds, which, with the MSS., have been presented to the Zoological Society

of London.

194 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Fifth List of Birds from the [No. A,

1606. Picts MANDERINUS, Gould, var.

This species has for its nearest ally in these districts P. majoroides,

but the outer tail-feathers are white with narrow black bars, in contradis-

tinction to P. majorotdes, in which they are black with broad white ones.

Above it is the counterpart of P. majoroides : the back, wing, and tail

rich velvety black; spots on the wing-feathers moderate ; a very large and

conspicuous white wing-patch formed by the secondary coverts; a scarlet

band on the nape; a white frontal band extends through the eye to the

ear-coverts and side of the neck, the portion near base of bill and the ear-

coverts being pale flaxen. Beneath: the chin white; throat and upper

breast earth-brown, with a pale scarlet gorget bordering a black patch,

which, commencing at the gape, widens and extends down the side of the

neck, a few pure white feathers separating this from the earth-brown of

the throat; flanks white; the tail has the two outer feathers white,

barred with black on inner web, the outermost has two spots on the white

outer web, and in the penultimate this web is entirely white; tips of the

four outer tail-feathers ferruginous; the abdomen and under tail-coverts

are crimson. Jill dark plumbeous, rather stouter and blunter than that of

P. majoroides ; legs equal in size.

L. about 8 inches, W. 5:0, T. 3°68, t. 0°85, Bf. 1°17.

Haps.—Was obtained by Mr. Wm. Robert at Gonglong, Munipur Hills.

It differs from P. manderinus, Gld., in being smaller, in the white on

the wings being more conspicuous, in being browner on the throat and

breast, and in its whiter tail. Inthe specimen of P. manderinus in the

British Museum with which I compared it, the outer web of the penultimate

tail-feather has a black spot.

238a. DicmUM OLIVACEUM, Walden.

A specimen from Samaguting turns out to be identical with those

from Tonghu, Burmah. Blyth must have been mistaken when he says he

saw D. minimum in abundance at Moulmein: the species he saw must

have been either D. virescens or D. olivacewm, probably the former.

245. CERTHIA DISCOLOR, Blyth.

L. about 5°75 inches, W. 2°54, T. 2°9, t. 0°60, Bf. 0.58.

Naga Hills.

248. Srrra Himanayensis, Jard. and Selby.

Aimul, Munipur Hills.

There are several skins in the collection. Interesting as being the first

record of this nut-hatch so far to the eastward.

W. 38:0 inches, T. 1:70, t. 0°65, BE. 0°60.

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. HE. Frontier. 195

303. CyYoRNIS UNICOLOR, Blyth.

This bird, hitherto only obtained in Sikkim, I have from the Khasi

Hills. Among Col. Tickell’s drawings there is one of this species under the

title Humyias melanops (vide Lord Walden in op. supra. cit., p. 353),

shewing that it extends southwards into Akyab.

317. ANTHTPES MONILIGER, Hodgson.

Gonglong, Munipur Hills.

332a. PNorpyGA Roperti, Wald. and Aust.

The following is the original description of this species published in

‘The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 252.

“ Above olive-brown, each feather pale-centred and fringed or tipped

with dark brown. Loresalbescent. Between the eyes and the rictus black.

A well-defined streak extending from above the eye down each side of the

head, fulvous. LEar-coverts cinereous at base, brown towards the tips.

Chin and throat pure white, each throat-feather being terminated by a

small black triangular drop; asthe tips of the feathers overlap, these

drops from continuous black lines, the two principal ones descending from

the angles of the under mandible. Cheeks ferruginous, each feather with

a black terminal drop. Pectoral and abdominal feathers pale brown, with

broad pure white or fulvous-white centres. Under tail-coverts bright

ferruginous yellow. Plumage on the rump loose, soft, and dense, com-

pletely concealing the short tail, and being of an almost uniform ferrugi-

nous brown colour. Wings when closed, dark chocolate-brown, most

intense on the secondaries. Most of the wing-coverts distinctly tipped

with almost pure white, so also the inner tertiary quills. Rectrices chocolate-

brown.”

“ Bill from nostril 0:37 inch, wing 2°15, tarsus 0°75, tail 1:15.”

This bird was found at Asalé and also at Chakha in the Munipur hills.

In my first list it is recorded under the name of Pnoepyga caudata, Blyth.

It closely resembles Turdinus brevicaudatus, especially in the upper plumage,

but may be at once distinguished by its smaller size and diminutive tail.

3326. PNoEPYGA CHOCOLATINA, Wald. and G-Aust.

Described in ‘ The Ibis,’ Vol. V, 1875, p. 252, as follows :—

“ Above olive brown, each feather fringed with a somewhat fainter

tint, thus imparting a subdued scaly aspect to the back. Wings and _ tail

chocolate-brown. Upper and under tail-coverts ferruginous brown, bright-

est on the under coverts. Lower surface generally ferruginous brown, many

of the abdominal feathers being largely centred with white or fulvous white.

Pectoral feathers with minute terminal white drops, or some with narrow

196 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Fifth List of Birds from the [No. 4,

white or fulvous white centres. A few almost white feathers on the middle

of the breast. Chin white; gular feathers white, with pale fulvous or

ferruginous edges. Bill dark brown. Legs pale flesh-colour.”

“ Bill from nostrils 0°25 inch, wing 1°87, tarsus 0°75, tail 1°75.”

“ Described from a specimen obtained at Kedimai in the Munipur

Hills.”

Having obtained specimens of this bird at Shillong in June 1875, I

can add a few additional notes from birds in the flesh. The specimen first

described is evidently in an immature stage of plumage. In the adult, the

lores are pale over the eye also, the border of lower mandible is white, the

under surface is more rufous, there is no sign of white tippings to the breast

or abdominal feathers, the irides are red-brown, and the legs pale horny.

In the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, where Mr. Oustalet very kindly got

out for my inspection the fine series of birds collected by Pére Armand

David in Moupin, Setchuan, &c., there is a Pnoepyga very close to this form,

the P. Halsneti of A. David, which is speckled all over with whitish on a pale

umber-brown, has a pale rufous moustachial streak, a white throat, and

a finely barred tail.

335. Rurator MALACOPTILUS, Blyth.

Munipur Hills.

362. MeERULA saLBocincTa, Royle.

Remta, Munipur Hills.

W. 5:65 inches, T. 4:1, t. 1:5, BE. 0:78.

367a. TURDUS PALLIDUS, Gmelin.

375. PARADOXORNIS RUFICEPS, Blyth.

Hemeo Peak, North Cachar.

377. CHLENASICUS RUFICEPS, Blyth.

Baladhan, Cachar.

378a. SuTHoRA Munrpurensis, G-Austen and Walden.

Described in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 250 as follows :—

“ Crown of head cinnamon-brown, becoming more olivaceous or fulvous

green on back; shoulder of wing greenish umber. Primaries black, the

first four edged white, the rest crossed with a bright fulvous bar on the

outer webs; the secondaries edged broadly with fulvous, and a few of the

last tipped white on inner web. Tail ruddy fulvous at base, paling towards

the end, which is dusky and indistinctly barred, a broad supercilium

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. HE. Frontier. 197

black, lores and narrow circle round the eye pure white. Ear-coverts and

side of neck grey; chin and throat black, merging into pearly grey and

white on the breast ; under tail-coverts pure white.”

“ Length 4°5 inches, wing 1'8, tail 2:4, tarsus ‘77, bill at front 0-28.”

This is another fine species discovered by Mr. Wm. Robert, near Kara-

Khul, in the Munipur Hills. Several more specimens were shot in the

following field-season by Mr. Chennell, in the Eastern Nagd Hills. A

second species very close to it was discovered by myself in the Dafla Hills,

and named 8. Daflaensis. This may be known by its smaller size, far brighter

crown, and grey chin instead of the jet black one of 8. Munipurensis.

386a. PYcTORHIS ALTIROSTRIS, Jerdon. Plate IX.

T have alluded to this species in my ‘List of Birds from the Dafla

Hills.’ There is J find a specimen among the birds collected the same

season by Mr. A. Chennell in the neighbourhood of Sibsagar. For some

time I failed to discover what had become of the type, but, Mr. Sharpe

having since found it in the British Museum and very kindly called my

attention to it, I have been enabled to compare my specimen. I do not

hesitate to pronounce the two the same, although Dr. Jerdon’s specimen is

somewhat different in colouration, being whiter on the chin and upper breast ;

it is, however, paler throughout and appears to me to have faded con-

siderably, having all the appearance of having been packed in a damp

state, with perhaps some carbolic powder. Some skins of mine that got

damp in transit to Calcutta, I noticed, lost much of their brilliancy.

The dimensions are the same.

This bird ought to be found again in the high grass of upper Burmah,

and no doubt would be found, if zealously looked for.

3888a. ALCIPPE FUSCA, 0. sp.

Above—head and nape dull grey ; back olivaceous ochre, richér and

more ochraceous on the rump. ‘Tail umber-brown edged with the same

colour as the back. Wing rich ochry brown, fulvescent ochre inside as well

as on the flanks and thighs. LEar-coverts dull brown, chin sullied white.

Bill and legs horny. Irides?

L. about 5°75 inches, W. 2°85, T. 2°7, t. 0°87, BE. 0-47.

The above dimensions taken from skin.

Hazs.—Four specimens were obtained by Mr. A. W. Chennell in the

Naga Hills.

Having remembered to have seen a very similar bird in the Jardin des

Plantes, I forwarded a specimen to M. Oustalet, who very kindly

examined it and gave me the following particulars :—It has a strong like-

ness to an Alcippe from Fokien named by M. A. David, Alcippe Huet ;

198 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Ifth List of Birds from the [No. 4,

the tint of the head, back, and abdomen are nearly the same, but there are

differences worthy of notice. Ist, A. Huweti has the bill decidedly shorter

than A. fusca, 11 millims. instead of 13, taking the measurement along the

culmen, and 14 instead of 18, from the gape; the tarsus having the same

dimensions in the two birds. 2ndly, the chin and the upper part of thie

breast are pure grey, and not pale fulvescent (/awve clair), as in A. fusca.

3rdly, the tint of the flanks is less fulvescent ochre, more mixed with

green. 4thly, the internal webs of the tail-feathers are scarcely darker

than the external, instead of being blackish as in A. fusca. Lastly, the

wing is shorter, 0°65 mill. against 0°72 mill. M. Oustalet is of opinion

that the two are quite distinct though closely allied, A. Huet: beg nearer

to A. Nipalensis. Another close form is A. Morrisonia from Formosa,

which differs in being more rufous above, grey-cheeked, and smaller.

39la. SPpHENOCICHLA Roperti, Wald. and G-Aust. Plate VI.

The original description in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 251, is as follows :—

“ General colouration throughout dark umber-brown, richer on the

wings and tail, which are closely barred with black; feathers of the nape

and back edged with darker brown, and with an inconspicuous pale spot

near tip; these spots are more defined on the side of the neck. The

feathers of the throat, neck, and breast are lanceolate, with a white edging

showing as V-shaped markings; towards the abdomen these become less

conspicuous, and only a few white spots dot the flanks. Bill grey, pale

beneath and at tip.

“Length about 6°5 inches, wing 2°8, tail 3:0, tarsus 0°93, bill at front

0:87, depth at base 0°40.

“Shot on Hemeo* Peak, North Cachar hills, and also in the Munipur

Hills.”

A second species of this new genus from the Naga hills was a highly

interesting prize, and it is one of the finest things for which we are indebted

to Mr. Wm. Robert. The form from the Darjeeling hills is quite distinct :

is a much smaller bird, without any V-shaped markings on the side of the

neck and breast, and of a different tint of brown ; the bill, moreover, is

not so compressed and wedge-shaped above—a character that links it to

Stachyris nigriceps, which in its dark coloured head approaches the same

kind of colouration.

406. XIPHORHAMPHUS SUPERCILIARIS, Blyth.

Konchungbum Peak, Munipur Hills. Similar in every respect to the

Darjeeling bird.

* Hemes by mistake in the ‘ Ibis.’

1876.] Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 199

498. Ruticirta Honesont, Moore.

From the Eastern Naga Hills.

$ L. about 6 inches, W. 3:28, T. 2°85, t. 0:90, Bf. 0°40.

A young female is thus described in my note-book :—

Olive brown above, upper tail-coverts and tail pale rufous, central

feathers brown. Wing umber-brown, the primary coverts faintly tipped

dusky ; the outer and basal half of the secondaries white. Throat and

upper breast dusky brown ; whitish on the middle of the abdomen ; under

tail-coverts very pale rufous.

W. 2°85 inches, T. (frayed) 2°3, t. 0°9, Bf. 0°45.

541. Crsticota TytrErti, Blyth.

Sengmai, Munipur valley. .

Compared with the type from Dacca in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

This is a very distinct species, with very pale ochre head and breast,

and tail black both above and below.

5526. NIORNIS ALBIVENTRIS, n. sp.

Above—dark rich umber-brown, paler on the shoulder of the wing;

tail and wing of same colour. Chin sullied white, each feather slightly

tipped dusky ; the throat greyish white ; upper breast crossed by a band of

pale rufous; lower breast and abdomen white; flanks rufescent brown ;

under tail-coverts rusty ; pale rusty inside the wing. A palish circle round

the eye. Bill horny brown above, pale beneath. Irides ?

L. about 4°75 inches, W. 2°1, T. 2:2, t. 0°87, Bf. 0°45, bind toe and claw

0°58, mid toe and claw 0°80.

Has.—Sengmai, Munipur valley. Obtained by Mr. W. Robert.

It is very close to Miornis assimilis, Hodgson, but is larger and more

strongly built, and of darker plumage throughout, for whereas the latter

is of a greenish hue generally, the above form is rufescent. The tarsi and

feet are particularly strong and the mid-toe very long. The bill is identi-

cal as regards the nostrils, but is rather deeper and stronger.

610. PreryruRivs RUFIVENTER, Blyth.

619¢. Minna Rurrautaris, Mandelli, S. F., p. 416, July 1873.

MM. collaris, Walden, August 1874.

Tele d: in ‘ List of Dafla Birds.’

Until our bird is compared with Mr. Mandelli’s from Darjeeling we do

not know for certain that they are identical.

200 H. H. Godwin-Austen— Fifth List of Birds from the [No. 4,

6196. Minta Manperniim, Godwin-Austen.

Was described in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. January 1876, and

included in the ‘List of Birds of the Dafla Hills’, with full description. It

is a very common bird in the Naga hill-ranges. I noticed a bird in the col-

lection at the Jardin des Plantes from Western China very closely allied

to these two species, named by A. David Lvulus superciliaris: the head

above brown; back greyish olivaceous; tail dull rufous brown; a black super-

cilium from behind the eye to the nape ; lores pale; throat and breast dull

white ; flanks greyish.

686a. ACRIDOTHERES aLBoctncTa, Wald. and Aust. Plate V.

Ts thus described in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 251 :—

“Top of head glossy black, feathers rather elongated, and a white

collar on back of neck; back dull grey-black, with a slight green tinge,

and with a tendency to purple on the shoulders and wing-coverts. Tail

black with green reflections. Primaries black, white at base, forming a

wing-band ; secondaries warm sepia-brown. Beneath dull but dark green-

ish grey. Upper tail-coverts black, tipped white, and arranged in bars. All

the tail-feathers tipped with white, except the two centre ones. Bill

and legs yellow.

“ Length about 9 inches, wing 5, tail 3°5, tarsus 1°4, bill at front 0°91.”

Appears numerous in the Munipur valley, where it was obtained by

Mr. Wm. Robert, another important discovery by that indefatigable collec-

tor.

727. Mycrropus MELANOXANTHUS, Hodgson.

From Konchungbum, Munipur, obtained by Mr. Wm. Robert.

3 W. 4:9 inches, Ae oe. t. 0°82, Bf. 0°85.

) 46 ,, 2°8, 0°80, 0°83.

736. PRoPYRRHULA SUBHEMACHALA, Hodgson.

Remta, Munipur.

750. CHRYSOMITRIS SPINOIDES, Vigors.

From Khajinghon, Munipur.

867. ScoLOPAX RUSTICOLA, Lin.

The woodcock was now and then flushed in the woods of the Naga

Hills, but was not common.

1876. ] p Hill Ranges of the N. EB. Frontier. 201

Additional notes on the Birds of previous Lasts.

Mrcronists BApIus, Gmelin.

There are in the collection two specimens, one an adult and one in

immature plumage, from the Hastern Nagaé Hills. Jerdon remarks that

there is a dusky reddish nape, only conspicuous when the head is bent for-

wards: in my specimen this is far more pronounced and forms a dull rusty

band quite half an inch wide. In the young bird this rusty band is also

to be seen coming in on the sides of the neck but not quite meeting in.

the middle, agreeing with a description of an adult by Mr. A. O. Hume in

his ‘Scrap Book,’ p. 121.

205. HiERococcyx VARIUS.

Of ‘ Fourth List’ should be H. sparverioides, Vigors.

SIPHIA SUPERCILIARIS, @.

I refer a specimen from the Naga Hills to the female of the above,

and give a description of it, as none is to be found in Jerdon, among whose

collection of drawings is a figure of the same sex with dimensions.

Above—head and back dullish olivaceous green ; wing umber-brown with

rather strong rufous edgings; tail the same colour, with only the faintest

rufous tinge. Chin dull pale ferruginous ; breast darker, with a sordid green

tinge on the flanks ; under tail-coverts white, as also the extreme base of both

webs of the outer tail-feathers, which in this respect assimilate with those of

the male, where we find a greater extent of white.

L. W. es Ur Bf.

Naga Bird: about 4 inches, 2:2, 1°65, 0:67, 0:37.

Dr. Jerdon’s 4a 98 15 ae a

measurements. Sane LG: 8? 16> 4°

Musctcarunta msTia¢MA, Hodgson. ¢

I am indebted to Mr. A. W. Chennell of the Topographical Survey

for this specimen. I had previously obtained several males at Shillong

Peak and in the forest near Mairang, but had never secured a female.

Dr. Jerdon had apparently seen the male only, for no description of the

female is given by him.

Above ashy, with an olivaceous tinge, rather rusty near base of bill;

wings and tail plain umber-brown. Beneath sordid white.

W. 2°22 inches, T. 1°6, t. 0°61, Bf. 0°35.

202 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Iifth List of Birds from the (No. 4,

VOLVOCIVORA MELASCHISTOS, Hodgson.

As the description of immature forms is of great interest, and as none

is given in the ‘ Birds of India,’ I append ‘one of a young male of this

species obtained at Shillong.

Above—pale ochraceous mottled with black on the head, barred with the

same on lower part of back, each feather having a subterminal black band,

grey at base; primaries and secondaries, especially the latter, are all tipped

cream colour, as well as the primary and lesser coverts, forming two distinct

bands; tail-feathers all tipped white, the outermost broadly so. Beneath—

greyish white tinged with pale rusty and barred pale grey.

This young bird was shot about the middle of June.

PaRADOXORNIS AUSTENT, Gould.

Extends into the mountain region of Western China. Examples were

obtained by Pére Armand David, and are in the collection at the Jardin

des Plantes.

LAYARDIA RUBIGINOSUS, G-Austen.

In the dimensions given of this bird, in ‘ Fourth List’ (J. A. 8. B.

Pt. Il. 1874 p. 164), the tarsus should be 1:16 not 1°6 inches.

532. PRINIA FLAVIVENTRIS.

Lord Walden, in his Supplemental Notes to Blyth’s Catalogue of the

Birds of Burmah (J. A. S. B., 1875, p. 118), alludes to the presence of a

well-marked white supercilium in examples of this species from Munipur ; it

is not, however, a constant character even there. Among the specimens last

obtained near Tezpur, Assam valley, some have the whole side of the head dark

grey even to the lores, and noticing the variation I made a drawing of it at

the time from a fresh bird. We thus have an interesting gradation from

this state of plumage into one with pale lores and yet another where

this is developed into a well marked supercilium.

IxuLvs striatus, Blyth.

Of “ First List,” p. 109, is Ivulus castaniceps, Moore.

IXULUS CASTANICEPS.

Of ‘ Fourth List,’ p. 169, is a new species. Dr. Jerdon, who had never

seen true Jxulus castaniceps described by Moore, when looking over my first

collection at Cherra Poonjee, gave it the above title. I have since described

it under the name of Winla Mandellit in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1876,

and the description has been repeated in full in the ‘ List of Birds from the

Dafla Hills’. It may after all be Mr. Hume’s Proparus dubius.

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 203

SPHENOCERCUS SPHENURUS, Vigors.

In the collection under review, specimens of this bird have red feet

and legs, as described in Jerdon ; curiously enough, however, Khasi Hill

birds, obtained near Shillong in May, have them yellow, and hence it was

that when recording the specimens in my field-note-book, I entered

them under the genus Crocopus : in no other point can I detect the slightest

difference.

795. Turtur SuRAtEensis, Gmelin, white var.

This very pretty albinoid variety is rather smaller in size than ordinary

specimens. It is white throughout, the black of the nuchal patch with

the white spots being replaced by pale ash-grey, as well as the darker

portions of the wing and base of the tail-feathers. This interesting

variety was shot at Lakhipur in Kachar.

82. ARBORICOLA TORQUEOLA, var.

In my last list I recorded a female of 4. rufogularis from the Naga

Hills, no male having been seen. Among Mr. Robert’s birds there are several

fine wood-partridges with red heads, and from the same locality another

female similar to the one I got under Japvo Peak in 1872—73. This I now

refer to A. torgueola, instead of to A. rufogulare, the place of which in the

list must be taken by the former name. Compared with A. torqueola from

the Simla Hills, N. W. Himalaya, there are several small but well-marked

variations, entitling the Naga bird to be considered a variety. The legs of

the above-mentioned female are, I find, recorded in my field-book as pale

fleshy violet, and if Jerdon is right in giving red as the colour of those of

A. torgueola (which I find is the colour noted of a specimen of A. intermedia

from the Naga Hills obtained at the same time and place), the Naga bird

would be worthy of anew title. Do the legs of the males and females differ P

347. Hypropata ASIATICA, Swainson.

This bird is pretty numerous in the streams that flow from the peak

of Shillong. Jerdon does not mention the remarkable white circle round

the eyes. The adult plumage is as follows :—

Above—dark dull umber-brown ; beneath and sides of head sooty black.

A lunular white patch both above and below the eye, the lower being the

larger ; this is its most characteristic point, and it 1s very conspicuous in

the living bird, but in a badly skinned specimen is not to be made out.

Trides dark brown. Legs dark brown; the scutz in front of tarsus pale

leadgrey. Bill black.

Length about 8 inches, W. 3°8, T. 2°4, t. 1:3, BE. 0°87.

During the months of May and June, great numbers of different

species of Drymoecinae are to be found breeding on the high grass-lands of

204 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

the Khasi Hills, and I came upon a large number of their prettily con-

structed nests, and secured the eggs of 9. fuliginosa, Oisticola schenicola,

Prinia Hodgsoni, &c., the old birds of which I shot at the time. These

nests were generally about two feet above the ground, and constructed of

fine grasses, the leaves and stems of which were all drawn in together and

the leaves often threaded through with the finer fibres.

XVI.— Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Burmese Flora.

By 8S. Kurz.

(Continued from Vol. XLIV, p. 190).

SABIACHA.

Conspectus of Genera.

1, Sapra. Stamens 4—4, all perfect. Ovary 2—3-lobed. Drupes usually com-

pressed.

2. Metiosma. Stamens 5, very unequal. Ovary 2—3-celled. Drupes more or

less globose.

Sabia, Coleb.

Conspectus of Species.

* Glabrous. Flowers panicled.

Flowers about a line across, the pedicels short and thick ; leaves coriaceous, S. imoniacea.

Flowers nearly 4 lin. in diameter, the pedicels capillary and long; leaves membras

MOU, 65059990 905900 900050 0000 000000590 900900 000000 4060 00000000 S. viridissima.

* * Branchlets and leaf-nerves beneath tomentose ; panicles glabrous, S. tomentosa.

1. S. nrmontacea, Wall. Cat. 1000; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 3.—(S. sp.

Griff. Not. Dicot. 423. t. 568. f. 2).

Has. Chittagong.

2. S. virnipisstma, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 304; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 3.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of South Andaman, espe-

cially along the western coast.—Fl. May.

Meliosma, Bl.

1. M. smwprictrori, Bl. in Rumph. III. 197 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.

J/2 6138; Hf. Ind. Fl Il. 5 Ghillingtonia simplicifolia, Roxb. Corom.

Pl. III. t. 254 and Fl. Ind. I. 108; Griff. Not. Dicot. 162. t. 442 ; Sabza ?

floribunda, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 521).

Haz. ‘Tropical forests of Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards ; Ava

hills ; also Chittagong.—Fl. March, Apr.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 205

Dr. Hooker is in error with regard to the geographical distribution

of this species. It occurs not only in Malaya, but also in Hindustan

(No. 544 of Wight’s Distr. being in my opinion the typical plant).

ANACARDIACHEA.

Conspectus of Genera.

Trib. I. ANACARDIEZ. Ovary 1- very rarely 2-celled.

* Leaves ternately or pinnately compound (in a very few species not Burmese also

simple).

x Calyx in no way enlarging after flowering.

+ Ovule suspended from near the summit of the cell.

1. Oprtna. Petals 4—5, imbricate in bud. Stamens 8—10. Styles 3—4 in

the male flowers, the ovary 4—5-parted.

+ + Ovule suspended from a free erect basilar funicle.

2. Ruus. Petals 4—6, imbricate in bud. Stamens 4—10. Styles 3. Leaves

compound, very rarely simple. ‘Trees or shrubs.

3. Tarreia. Petals 5, imbricate in bud. Stamens 10. Styles in female flowers

singly and short, in the males 4—5, Climbers.

x x Calyx-lobes much enlarging and becoming leafy and wing-like.

4, Parisuta. Flowers 4-, rarely 3-merous. Stamens 4, rarely 3. Style 3-cleft

at the summit.

* * Leaves simple.

x Petals variously enlarged under the fruit.

5. Swryronta. Sepals 5. Stamens 5. MDrupe sessile and subtended by the

wing-like spreading petals.

6. Mernanorraa@ma. Calyx spathaceous, 5-parted. Stamens numerous. Drupe

stalked and subtended by the wing-like spreading petals.

x x Petals not enlarging after flowering.

+ Calyx-tube much enlarging and becoming fleshy, either bearing

the superior nut or more or less enclosing the same and forming

an inferior drupe.

+ Nut more or less enclosed in the fleshy calyx. Ovary inferior.

7. Drimycarpus. Petals imbricate in bud. Stamens 6. Style 1, with a capi-

tate stigma.

8. Hoticarna. Petals valvate in bud. Stamens 5. Styles 3. Disk annular or

obsolete. Petiole furnished with 2—4 tubercles or barb-like excrescences.

+ + Nut seated on the much enlarged fleshy calyx-base. Ovary

superior.

9. Semucarpus. Petals imbricate or valyate in the bud. Stamens 5. Styles 3.

Disk rather broadly annular. Petiole without excrescences.

10. Awacarpium. Petals imbricate in bud. Stamens 8 to 10, all or few of them

anther-bearing. Style filiform. Torus stalk-like.

+ + Calyx unchanged in fruit. (Ovules pendulous from a basal

funicle).

11. Bucwananta. Calyx 8- to 5-toothed. Stamens 10. Carpels 5 or 6, of which

one only fertile. Styles as many, short.

206 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

12. Giuta. Calyx spathaceous. Stamens inserted on the stalk-like torus. Style

filiform.

13. Bovra. Calyx 3- to 5-parted, valvate in bud. Stamens 3—8, all anther-

bearing. Style short. Leaves opposite.

14. Manoirera. Calyx 4—5-parted. Petals 4—5, the nerve usually thickened.

Anther-bearing stamens 1—5. Style filiform. Leaves alternate.

Trib. IT. SPONDIEA. Ovary 2—5-celled. Ovules pendulous. Leaves pinnate.

15. Sponpras. Flowers polygamous. Stamens 8 or 10. Styles 4 or 5, free at

the summit.

16. DracontromeLtuM. Flowers hermaphrodite. Stamens 10. Styles 5, thick,

connate at their summits and resembling ovaries.

Odina, Roxb.

1. O. Woprer, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 293; Royle Ill. Him. Pl. t. 31.

f.2; Wight Icon. t. 60; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 123; Hé£. Ind. Fl. IL. 29.

Haz. Common all over Burma and adjacent islands, especially in the

leaf-shedding forests of all kinds.—FIl. Febr. March; Fr. Sept. Octob.

Rhus, L.

Conspectus of Species.

* Leaves 3-foliolate.

Glabrous, the leaflets entire, .........+. 9.90000 610000 9000.000 veseseess. Le paniculata.

* * Leaves unpaired-pinnate.

Tomentose, the leaflets serrate-toothed, in 4—6 pairs; endocarp smooth and bony,

. LR. Javanicte

Petiole very slender and glabrous, the leaflets in 8—12 pairs, incised-serrate ; endocarp

ANITLOUS, aetsi stele» «/< 5550000 0688 Gu0dvdd+ HDD GOGHUO OGUUNOOD U srecceel. Khastand.

1. R. panicuLaTa, Wall. Cat. 993; Hi. Ind. Fl. If. 10.

Haz. Not uncommon in the eng-forests of Prome ; also Ava.—Fl.

Sept. ; Fr. Jan.

2. R. Javanica, L. sp. pl. 380; Brand. For. Fl.119. (&. semialata,

Murr. Comm. Goett. VI. 27. t. 83; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 10; 2. Bucki-amela,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 99 ; Wight Icon. t. 561).

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests and the hill-eng-forests

of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, up to 3000 ft. elevation; also Ava.—Fl.

Sept., Oct. ; Fr. Apr.

3. KR. Kaasrawa, Ht Indeenieal: £0.

Haz. Chittagong (teste Hook. f.).

Tapiria, Juss.

1. TT. uresura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 75 ; Hf. Ind.

Fl. IL. 28. (&. hirsuta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 455 ; Kurz in Journ. As. Soe.

Beng. 1870, 75).

Has. Chittagong, Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 207

Dr. Hooker claims authority for the name, citing the Genera Planta-

rum, where nothing of the kind occurs.

Parishia, Hf.

1. P. rsrents, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXIII. 169. t. 26 and Ind. FI.

II. 30.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans; also in

Southern Tenasserim.—Fr. May.

Swintonia, Griff.

Conspectus of Species.

x Leaves opaque and glaucous beneath.

Pedicels 3—1 lin. long ; petals hardly a line long; drupes oblong, ...... S. Schwenckit.

x x Leaves one-coloured and glossy.

Leaves greyish green, the nerves and net-venation conspicuous ; pedicels 3—5 lin. long ;

DENIS Site, eins Cs vae ony GOOD OM EEOC Eom ooo nbot Herneoco nS S. Grifithi.

Similar to the above, but leaves dark-brown, the net-venation obsolete; drupes

PON OL aamctee ase faierateoMal Seavey ofol ees. stove va ic sti cva'e: sieseres Naval oy peeceenrsy Spepeunteneevore tarerore S. Helferi.

1. S. Scowencxu, Teysm. and Binnend. Cat. Hort. Bog. 230 (line

13 from below) ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 26 (Astropetalum sp. 2 Griff. Not. Dicot.

412 teste Hf.).

Haz. Common in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the

Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—

Fl. Feb.—Apr. ; Fr. May.

2. S. Grirrirni, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 75; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I]. 26. (Astropetalum sp. 1. Griff. Not. Dicot. 411 t. 565. £. 2.

b—d, teste Hf.).

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. 1124).

3. S. Hutreri, Hf. Ind. FI. II. 26.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 1122).

Melanorrhoea, Wall.

Conspectus of Species.

Leaves glabrous ; panicles usually minutely puberulous ; fruit-stalk nearly 14 in. long,

SIGUE, Godadu da pooGbeseb dn CH OCR ane EER ONO DONO cbmn ose one rms M. glabra.

Leaves beneath and panicles pubescent or villous; fruit-stalk short and thick,

.. WL. usittata.

1. M. etapra, Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. 50. t. 288; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.

25.

Has. Tenasserim, in forests from Tavoy southwards.—Fl. Decb.

2. MM. ustrara, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 9. t. 11-12 and im Journ. As.

Soc. Beng. VIII. 70. c. tab. ; Sering. in Bull. Bot. I. 88. t. 4; Hf. Ind. Fl.

II. 25. CL sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 409 ?).

208 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Common in the open, especially the eng- and hill-eng-forests,

but rare in the dry forests, from Prome and Martaban down to Tenasserim,

up to 2000 ft. elevation ; also Ava.—Fl. March ; Fr. Apr., May.

Drimyecarpus, Hf.

1. D. RnacEemosus, Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. I. 424; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL

86. (Holigarna racemosa, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 82).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of

the Pegu Yomah ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. Jun., July.

N. B.—The genus hardly differs from Wothopegia except in the free

ovary and in the attachment of the ovules, and stands much in the same

relationship to it as Holigarna albicans does to Semecarpus.

Holigarna, Ham.

Conspectus of Species.

Leaves glabrous or rarely pubescent beneath ; nut entirely enclosed in the obliquely

ellipsoid or elliptical perfectly glabrous calyx of an inch length, ....H. longifolia.

Leaves usually pubescent beneath and glabrescent, rarely glabrous; male flowers

nearly twice as large as those of the preceding ; drupe obovoid, tomentose while

young, the apex of the nut exposed and forming a convex disk, .... #. Grahamii.

2. H. Granamit, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 205 ; Hf.

ind El t37.

Var. a. GENUINA. (Semecarpus Grahanii, Wight, Icon. t. 235).

Var. £. HELFERI. (H. Helferi, Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 87; H. longifolia,

Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 37 and Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. 76 t. 282. the male plant

and Fl. Ind. II. 80 quoad plant. mase. e Chittagong).

Hap. Var. 6. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah

and the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March ; Fl. Apr., May.

The Hindustani tree has the nut much more exserted and broader.

But those of my Burmese plants, though not yet ripe, already shew the obovoid

development. H. Helferi, Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. c. from Mergui (Helf. 1133)

is in my eyes only a glabrous form of the above. Dr. Hooker assumes that

I have mixed up this species and his Holigarna albicans. On reference to

a list of Burmese plants sent to me by him, I find that, of the numbers 2014,

2016, and 3328, the first, marked by myself as Holigarna Grahamit, as

also the remaining two, have been referred at Kew to H. Grahamii, but of

these No. 2016 is my Semecarpus albescens, while No. 3328 (marked at

Kew as fruits of HZ. Grahamiz) is presently not at hand, and the high number

would bring it amongst monocotyledons.

Roxburgh carefully separated his two trees (the Chittagong one and the

Hindustani one), describing them separately, and remarked that Hamil-

ton had given the generic name to the Hindustani tree. Wight and

Arnott are, therefore, quite correct in identifying with Roxburgh’s their

tree, which Hooker now rechristens A. Arnottiana. I possess flowering

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese fora. 209

and fruiting specimens of Roxburgh’s trees in the H. B. C., collected before

the destructive cyclone of 1864, which shew that the Chittagong tree of

Roxburgh is H. He/feri, and that the Hindustani one is the same as Wight’s

Herb. No. 569 and consequently H. Arnottiana, Hf. The fruits are

described and figured as much too ovate. If the ripe fruits and the

stigmas of the Burmese species should turn out to be different, Hooker’s

name (S. Helferz) would have to be restored.

Semecarpus, L. f.

Conspectus of Species.

A. Nut adnate to the hypocarp, barely exserted. Ovary superior.

Leaves glabrous or pubescent and whitish beneath ; nut velvety, the hypocarp sappy,

veined, and puberulous, ...ce0 ce cceees vee O.00008G Oo0d malele)is/s els) e(0 «Se 2LVESCENS-

B. Nut seated on the hypocarp.

* Ovary tomentose or pubescent.

x Hypocarp (enlarged base of the calyx) as large or nearly as large as

the nut.

Leayes coriaceous, blunt, densely pubescent or tomentose and strongly net-veined be-

neath ; nut not or scarcely oblique,.........+ gECvO CoCCODOL S. Anacardium.

Leaves as chartaceous, sharply touninae softly Se ee beneath, the net-

venation faint ; nut very oblique, ..... BE eGigsete G BESOODOOIOC NOOO .S. panduratus,

x x Hypocarp very small.

Leayes coriaceous, acuminate, quite glabrous or pubescent and very glaucous beneath,

the net-venation strong ; nut very oblique, 1$—1 in. across,.....0S. heterophyllus.

= * Ovary quite glabrous.

A tree; leaves chartaceous, acuminate, glabrous; panicles quite glabrous; nut an

TMM IIRC Godaobos nopeoodo case Onommadeod bdoGG cdamotd S. subpanduriformis.

A simple-stemmed shrub with a large subterranean trunk; leaves chartaceous,

minutely pubescent beneath and glabrescent; panicles densely puberulous; nut

only 3—4 lin. long, ....... 6 acpo000M BHdO00 DaCOUG jioboU DOES tO S. subracemosus.

1. S. aupescens, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871, 51; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 35. (Z@. albicans, Hf. Ind. FI. IIL. 88 excl. syn; Semecarpus hetero-

phyllus, Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 35, non B1.).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Pet, and the

Martaban hills, east of Tounghoo, down to Tenasserim (Helf. 1131)—FI.

Jan. Febr. ; Fr. March, Apr.

2. §. Anacarprum, L. f. Mant. 182; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 83 and

Corom. Pl. I. t. 12; Wight Icon. t. 558? ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 166; Hf.

Ind. Fl II. 31. (SS. ewneifolia, Roxb. FI. nl II. 86).

Has. Chittagong ; said to grow also in Burmah, possibly in Ava.—

AES: oir CS:

3. S.-panpuRaTus, (S. cuneifolius, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 42, non

Roxb.).

Haz. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and

Martaban, up to 2000 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong.—Fr. CS.

210 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

I formerly identified this species with Roxburgh’s 8. cuneifolia, but

Hooker reduces this to 8S. Anacardium, and, I think, correctly so, as it is a

Hindustani tree.

4, S. HETEROPHYLLUS, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 187; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.

1/2. 625.

Has. Rare in the beach-forests of the Andamans (common on the

Nicobars).—Fr. Febr. March.

I (ike Hooker) identified flowering male specimens of Holigarna

albicans with this, but S. heterophyllus has flowers more than twice the

size and very stout panicles.

5. S. SUBPANDURIFORMIS, Wall. Cat. 987; Fl. Ind. Fl. II. 35. (.

acuminatus, Wall. ap. Voigt. Cat. Suburb. Cale. 171; Kurz in Journ. As.

Soc. Beng. 1870, 75, non Thwait.).

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the lower sandstone hills

of Arracan; also Chittagong.—Fr. Octob.

6. S. suBRacEMosus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 304; Hf.

Ind. Fl. II. 35. (S. microcarpus, Wall. Cat. 989? ; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. c. 31 ?).

Has. Prome District (Col. Eyre).

Anacardium, Roxb.

1. A. occmpenTALE, L. sp. pl. 548; Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 312; Griff.

Not. Dicot. 408, t. 565, fig. e. f.; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 163; Hf. Ind. FL. If.

20.

Has. In the beach-forests of Chittagong, Tenasserim, and the Anda-

mans ; often cultivated in villages.—Fl. Decb.

Gluta, L

Conspectus of Species.

Leaves coriaceous, the petiole not above 6 Iin, long, stout and marginate; panicles and

Gallyre Wels, Fano 000000060000 0000 000000 b000nO UUeRODD0 000 G. Tavoyana.

Leaves chartaceous, the petiole long and slender, not or only at the apex marginate;

panicles and flowers perfectly glabrous, .........se.eeceeeeeee secves Ge ELEGANS.

1. G. Tavoyana, Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 22 (Syndesmis Tavoyana, Wall.

Cat. 1004; G. Renghas, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 41.)

Has. Tenasserim, from Tavoy southwards.

I fear nothing but a variety of Linné’s G. Renghas.

2. G. ELEGANS, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 41; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 22 (Syn-

desmis elegans, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 315). var. Hetreri, Hf. 1. ¢.

Has. Tenasserim. (Helf. 1118. 1117.)

As pointed out by Hooker, more probably a distinct ge but the

material at hand is STOVE ocr.

G. longipetiolata, Kurz in Pegu Rep. 1. c. is a tree, common on the

shores of the Andamans, with large green long-petioled leaves unlike those

of any other species. Flowers and fruits unknown.

1876. } Knowledge of the Burmese Hlora. 211

Buchanania, Roxb.

Conspectus of Species.

* Leaves and panicles tomentose or pubescent.

O Leaves tomentose or pubescent on both sides, large.

Panicles stout and stiff; flowers 2 lin. across, sessile and crowded,........ B. latifolia.

Panicles slender, grey pubescent ; flowers barely a line in diameter, pedicelled and lax,

. B. laxiflora.

O O Leaves small, puberulous beneath, glossy above, retuse, the petiole

27" hte, "Grae ees ning HR EMCEIROIRLG od b acon do HODOOUG B. Siamensis.

* * Leaves glabrous and more or less glossy, usually fuscescent in drying ; pani-

cles glabrous or puberulous,

x Panicles rusty puberulous.

Petiole } in. long ; flowers a line across; flowers very shortly pedicelled, crowded,

. B. glabra.

x x Panicles etc. quite glabrous; flowers pedicelled.

Leaves equally decurrent at the base; pedicels very slender; petals a line long, re-

flexed ; panicles longer than the leaves, ....... 0 booed O0Ge DOEOKE .. B. arborescens.

Leaves equally decurrent at the base ; pedicels short and stout; petals 2—3 lin. long,

erect ; panicles as long or longer than the leaves,........ esessees B. acuminata.

Leaves very unequally decurrent at the base, large; pedicels very slender; petals a

line long, reflexed ; panicles crowded, shorter than the leaves,...... B. lancifolia.

1. 3B. warrrouta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 885; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 165;

ee Ind: WIT. 23.

Has. Common in the open and dry forests, especially the eng-forests,

all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March ;

Fr. Apr.

2. B. taxtrrora, Kurzin Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 304; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 24.

Has. Martaban hills, along limestone rocks along the Beeling river

(Dr. Brandis) ; Pegu, above Rangoon (Cleghorn).—Fl. Jan. Febr.

Habit of the preceding species.

3. B. @papra, Wall. Cat. 984; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 23.

Has. Upper-Tenasserim, Moulmein (Wall.), teste HE.

4. B. arporescens, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 183; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2.

636 (Coniogeton arborescens, Bl. Bydr. 1156; B. petiolaris, Migq. 1. e.

637; B. lucida, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 184; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 28; Mig. in Ann.

Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 117; B. subobovata, Griff. Not. IV. 418; B. Ban-

cana, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 205 and 523).

Has. Tenasserim (feste Hf.).

5. B. acuminata, Turez. in Bull. Mose. 1858. 472.; Hf. Ind. FI.

Il. 24 excl. syn. Bl. (Sorindeia acuminata, Wall. in Voigt. Cat. Hort.

Cale. 150).

Haz. In the moister forests of the Andaman islands (a large-leaved

form) ; Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb.) teste He.

6. B. wanciFouta, Roxb. FI. Ind. IT. 386; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 24.

Pio S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Chittagong; Arracan (Dr..Schlich) ; Tenasserim (Helf. 1115,

a bad specimen).—FI. CS.

7. 3B. Stamensrs, Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 118.

Has. Adjoining Siamese province of Radbooree (‘Teysmann).—Fr.

Apr. May.

Bouea, Meisn.

Conspectus of Species.

Panicles small, sessile or nearly so, quite glabrous; petals } lin. long; drupes orange

ox) oranee=yellow,) 2.) 16. 1> vets 2999509000 0000 000000 ceceseee LD. oppositifolia.

Panicles large, long-peduncled, puberulous ; petals a line long or oe ; drupes bluish

DIAC 5090000090000 40050000 9005 00060 950 900009000 Gadac 2s . B. Burmanica.

1. B. oppostrrroi1a, Meisn. MS. ap. Walp. Rep. L 556 : Mig. FI.

Ind. Bat. 1/2. 685 (Mangifera oppositifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 640).

Has. Not uncommon in the tropical forests of Martaban down to

Tenasserim and the Andamans ; also much cultivated in villages.—Fl. Jan.

Febr.; Fr. Apr. May.

9. B. Burmanica, Griff. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1854. 634 (B.

Brandisiana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1871. 50 and 1873. 66.)

Has. Upper Tenasserim, Thounggyeen (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. March.

Mangifera, L.

Conspectus of Species.

* Petals and stamens free, the former inserted at the base of the cushion-like or

cupular disk.

x Panicles and calyx more or less puberulous or pubescent, rarely almost

glabrous. Fertile stamen 1.

Panicles and the 3—6 lin. long pedicels very slender, glabrescent or almost glabrous ;

petals linear-subulate ; the lateral nerves very thin, ................ IU. longipes.

Panicles stout; pedicels short and thick; petals yellow, cheonikoal nae hardly 2 lin.

long; disk fleshy, 5-lobed; drupes obtuse, 3—4 in. long; net-venation lax and

UOT, 556555 piaeoretelenets 3'0.d 60 d0a00000 vodunDDO DU dGdD0D cODDCE ocDO Nh LAH:

Panicles stout ; petals hardly 2 if Tone ; disk 5-lobed ; drupes 1—2 in. long, blunt;

net-venation minute and strongly prominent on both sides,........../. caloneura.

x ™x Panicles and calyx perfectly glabrous.

Panicles stout; pedicels 3—4 lin. long, thick; petals white, about 3 lin. long; disk

cup-shaped ; drupes acuminate,.........- 0600 0000 00000¢ i. slain

* * Petals and stamens connate with We Base of the Halle Be torus, rarely the

latter wanting altogether.

Leaves very coriaceous and shining, almost polished beneath ; flesh of drupe soapy,

. Ll. fetida.

1. M. tonerres, Griff. Not. Dicot. 419 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 15.

Has. Frequent in the swamp forests and around jungle-swamps of

the Irrawaddi alluvium ; also Tenasserim.—Fl. CS.

2. M. Inpica, L. sp. pl. 290; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 641 ; Bot. Mag. t.

4510 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 138.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 213

Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical and lower mixed forests, from

Arracan and Pegu down to Tenasserim and the Andamans; generally

cultivated in several varieties.in all villages.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. May

to July.

3. M. catoneura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 66 ; Hf. Ind.

Fl. II. 14.

Has. Frequent in the low and lower mixed forests of the eastern

and southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. Decb. Jan. ; Fr. May.

4. M. smvartca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 644; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 15.

Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the Martaban hills.

Most of the wild mangoes I collected in Burmah having been taken

from saplings only, I cannot say whether they belong to this or to the

preceding species. The species is frequent in the Sikkim Himalaya and

the Khasi hills.

5. M. rerma, Lour. Fl. Coch. 199; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IT.

440 ; Griff. Not. Dicot. 419 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 18.

Haz. Cultivated in South Tenasserim (teste Rev. Mason).

N. B. No. 2020 and 2021 referred at Kew (not by me) to Mangi-

fera (Ind. Fl. II. 20) are both referable to Swintonia Schwenckit.

Spondias, L.

J. S. manerrera, Willd. sp. pl. IT. 751; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 451 ;

Wight Ill. t. 76; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 169; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 42. (SS. pin-

nata, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 44).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, all

over Burmah, from Chittagong, Prome, and Martaban down to Tenasserim,

up to 3000 ft. elevation ; also Ava.—F 1. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

There are two varieties of this, the one with large leaflets and drupes

as big as a duck’s egg, the other with these parts only half the size, but

differing in no other respects.

Doubtful Species.

S. ? macrophylla, Wall. Cat. 8480 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 48.

Has. Ava, Taong-tong (teste Hf.)

Dracontomelum, Bl.

1. D. maneirerum, BI. Mus. Bot. I. 231. t. 42; Hf. Ind. FL IT.

43.—(D. sylvestre, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 231; Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 44; D.

puberulum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 524).

Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fr. Apr.

May.

214 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No. 4,

CONNARACE ZA.

Conspectus of Genera.

Trib. I. CONNAREZ. Calyx imbricate. Seeds without albumen.

Rovurea. Sepals enlarged in fruit, imbricately-cupular. Follicle sessile. Seeds

arillate.

Rovureorsts. Sepals enlarging, more or less spreading in fruit; follicle sessile.

Connarus. Sepals not enlarging or deciduous. Follicle stalked. Seeds arillate.

Trib. II. CNESTIDEZ. Calyx valvate, 5-parted. Seeds with or without albu-

men.

x Seeds with albumen.

Cnestis. Carpels 5—7, sessile, pilose or hispid within. Leaves unpaired pinnate.

x x Seeds without albumen.

TmniocHtm@na. Sepals reflexed in fruit. Carpels 5, sessile, glabrous within.

Leaves unpaired pinnate.

Exireantuus. Sepals erect. Carpels solitary, tomentose or velvety within.

Leaves 1-foliolate.

Rourea, Aubl.

Conspectus of Species.

* All parts quite glabrous. Leaflets in few (not above 6) pairs, acuminate.

Leaflets 1[—2 in. long, the rachis and petiolules very slender, .......... R. pulchella.

Leaflets 5—38 in. long, the rachis and petiolules stout, .......000 eeeees RL. commutata.

* * Inflorescence, leaf-rachis, and often the leaflets beneath puberulous or shortly

pilose. Leaflets in numerous pairs, small, usually retuse or rounded.

x Sepals erect and cupular-closing.

Leaflets pubescent or pilose beneath, ...... 90.0000 00000600 00000000 000800 R. villosa.

Leaflets glabrous on both sides, ...... .« p00 00000000 00000000 0000 din IWalllanionrnt-

x x Sepals spreading.

Leaflets obliquely ovate or obovate, 2-lobed at the summit, .......... R. stenopetala.

1. R. puncueEtta, Planch. in Linn. XXIII. 419 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bot.

1/2. 658 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 48.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).

2. KR. commurata, Planch. in Linn. XXIIT. 420; Hf. Ind. Fl. II

47 (Cnestis monadelpha, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 454).

Var. B. PLURIJUGA, leaves not rarely abruptly pinnate, leaflets in 4—6

rarely in 3 pairs.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenas-

serim down to the Andamans; also Chittagong; var. 8. Andamans.—FI.

May, June.

3. R. vintosa, Planch. in Linn. XXIII. 422; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 48.

Haz. Apparently frequent in Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards.

—Fr. March.

4. R. Wautticutana, Planch. in Linn. XXIII. 421; Hf. Ind. Fl.

II. 49.

Haz. Tenasserim (teste Hf.).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 215

Unknown to me. Hooker points out no structural differences from the

preceding, of which it seems to be a glabrescent form only.

5. R. stenoperata, Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 49. (Cnestis steriopetala, Griff.

Not. Dicot. 483. t. 611 f. 2).

Has. Tenasserim, Meregui (Griff.) teste Hf.

Unknown to me; the narrow petals and spreading sepals point to

Roureopsis.

Connarus, L.

Conspectus of Species.

* Follicles perfectly glabrous and smooth on the walls inside.

Rachis of leaves and midrib beneath pubescent, or almost glabrous, the nervation thin,

much net-veined especially while young, conspicuously bullate-dotted on the areoles;

follicles sessile, 4 in. long, .....ceeceeeee cece cocccrceccevceee Cn Stictophyllis.

* * Follicles more or less pubescent or velvety within.

x Petioles and leaflets beneath, or the nerves only, pubescent.

Leaflets pubescent on the midrib beneath, nerves very slender, in 5 pairs, follicles

TOMDSMIEE, 00 00.0006 0000 09000000 0000 0000 000p 0000 DDH GOOD +0 C. semidecandrus.

Leaflets finely rusty pubescent Dneath the nerves very asm: seve ee Oe Griffithii.

x x Leaflets perfectly glabrous. Follicles stalked.

+ Follicles chartaceous or thin coriaceous, deeply striate.

A large tree; follicles about an in. long or somewhat longer,.. sss... 0. paniculatus.

Climber ; follicles about an in. long or somewhat longer, ......se0e sevens C. gibbosus.

Apparently as preceding, but the follicles nearly cylindrical, ............0. datifolius.

+ + Follicles woody.

Leaflets thick coriaceous, large; follicles about 2 in. long,...... seco ssreee G. grandis.

1. C. sricropHyiius, Kurz MS.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim; also adjoining Siamese province of Radbooree

(Teysmann).—Fl. HS.

2. ©. sEMIDECANDRUS, Jack in Mal. Mise. 2. VII. 39; Hf. Ind. FI.

IT. 52.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.) teste Hf. —Fl. HS.

8. C. Grirrirai, Hf. Ind. FI. IT. 52.

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.) teste Hf.

4. (©. pantcuLatus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 189; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 52?

Has. Chittagong (Roxb.).

Hooker calls this a climber, while Roxburgh states that it is a large

timber-tree.

5. OC. erpposus, Wall. Cat. 8541; Hf. Ind. FI. IT. 52.

Has. Common along the outskirts of tropical forests, deserted toung-

yas, along river-banks, ete., all over Burma, from Chittagong, Pegu, and Mar-

taban to Tenasserim, up to 2000 feet elevation.—FIl. Apr. May ; Fr. May,

June.

6. OC. natrronius, Wall. Cat. 8537 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 53.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein and Tavoy (teste Hf.).

216 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Unknown to me, and apparently not sharply distinguished from the

preceding.

7. ©. @Ranpis, Jackin Mal. Misc. II. 7. 40; Planch. m Lin.

XXIII. 429; HE. Ind. Fl. II. 53.

Has. ‘Tenasserim or Andamans (Helf.) teste Hf.

Cnestis, Juss.

Conspectus of Species.

A scandent shrub ; sepals a line long; leaflets usually opposite,........€. platantha.

Erect small tree or shrub; sepals 2 lim. long; flowers long-pedicelled ; leaflets often

alternate, eoreeo Fee F Tee Coe OES Coe esovee ee . Moa OF AL LL

1. ©. pratantHa, Griff. Not. Oihcot. 434 (C. Gallina. Planch. MS.

C. flaminea, Griff. 1. c. 438. t. 608. f. 2).

Haz. Frequent in all forests, especially the tropical and moister

upper-mixed ones, all over the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down to

Tenasserim, up to 8000 feet elevation.—Fl. RS.; Fr. HS.

2. C. Ramrriora, Griff. Not. IV. 4382 (fowrea dasyphylla, Maiq.

Suppl. Fl. Sum. 528; C.-zgnea, Planch. MS.).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.

Ellipanthus, Hf.

Conspectus of Species.

* Leaves glabrous or nearly so. Follicles glabrous within.

Leaves and petiole glabrous, the former 4—6 in. long, nerves beneath very slender,

. L. calophyllus.

Petiole aud midrib beneath puberulous; leaves 2—3 in. long, nerves strong beneath,

H. Helferi.

* * Leaves pubescent or tomentose beneath. Follicles glabrous within.

Nerves beneath very slender ; follicles 1}—2 in. long,................ E. tomentosus.

1. KE. catopuyziius, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 305 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. II. 55

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fl. May ;

Fr. June, July.

2. KH. Henrert, Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 55.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim or Andamans (Helf.).

3. EH. TomeNntosus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 305 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 56.

Has. In the tropical forests of the southern slopes of the Pegu

Yomah above Rangoon ; Tenasserim.—Fl. Jan. ; Fr. March, Apr.

LEGUMINOS Ah.

Oonspectus of Genera.

Subord. I. Tu-Leguminose. Flowers more or less irregular,

rarely almost regular and in this case the standard-petal slightly larger and

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 217

innermost in bud. Petals imbricate in bud. Stamens definite, variously

connate or rarely free.

Trib. 1. PAPILIONACEHA. Uppermost petal (standard) outside

in bud.

* Stamens free from the base or slightly connate at the very base

only.

Subtr. 1. SOPHOREA. Leaves pinnately 1—many-foliolate. Pods indchiscent

or dehiscent.

* Leaves simple.

Datnovusiza. Bracts, and bractlets large, opposite, persistent. Calyx-tecth very

short. Pods compressed.

* * Leaves pinnate. Bracts and bractlets small, deciduous.

SopHora. Pods moniliform, terete or winged, usually indehiscent. Arillus none.

Leaves without stipulets,

OrmostA. Pods more or less woody, turgid, dehiscent. Arillus none, but the

seeds usually bright red-coloured, with a black hilum. Leaves without stipulets.

ArraRiA. Pods fleshy-coriaceous, short, dehiscent; arillus crimson, enveloping

the whole seeds. Leaves with stipulets.

Subtr. 2. PODALYRIEZ. Leaves simple or digitately compound. Otherwise

asin preceding. (Chiefly Australian plants).

* * Stamens variously united into a tube, or into a slit sheath or

ito two separate sheaths with the vexillar stamen free or adnate.

+ Pods jointed, dehiscent or not, very rarely obsoletely or not

jointed, in which case the valves are usually marked with transverse veins

or lines (in a few genera the pods consist of a single joint).

Subtr. 83. HEDVYSAREZ. Characters as above. Leaves often pinnately 3—1-

foliolate, rarely pinnate.

* Stamens united into a single slit sheath, the vexillary 10th one free.

x Ovules solitary. Pods 1-jointed.

Lepropesmia. Pods dehiscent. Flowers in terminal, head-like racemes.

LzspEpEzA. Pods indchiscent. Flowers clustered or in racemes, usually axillary.

x x Ovules 2 ormore. Pods 2- or more-, rarely( by abortion) 1-jointed,

O Pods not jointed, compressed or inflated.

+ Pod inflated like that of Crotolaria.

Pycnospora. Herbs with pinnately 3-foliolate leaves ; flowers in racemes,

+ + Pod compressed.

Oveerm1A. Pod constricted between the joints. Flowers fascicled from the old

wood. Stamens dimorphous, the alternate ones gland-bearing. Trees.

PsrvparTuRiaA. Pods flat with straight sutures., Flowers in terminal racemes,

Herbs.

O O Pods distinctly jointed.

+ Pod-joints in a line, not folded up.

Desmopium. Pod-joints flat or slightly convex, dehiscent or indehiscent. Ras

cemes terminal or axillary and terminal. Leaves 3- rarely 1-foliolate.

AtysicarPus. Pod-joints more or less turgid. Calyx deeply divided and almost

glumaceous. Leaves often 1-foliolate.

218 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Mecorts. Pod 2-jointed, between uncinnate-subulate bracts, the pedicels abrupt-

ly deflexed from the tips. Leaves simple.

+ t Pod-joints folded one upon the other.

Louvres. Calyx enlarged in fruit. Flowers in racemes. Leaves 1—3-foliolate.

Urania. Calyx not changed in fruit. Flowersin racemes. Leaves 3—1-foliolate,

or pinnate.

* * Stamens 10, all united into a single tube or into 2 separate sheaths of 5 each.

x Stamens all united into a single complete tube. Anthers dimorphous.

Aracuis. Calyx-tube filiform, the 4 upper-lobes united, the lowermost thin and

free. Petals and stamens inserted at the mouth of the calyx-tube. Pod ripening

under the soil. Leaves abruptly pinnate.

Zornta. Calyx-tube short. Pod 2—6-jointed, muricate. Herbs, the leaves digi-

tately 2—4-foliolate.

x x Stamens united into 2 separate sheaths of 5 each,

+ Pod twisted within the calyx.

Smiru1a. Calyx 2-parted. Herbs with abruptly pinnate leaves, the rachis

ending in a bristle.

+ + Pod straight,

Gxissaspis. Calyx deeply 2-lipped, the upper lip entire. Herbs with abruptly

pinnate leaves. Pods 1—2-joined, indehiscent.

ZSCHYNOMENE. Calyx 2-lipped. Herbs, rarely undershrubs, with unpaired-

pinnate leaves. Pods many-jointed.

OrmocarpuMm. Calyx 5-toothed. Pod-joints longitudinally striate or ribbed.

Shrubs with unpaired-pinnate leaves.

+ + Pods not jointed, very rarely 1-seeded.

Subtr. 4. VICIEA. Petiole terminating in a bristle or tendril. Leaves ab-

ruptly pinnate.

* Stamens 10, wnited into a single slit sheath with the tenth vewvillary one free.

x Leaflets toothed. Wings free from the staminal tube.

Cicrr. Wings free. Style not bearded at the apex. Pod inflated. Funicle fili-

form. rect herbs.

x x Leaflets entire. Wings more or less adhering to the staminal tube.

VictA. Staminal tube oblique at the mouth. Style pubescent, or bearded at the

apex. Ovules usually numerous. Erect or twining herbs.

Lens. Staminal tube oblique at the mouth. Style filiform. Ovules usually 2.

Erect herbs.

Latuyrvus. Staminal tube truncate at the mouth. Style flat, or dilated at the

apex. Pods more or less compressed. rect herbs.

Pisum. As preceding but style triquetrous and dilated upwards. Pods turgid.

* * Stamens only 9, all united into a single slit sheath.

Agrus. Style not bearded. Pods compressed, chambered within. Climbing un-

dershrubs.

Subtr. 5. PHASEOLEZ. Petiole without tendril. Leaves usually pinnately

8-foliolate, very rarely unpaired pinnate.

* Leaflets not resinous-dotted beneath.

x Stamens united into a slit sheath with the 10th vexillary one free (or

rarely shortly adnate.)

+ Nodes of the inflorescence not tumid. Stipules and bracts con-

spicuous, persistent.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 219

CurrortA. Petals very unequal in length, the standard narrowed at the base, nude

at the apex. Calyx-tube cylindrical, longer than the lobes. Erect or climbing herbs

or undershrubs.

SuuTer1A. Style filiform. Calyx-teeth distinct, the 2 upper ones connate. An-

thers conform. Bracts persistent, striate.

Dumasta. Style dilated at the middle. Calyx-tube cylindrical, obliquely truncate

at the mouth.

+ + Nodes of the inflorescence tumid.

+ Stigma terminal, capitate. Style beardless.

O Anthers all conform.

§ Twining or creeping herbs. Petals equally lone.

Gazactia. Calyx 4-toothed (the 2 upper teeth being united into one). Pod 2-

valved. Z

Grona. Calyx 5-toothed, the 2 upper teeth free. Pod linear, 2-valved. Secds

strophiolate.

§ § Trees or woody climbers or shrubs.

Butea. Petals equally long. The 2 upper calyx-teeth free. Pod imdehiscent,

1-seeded at the apex, the sterile basal part much dilated and flat.

Eryturina. Petals very unequal, the standard exceeding the keel.

O O Anthers dimorphous.

Mucuna. Petals very unequal, the keel exceeding the standard. Woody climbers

or twining undershrubs.

t t+ Style bearded.

O Stigma oblique.

§ Free part of filaments straight, alternately shorter.

Twining herbs.

Pacnuyrruizus. Keel not spirally twisted. Style flat upwards, the stigma almost

globose on the inner face. Pod transversely lined between the seeds.

Viena. Keel not spirally twisted, blunt or arcuate-beaked. Style filiform.

§ § Free part of filaments once or rarely twice spirally

twisted.

Puaszotus. Keel spiral. Style filiform. The 2 upper calyx-tecth, or all, shorter

than the tube. Hilum oblong or shortly orbicular. Twining or rarely almost erect

herbs.

O O Stigma terminal. Free part of filaments straight.

Dottcnos. Keel not spirally twisted. Style filiform, minutely penicillate around

the minute stigma. ‘Twining or rarely suberect herbs.

Lasias. As preceding, but style thickened upwards, bearded down the inner.

edge. ‘Twining or suberect herbs.

x ™x Stamens all united into a complete tube.

+ Nodes of inflorescence tumid.

Canavania. Upper-lip of calyx projecting. Style beardless or rarely bearded.

Pod indehiscent or late-dehiscing, the upper suture thickened or narrowly 2-winged.

PsopHocarpus. Pod 4-cornered, longitudinally 4-winged. Stigma almost globose,

densely penicellate-villous.

Droctza. Upper teeth of calyx not projecting. Pod oblong, turgid, indchiscent,

the upper suture thickened or 2-winged. Anthers dimorphous.

220 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

PurrariA. Upper teeth of calyx not projecting. Pod linear, flattish, readily de-

hiscing, many-seeded.

+ + Nodes ofinflorescence not tumid. Stipules and bracts minute,

deciduous.

Treramnus. Calyx-teeth free. Alternate anthers abortive.

Guyctye. Calyx-teeth free, the 2 upper ones more or less connate. Anthers all

fertile and conform.

* * Leaflets more or less conspicuously resinose-dotted beneath.

+ Ovyules 3 or more.

DunpariA. Pods plain or slightly turgid, often faleate, not depressed between the

obsoletely strophioled seeds.

AtytostA. Pod transversely depressed or lined between the seeds, Arillus rather

large, grooved.

Cagsanus. Pod transversely depressed between the seeds. Arillus or strophiole

none.

+ + Ovules 1 or 2.

x Funicle arising from the centre of the hilum.

Cyzista. Calyx accrescent and leafy, scarious-emembranous, the lowermost lobe

largest.

Ruynenosta. Calyx not accrescent in fruit. Pods compressed. Leaves pinnate-

ly 3-foliolate.

Fremineia. Calyx not accrescent in fruit. Pod turgid. Leaves digitately 3-

foliolate.

x x Funicle arising from the extremity of the linear hilum.

Ertosema. Pod transversely depressed. Erect herbs with axillary flowers.

Leaves (in Ind. sp.) simple.

Subtrib. 6. GENISTEA. Stamens usually monadelphous, the filaments not di-

lated upwards; anthers usually alternately longer and basifix or nearly so, the others

smaller and versatile. Leaves digitate. Pod often inflated.

* Anthers dimorphous. Keel-petals firmly cohering. é

CroranartA. Keel beaked. Pod turgid or inflated. Flowers in terminal or

leaf-opposite racemes. Herbs or undershrubs with simple or digitately 3—7-foliolate

leaves.

Priorropis. As preceding, but pods much compressed. Leaves digitately 3-

foliolate.

* * Anthers uniform. Keel-petal hardly cohering.

Rornta. Anthers small. Pods follicle-like dehiscing. Herbs.

Subtrib. 7. LOTE®. Stamens usually diadelphous (9 + 1), the filaments dilated

upwards. Leaves digitately or pinnately compound.

* Leaflets quite entire (Lotee).

Lotus. Petals adnate to the staminal tube. Keel beaked. Pod 2-valved.

Leaves pinnately 5-foliolate.

Parocuetus. Petals deciduous, free from the staminal tube, the keel rather acute.

Pod 2-valved. Flowers solitary or in poor umbels. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate.

* * Veins of leaflets usually produced into marginal toothlets. Leaves pinnately

3-foliolate. Keel-petal blunt.

x Pod spirally falcate or circinate.

Mepicaco.

x x Pod straight or nearly so.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 221

TRIGONELLA. Pod elongate, straight, erect or recurved, indchiscent or dehiscing

along one or both sutures.

Metmortvs. Pod small, rotundate or oblong, more or less indehiscent.

Subtridb. 8. GALEGE#. Stamens 10, variously connate, the filaments filiform

_ upwards; anthers usually versatile. Pods dehiscent or indehiscent. Leaves unpaired

pinnate, rarely simple.

* Pods dehiscent (very rarely indehiscent and in this case small and 1-seeded)

(Eu-Galegez).

x Pods distinctly transversely chambered within, dehiscent, or 1-seeded

and indehiscent. ©

+ Pods 1-seeded and indehiscent. Hairs basifix.

PsoratEA. Anthers blunt. Leaves simple or 3-foliolate, the leaflets gland-dotted.

Seed adhering to the pericarp.

+ + Pods several-seeded and dehiscent.

O Anthers apiculate. Hairs fixed by the centre.

Cyamopsts. Stamens monadelphously united into a tube. Leaflets entire or

toothed.

Iypicorera. Stamens diadelphous (9 + 1). Leaves pinnately many—1-foliolate.

O O Anthers blunt. Hairs basifix.

Suspanra. Style not bearded, the stigma minute. Flowers in axillary racemes.

Leaves pinnate. Herbs or undershrubs, rarely trees.

x x Pods not chambered within, many-seeded.

TrPHRosIA. Vexillary stamen only at the middle adnate to the staminal tube,

free at the base. Pods thin coriaceous. Herbs, undershrubs or rarely shrubs. Leaves

pinnately many—1-foliolate.

Mnierr1a. Filaments diadelphous (9 + 1), filiform. Pod woody or coriaceous.

Trees or woody climbers. Leaves pinnate.

* * Pods indehiscent, usually many or several-seeded. (Dalbergicz).

x Pods wingless.

* Poncamra. Filaments usually long. Pod more or less flattish, firmly fleshy

coriaceous. Trees. Leaflets opposite.

Drepanocarrus. Filaments alternately shorter. Pods reniform or crescent-

shaped, coriaceous or drupaceous, 1—8-seeded. ‘Trees or woody climbers. Fl. white

or purple. Leaflets alternate.

x x Pods winged along the one or both sutures.

Datpercia. Filaments ‘alternately shorter. Pods oblong to linear, all round

extended into a chartaceous or coriaceous wing. ‘Trees or woody climbers. Flowers

from white to rose and purple. Leaflets alternate. :

Prerocarrus. Filaments equally long. Pods almost orbicular or broadly oblong,

seed-bearing in the centre and surrounded by a broad complete wing. Trees. Flow-

ers yellow. Leaflets alternate.

Derris. Filaments alternately shorter. Pod flat, thin or coriaceous, winged

along one or both sutures." Trees or woody climbers. Leaflets opposite.

Trib. 2. CHAS ALPINIEZ. Of the imbricate or valvate petals the

uppermost one (standard) innermost in bud. Stamens free or connate.

* Anthers erect and basifix, rarely almost versatile, usually opening

by 2, apical pores, rarely opening in longitudinal slits.

222 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Subtrib. 1. CASSTEZ. Weaves unpairedly or abruptly pinnate. Sepals free to

the disk, usually imbricate, Ovary or ovary-stalk free.

* Petals all developed.

Cassta. Sepals imbricate. Stamens 5—10. Leaves abruptly pinnate. Trees,

shrubs or herbs.

* *€ Petals none, or 1—2 and minute.

Diatium, Stamens 2; anthers 2-rimose. Sepals imbricate. Pod turgid or

globose. Leaves unpaired pinnate. Trees. —

* * Anthers versatile, opening by longitudinal slits.

Subtrib. 2. BAUHINIEZ. leaves simple, 2-foliolate or simply pinnate. Calyx

gamosepalous, or the sepals free to the disk, imbricate or valvate. Ovary-stalk adnate

to the calyx-tube or rarely free.

* Leaves simple and more or less 2-lobed, or 2-foliolate. (Ku-Bauhineze).

Bavuimia. Petals unequal. Calyx gamosepalous or valvate. Pods dehiscent.

Leaves palmately 5—many-nerved.

* * Leaves abruptly pinnate. (Amherstieze).

x Calyx-tube short, the disk basal or nearly so. (Cynometree.)

+ Petals none.

Harpwickia. Sepals 5, much imbricate. Stamens 10, all perfect or 1—3 reduced

to staminodes. Pod flat-compressed, 2-valved at the apex. Leaflets in 1 to several

pairs.

+ + Petals 5 or fewer.

Cynometra. Sepals 4—5. Petals 5, imbricate. Stamens 10 or many. Pod

fleshy, indehiscent or tardily dehiscing. Leaflets in 1 to many pairs.

x x Disk at the top of a prolonged calyx-tube. (Hu-Amherstiee).

+ Petal 1—5. Trees.

O Calyx-tube rather short. Petal 1.

Srmypora. Calyx valvate or nearly so, often echinate. Petal sessile. Stamens

shortly monadelphous, 2 of them perfect, the rest castrate or reduced to filaments.

Leaflets in 2—8 pairs. Seeds arillate. Pods woody, echinate. ~

O O Calyx-tube elongate.

t+ Petal one.

Panvpia. Calyx-segments 4, much imbricated. Petal shortly clawed. Stamens

10, 7 of them high-up connate, the rest entirely reduced or 2 of them represented by

minute staminodes. Leaflets in 2 or more pairs. Seeds arillate. Pods firmly woody,

smooth.

ArzzttA. Calyx-segments 4, much imbricated. Petal clawed. Stamens 3—8,

free, with or without a few minute staminodes. Pod large, woody or coriaceous.

Seeds not arillate. Leaves abruptly pinnate.

+ + Petals 3—6,

Tamarinpus. Petals 3, with the rudiments of 2 others. Staminodes teeth-like.

Stamens monadelphous, only 8 of them developed. Pod turgid, indehiscent, the acid

mesocarp pulpy. i

AmuerstiA. Petals 5, 3 of them nearly equally long, and like the lowermost

one, very broad, the 2 others minute or rudimentary. Stamens diadelphous (9 + 1).

+ + Petals none.

Saraca. Sepals 4. Stamens 8—9. Pods coriaceous, 2-valved. Trees.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 223

Subtrib. 3. HUCABSALPINIEZ. Leaves usually abruptly bipinnate. Sepals free

to the disk, valvate or imbricate. Ovary or ovary-stalk free.

x Sepals valvate or nearly so. Trees.

PornerAnA. Pod 2-valved, flat, coriaceous. Leaves bipinnate, the leaflets all

developed. Unarmed.

Parxnysonia. Pod turgid-moniliform, indehiscent. Petiole very short, spine-like,

with 2—4 much elongate pinnz of minute and often quite reduced leaflets. Armed.

x x Sepalsimbricate. Trees or woody climbers.

+ Climbers, usually armed.

CasaLPIniA. Pods not winged, indehiscent or 2-valved, several-seeded. Stigma

small.

Prerotopium. Pods samaroid, indehiscent, the upper end produced into a con-

spicuous wing-like appendage, l-seeded. Ovary 1-ovuled.

Mzzonevron. Pod flat, several-seeded, indehiscent, the upper suture extended

into a wing. Stigma small.

+ + Erect trees, not armed.

PrttopHortM. Pods flat, several-seeded, indehiscent, both sutures extended into

awing. Stigma peltate. Stamens 10, free.

Acrocarrus. Pods as in preceding, but indehiscent and winged along the upper

suture only. Stigma minute. Petals narrow, almost equal. Stamens 54, free.

Subord. II. Mimosez. Flowers regular, the petals valvate in bud,

free or more usually united into a shorter or longer tube. Stamens

definite or indefinite, free or connate.

Trib. 1. MIMOSHA. Stamens definite, usually 10 or 5, or twice as

many as the petals.

Subtrib. 1. MIMOSEZ VERZ. Anthers gland-tipped or not. Stamens free.

Calyx valvate in bud. :

* Anthers gland-tipped.

x Flowers in spikes or racemes.

ADENANTHERA. Pods 2-valved, often falcate or circinate, transversely chambered

between the seeds. Flowers in spikes or racemes. Erect trees. Leaves bipinnate.

Entapa. Pods large, the indehiscent joints separating from the persistent

thickened sutures. Flowers in spikes. Tendril-bearing woody climbers. Leaves

bipinnate

x x Flowers in oblong or globose heads.

Neprunta. Pods flat, 2-valved, thin coriaceous. Flowers in dense heads. Erect

herbs. Leaves bipinnate.

* * Anthers not gland-tipped.

x Pods more or less jointed, the joints receding from the persistent

sutures.

Mimosa. Flowers in dense spikes or heads. Shrubs or herbs, with bipinnate

leaves.

x x Pods continuous, not jointed.

+ Valves of pod chartaccous or thin coriaceous.

DesmantHus. Pod flat, narrow, 2-valved. Stigma clavate. Herbs with bipin-

nate leaves. Flowers in heads.

Levcamna.. Pods flat, rather broad, 2-valved. Stigma capitate. Shrubs or small

trees with bipinnate leaves. Flowers in globose heads.

224 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

+ + Valves of pod thick and woody, falcate.

Xyu1a. Pods woody, tardily dehiscing. Flowers in globose heads. Trees with

bipinnate leaves.

Subtrib. 2. PARKIEZ. Calyx imbricate in bud. Stamens monadelphous,

Parxia. Stamens 10, in neuters reduced to long filaments. Flowers in large

long-peduncled heads, the lower ones neuter, the upper ones fertile. Trees with

bipinnate leaves.

Trib. 2. ACACTH 4. Stamens indefinite, free or connate.

Subtrib. 3. ACACIEH VERZ. Stamens free.

Acacta. Pods various, dehiscent or not. Flowers in heads or dense spikes. Trees

or shrubs, sometimes climbing, with bipinnate leaves or the leaves reduced to phyllodia,

armed or unarmed.

Subtrib. 4. INGE. Stamens connate. Flowers in heads or dense spikes.

* Seeds without en arillus, but on longer or shorter funicles.

Apizz1a. Pods straight. ‘Trees with bipinnate leaves.

Piruecotopium. Pods more or less circinnate or cochleate. Trees or shrubs,

rarely climbing, with bipinnate leaves.

CatiianpDRA. Pods more or less falcate, with much thickened sutures. Trees or

shrubs, with bipinnate leaves.

* * Seeds conspicuously arillate.

Iyea. Pods variously circimnate or cochleate. Trees or shrubs with simply

pinnate leaves.

Arillaria, Kurz.

1. A. Ropusta, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 71. (Sophora

robusta, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 81. ; Wight Icon. t. 245).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the southern slopes

of the Pegu Yomah (above and about Rangoon) and in Upper Tenasserim.—

Fl. Apr. June.

Sophora, L.

1. S. romentosa, L. sp. pl. 583; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 316; Mig. FL.

Ind. I. 124; Bth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Papil. 314, t. 124. (iS. occidentalis,

L. 1. c.; Bot. Mag. t. 3390).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the beach-forests of the Andamans ; also

Pegu (Brandis).

Lespedeza, Mich.

Conspectus of Species.

* Flowers in axillary almost sessile clusters.

Appressed silvery silk-hairy ; leaflets linear-cuneate, 6.1... sees cess cvee vee. DL. sericen.

* * Flowers in axillary and terminal racemes often collected into terminal panicles.

x All parts densely and softly pubescent ; bracts deciduous.

Softly tomentose; racemes robust and sessile; calyx-teeth almost filiform and

FLCKUOBC, eo eurccce saccncee ease raviiescs sree bocce aveseues cvcieen Lal MNEOIMen

x x Branchlets and underside of leaves appressedly greyish puberulous.

Racemes glandular-pubescent ; bracts persistent, 111. sees veveessueves vvneLs ACO.

Racemes tawny pubescent, not glandular; bracts deciduous, .........+..L. parviflora.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Fora, 225

1. LL. sericea, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. III. 49; Maxim. Syn.

Lesped. 42 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 142 (Hedysarwm sericewm, Thbg. Fl. Japon.

289; L. cuneata, Don. Gen. Syst. Il. 3807; Hedysarwm juncewm, Roxb.

Fl. Ind. Bat. IIT. 362, non L. f£.).

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. May.

2. LL. PINETORUM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 230 and 1. ¢.

1874. 184 sub. 13.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban, at 4000

to 6000 ft. elevation.—FI. Fr. March.

Allied to Z. tomentosa, Sieb.

3. L. pEcorA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 231 ; Hf. Ind.

Fl. If. 144.

Has. Frequent in the drier, especially the pine-forests of Martaban,

at 4000 to 6000 ft. elevation.—Fl. March ; Fr. Apr.

Allied to Z. eriocarpa, DC.

4, UL parvirtora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 231 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 144.

Has. Martaban hills (Nattoung), east of Tounghoo (Revd. F. Mason).

Allied to Z. elliptica, Bth., from which it differs by its much smaller

flowers, its subulate calyx-teeth, the different vestiture of its inflorescence,

and its deciduous bracts.

Pycnospora, R. Br.

1. P. HEDYsAROIDES, RBr. in WA. Prod. I. 197; Bth. Fl. Hongk.

91 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1]. 1538. (P. nervosa, WA. Prod. I. 197).

Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 1813).

Pseudarthria, WA.

1. P. viscrpa, WA. Prod. I. 209; Wight Icon. t. 286 ; Hf. Ind. FI.

TI. 154. (Hedysarum viscidum, L. Syst. 11. 506; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

356 ; Desmodium viscidum, DC. Prod. II. 316).

Has. Upper Tenasserim (Falconer, Griff.).

Desmodium, Desv.

Conspectus of Species.

A. DEHISCENTIA. Pod-joints dehiscing along the ventral suture.

Subg. 1. Pleurolobium, DC. Pod-joints dehiscing along the more or less indented

suture, distinctly separated or continuous and the separation indicated by a transverse

line only. Inflorescence in a young state conspicuously imbricate-bracted.

* All bracts deciduous. Pods continuous, the joints marked only by transverse

Zines. Erect shrubs or herbs.

Shrub, the leaflets one-coloured; flowers purple; pod-joints about 23 lin. long by 3

broad, densely and shortly hirsute, ...... sssses JO conboode oc ve veces De gyrowdes,

226 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Annual or biennial, the leaves as often 1- as 3-foliolate,; with the 2 lateral leaflets much

reduced, leaflets white-variegated ; flowers pale yellow, turning pale brick-coloured ;

pod-joints about 23 lin. long and broad, shortly and sparingly hirsute, .. D. gyrans.

* * Lowermost bracts of young inflorescences more or less persistent. Pods dis-

tinctly jointed.

Leaves 38-foliolate, the leaflets elliptical to oblong; fruiting pedicels erect ; racemes

CLONE ALG ee hes icicic «a siateece ssnoeislo eee nerTe oat SiMe fel ober arate te ABboUn oO: D. heterocurpum.

Leaves 1—8-foliolate, the leaflets more or less Bvoalay: fruiting pedicels refracted ;

racemes shorter, than the leaves meyptieveie neisieislsle aloln eo ol-\elel eee riers D. retro

Subg. 2. Sagotia, Walp. Pod-joints dehiscing along the lower more or less indented

suture. Young inflorescence not conspicuously bracted.

* Flowers in many-flowered terminal and axillary racemes which often form termi-

nal panicles. Erect annual herbs.

Stems and underside of leaves sparingly and appressedly greyish pubescent ; panicle

elandular-puberulous ; pods glabrescent, ...... ..060- wees aes wees D. oblongum.

Stems and peduncles spreadingly tawny pilose ; pods tawny pilose, ...... D. auricans.

* * Hlowers few, axillary or in leaf-opposed racemes. Prostrate or diffuse herbs.

Flowers in leaf-opposed and spuriously terminal simple or branched racemes ; leaflets

WEP MILL Soon Gaoo boss ODo0N0 006 amcratNs ives 6 5909 950000 G000 .o D. microphyllum.

Flowers usually yellowish, by 1—4 ona longer or shorter axillary peduncle which is

longer than the leaves, ........... 6 os0a06 59000900 90900010005 .-» D. reptans.

Flowers usually purple or rose-coloured, by 1—6 in the leaf-axils, ...... D. triflorum.

B. IypEeniscentia. Pod-joints not dehiscing in any way-

* Flowers in terminal and axillary racemes often collected into

panicles. Bracts small, deciduous or rarely persistent.

Subg. 3. Eu-desmodium, DC. Shrubs, undershrubs or herbs, the leaves 1—8-

foliolate ; petiole not winged. Pods various, many-jointed, the joimts variously shaped,

but never quite square.

* Pods and ovary quite glabrous, the joints more or less deeply indented on the

lower suture, the basal one very shortly stalked.

x Leaves simple, broader than long, oblate to reniform.

Flowers 8 lin. long, sky-blue, on capillary glandular pedicels —4 in. long ; pod-joints

deeply indented at the lower suture, ...... 90. 000000 96600000 00000000 Js BML TIE -

Flowers small, white, on pedicels 14—2 lin. long ; pod-joints slightly teniaa at the

Noy i7210 IWUNSEYE) 4550 Goonso00 Udo 4955 noOD000 9 6009 doc B20 ODno DC ODOR D. reniforme.

x x Leaves oblong ‘to oblong-lanceolate.

Leaves simple, or the lower ones 3-foliolate ; racemes slender, in diffuse terminal pani-

cles ; pod-joints elliptical, 2 lin. long by 14 broad, ............ D. substipulaceum.

* * Pods and ovary variously clothed with glandular or glandless, straight or

hooked hairs.

x Pod-jomts 4—5 times longer than broad, or if shorter stalk-like

narrowed at the base.

+ Pod-joints pedicel-like narrowed or abruptly constricted at the

base, securiform or crescent-shaped, puberulous.

O Pod-joints crescent-shaped, abruptly constricted at both ends.

Leaves oblong, acute or blunt, strongly parallel-nerved ; pod-joints broadly Iunate,

tumid and only 2 lin. long, coriaceous, the basal one refracted on a stalk 2 lin.

long thickened club-like at the apex, “sees cere cere eeenes cavers ve De CONCINRUM.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 22/7

Leayes divaricately obcordate; pod-joints membranous, broadly lunate, acute and

divaricate at both ends, very flat ; spreading or trailing herb, .... D. obcordatwn.

O O Pod-joints securiform, the basal one long-stalked.

Calyx about a line, the corolla 5 lines long ; stalk of basal pod-joint about 1—4 lin.

long.) cca. eaeorcs BIO LO C IONCICIE. GRE IER EC URE IANS. 05 WEA sare sans . D, scalpe.

Calyx and corolla half the size; stalk of basal poe eit, aienden) 1 in. long,

. D. podocarpum.

+ + Pod-joints truncate at both ends, oblong to neat oblOne and,

sessile.

O Leaves Eeauately 3-foliolate.

Pod-joints only 13—2 lin. long by $—# lin. broad, densely hooked puberulous, not

marrowed. at the ends, ......60 s.s0 0s BRIN c ARO So.cicio icici seve eee De recurvatam.

O O Leaves simple, the petiole short.

Pod-joints 6—8, # in. long, slightly narrowed at both ends, irregularly striate, shortly

elandular-pubescent ; petioles longer or shorter, ...... .660 eee D. ormocarpoides.

Very near the preceding, the petiole very short ; pod-joints 10—12, about 3 lin. long

and hardly a line broad, shortly glandular-pubescent, ......00 vseeee ss ee De COMES.

x x Pod-joints narrow, as long or only twice as long as broad.

+ Shrubs or more usually erect or spreading perennials. Pod-

jomts usually as long as broad, more or less rotundate with

truncate ends.

O Leaves simple. Pod-joints indented at the lower suture,

about a line long.

Perennial, erect, slightly appressed-pubescent ; racemes elongate and very slender ;

pod-joints sparingly and shortly hispid; leaves acute, ............D. Gangeticum.

As preceding, but diffuse, the leaflets broader and usually blunt, ........ D. flexuosum.

Shrub, densely pubescent; racemes tomentose, rather short and robust; pod-joints

densely and shortly grey hirsute ; leaves blunt, .......... B00 DoodO D, latifolium.

O O Leaves 8-foliolate. Pod-joints about a line long and broad.

Erect shrubby perennial; leaflets somewhat repand, glaucescent beneath, acute or

acuminate; branchlets almost terete; pod-jomts densely covered with hooked

Mbit MMS. “Gadooaoann00.0 000500 OOM OIE e ob 164 BO OBS OOOO ORD Oe ae D. sequak.

Diffuse perennial, the branches sharply 5—6-angular ; leaflets entire, blunt; pod-joints

sparingly covered with white hooked stiff hairs, .................... D, diffusum.

+ + Shrubs or woody undershrubs. Pod-joints usually about

twice as long as broad, more or less indented on one or

both sutures.

O Bracts of the young inflorescence scarious and large, forming

imbricate cones, very deciduous, but the basal ones usually

remaining persistent.

+ Basal pod-joint sessile.

Racemes sessile or peduncled, rather short; pod-joints 14—2 lin. long and nearly as

broad, indented on the lower suture, ee hirsute ; branchlets sharply angu-

lar, often villous om the corners, ........ .seteveeees 5 ab0008 D. floribundum.

+ + Basal pod-joint hone ie aietintiy stalked.

Racemes slender, long~peduncled, forming spreading terminal panicles; pod-joints

z in. long and 3 ln. broad, puberulous, slightly indented; branchlets terete or

nearly so, Orr eo OHH Heer HHH Dee e POH OHH Oe EHH PeHP cere” onviee 2h tiliefolium.

228 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Racemes very slender and usually shorter than the leaves, sessile or branched from the

base ; pod-joints 4 lin. long by 2% broad, more or less indented at the lower suture,

sparingly and shortly hirsute; branches angular, ..... d novo aa009¢ D. karensium.

Racemes sessile or nearly so, robust, usually axillary or panicled by the fall of the

leaves ; pod-joints 4 lin. long by 24 broad, grey-villous, much indented at the

lower suture; branchlets rather terete, .................- seseeeseD. confertum.

O O Bracts of the young inflorescence narrow, herbaceous, not

conspicuous and imbricating (Catenaria, Bth.).

Flowers 3 in. long, often in axillary slender racemes ; pod-joints oblong, nearly 4 lin.

long, densely and shortly hooked-hairy, the basal one stalked,....D. daburnifolium.

Subgen. 4. Pteroloma, Desy. Shrubs. Leaves 1-foliolate, the petiole winged.

Bracts minute. Pods very flat, many-jomted, the joints not or hardly indented

and almost square.

Branchlets sharply triquetrous; pods glabrous or pubescent along the sutures or all

OVEL, ...- eee § 90000600 00000900 400000 900000 see) sles 5 815) sls)e)s D. triquetrum.

* %& Flowers clustered or in sessile or peduncled umbels in the axils

of the leaves or in the axils of bract-like floral leaves.

Subgen. 5. Dendrolobium, WA. Flowers in dense sessile or peduncled axillary

umbels or clusters. Bracts minute or deciduous. Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate. Pods

5—1-jointed, appressed pubescent.

* Pods normally 2—1-jointed. Undershrubs. (Dicerma).

Flowers by 2—4 or fewer clustered in the leaf-axils and passing into terminal leafy

TACEMES, sees e ee cee ceeeee ve cece cena 990900000600 weceee ee D. biarticulatum.

* * Pods 2—5-(only Sasi y 1-) jointed. Shrubs or trees (Dendrolobium

proper).

Flowers in sessile clusters ; pod-joints only 2 lin. long,.............. ....D. cephalotes.

Flowers in peduncled umbels ; pod-joints about 4 lin. long,....... soeee LD. wnbellatum.

Subgen. 6. Phyllodium, Desv. Flowers clustered or umbellate, in the axils of

bract-like large floral leaves which are complicately 2-foliolate, persistent, and placed

distichously. Leaves pinnately 3- or rarely 1-foliolate. Pods 2—4-jointed.

* Pods pubescent or villous-pubescent.

Leaflets 3—5 in. long, acuminate ; pods villously pubescent, .......... +s. .D. grande.

Leaflets 1—2 in. long, rounded or almost retuse,...... 6000 0000000 da60002)). DANII.

* * Pods glabrous except on the margin.

Leaves pinnately 3- or occasionally 1-foliolate, the petiole only 2—38 lin. long; pods

glabrous, net-veined, 1... see cece ee eee ee cette nee eee wees D. pulchellun.

1. D. creomnrs, DC) Prodygigs265 Hi. Ind. El Adee:

pseudo-gyroides, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 244).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones,

chiefly in the stony bed of streams, all over Burma, from Arracan, Pegu, and

Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

9. D. ayvrans, DC. Prod. IL. 336; Wael Tcon. t. 294; Hf. Ind.

Fl. Il. 174 (Hedysarum gyrams, Lamk. Suppl. 332; Jacq. Icon. rar. t.

562; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 317).

Haz. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, but more especially in the

savannahs, in grassland and amongst shrubbery of the plains, ascending into

the drier hill-forests and hill-pastures up to 4000 ft. elevation, all over

Burmah, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—F. Fr. CS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 229

3. D. HETEROcARPUM, DC. Prod. II. 337 (Hedysarum heterocarpum,

L. sp. pl. 1054; Burm. Fl. Zeyl. 117, t. 58, f. 1.; D. polycarpum, DC.

l. ec. 384; Wight Icon. t. 406; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. II. 165; Hf. Ind.

Fl. If. 171; Hedysarum purpurewn, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 858; D. patens,

Wight Icon. t. 407 ; Hedysarum patens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 362).

Var. a. GENUINUM, branches and leaves beneath only thinly appressed-

pubescent ; pods glabrous with fringed edges, or sparingly and minutely

stiff-hairy.

Var. 8. TRIcHOCAULON, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 172 (D. tricho-

caulon, DC. Prod. II. 336; Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 367; Bth. Fl. Austr. IT.

235), branches densely and spreadingly pilose, the leaves beneath appressed

pilose ; the rest as in var. a.

Var. y. capitatuM, (D. capitatum, DC. Prod. II. 225 ; Miq. FI. Ind.

Bat. I. 241; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 170; Hedysarwm capitatum, Burm. F1. 167,

t. 54, f. 1), branches and leaves beneath more or less silvery pubescent, the

leaflets smaller ; pods puberulous.

Has. Var. a. common in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed

ones, entering also the savannahs and cultivated lands, all over Burma and

the adjacent islands; var. 6. Ava hills; var. y. Arracan.—Fl. Close of

RS. gohr: CS:

_4, DD. RpEerRroriExum, DC. Prod. II. 386; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 170.

(Hedysarum retroflecum, Linn. Mant. 108).

Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 1692).

5. D. optoneum, Wall. Cat. 5714; Bth. Pl. Jungh. I. 994. j in adn.

Has. Rather frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu

Yomah ; Ava, Taong Dong (Wall.).—F1. Nov. ; Fr. CS.

This agrees so far with Hasskarl’s description of D. Aparines (Miq.

Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 252), but I have no specimens to compare with.

6. D. avricans, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5704; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 223

in adn.; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 23 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 172.

Has. Frequent amongst shrubbery in sandy grounds in the neigh-

bourhood of the sea in Arracan; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).—Fl. Close

erukiss: Er: CS.

7. D. micropuytium, DC. Prod. II. 336; Migq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 239.

(Hedysarum microphyllum, Thbg. Fl. Japan. 284; D. parvifolium, DC.

1. c. 384; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 174).

Has. Martaban, Yoonzeleen, at 2500 ft. elevation (Brandis) ; Ava

(teste Baker).—Fl. Fr. March.

8. D. Reprans (Hedysarum reptans, Burm. Fl. Zeyl. t. 54. f. 1;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 354; D. heterophyllum, DC. Prod. IL. 384; Hf. Ind.

Fl. II. 173 ; D. triflorum var. WA. Prod. I. 229; Wight Neate tae2oi ;

Hedysarwm heterophyllum, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1201).

230 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. More in woody lands and amongst shrubbery of Pegu and

Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. RS.

9. D. trirtorum, DC. Prod. IL. 334; Wight Icon. t. 292; Bth. mm

Mart. Fl. Bras. XV. 95. t. 26; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 173. (Hedysarwm triflo-

yum, L. sp. pl. 1057; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ILI. 353 ; Hedysarum stipulacewm,

Burm. Fl. Ind. t. 54. £. 2.).

Has. Frequent in short-grassed pastures and in cultivated lands,

rubbishy places, along river-banks, &c., all over Burma, from Chittagong

and Ava down to Tenasserim ; on the Andamans introduced only.—FIl. Fr.

RS. chiefly.

10. D. opiatum, Bak. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 230; Hf. Ind.

Fl. II. 166.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially along rocky

choungs, of the Pegu Yomah and the Martaban hills; also Prome hills;

Ava, on Taong-Dong.—Fl. Fr. C. and HS.

11. D. renrrorme, DC. Prod. II. 327 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. 178. (Hedysa-

rum reniforme, L. sp. pl. 1051; Burm. Fl. Ind. t. 52. f. 1.).

Has. Prome; Ava, on the banks of the Irrawaddi (according to

Baker).

All Burmese specimens seen by me belong to the preceding species. I

myself gathered the true Burmannian plant only in the Terai-lands of

Sikkim.

12. D. supstreutaceum, Bl. MS. (D. stipulacewm, Miq. FI. Ind.

Pat. I. 252, non. DC. ; Hedysarwm mucronatum, Bl. Buitenz. Cat. 92).

Has. Martaban, Nattoung Hills. (Revd. F. Mason).

This species greatly resembles the American D. stipulacewm, DC.

(which I suppose to be the same as D. cajanifoliwm, DC., referred to by

Baker in Fl. Ind. II. 161). It differs in its stouter stature and its

broad ovate (not linear-subulate) calyx-lobes. The pod-joints are glabrous

and net-veined, not hooked-pilose like those of Hasskarl’s D. Aparines,

which Miquel combines with D. stipulacewm, while Baker would make it

synonymous with D. spirale.

13. D. concrynum, DC. Prod. IT. 335; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 245;

Hf. Ind. FL IL. 170. (D. pendulum, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. t. 94.).

Has. Not unfrequent in grass-lands of the drier hill-forests (especially

the pine-forests) of Martaban, at 4000 to 6000 ft. elevation.—Fr. March.

14. D. opcorpatum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 229 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 166. (Uraria obcordata, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 114 and

305).

Haz. Tenasserim, Moulmein District (Falconer).—Fr. Febr.

15. D. Scanpr, DC. Prod. II. 334; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. TI. 164;

Hf. Ind. Fl IL. 165. (D. strangulatum, WA. Prod. I. 228; Wight Icon.

t. 985).

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 231

Has. In the moister hill-forests of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at

4000 to 5000 ft. elevation.

Baker identifies the D. trichocaulon of Hasskarl’s Pl. Jay. rar. 367 with

the above, but this he could only do by simply guessing, for the description

does not in the least agree and the dehiscent pods at once indicate its true

affinity.

16. D. popnocarrum, DC. Prod. II. 3386; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 165.

Has. Ava Hills.

N. B. Lf D. laxum, DC. 1. ¢. (Hedysarum laxum, Spreng. Syst.

app. 292) is correctly referred to the above species (as to which I entertain

grave doubts), this name has precedence.

17. D. Recurvatum, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5717; WA. Prod. 226;

Wight Icon. t. 8374; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 250. (Hedysarum recurvatum,

Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 57. and Fl. Ind. III. 358 ; Wight Icon. t. 409 ; Hedy-

sarum diffusum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL]. 357, non Willd; D. laxiflorum, DC.

Prod. II. 385; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 164; D. diffusum, DC. 1. c. 335, not

336).

Has. Common in the dry and upper mixed forests of Chittagong,

Arracan, and Pegu.—FIl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

18. D. reres, Wall. Cat. 5694; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 225 in adn. ;

Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 164.

Has. Ava, Taong Dong (Wall).

19. D. Gancericum, DC. Prod. II. 327; Wight Icon. t. 271; Hf.

Ind. Fl. 11.168. (Hedysarum Gangeticum, L. sp. pl. 1052; Roxb, Fl. Ind.

Ill. 349; Hedysarum collinum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 348; D. latifolium,

Wight Icon. t. 272).

Has. Frequent in all deciduous forests, especially the mixed ones, .

also entering the savannahs and cultivated lands, all over Burma, from

Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

20. D. Fiexvosum, Wall. Cat. 5691; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 224, in

adie etre ind. Hi 1h. 168.

Has. Prome Hills.

This, as already suggested by Bentham, is hardly more than a diffuse

variety of D. Gangeticwm, with broader leaves and spreadingly hirsute

branches.

21. D. narirotrum, DC. Prodr. II. 328; Wight Icon. t. 370; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IL. 168. (Hedysarwm latifoliwm, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 57 and FI.

Ind. III. 350; Bot. Reg. t. 355; D. lasiocarpum, DC. Prod. II. 328;

Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. II. 162).

Has. Frequent in the dry and open forests of Ava, Prome, Pegu, and

Martaban.—F 1. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

22, |). sequax, Wall. Pl. As. rar. IL. t. 15%; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 170

232 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

(D. sinuatum, Bl. MS. ap. Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 255; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 166;

D. dusylobum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 1138 and 305).

Has. In the drier hill-forests of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at

4000 to 5000 ft. elevation.

23. D. pirrusum, DC. Prod. II. 336; Wight Icon. t. 298; Hf. Ind.

Fl. Il. 169. (Hedysarum diffusum, Willd. Sp. pl. III. 1180; Hedysarum

auriculatum, and H. quingueangulatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II1. 355; D. quinm-

quangulare, Wight Icon. t. 293).

Has. Prome Hills (Wall. Cat. 5716, D.).—FI Sept. -O0taE

24. D. FLoRIBUNDUM, Don. Gen. Syst. II. 297; Hf. Ind. FL If.

167. (Hedysarum floribundum, Don. Prod. Nep. 244; D. multiflorum,

DC. Prod. If. 335; D. dubiwm, Lidl. Bot. Reg. t. 967 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2960).

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban and Up-

per Tenasserim, at 4000 to 5000 ft. elevation—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr.

March.

25. D. TIL1HFoLIUM, Don. Gen. Syst. If. 297 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 168.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (according to Baker).

26. D. Karenstum, Kurz, MS.

Has. Martaban, rare in the pine-forests east of Tounghoo, at 4000

to 5000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen Hills east of Bhamo.—Fr. March.

27. D. LasuRnirotium, DC. Prod. II. 337; Hf. Ind. Fl. 11. 168.

(Hedysarum laburnifoliwm, Poir. Dict. VI. 422; Catenaria laburmfolia

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 220).

Haz. Ava Hills.

28. D. tRiguEtrRuM, DC. Prod. II. 326; Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 168.

(Hedysarum triquetrum, L. sp. pl. 1050; Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 847 ; Ptero-

loma triquetrum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 220).

VaR. a. GENUINUM, pods more or less greyish hirsute or villous, larger

and usually somewhat curved ; flowers larger.

Var. B. PSEUDO-TRIQUETRUM, (D. pseudo-triquetrum and D. alatun,

DC. Prod. II. 326; Hedysarwm alatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 348), pods

glabrous or pubescent only on the edges, shorter and straight; flowers

smaller.

Has. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones,

but also ascending into the drier hill-forests up to 5000 ft. elevation ; all

over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Anda-

mans ; var. 6. equally common, but restricted to low levels.—FI. Fr. Close

of RS., and CS.

29. D. BrartTicuLatuM, F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. I]. 121; Bth. FL

Austr. IT. 231; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 163. (Dicerma biarticulatum, DC. Prod.

I. 389; Wight Icon. t. 419; Hedysarum biarticulatum, L. sp. pl. 1054;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 359).

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 233

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley at Mengoon (J. Anderson) and Pagha-

myo (Wall.).—Fr. Jan.

30. D. cepHaLoTEs, Wall. Cat. 5721; Wight Icon. t. 373; Bedd.

Fl. Sylv. 87. Anal. t. 12. f. 4; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 162. (Dendrolobium

cephalotes, Bth. Pl. Jungh. I. 218 ; Hedysarum cephalotes, Roxb. Fl. Ind.

Til. 860; Hedysarwm umbellatum, Roxb. 1. ¢.; D. congestum, Wall. Cat.

5723 ; Wight Icon. t. 209).

Has. Common in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones,

entering also the savannahs ; all over Chittagong and Ava, down to Pegu

and Arracan.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

dl. D. umpBetLatum, DC. Prod. II. 325; Bth. Fl. Austr. IT. 230;

Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 161. (Dendrolobium wmbellatum, WA. Prod. I. 224;

Hedysarwm umbellatum, L. sp. pl. 1053).

Has. Frequent in the beach-forests all along the coasts of the Anda-

mans and Tenasserim ; re-appears on the limestone hills of Segain, Ava.—

Fl. Fr. CS.

32. D. @ranpE, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 184; Hf. Ind.

Fil. II. 162.

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley near Tagoung (J. Anderson).—FI. RS.

33. D. vestitum, Bth. MS.; Hf. Ind. FL II. 162. (Phyliodium

eestitum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 217).

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui.—Fr. CS,

34. D. pULcHELLuM, Bth. in Hongk. Fl. 83; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 162.

(Dicerma pulchellum, DC. Prod. II. 839 ; Wight Icon. t. 418 ; Hedysarim

pulchellum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 361).

Has. Frequent in all deciduous but chiefly in the open and dry

forests, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ;

also Andamans.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

Alysicarpus, Neck.

Conspectus of Species.

* Calyx shorter than the first pod-joint.

Pod-joints inflated-globular, without wrinkles or veins, .... 6... seeeeeee A. monilifer.

Pod-joints slightly compressed, thickened at the truncate ends, obsoletely wrinkled-

met-veined, ......... Jono dO COOOUUOBOOOGOINODCOUOC GoDOCODD CoO A. vaginalis.

* * Calyx much longer than the first pod-joint, the teeth much imbricate in fruit.

Calyx-lobes lanceolate, acuminate; pods as long or twice as long as the calyx, the

joints (fully ripe) almost smooth, obliquely 4-angular, ........ A. bupleurifolius.

Glabrous ; calyx-lobes broader and acute; pod enclosed in the scarious calyx, the

joints broader than long, strongly and transversely wrimkled, ...... A. rugosis.

As preceding, but stems silk-hairy, the calyx-lobes and bracts fringed with long silly

hairs ; pod-joints twice the Size,.. 2.6.5 esses nowsonoO Gea aD OK A. styracifolius.

234 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

J. A. montiiFER, DC. Prod. TI. 353; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 157. (Hedy-

sarum moniliferum, L. Mant. 102; Burm. Fl. Ind. t. 52, f. 3; Roxb. FL

Ind. III. 345).

Has. Ava; Tenasserim, near Moulmein (Wall.).

2. A. vaervatis, DC. Prod. Il. 353; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 158. (Hedy-

sarum vaginale, L. sp. pl. 1051; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITT. 345).

Var. a. GENUINA, leaves all, or only the cauline ones, narrow.

Var. 8. NUMMULARIFOLIUS, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 232; Hf. Ind. FL

II. 158. (Alysicarpus nummularifolius, DC. Prod. Il. 353; Hedysarum

nummularifolium, L. sp. pl. 1051), leaves all more or less oval or almost

orbicular, usually small and sometimes very small or minute.

Has. Frequent in grassy places of all leaf-shedding forests and in

cultivated lands, all over Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban, down to Tenas-

serim ; var. 8. more in the drier forests, in sandy pastures, ete.——Fl. Close

of RS.; Fr. CS.

3. A. BUPLEURIFOoLIUS, DC. Prod. II. 352; Hf. Ind. FL ID. 158.

(Hedysarum bupleurifolium, li. sp. pl. 1081, non Roxb.; Hedysarum

gramineum, Retz. Obs. v. 26; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 646).

Has. Frequent in long-grassed jungle-pastures of the dry and open

(especially the low) forests, from Ava and Prome down to Pegu.—Fl. RS. ;

Fr. CS.

4. -A,. nugosus, DC. Prod. II. 353; Bth. Fl. Austr. Hi. 239; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IL. 159. (Hedysarum rugosus, Willd. sp. pl. III. 11738; Hedy-

sarum buplewrifolium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 646, non L. ; A. Wallichit, WA.

Prod. I. 234).

Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially in the savannahs

and savannah-forests, and in grassy cultivated lands of the alluvial plains

of Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

5. A. sryractrorius, DC. Prod. II. 353. (Hedysarum glumaceum,

Koen. ap. Roxb. Fl. Ind. Ill. 247; A. rugosus var. styractfoliws, Bak. in

Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 159).

Has. Ava (according to Baker).

N. B. Hedysarum procumbens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. TT. 346, is ie same

as Alys. hamosus, Edg., and Roxburgh’s name has precedence.

IWecopus, Benn.

1. M. nrputans, Benn. in Horsf. Pl. Jav. rar. 154, t. 32; Mig. Fl.

Ind. Bat. 1. 266; Ht. Ind. Fl. 1L 160:

Has. Very common in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah,

less frequent in similar forests of Martaban and Tenasserim.—FI. Close

of RS.; Fr. CS.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 235

Lourea, Neck.

Conspectus of Species.

* Glabrous herbs. Calyx glabrous.

Terminal leaflet several times broader than long, transversely divaricate-lunate,

....L. vespertilionis.

Terminal leaflet barely twice as broad as long, obversely reniform, ...... LL. poniculata.

* * More or less puberulous or pilose herbs. Calyx pubescent or villous.

Leaflets obversely reniform to oblate ; racemes simple, terminal, ...... .. L. reniformis.

J. L. pantcunara, Wall. Cat. 56738; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. J. 215 in

adn.; Hf. Fl. IT. 154.

Haz. Ava, Taong dong (Wall.).

2. LU. rentrormis, DC. Prod. II. 824. (Hedysarum reniforme,

Lour. Fl. Coch. II. 345; ZL. obovata, Desv. Journ. Bot. III. 122; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 154).

Has. Ava, on the limestone hills of Segain and Pagha myo (Wall.).—

Fl. Oct.

Uraria, Desv.

Conspectus of Species.

* Flowers in elongate slender lax racemes, the upper ones collected into terminal

panicles.

x Bracts subulate, persisting at the flowering. Pedicels in fruit straight,

but reflexed,

Calyx-lobes 14 lin. long, long-tawny-pilose; stipules lanceolate, $ in. long; pods

dameeliy In@olkecllamsyonGl, ooc6 5660855000 5000 b00006 5000 000b00 Oo00D6 U. cordifolia.

x x Bracts very deciduous long before opening of the flowers. Pods

minutely puberulous. Pedicels in fruit arcuate.

Pods glossy ; calyx about 2 lin. long, in fruit rather ample and almost enclosing the

EGE, coocoosd 000d boDKT 6 00600000 GoooUD BUONO 0O0000 00 0nD000 U. campanulata.

Pods opaque ; calyx 14—2 lin. long, very much shorter than the pod,...... U. hamosa.

* * Flowers in dense thick simple or almost simple racemes.

x Bracts all very deciduous and fallen long before opening of the

flowers.

O Upper leaves pinnately 5—9-foliolate.

+ Leaflets narrow.

Leaflets white-variegated, blunt or bluntish, the net-venation beneath strong and close ;

pod-joints leaden-coloured, polished ; seeds pale-coloured, ........ 56 coon Uo (manic

Leaflets glaucous-green, one-coloured, long and very sharply acuminate, the net-vena-

tion very thin and lax; pod-joints glossy; seeds brown, .......... U. acuminata.

+ ft Leaflets broad.

Leaflets with prominent and close net-venation ; pod-joints opaque, ........ U. erinita.

O O Leaves 1- and 3-foliolate (often on the same plant).

Rather stout plant, usually tawny pilose ; pods opaque, net-veined, ...... U. Lagopus.

x x Bracts all persistent at flowering time and conspicuous.

Robust, the racemes elongate and brown-pilose ; pods glossy black, .... U. alopecwrotdes.

Slender, the racemes short and greyish pilose ; pods pale-coloured, opaque, U. dagopotdes.

S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

ivy)

(or)

1. U. campanunatTa, Wall. Cat. 5685; Voigt Hort. Cale. 221.

(Lourea campanulata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 215 in adn.; Hf. Ind. FL.

II. 155).

Has. Ava, Taong Dong (Wall.).—FIl. R. and CS.; Fr. CS.

This species connects Uraria and Lowrea, two genera rather too

artificially separated.

2. U. wanosa, Wall. Cat. 5681 ; Wight Icon. t. 284; Hf. Ind. Fl IL

156. (Doodia hamosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 3867; Desmodium Horsfieldiz,

Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 251; Desmodium dasyphyllum, Miq. 1. ¢. 253, teste

Baker).

Haz. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones

and the eng-forests, entering also the savannahs, from Chittagong and Ava

down to Pegu and Arracan.—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

Doodia simplicifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 366, seems to be only the

simple-leaved form of this species, which Wallich distributed under the

name of U. leptostachya.

3. UW; corpmorrd; Wall) (eA |. 33, t. 37 ; Et indies

157.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Ava and Prome, occa-

sionally seen in the drier upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.—FI. Fr.

Close of RS.

4. U. prota, Desv. Journ. d. Bot. III. 122; Wight Icon. t. 411;

Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 155 (Hedysarum pictum, Jacq. Icon. rar. ILI. t. 567;

Doodia picta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 868).

Haz. Not rare along river-banks and in grass-lands of Chittagong

and Arracan ; also Ava.—F]. Fr. RS.

5. U. acuminata, Kurz MS.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of Pegu and Martaban.—Fl.

CS.

Very near to the preceding, but it has altogether a different look and

differs in the characters given above.

6. U. criunita, Desv. Journ. d. Bot. ITI. 122; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 155

excl. syn. Icon. Wight. (Hedysarum erimitum, L. Mant. 102; Burm. FI.

Ind. 169. t. 56; Doodia crinita, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 369).

Var. £8. Macrostacuya, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 8. t. 110; more robust,

the leaves larger ; racemes 1—14 feet long.

Haz. Frequent in the mixed forests all over Burma, from Chittagong,

Ava, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Close of RS; Fr. CS.

7. U. Lacorus, DC. Prod. Il. 324; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 156 (excl. syn.

Wight and Roxb.) (U. lagopoides, Royle Ul. Him. Pl. 201 t. 33. £. 1.).

Has. Chittagong.—Fl. Close of RS.

8. U. anopEcurorpES, Wight Icon. t. 290. (Doodia alopecuroides,

Tus

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 237

cies Fl. Ind. III. 3868; U. repanda, Wall. Cat. 5677 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh.

I. 269; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 156).

Has. Along the banks of the Irrawaddi in Prome and Ava.—Fl. RS.

9. U. nagoromes, DC. Prod. II. 324; Wight Icon. t. 289; Hf.

Ind. Fl. If. 156 (Hedysarwm lagopoides, L. sp. pl. 1057; Burm. Fl. Ind.

68. t. 53. f. 2.; Doodia lagopodioides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 366).

Has. Gide cone ; most probably in other parts of Burma.—Fl. RS.

Zornia, Gmel.

1. Z. DieHyupa, Pers. Syn. II. 318; Bth. Fl. Austr. IT. 228 and in

Mart. FI. Bras. XV. 80. t. 21-22; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 147 (Hedysarum diphyl-

lum, L. sp. pl. 560; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 353.)

Has. Not unfrequent on sandy or gravelly pastures and in grassy

places of the eng and dry forests, all over Arracan, Pegu, and Prome ; also

Avya.—Fl. Fr. RS.

Arachis, L

*]. A. Hypogma, L. sp. pl. 1040; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 280; WA.

Prod. J. 280; Mig. FI. Ind. I. 281.

Has. Cultivated all over Burma.—Fl. Fr. R. and CS.

Smithia, Ait.

Conspectus of Species.

* Fruiting calyx simply striate, not reticulate, the lobes more or less acute ; joints

of pod more or less globular.

Calyx-lobes quite glabrous and nude; flowers in slenderly peduncled naked heads or

Calyx-lobes more or less hairy-fringed on the keel beneath; flowers in dense sessile

heads involucred by the uppermost leaves, ...... piedereetetreetel S COM {CIGe

Calyx-lobes minutely toothed, the teeth all excurrent fate one stiff Eales: flowers

in dense slenderly peduncled naked heads,..........6..cseeveere cece S. ciliata.

* * Fruiting calyx wrceolate-bell-shaped, striate and net-veined, the lobes more or

less truncate ; pod-joints (and also the seeds) much compressed.

Leaflets in 4 to 2 pairs; upper part of stipule about 3 lin. long; pod-joints 10—12,

aout a) lmavey Wormer, Fopyonillloses 4 oobpuododn sooo bccn 0000 bo CO OD aoOUnC S. dichotoma.

Leaflets in 10—15 pairs; upper part of stipule nearly an in. long; pod-joints 20—25,

® lita, hose: Ore Movarere Syeasol 5 poo oDUodOdoE Ob Oooo CONS oocdcoGo Do Kone S. grandis.

1. S. sensrriva, Ait. Hort. Kew. III. 496 t. 18; Roxb. Fl. Ind.

III. 342 ; Salisb. Parad. Lond. t. 92; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 148. (8S. Javanica,

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 211; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 271).

Has. Very frequent in moist pasture-land, along grassy borders and

in fallow fields, especially in diluvial lands, all over Burma, from Chitta-

gong, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. RS.

238 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

2. S. conrerTA, Sm. in Rees Cyclop. XXXIII. No. 2; Miq. Fl Ind.

Bat. I. 272. (S. geminiflora, var. conferta, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 149;

S. hispidissima, Zoll. in Geneesk. Arch. III. 55).

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 5668 I).—Fl. Octob.

3. S. crutara, Royle Ill. Him. Pl. 201. t. 35. f.2; Hf. Ind. FL IF

150.

Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-pastures and in grassy spots of the

drier hill-, especially the pine-forests of Martaban, at 3500 to 5000 feet

elevation ; also largely entering the deserted hill-toungyas.—Fl. Fr. RS.

4A, §. picHotoma, Dalz. MS.; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 150.

Has. Arracan, in long-grassed pastures on sandstone banks near the

sea opposite Akyab.—Fl. Fr. Octob.

5. S. eranpis, Bth. MS.; Hf. Ind. Fl. TT. 151.

Has. Pegu, in diluvial lands bordering the southern and western base

of the Pegu Yomah, rather rare in temporarily inundated long-grassed jungle-

pastures.—Fl. Fr. RS. :

Geissaspis, WA.

1. G. cristata, WA. Prod. I. 218; Bedd. Icon. t. 293; Hf. Ind.

AT: AA 2

Has. Common in wet pastures, rice-fields, etc., especially of the allu-

vial plains, all over Arracan, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also

Ava.—Fl. RS.; Fr. Close of R. and begin of HS.

faschynomene, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Calyx and corolla glabrous, the latter only 4 lin. long; pod-joints only 2 limes long,

.. 44. Indiea.

Calyx and outside of keel of corolla sparingly hairy, the corolla about an in. long ; pod-

FON AMG Se wl, MeN S65 o50bo055000000009nG HD oa DDO DG DD G0 D0DN DOMED MRT.

1. A. Inpica, L. sp. pl. 1061; Wight Icon. t. 405; Hf. Ind. Fl.

Il. 151. (4. Cachemiriana, Camb. in Jacq. Voy. 40. t. 48; Ae. sensitiwa,

P. d. B. Fl. d’Owar. 89. t. 53, non Sw.; Hedysarum Neli-tali, Roxb. FI.

Ind. III. 365; Smithia aspera, Roxb. 1. ¢. 343).

Has. Frequent in swamps and along swampy river-sides, in wet pas-

tures, ete., all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—

Fl. Fr. RS.

2. AM. aspera, L. sp. pl. 1060; Wight Icon. t. 299; Hf. Ind. FL.

II. 152. (Hedysarum lagenarium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 865; 44. trachy-

loba, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 276).

Has. Chittagong and Arracan, along borders of tanks and in swampy

grass-lands ; probably also in Pegu and elsewhere.—F'l. Fr. RS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 239

Ormocarpum, P. d. B.

1. O. sennorpeEs, DC. Prod. II. 315; Wight Icon. t. 297; Hf. Ind.

Fl. IT. 152. (Hedysarum sennoides, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1207; Roxb. FI.

Ind. III. 364; O. ochroleucum, Zoll. and Mor. Syst. Verz. 6.; Miq. Fl. Ind.

Bat. I. 1083).

Has. Siam; most probably also in Tenasserim.

Cicer, L.

*1. C. arrerinum, L. sp. pl. 1040; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 824; Bot.

Mag. t. 2274; Wight Icon. t. 20; Schrank Handb. t. 202; Sibth. FI.

Graec. t. 703 ; DC. Legum. t. 54; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. 176.

Haz. Generally cultivated in the plains all over Burma.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Vicia, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Flowers solitary, almost sessile, nearly 4 in. long; pods glabrous, 6—18-seeded,

..V. sativa.

Flowers hardly 2 in. long, several (2—8) forming a peduncled raceme; pods shortly

ineriny, Dase@GleGl, 05000 6000 000000 640000 nob00004 0000 DUDCN0 4000 DONC V. hirsute.

=i -V. sAmnya, iy sp. pl. 1037; Roxb. Blivand 323, IM t. 522).

Engl. Bot. t. 334; Schrank Fl. Monac. III. t. 264; Sturm Deutschl. FI.

ebMieie se Ale im Bonpl 1861, 71; Hit Inds hl Me 078:

Has. Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Febr.

Lens, Gren. and Godr.

*1. UL. escurenta, Moench Meth. 131; Alef. in Bonpl. 1861, 1380.

(Zroum Lens, lL. sp. pl. 1039; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 172; WA. Prod. I.

235; Schrank Handb. t. 102 ; Sturm Deutschl. Fl. VIII. t. 82; Cicer Lens,

Willd. sp. pl. IIT. 1114; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 324).

Has. Chittagong, cultivated by natives.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Lathyrus, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Leaves reduced to tendril-like petioles; stipules #—1 in. long, sagittately ovate ;

flowers yellow, .see cere eens cecenene cnc ene teeenee 0 dOna00 D0ddDDOR? LI. Aphaca.

Leaves pinnate, with 1—2 pairs of leaflets; stipules half-sagittate, small; flowers

Skryblue Or WhItC,.. 1. cece severe cece rere cn cree rece eres ee weeesnne ns LL, sativus.

*1. L. sativus, L. sp. pl. 1030; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 322; Sibth.

Fl. Gree. t. 695; Bot. Mag. t. 115; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 174; Hf. FI.

ind Bie 179:

Has. Chittagong, cultivated only.—Fl. Fr. CS.

240 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Pisum, L.

*1. P. sarrvum, L. sp. pl. 1026; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 321; Koch

Syn. Fl. Germ. 172; Schrank. Fl. Monac. ITI. t. 261.

Var. a. sativum, flowers larger, white; seeds globular or nearly so,

pale coloured or green.

Var. 8. aRVENSE. (P. arvense, L. sp. pl. 1027; Koch. Syn. FL

Germ. 172; Sturm. Deutschl. Fl. II. t. 4; Sibth. Fl. Gree. t. 687 ; flowers

white or pale violet, the wings and keel purple ; seeds somewhat depressed

angular, greyish, brown- or purple-mottled.

Has. Var. a. Cultivated in Ava, Prome, Pegu, ete. ; var. 2. cultivated

in Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Abrus, L

Conspectus of Species.

Pods }—+ as broad as long, somewhat crumpled ; seeds terete, .....+.. A. precatorius.

Pods flat and straight, 4 to 5 times as long as broud ; seeds compressed, ..A. levigatus.

1. A. precatorius, L. Syst. 5383; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIE. 257; oe

Fl. Hongk. 92; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 175.

Has. eequene in the mixed forests, especially the lower and upper

ones, but also in hedges, ete., of cultivated lands, all over Burma, from

Chittagong and Ava down to Tenassertm.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

2. A. LmvieaTus, H. Mey. Comm. Pl. Afr. 263; Harv. Fl. Cap. IL.

263.—(A. pulchellus, Wall. Cat. 5819; Baker in Fl. trop. Afr. IL. 175

and Fl. Ind. II. 875; A. melanospermus, Hassk. Cat. Bog. 282 ; Mig. Fl.

Ind. Bat. I. 159).

Has. Pegu, Rangoon (Cleghorn) ; Upper Tenasserim, between

Chappedong and Amherst (Wall.).—FIl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

N. B. Thwaites’ A. pulchellus differs by its much larger and broader

seeds.

Clitoria, L.

Conspectus of Species.

x Corolla quite glabrous,

Leaflets in 2 or rarely in a single pair; bractlets roundish, ...... sssseees C. Ternatea.

x ~ Standard more or less pilose outside ; leaves pinnately 3-foliolate.

Calyx glabrous, the teeth much shorter than the ‘rae bractlets only 2—3 lin. long,

linear, subulate-acuminate ; flowers by twos, peduncled, ............C. Mariana.

Calyx puberulous, the teeth as long as the tube; bractlets broader and larger, nearly $

as long as the calyx ; flowers by 3—6 clustered in the leaf-axils, ....C. Grahamii.

1. C. Ternatea, L. sp. pl. 1086; Bot. Mag. t. 1542; Roxb. Fl. Ind.

Ill. 321; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 208.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the mixed forests, more especially the

savannah-forests, all over Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ; also

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 241

in hedges, in shrubbery, along river-sides, ete., of cultivated lands.—Fl. Fr.

chiefly RS.

2. C. Granamtit, Steud. Nomencl. Bot. 2nd ed. ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh.

TI. 232 in adn.

Var. a. GRanHAMIT (C. Grahamii, Steud. 1. c.) elongate, twining, ap-

pressed pubescent ; bractlets broader and larger, nearly half as long as the

calyx; leaflets acuminate or sharply acuminate ; calyx-lobes narrower, subu-

late-acuminate ; pedicels very short, the raceme almost reduced ; standard

more pilose outside.

Var. 8. MACROPHYLLA (C. macrophylla, Wall. Cat. 5345; Bth. in

Linn. Proce. IJ. 38; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 209), more robust in all parts, the

shoots and petioles spreadingly tawny pubescent, glabrescent ; leaves larger,

acute or nearly so; raceme short, often branched ; the rest as in preceding.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 1727), Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 5346) ; Bithoko

range, at 3000 ft. elevation (Brandis); var. 6. Ava, Taongdong; and

Prome hills (Wall.)—FI. Fr. RS.

Shuteria, WA.

Conspectus of Species.

More or less hairy; racemes sessile, naked ; pods hairy,......esssseeess eS, VEStita.

All parts (also the pods) quite glabrous ; racemes filiform, furnished with 1 or 2 distant

Wines) Gi lool silore li IGERVES, GcooooeG ob0G 00.0000000000000000000000 Sh. suffulta.

1. S. vestita, WA. Prod. I. 207; Wight Icon. t. 165; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 181. .

Has. Common in grassy places and amongst sunny shrubbery of the

drier hill-forests of Ava and Martaban, at 3000 to 5000 ft. elevation, in

places descending to 2000 ft.—Fr. HS.

9. S. surruntTa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 2382 inadn.; Hf. Ind. FI.

IT. 182.

Has. Frequent in the drier upper mixed and the dry forests, ascend-

ing into the drier hill-forest up to 4000 ft. elevation, all over Burma, from

Ava and Martaban down to Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. DS.

Dumasia, DC.

Conspectus of Species.

Young parts, ovary, and pods more or less pubescent,....sssesseseereees D. villosa

All parts, also the ovary, glabrous, 1... see se cence een ee eee se cenees D. leiocarpa.

1. D. perocarra, Bth.in Pl. Jungh. L. 281. (D. villosa var. leio-

carpa, Baker in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 183).

Has. Not unfrequent in grasslands and amongst shrubbery of the

drier hill- (especially the pine-) forests of the Martaban hills, east of

Tounghoo, at 4000 to 5000 ft. elevation—Fr. March.

242 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Differs from the glabrous Ceylon plant chiefly in the smaller leaves,

and in the pods, which are not torulose.

Galactia, P. Br.

Conspectus of Species.

All parts scantily and minutely appressed-pubescent; leaves glabrous above,

.. G. tenuiflora.

All parts, also the upper side of the leaves, softly but shortly pubescent, .. G. villosa.

1. G. renurFiors, WA. Prod. I 206; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 220;

Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 192. (Glycine tenuiflora, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1057 ; Roxb.

igh Iback 100 Subs)

Has. Ava, Ivrawaddi, on the hills opposite the island Loongyi (Wall.

Cat. 5520).—F I. Sept.

2. G. vin~osa, WA. Prod. I. 207; Migq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 220. (G.

tenuiflora var. 3. villosa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FL. II. 192).

Haz. Ava, Segain, on the limestone hills—Fr. Nov.

Grona, Bth., vix Lour.

Conspectus of Species.

Leaves 8-nerved at the base, glabrous above; flowers 4 in. long, in lax racemes,

». G. Grahamii.

Leaves palmately 5-nerved, sparingly hirsute on both sides ; flowers 2 lin. long, yellow,

solitary on filiform axillary peduncles, .. 0. ...6....cecsccverseese G. filicaulis.

1. G. Granamtt, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 238; Hf. Ind. FI. IL. 191.

Has. Prome hills (Wall.).—Fl. Sept., Octob.

2. G. Finicaunis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 232 ; Hf.

iil, IME IO IES)

Has. Frequent in the low and the savannah-forests of the Irrawaddi

plains of Pegu—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

Butea, Roxb.

(eizotropis, Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 239 ; Megalotropis, Griff. Not.

Dicot. 441.)

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Butea, Roxb. Corolla very large, orange-scarlet, appressed silk-hairy

outside, the keel and standard more or less acute.

x Pods stalked.

Ase 3 jasebvosly S—ll stds Worry, 45550000 000000 0000 b90000,0000D000 00000006 B. frondosa.

Wootky Gliese 5 jneotieelly als, rin, Weave, 455 .00900000 0000400000 40000086 B. superba.

x x Pods sessile.

Hrect shrub ; corolla only am imch lomey jee. eccece ocee voce cee vee wees B. minor.

Subg. 2. Spatholobus, Hassk. Corolla small, white or purple, glabrous keel and

standard more or less blunt. Woody climbers.

Leaves large, beneath appressed silvery pubescent; pods stalked; flowers white,

«« B. parviflora.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 243

Leaves small, glabrous to the naked eye; pods sessile ; flowers white, ....B. acuminata.

1 B. Fronnosa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 21 and Fl. Ind. III. 244;

Hook. Bot. Mise. III. 102, and Wight Ill. Ind. Bot. Suppl. 57. t. 32;

Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 176; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 194.

Has. Frequent in the lower mixed and the dry forests, more especial-

ly however in the savannah-forests and entering even the tidal savannahs ;

all over Burmah, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F 1. March,

Apr. ; Fr. Apr., May.

2. B. supeRBA, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 22. and Fl. Ind. ITT. 247 ;

eeind. Fl Lit 195.

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, all

over Burmah, from Arracan, Prome, and Martaban down to Upper Tenas-

serim.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. May, June.

3. B. PARVIFLORA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IMT. 248; WA. Prod. I. 261;

Wight Icon. t. 210. (Spatholobus Roxburghit, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 238

amc. Ete. Ind. W)) 11. 193),

Haz. Frequent in all mixed forests, especially the upper ones, enter-

ing also occasionally the tropical and open forests ; all over Chittagong,

Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr.—Apr.; Fr. DS.

4. B. acuminata, Wall. Cat. 5443. (Spatholobus acuminatus, Bth.

in Pl. Jungh. I. 238 in adn. ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 194).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests all over Pegu and Martaban

down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—F 1. Fr. HS.

Erythrina, L.

Conspectus of Species.

* Wings of corolla much longer than the spathaceous calyx.

x Pod bearing the few seeds at or towards the narrowed

end only, the lower sterile part greatly dilated as in Butea.

Subg. 1. Hypaphorus, Hassk. Pods dehiscing at both sutures, the pilated sterile

part contracted into a stalk 1—2 in. long. Seeds 1—3, free. Flowers almost sessile.

Standard glabrous; keel-petals wholly connate, obcordate and shortly acuminate in

Hn SNE, Joso Godondoede NOW boo UGONmUBEE DOO oGUUd dudD coool aS LE. lithosperma.

Standard minutely velvety ; keel consisting of 2 obliquely oblong rather acute petals

mais! By Woe sO CUs Crlby, Goenoo 6ouoOU G0 d000 000000 ono0G0cU oC Ei. holosericea.

x x Pod many-seeded, seed-bearing from the base.

Subg. 2. Duchassaingia, Walp. Pods flat, torulose, opening only along the sinuate

outer suture, the dorsal suture prominent and straight. Seeds free, but usually

separated by spurious spongy septa.

Glabrous, glaucous; standard broad, notched; pods minutely greyish-velvety,

.. L. ovalifolia.

Subg. 3. Stenotropis, Hassk. Pods torulose and almost moniliform, the valves

opening at both sutures and exposing the continuous pithy-chartaceous indehiscent

endocarp enclosing the seeds,

244 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Glabrous ; leaves membranous or chartaceous ; pods glabrous, ..s++ seeees E. Indica.

* * Wings of corolla minute, as long as or shorter than the

spathaceous calyx.

Subg. 4. Micropteryz, Walp. Pods follicle-like opening along the ventral suture,

continuous. Seeds free.

Leaves rigidly chartaceous or almost coriaceous, more or less shortly tomentose or

puberulous beneath ; calyx spathaceously 2-lobed, ......00 cesses sere LE. suberosa.

Leaves chartaceous, glabrous, acuminate ; calyx spathaceous, .........++ LE. stricta.

1. E. tirHosprrmMa. Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 209, vix BI. ; Hf. Ind.

Fl. II. 190. (#. Sumatrana, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 304).

Has. Frequent on the small savannahs along hill-streams, river-sides,

etc., in the vicinity of tropical forests, all over the Pegu Yomah and the

Martaban hills.—Fl. Jan., Febr.; Fr. March, Apr.

The subgenera of Hrythrina are better marked than many of the other

Leguminous genera generally adopted by botanists. But here, like in

Sterculia, the great uniformity of habit seems to be in favour of their

reduction.

2. E. monosericEa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 69.

Has. Pegu, Tharrawaddi District (Dr. Adamson).

A curious species, the flowers of which much resemble those of Z.

ovalifolia, while the leaves (if they really belong to the flowers) are those

of H. lithosperma. :

3. HH. ovatrronta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 254; Wight Icon. t. 247;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 189. (Duchassaingia ovalifolia, Walp. in Linn. XXIII.

742).

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests and the tidal savannahs of Lower

Pegu ; often also cultivated in villages.—Fl. Febr., March.

4, EH. Inpica, Lamk. Eneycl. Meth. II. 391; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

249 ; Wight Icon. t. 58; Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 188. (H. bisetosa, Griff. Not.

Dicot. 441).

Has. Frequent in the beach-forests all along the coasts of Burmah

and the adjacent islands ; recurs in the dry Prome District but there very

rare ; often planted in villages.—Fl. March, Fr. June, Sept.

5. E. superosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 253; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 189.

(Micropteryx suberosa, Walp. in Linn. XXIII. 744).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.

—Fl. March, Apr.

6. EH. stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 251; WA. Prod. I. 260; Bedd.

Fl, Sylv. t. 175; Hf. Ind. Fl IL. 189. (Micropteryx stricta, Walp. im

Linnaea XXIII. 740).

Haz. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and

the Martaban hills, east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. May, June.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 245

Mucuna, Adans.

Conspectus of Species.

* Pods winged along the sutures, or lamellate, or both.

Subg. 1. Citta, Lour. Pods transversely and obliquely lamellate on the valves,

but not winged on the sutures. Seeds orbicular.

Racemes corymb-like, short-peduncled ; pods 1-seeded, ...... Géeodno0 M. monosperma.

Subg. 2. Carpopogon, Roxb. Sutures of pod dilated into broad wings, the valves

smooth on the faces. Seeds orbicular.

Flowers yellowish or white ; pod 3—4 in. long, appressed tawny setose, .. IL. gigantea.

* * Pods without sutural wings, the valves either quite plain, or

longitudinally ribbed only on the faces.

Subg. 8. Stizolobiwm, Pers. Characters as above. Pods often longitudinally ribbed

on the sutures.

x Pods stalked, glabrescent, torose. Seeds orbicular.

Arboreous climber; flowers variegated dark-purple; pod 1—3 ft. long, plain,

. WI. macrocarpa.

x x Pods sessile, plain or longitudinally ribbed. Seeds transversely

oblong.

+ Pods densely setose, not glabrescent. Flowers purple.

Peduncle naked ; flowers arising from a knob; pods with two longitudinal ribs alone

the upper suture ; leaves pubescent beneath, ........ 0.60. see vecees M. pruriens.

Peduncle bracted ; flowers from a secondary peduncle about 2 lin. long; pod without

_ THINS LeRHES AlN: SIAOKOWI, o600 deeo00d0 00000000 o00b 4060 GOOG oO MM. bracteata.

+ + Pods velvety, glabrescent. Flowers white. j

PodsMoneiiudinally ribbed yetus LOMO sci... ««\eie) opeveteeiter eee clenaieterttieeae IM. nivea.

1. M. monosperma, DC. Prod. II. 406 ; Wight in Hook. Bot. Mise.

IT. 346. suppl. t. 12, and Icon. t. 85; Hf. Ind. FL II. 185. (Carpopo-

gon monospermum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 288 ; JL anguina, Wall. Pl. As. rar.

ITT. t. 236).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones, all

over Pegu, Chittagong, and Arracan ; also Tenasserim, Tavoy.—Fl. Close of

RS. ; Fr. DS.

2. M. ete@antEeA, DC. Prod. II. 405 ; Wight in Toe Bot. Mise. II.

257 ; Suppl. t. 14; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 186. (Dolichos giganteus, Willd. sp.

pl. III. 287 ; Carpopogon gigantewm, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 287).

Has. Frequent along the sea-coast, especially in the beach-jungles,

of the Andaman islands ; also Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. DS.

3. M. macrocarpa, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 41. t. 47; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.

186.

Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-forests, especially the drier ones,

and in the pine forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 6000 ft.

elevation ; also Ava hills— Fl. March; Fr. HS.

4, M. prouriens, DC. Prod. II. 405; Hf. Ind. Fl. 11.187. Gi

prurita, Hook. Bot. Misc. II. 257. Suppl. t. 18; Bot. Mag. t. 4945 ;

246 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Carpopogon pruriens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 283 ; Dolichos pruriens, L. sp.

pl. 1020, quoad plant. Asiat.; M. utilis, Wall. ; Wight Icon. t. 280).

Haz. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the lower ones,

in hedges, shrubbery, etc., around villages, and along river-sides of the

plains, all over Pegu and Prome; also Ava.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. C. and

HS.

5. M. spracreata, DC. Prod. II. 406; Kurz in Journ. As. Soe.

Beng. 1873, 231; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 186. (Carpopogon bracteatum, Roxb.

Hort. Beng. 54).

Has. Frequent in shrubbery along choungs in the tropical forests of

Pegu and Martaban, ascending into the pine forests up to 4000 ft. eleva-

tion ; also Ava and Chittagong.—Fl. CS. ; Fr. HS.

N. B. A probably new species has been collected by Dr. Brandis

somewhere in Pegu which is very near to JZ. atropurpwrea, DC., and, indeed,

has the same flowers. It differs in the long cuspidate leaflets, slender and

short racemes, the lower persistent bracts, which are concave-ovate, long-

acuminate, and about an inch long ; and the lanceolate, acuminate calyx-lobes.

6. M. nrvea, DC. Prod. II. 406; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 188. (Carpopo-

gon niveum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 285).

Has. Ava (¢este Baker).

Pachyrrhizus, Rich.

1. P. Burzosts, (Dolichos bulbosus, L. sp. pl. 1020; Roxb. Fl. Ind.

Il. 309; P. angulatus, Rich. ap. DC. Mem. Leg. [X 379; DC. Prod. I.

402; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 207).

Has. Frequently cultivated all over Burma.—Fl. Close of R. 8. and

CSc Cs:

Vigna, Savi.

Conspectus of Species.

* Stipules not peltately attached. Keel prolonged into a distinct beak.

x Ovary and pods (at least while young) more or less pubescent to

tomentose. lowers purple or blue.

O Seeds velvety.

Habit of the following; pods 2—3 in. long by $ broad, densely silky villous,

.. V. dolichoides.

O O Seeds glabrous.

Flowers about 4 in. long, forming short-peduncled many-flowered racemes ; pods dense-

ly brown hirsute, 25—3 lin. broad by 4—d im. long,.................. V. pilosa.

Flowers about an inch long or longer, by 2—4 terminating the long peduncles; pod

A HSC, 5500000000 00000000 200000 009000 0000 onDDDG DOO BOOK OS V. vexillata.

x ™ Ovary and pods glabrous. Flowers yellow.

O Leaflets obovate, blunt or almost retuse.

Quite glabrous ; corolla about + in. long; pods 1—1} im. long, ...... woee V. lutea.

O O Leaflets from ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate to acute.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 247

Flowers by 1—2 on very short paired peduncles, ...... ssseee aces core ceee Vo LEPENS.

Racemes many-flowered, long-peduncled ; stipules small, almost peltately falcate-ovate,

.. V. tuteola.

* * Stipules peltately attached, the lower end produced.

x Keel not prolonged into a beak. Flowers yellow.

Pods 1—2 in. long by 14—2 lin. broad, minutely puberulous, soon glabrous; seeds

glossy ; stipules oblong, the produced basal part falcate-ovate,...... V. calcarata.

Pods rather blunt at both ends, up to an in. long by 23 lin. broad, sparingly but long-

hirsute ; seeds opaque ; stipules peltately linear-oblong, 8—4 lin. long,

.. V. brachycarpa.

x x Keel prolonged into a distinct beak. Flowers blue or white, or

variegated in these colours.

Pods 2—3, or 4—12 in. long by 2—4 lin. broad, glabrous; stipules shortly peltate,

Rear COOL LE MeR tree cininkele erect rea aa o'G slo la o's view’ Lae MNES TRUE Deere the eat ats V. Sinensis.

1. V. ponicHorpes, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 206. (Phaseolus doli-

choides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 290; Canavalia dolichoides, Kurz in Journ.

As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185. sub No. 14).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests of Chittagong and

Arracan, especially along choungs.—F 1. Close of RS.; Fr. DS. |

2. V. prnosa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 207. (Dolichos pilosus,

Klein in Willd. sp. pl. III. 1043 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 312).

Has. Prome (Wall. Cat. 5599 C.); Pegu, above Rangoon (Cleg-

horn).—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

8. V. VEXIRLATA, Bth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. XXTV. 194. t. 50. £. 1.;

Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 206. (Phaseolus vexillatus, L. sp. pl. 1017; Jacq. Hort.

Vindob. t. 102; V. hirta, Hook. Icon. plant. t. 687; Phaseolus Pulniensis,

Wight Icon. t. 202).

Has. Rather scarce in savannahs along the choungs in the upper

mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. CS.

4. V. tures, A. Gray in Bot. Amer. Expl. I. 454; Bth. Fl. Austr.

259) HE Ind. Fl. 117205.

Haz. Frequent on the sand-beaches and in the beach-forests all along

the coast of Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. C. and HS.; Fr. HS.

5. V. REPENS, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 205.

Has. Prome (Wall.). Not seen by me.

6. V. LurEoLA, Bth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Pap. 194. t. 50. f. 2 and Fl.

Austr. IT. 260. (Dolichos luteolus, Jacq. Hort. Vindob. I. 39. t. 90; Do-

lichos Gangeticus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 310).

Has, Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Febr.

Baker refers my Burmese specimens (No. 2526) to this species, but

they differ greatly in the stipules, and are referred by me to the following

species.

7. V. catcarata, (Phaseolus calcaratus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 289 ;

Were Erode 245 > st Ind: Fl; 11, 203 ?).

248 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Common in the savannahs and in grass-land, also amongst sun-

ny shrubbery and in cultivated lands, all over Pegu, Arracan, and Marta--

ban.—Fl. Fr, DS.

8. V. BRAcHYcARPA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185; Hf.

Ind. Fl. II. 206.

Haz. Arracan, upper mixed forests in the Akyab District.—Fl. Fr.

Close of RS.

*9. V. Srvensis, Savi Dissert.; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 187. (Dol-

chos Sinensis, L. Amen. Acad. IV. 326; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 302; WA.

Prod. I. 251; Bot. Mag. t. 2282; Dolichos Tranquebaricus, Jacq. Hort.

Vindob. III. t. 70; Dolichos Catjang, L. Mart. 259; Roxb. FI. Ind. IIT.

303 ; V. Catjang, Endl. ap. Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 188; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL.

205).

Has. Generally cultivated all 6ver Burma and adjacent islands.—

Mehr DS:

Phaseolus, L

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-phaseolus. Stipules small, basifix and not or hardly produced down-

wards.

* Pods dimidiate, oblong or linear, 2—many-sceded. Flowers purple to lilae and

white.

Flowers small, greenish white, on filiform puberulous pedicels ; calyx shallow, 2 lin. wide

and barely a line deep; pods falcate, 2—3 in. long by 4 broad, glabrous, P. lamatus.

Flowers purplish, middling sized, on slender glabrous pedicels ; calyx about 2 lin. deep

and nearly as wide, ribbed ; pods 15—2 in. long by 3—4 lin. broad, P. tenuicaulis.

* * Pods neither dimnanaes nor uae linear to narrow-linear, 4—many-seeded.

Flowers purple to white.

x Bractlets oval, persistent, as long as or longer than the calyx.

Racemes few-flowered; pedicels longer than the calyx; pods linear, 4—6-seeded,

» LP. vulgaris.

x x Bractlets deciduous, shorter than the calyx. Hlowers shortly pedi-

celled.

Corolla nearly an inch long; calyx plain ; pods many-seeded, 4 in. broad,

..P. adenanthus.

Corolla about 4 in. long ; calyx almost 5-ribbed; pods many-seeded, 2 lin. broad or

MMA On00 0000000000 00C0 Go0n00 Hone SeKe coda COD oe ee eicis ole) eee SCMULCREC HITE

Subg. 2. Strophostyles, Ellis, Sines peltately attached and produced down-

wards. Flowers yellow or greenish yellow. Bracts very deciduous.

* Ovary and pods glabrous.

Prostrate or half-twining ; stipules large and leafy, about 4 in. long; leaflets more

or less deeply lobed, ...... 9000000000 0000 Gg0000 G00D0G DOCOOOdC sooKdes BRIM IM.

* * Ovary pubescent to hirsute.

Twining, the stems spreadingly hirsute; pedicels 1—1} lin. long; pods thinly and

PHOT y; NITHULE, <0, os «alsa esis ciel enateteleheleleel sieve leis e elellsis/sialere)ie etek eiioiee le aaRGnke aaa

1876.] - Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. ; 249

Erect or nearly so, hirsute to almost glabrous; flowers almost sessile; pods sparingly

(i) LOSERS S6Gboic cate edie OnUL po CUOUIOan bre ace Soaceue P. radiatus.

*]. P. nunatus, L. sp. pl. 1016; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 286; Wight

Teon. t. 755; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. 193 and Ind. FI. II. 200.

Has. Ava, apparently cultivated.—Fl. Febr.

2. P. renvicautis, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 201. (Dolichos tenu-

caulis, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5598 D.) :

Has. Prome (Wall.) ; Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson.)—FI.

Aug.

*s. P. yuucgaris, L. sp. pl. 1016; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 287; Bth.

in Mart. Fl. Bras. Papil. 182; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 200.

Var. £. nanus, Koch. Syn. Fl. Germ. I. 178. (P. nanus, L. sp. pl.

1017 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 291; WA. Prod. I. 243), dwarf and erect.

Has. Here and there cultivated in gardens, chiefly in Chittagong.

4. P. apenantuous, E. Mey. Prim. Flor. Esseq. 2389; Bak. in FI.

trop. Afr. II. 192 and Ind. Fl. II. 200. (P. rostratus, Wall. Pl. As. rar.

I. t. 63; Wight Icon. t. 34; P. alatus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 288, non L.).

Haz. Ava and Prome, on the hills bordering the Irawaddi (Wall.) ;

Tenasserim (Helf.).—Fl. Close of RS. and CS.; Fr. HS.

5. P. semrerectus, L. sp. pl. 1016; Jacq. Icon. t. 558; Bot. Reg.

t. 743 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 201. (P. psoraleoides, WA. Prod. I. 246 ; Wight

Icon. t. 249).

Has. Chittagong, in grass-land—FI]. CS.; Fr. C. and HS.

6. P. retmozus, Ait. Hort. Kew. III. 30; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 298 ;

Wight Icon. t. 94; Hf. Ind. FL IL. 201. (Glycine triloba, L. Mant.

516; Dolichos trilobatus, L. Mant. 516; Burm. FI]. Ind. t. 50. f. 1).

Has. Burma (according to Revd. F. Mason).

7. QP. TRineRviIuS, Heyne ap. WA. Prod. I. 245; Bak. in Fl. trop.

Afr. II. 193 and in Ind. Fl. II. 203.

Has. Not unfrequent in the savannahs of Martaban, east of Toung-

hoo, and elsewhere ; also Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

*8. P. Rapiatus, L. sp. pl. 1017; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 296; Mig.

Hreind bat: f. 197.

Var. a. RapIaTUS, (Z. radiatus, L. 1. ¢.; P. Mungo, L. var. radia-

tus, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 203), more or less spreading and twining ;

pods shorter and more blunt.

Var. £. Muneo, (P. Mungo, lL. Mant. 101; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

292; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 203; P. max, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 295), dwarf and

erect ; pods longer, narrower, and acuminate; seeds green or black. Of

this there is also an almost glabrous form.

Has. Var. @. generally cultivated all over Burma.—FI. CS.; Fr.

Begin of HS.

250 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Dolichos, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Flowers by 1—8 clustered in the leaf-axils ; calyx-teeth about so long as the tube;

corolla yellow, ...... cscessse sees in agg mudgIado: doua-ooe0 00'0000000- D. biflorus.

Flowers by 1 or 2 on a short axillary peduncle ; calyx-teeth shorter than the tube;

Corolla, waclebsn f5545.0000 G0000000 0000 000000 on0nd000 0000 onOnODIC D. lanceolotus.

1. D. srrtorvs, L. sp. pl. 1028; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL 3138; HE.

Ind. Fl. IT. 210. (Glycine uniflora, Dalz. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. 146

cum icon.).

Has. Ava (teste Baker).

2. D. uancrouatus, Grah. m Wall. Cat. 5547; Hf. Ind. FL If.

210.

Has. Prome Hills (Wall.).—Fl. Sept. Octob.

Lablab, Savi.

*]. L. vurearts, Savi Dissert. 19. f. 8. a—e.; Wight Icon. t. 57.

and 208. (Dolichos Lablab, lL. sp. pl. 1019; Roxb. FI. Ind. IIT. 805 ;

Bot. Mag. t. 896; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 209.; Dolichos purpureus, L. sp. pl.

1021; Smith Exot. Fl. t. 74; Bot. Reg. t. 830; Dolichos Bengalensis,

Jacq. Hort. Vindob. II. t. 124; Dolichos lignosus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

307 ; Bot. Mag. t. 380).

Has. Generally cultivated in several varieties all over Burma and the

adjacent islands.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Psophocarpus, Neck.

Conspectus of Species.

Bractlets shorter than the calyx ; pods up to a foot long, 12—16 seeded,

.. PL. tetragonolobus.

Bractlets as long or longer than the calyx ; pods 2—8 in. long, often only 5—6-seeded,

.. P. palustris.

*], P. TETRAGONOLOBUS, DC. Prod. II. 403; Hf. Ind. Fl. EL 211,

(Dolichos tetragonolobus, L. sp. pl. 1021 ?).

Has. Prome and Martaban ; cultivated accord. Revd. F. Mason.

*2, P. PauusTRIS, Desv. in Ann. d. se. nat. IX. 420; Hf. Ind. FI.

IL. 212. (Diesingia scandens, Endl. Atakt. I. t. 1—2; P. longepeduncu-

latus, Hassk. Pl. Jay. rar. 388; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. II. 208; Dolichos

tetragonolobus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 305, non Linn. ?).

Has. Frequently cultivated all over Burma; growing also like wild

in the savannahs around villages along the Irrawaddi river.—Fl. Oct. Jan. ;

Fr. C. and HS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 251

Canavalia, Adans.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-canavalia. Pods more or less dimidiate, with 2 parallel wings along

the upper suture, glabrous or glabrescent,

* Seeds an inch long or slightly longer.

Pods 4—2 feet long, linear-oblong ; seeds red or white, .....se0essseees C. ensiformis.

* * Seeds only + in. long.

Leaflets shortly acuminate or apiculate; standard an inch long; seeds light grey,

..C. virosa.

Leaflets apiculate ; standard 2 in. long or shorter; seeds dark brown, ...... C. turgida.

Leaflets oboval, retuse or rounded ; standard an inch long; seeds grey, ..C. obtusifolia.

Subg. 2. Dysolobium, Bth. Pods terete, straight or slightly curved, obtusely

2-keeled along both sutures, but not winged, densely hirsute to velvety.

Shortly pubescent; corolla an inch long or longer; style bearded; pods velvety, C. grandis.

Glabrescent ; corolla hardly 3 im. long ; pod as in preceding, but more densely velvety,

sins yalllous momacl WN® SWINE, 6506 cooood oa0Hdnd0 007000 6006 GooKGdEO OL C. lucens.

*1. (C. enstrormis, DC. Prod. II. 404; Bot. Mag. t. 4027; Bak.

in Fl. trop. Afr. IT. 190 and Ind. Fl. II. 195. (Dolichos ensiformis, L.

sp. pl. 1022; C. gladiata, DC. 1. c.; Wight Icon. t. 753; Dolichos gla-

diatus, Jacq. Icon. rar. IIT. t. 560; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 300).

Var. a. ERYTHROSPERMA, Voigt Hort. Calc. 234, seeds red; flowers

red. or white.

Var. £8. LEUCOSPERMA, Voigt Hort. Cale. 234, seeds and flowers

white ; pods about 2 feet long.

Has. Generally cultivated all over Burma, especially in the plains ;

often springing up in poonzohs and neglected gardens.— Fl. RS.; Fr. CS.

2. ©. virosa, WA. Prod. I. 253; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 216. (Do-

lichos virosus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 3801; C. enszformis, var. 1. virosa, Bak.

poke Ind. 1. 11. 196).

Has. Amongst shrubbery along the outskirts of the upper mixed for-

ests along the Arracan coast, and most probably elsewhere.—Fl]. Close of

RS.; Fr. Jan.

3. C. TURGIDA, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5534; Mig. Fl Ind. Bat. I.

215. (C. ensiformis, var. 2. turgida, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 196).

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, and more especially in

shrubbery along streamlets, in hedges, etc., all over Burma, from Chitta-

gong and Prome down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. Close of

RSs bie Cs. ;

4. C. optrustron1a, DC. Prod. II. 404; Clegh. in Madr. Journ. new

ser. I. t. 4; Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 196. (Dolichos rotund¢folius, Vhl. Symb.

IL 81; Roxb: FI. Ind. III. 302).

Has. Common on the sand-beaches all along the coasts of Arracan

and the Andamans.—FI. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

252 S. Kurz—COontributions towards a [No. 4,

5. C. @ranpis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185 sub No.

14. (Phaseolus grandis, Wall. Cat. 5602; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 239 in

adn. ; Phaseolus velutinus, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. III. 204).

Teles Chittagong; Ava, Taong-dong and Khakyen hills; Tenasse-

rim, Moulmein; Pegu (teste Baker).—FI. Close of RS. ; Fr. HS.

6. ©. tucENS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185 sub No. 14.

(Phaseolus lucens, Wall. Cat. 5601; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 239 in adn. ;

Vigna lucens, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 207).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, enter-

ing also the tropical forests, from Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban down to

Tenasserim.—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. HS.

Dioclea, HBK.

1. D. rertexa, Hook. Fl. Nigr. 306; Bak. in FI. trop. Afr. II.

189; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 196. (Dolichos hexandrus, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 55.

and MS. Icon. XX. t. 184).

Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 1752).

Pueraria, DC.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-pueraria. Woody leaf-shedding climbers. Pods constricted between

the seeds. Roots large, tuberous. Flowers pale blue.

Calyx densely silky; bractlets minute ; pods tawny hirsute while young, ..P. tuberosa.

Calyx minutely appressed pubescent ; bractlets as long as the buds; pods minutely ap-

pressed pubescent, soon glabrous, .. 0. ce cceese cece ees cree ence ones P. Candollei.

Subg. 2. Neustanthus, Bth. Undershrubs or hms erect or twining. Pods not

constricted between the seeds.

* Hrect shrubs or undershrubs, the branchlets terete or nearly so.

x Bracts deciduous.

Tomentum of young parts, inflorescence, and calyx tawny ; pods 2—38 in. long,

.. 2. composita.

All parts nearly glabrous ; calyx minutely velvety ; pods 1}—2 in. long ; flowers white,

. 2. Wallichiz.

x »™ Bracts persistent.

Leayes sparingly appressed hirsute ; fruitimg pedicels 2 lin. long ; pods 1—13 in. long,

glabrous, ...... Seer eee eee cette eee tees ween tees tere es wees cones P. stricta.

* * Twining or prostrate herbs or undershrubs. Flowers purplish blue.

x Pods narrowly linear, 1[—3 in. long by 2 lin. broad, many-seeded.

O Bracts deciduous. Branchlets terete or nearly so. Leaflets often

lobed. Extensive twiners (Schizophyllon, Baker.)

Calyx about 23 lin. long, the lobes acuminate ; corolla about 5 lin.long, P. phaseoloides.

Calyx about 4 lin. long, the lobes subulate-acuminate ; corolla ? in. long,

.. 2. subspicata.

O O Bracts persistent. Branchlets somewhat angular, Prostrate

or twining perennial herbs.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 253

Pods long but thinly hirsute,......... Bidtefetore’s) sfeloreere OUIOUOLOo bacco bO P. anabaptista.

x x Pods oblong to linear-oblong, $—1 in. long by 24—34 lin. broad,

flat or torose. Branchlets sharply angular, retrorsely pubescent on

the angles.

Pods flat or nearly so, sparingly but long and spr ee hirsute, 2—4-seeded; calyx

errals Sbeeaane 6:0 0 Bee ie Sut.

Pods torose, cee Si parinel: Griptened ‘aientel 5 G- mandied'e Sains neath a line

LOE se 0G8 400.086.2000 COCHDOMO OOO GOCDOOOIES SO-botod.o compe Ho OS P. brachycarpa.

1. P. rusErosa, DC. Prod. IT. 240; Wight Icon. t. 412; HF. Ind.

Fl. If. 197. (Hedysarum tuberosum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 363).

Has. Chittagong.—Fl. March, Apr.; Fr. May, June.

2. P. Cannonner, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5355; HE. Ind. Fl. ID. 197.

Has. Common in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, all

over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March.

Apr.; Fr. May, June.

Stands in a similar relationship to the preceding species as Ji/lettia

extensa does to IZ. macrophylla, and is barely more than a glabrous variety

of it.

3. P. Watuicui, DC. Prod. II. 240, and Mém. Legum. t. 48: Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 198.

Var. a. GENUINA, all parts nearly glabrous ; calyx minutely velvety ;

pods 13—2 in. long; flowers white.

Wars > 3: Sumas, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IX. 124. (P. composita,

Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5570), tomentum of the young parts, and of the inflo-

rescence and calyx, of a tawny colour; pods 2—8 in. long ; flowers appa-

rently purple.

Has. Var. a. Burma (¢este Benth.) ; var. @. frequent in the drier

hill-forests, especially the pine-forests, of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at

3500 to 5000 feet. elevation ; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall).—Fr. March.

I think that var. £. will have to be separated specifically.

4, P. stricta, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 254; Hf. Ind.

BLE. 198.

Has. Rather frequent in the hill-eng and the upper dry-forests, rare

in the drier upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and the Martaban hills,

at 1000—8000 feet elevation.—Fr. DS.

5. P. PHasEoLormeEs, Bth. in Proc. Linn. Soc. IX. 125; Hf. Ind.

FI. II. 199 excl. syn. Bth. (Dolichos phascoloides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 316).

Has. In hedges and light woods of Pegu (Maclelland) ; Prome

(Wall.) ; probably all over the country.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. DS.

6. P. supspicata, Bth. in Proc. Linn. Soe. IX. 125.

Haz. Frequent in the mixed, especially the savannah-forests, of Arra-

can and Pegu; also Tenasserim, Tavoy.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

7. P. anaparrista (Shuteria hirsuta, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 182 ?).

254 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Var. a. GENUINA, branches, petioles, etc., spreadingly tawny hirsute ;

pods similarly hirsute while unripe ; flowers purple.

Var. £. GLABRESCENS, branches, petioles, and also the pods thinly

appressed hirsute, the last shorter and almost glabrescent ; flowers pale

lilac, violet at the tips.

Has. Both varieties rather frequent in the upper mixed forests, along

choungs, also in hill-toungyas, of the Pegu Yomah; also Ava, Khakyen

Hills.— Fl. begin of CS.; Fr. HS.

Var. . may be distinct and stands in a similar relation to the nor-

mal form as P. Candollei does to P. tuberosa. 'The species is also com-

mon in the Sikkim Himalaya.

8. P. uresura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 254; Hf. Ind.

e199:

Has. Not rare in the drier upper mixed forests of the western slopes

of the Pegu Yomah, up to 8000 feet elevation.—Fr. Jan.

9. P. BracHycarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 232 and

isa sor tit. dnd. Hy tel 99!

Has. Rare in the drier upper mixed forests of the central parts of

the Pegu Yomah.—Fr. Jan.

Teramnus, Spreng.

Conspectus of Species.

* Pods more or less torose, tawny hirsute.

Seeds opaque ; inflorescence and young branches spreadingly tawny pilose; calyx-

Hasyn ateears) Movavemravsy Hae) THD eho Gon Oidlo. D0 oo 050000 0000 GOOOUUOO OF 0000 000000 T. mollis.

* * Pods glabrous to the naked eye.

x Flowers in racemes.

Racemes appressed silk-hairy ; calyx-teeth as long as the tube; seeds glossy; leaflets

io) ino) Isp bats Wopaler, Favor EVO UNNMUEENIE, 55 4000007000060700000000000500 5000 0h Unhinies.

Racemes long-peduncled, almost glabrous ; leaflets obovate, retuse, ...... T. Wallichii.

Racemes appressed silk-hairy ; calyx-teeth shorter than the calyx-tube; seeds quite

opaque ; leaves 2—4 in. long, acuminate, 2... ....00 00 wecees weve ++ oo le fCLUS.

x x Flowers by 2—4, axillary.

Habit of 7. flexilis ; corolla } in. long; unripe pods 13 in. long, flat, glabrous.

.. DL. oxyphylia.

1. T. moruis, Bth. in Linn. Proc. VIII. 265. (Glycine mollis,

WA. Prod. I. 208; Glycine debilis, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 317, via Aiton).

Hap. Frequent in the drier upper mixed forests all over the Pegu

Yomah.—Fl. RS.; Fr. CS.

2. T. LABIALIS, Spreng. Syst. veget. II. 235; Bth. in Linn. Proe.

VIII. 265; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 184, in part. (Glycine labialis, L. suppl.

825 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 315 ; Wight Icon. t. 168).

Has. Frequent in savannahs and savannab-forests, also in hedges,

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 255

shrubbery and neglected culture-land, of Chittagong and Arracan ; proba-

bly also elsewhere.—Fl. Fr. RS.

3. T. Watticut, (Desmodium Rottleri, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II.

174 quoad plant. e Prome).

Has. Prome Hills (Wall. Cat. 5974).

The few specimens seen by me are imperfect, but the terete stems, and

more especially the large peculiar peltately adnate stipules, at once remove

it from Desmodium Rottleri, with which Baker identifies the plant.

4. T. Fuexriis, Bth. in Linn. Proc. VIII. 265; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 185.

Has. Not unfrequent in the moister upper mixed and in the tropical

forests of Chittagong, Arracan, and Southern Pegu to Tenasserim.—F].

Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

5. T. oxypnynna. (Galactia? oxyphylla, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I.

253 im adn. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 192).

Har. ‘Tenasserim, Amherst (Parish) ; Tavoy (Gomez).

Glycine, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Erect; flowers in small axillary clusters; pods 1—14 in. long, almost falcate ; seeds 3

Im® lons; slishtly compressed, pale coloured, ;.,-...0scce cess sens cere le G. Soja.

Twining ; flowers in peduncled axillary racemes ; pods 4—1 in. long, straight; seeds a

Tins Joie, CoumpResssech lta) Gooogaumonedooad ducddu-d0c0 ocd ocad G. Javanica.

1. G. Sosa, Sieb. and Zuce. Fam. Nat. Fl. Jap. 11; Bth. in Linn.

Proc. VIII. 266; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 184. (Dolichos Soja, L. sp. pl. 1621 ;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 3814; Jacq. Icon. rar. t. 145; Soya hispida, Moench

Meth. 153; DC. Prod. III. 396; Alef. in Bot Ztg. 1867. 290).

Has. Ava, cultivated.

Dunbaria, WA.

Conspectus of Species.

* Ovary and pods sessile.

Leaflets large, acuminate, sparingly but distinctly resinous-dotted beneath; flowers in

DRGBINES, cong pod de oc dg ance DG DDUDKUDbOKODUOOUUOONUO gov000000a00000 D, fusca.

~Leafiets small, bluntish ; flowers usually by pairs, ...sseeveececscerese De CONSPEISH.

* * Ovary and pods conspicuously stalked.

Leaflets acuminate; flowers usually by pairs or few on a very short peduncle; pods

pubescent, 1—2 in. long, 10—12-seeded, long-stalked, ...........5. D. podocarpa.

Leaflets acute; flowers in racemes; pods spreadingly viscose-hairy, 1—1+ in. long,

o—o-secded, shortly stalkedy 50k cee sees canes sis sete cece «tn COnCINGUS:

1. D. Fuses, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1874, 186. (Phaseolus

Suscus, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 6. +. 6 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 204).

Has. Prome Hills (Wall.).—Fl. Febr., March.

2. D. conspErsa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 241; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 218.

‘(Dolichos ? rhynchosioides, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 177).

256 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Haz. Prome Hills (Wall.).—Fl. Sept. Octob.

3. D. vopocarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 185; Hf.

Ind. FI. II. 218.

Haz. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer; Helf. 1709).—FL

Fr. Febr. March.

4. D. crecryauis, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 219. (Atylosia circina-

lis, Bth. Pl. Jungh. I. 244 in adn.).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein, etc., (Griff., Helf.) teste Baker.

I have seen no Burmese specimens of this species, which greatly re-

sembles the preceding.

Atylosia, WA.

Conspectus of Species.

* Twining undershrubs or herbs.

x Prostrate herb with twining branches. Flowers 3—4 lin. long, almost

fascicled by 2—8.

Puberulous ; pods }—1 in. long, tawny puberulous and hirsute, ........4. scarabeoides.

x x Corolla 3—#in. long. Extensive twiners. Flowers racemose.

Leaflets shortly pubescent on both sides; racemes and pods long-pilose, the latter trans~

versely torose, long-acuminate, .. ccssse veecce cers evcresccrs sevens A. barbata.

Leaflets beneath softly (often yellowish) puberulous; pods oblong, transversely impress-

ed between the seeds, yellowish or tawny velvety, .....+. Sidcon cObcGodC A. mollis.

* * Erect shrubs or herds.

Stiff annual, little-branched ; leaflets beneath closely white or yellowish tomentose ;

calyx slightly puberulous or almost glabrous ; corolla § in. long,........ A. nived.

1. A. scARABHOIDES, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 242; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL.

215. (Dolichos scarabeoides, L. sp. pl. 1020; Dolichos medicagineus,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 315, non Willd.).

Haz. Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. Jan.

2. A. BaRBaTa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 216. (Dunbaria barbata,

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 242 in adn. ; Dunbaria calycina, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat.

I. 180).

Haz. Frequent in all leaf shedding forests and in the savannahs, also

in hedges, etc., all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Ava

and Prome.—FI. Fr. C. and HS.

3. A. Moxuis, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 248 inadn.; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL

213. (Dunbaria Horsfieldii, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 179).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the savannah forests, also in the open and

the mixed forests, of Martaban and Ava; also Andamans.—Fl. CS.; Fr.

HS.

4, A. NIvEA, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 243 in adn.; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.

214. ;

Haz. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of the Prome district ; Ava,

Yenang-choung (Wall.).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 257

Cajanus, DC.

* 1. C. Invicus, Spreng. Syst. III. 248; Alef. in Bot. Zeitg. 1867.

289; Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 217. (Cytisus eajan, L. sp. pl. 1041; Roxb. FI.

Ind. IIT. 325; Cytisus pseudo-cajau, Jacq. Hort. Vindob. t. 119; C. flavus,

WE. Prod. Ll, 402: Jacq. Obs. I. t. 1.).

Has. Generally cultivated in several varieties all over Burma and the

adjacent islands, up to 3000 feet elevation.—Fl. Fr. C. S.

Cylista, Ait.

1. C. scartosa, Ait. Hort. Kew. IV. 518; Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 92

and Fl. Ind. III. 320 ; Wight Icon. t. 1597 ; Hf. Ind. FI. IT. 219.

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones,

also in deserted toungyas, savannahs, etc., all over Pegu and Martaban

—Fl]. Close of RS; Fr. HS.

Rhynchosia, Lour.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Hu-Rhynchosia, Seeds without arillus.

* Pods very much longer than the calyx.

x Twining herbs.

Leaflets more or less acute; racemes elongate, longer than the leaves, almost glabrous,

- fh. minima.

Leaflets obtuse or rounded ; racemes filiform, shorter than the leaves, pilose; calyx-

TRASH TUNBLONUTO 66 gog5g0.0d0000 000000 DO0000 o0000 eee e cece cee cecveses Le MUl0Se

x »™ Erect shrubs or undershrubs.

Greyish velvety ; racemes longer than the leaves, panicled at the end of the branches,

joo! Glemseliy WEIAYGING® cooo0nd0 Gd0000 Gd00 0000 NCG0 DoDDUK0N C vesseeede. bracteata.

* * Calyx as long as the corolla, in fruit nearly as long as the pod. Twiners.

Flowers in dense short axillary racemes ; pods long-pilose, short, ........ R. densifiora.

Subg. 2. Phyllomatia, WA. (incl. Nomismia, WA. and Ptychocentrum, WA.).

Seeds with a waxy arillus.

* Calyu-teeth broad, enlarging and leafy in fruit.

Half-twining, thinly pubescent; flowers singly on the filiform viscid-pubescent racemes,

ods Iogsetleal, co00 500000 gong 0000 00000000 00000000 400000 God coC Rk. rufescens.

* * Calyx-teeth lanceolate, acuminate, not enlarging.

Erect ; stems, racemes, and undersurface of leaflets white-tomentose ; pods 2-seeded,

.... candicans.

1. R. mintma, DC. Prod. IJ. 385; Bth. in Fl. Austr. II. 267; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I]. 223. (Dolichos minimus, L. sp. pl. 1020; Dolichos scarabeoi-

des, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 315, non Willd.).

Has. In the dry and open forests, also in savannahs, of Prome and

Ava.—Fl. Fr. Close of RS.

2. R. Prosa, Wall. Cat. 5499; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 224.

Has. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi near Segain (Wall.).

258 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

The foliage resembles that of Atylosia scarabaoides, the flowers those

of Atylosia elongata, Bth.

3. R. BRactTEATA, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl II. 225.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and eng-forests of the Prome dis-

trict ; Ava, Yenang-choung and Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. DS.

4, KR. DENSIFLORA, DC. Prod. II. 386; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 226. (Do-

lichos aurantiacus, Wall. Cat. 5492 H.).

Has. Ava, limestone hills near Segain ; Taong-dong (Wall.).—FL Noy.

5. R. rurescens, DC. Prod. II. 387 ; Hook. Icon. t. 189 ; Hf. Ind.

Fl. II. 220. (Cyanospermum Javanicum, Miq: Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 167).

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley near Katha (J. Anderson).—Fl. Jan.

6. R. canpicans, (Cajanus ? candicans, Wall. Cat. 5576; Atylosia

candicans, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 186. (2. Avensis, Bth.

MS. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 222; Dolichos candicans, Wall. Cat. 5567; He.

Ind. Fl. II. 226, forma Pots acutis v. obtusiusculis).

Haz. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi below Yenang-choung; also

Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Nov.

Flemingia, Roxb.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-Flemingia. Erect shrubs or herbs. Flowers in racemes, panicles

or head-like spikes.

§ 1. Ostryodium, DC, Racemes one-sidedly flowered, the upper ones collect-

ed into a terminal panicle. Floral bracts large, leafy, complicate, persis-

tent. Leavés 1-foliolate. Pods 2-seeded.

x Floral bracts quite glabrous.

Corolla yellowish, + in. long ; leaves cordate-ovate,.. 1... sevens vsovne Le Chappar.

x «x Floral bracts puberulous or pubescent.

Stipules not above 3 lin. long, rather deciduous; bracts rotundate and obsoletely

pointed, not ciliate ; corolla about 3 lin. long, white or yellowish, ../. strobilifera,

Stipules stiff-subulate, up to$ in. long; bracts more or less retuse, ciliate; corolla

purplish, about 2 lin. long,............+9. oe 900.000 .F. bracteata,

§ 2. Flemingiastrum. DC. Gal Ohana td, WA). Rage Spies. solitary

or clustered in the leaf-axils, or in panicles, rarely reduced to axillary or

terminal more or less involucred heads.

x Flowers in racemes or panicles. Pods usually few-seeded.

+ Leaves 1—3-foliolate, Bracts small, persistent or deciduous (Cha-

laria, WA.).

Leaves 1-foliolate ; racemes filiform, shorter than the leaves,............L. paniculata.

Leaves 8-foliolate ; racemes slender, as long or usually longer than the leaves,

..L. lineata.

+ + Leaves digitately 3-foliolate. Spikes, while young, densely

imbricate-bracted, the bracts deciduous long [nekerts opening of

the flowers, or rarely persistent.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 259

O Bracts not scarious, shorter than, or about as long as the

buds. Low shrubs, the branches more or less terete or an-

gular.

+ Bracts persistent during flowering time.

Racemes dense, sessile ; corolla 3 lin. long; calyx-lobes subulate, the lower one 2% lin.

long ; petioles Tees than an inch long, ..... BOO00 doOd00dO dadod Lf. Grahamianda-

Racemes dense, villous, the broad bracts much shorter than the pilose calyx; calyx-

teeth 3—3} lin. long, linear, subulate-acuminate ; corolla shightly longer than the

calyx; petiole 1—2 in. long, not winged,........... Meielele anleroiele oA. 5 HAMULCNibe

t+ t+ Bracts deciduous before opening of the flowers.

{| Low shrubs with a woody subterranean trunk.

Racemes small, silvery silk-hairy ; calyx-teeth falcately subulate, a line long, the lower-

most one 1$ lin. long ; corolla 2 lin. long; petiole winged, about an inch long,

ool, Sericans.

As preceding, but flowers somewhat larger and not silvery silk-hairy ; Cae 3—6 in.

long and longer, winged, .......... : bcc 9.9000 0000 otondt GONE:

Racemes rather slender and lax ; flowers aliiost PG re 2 lin. jonett or a little

longer; calyx-teeth feos: lanceolate, the lomerniost one barely longer than the

Hes mpeOleawimoedsy N—— 2 amy) Tomes’... < «\s-c.etete ub srueticimemate reer LE. ferruginea.

{1 “| Well-developed undershrubs. §

Petiole usually not winged ; racemes dense, usually clustered and shorter than the

petiole, greyish silk-hairy ; bracts linear-lanceolate, subulate-acuminate, about 4

lin. long; calyx 34 lin. long, the lobes linear, subulate-acuminate, the lowermost

much longer; corolla 34 lin. long, purplish, with a flesh-coloured purplish-streaked

Remand secret sles sia, asjere 30 C 00000000 00000000 0000 0000 F. congestas

As preceding ; racemes appressed eee Pahoa much shorter than the narrowly

winged Ne ; pods densely resinose-glandular and puberulous, ....2. prostrata.

Petiole narrowly winged ; racemes rather lax, greyish silk-hairy ; calyx 3 lin. long, the

lobes subulate ; bracts ovate-lanceolate, cuspidate ; corolla 3 lin. long, rose-coloured

with greenish keel; pods puberulous, ....... 5900000 oo G006 LH. semialata.

Petiole narrowly winged ; bracts and calyx Pe eccilly pee own or golden silk-hairy, the

latter 5 in. long, the ones subulate with the lowermost one twice as long; corolla

4 in. long, white with rose-coloured wings,...... 00 0000 cD0000 .£. latifolia.

O O Bracts scarious and stiff, very eh ignee er dina the flower

buds. Branches and branchlets more or less triquetrous.

Tall undershrub; petiole narrowly winged; lower sheathing bracts up to 2 in. long;

calyx about 4 lin. long, silvery silk-hairy, the lobes linear, acuminate, the lower-

most one twice as joniges ; corolla nearly $ in. long; pods minutely appressed

PMINHOOS, poocoso do acco 0g ob0d a0 n0d000 08 O00 NGO 000 « HOGG nGOOKO EF. stricta.

x x Spikes short and condensed Paty heads. Brees all persistent, the

outer ones large and involucre-like. Pod enclosed in the calyx,

1-seeded. (Zepidocoma, Jungh.)

Erect undershrub ; bracts silky-pilose ; calyx } in. long, the lobes subulate; corolla 3

in. long, minutely appressed silk-hairy ; pods silky-pilose,..... ifestantae F. capitata.

Subg. 2 Rhynchosioides, Bak. wining herbs or perennials. . Flowers in long

peduncled heads or dichotomous corymbs. Calyx-teeth almost equal. Pods 1- rarely

2-seeded, usually included in the calyx. Bracts minute, deciduous.

Flowers by 4—10 in long-peduncled heads; calyx fulvous-pilose, } in. long; corolla

_ appressed pilose, nearly 5 in. long, secseeee cece cree wveeeves cove vvreLe Vestittt.

260 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

1. F. coappar, Ham. in Wall. Cat. 5757 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 227.

Has. Frequent in the eng- and dry forests of Ava, Prome, Pegu, and

Martaban.— Fl. CS.; Fr. HS.

2. F. svropitirera, RBr. in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. IV. 350;

Wight Icon. t. 267; Bot. Reg. t. 617; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 227. (Hedysa-

rum strobiliferum, L. sp. pl. 1053; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 350).

Haz. Common in all leaf-shedding forests and in the savannahs, all

over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Anda-

mans.—Fl. R. and CS.; Fr. HS.

- 3. FEF. Bracreata, Wight Icon. t. 268; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 162.

(Ff. strobilifera var. 1. bracteata, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 227; Hedysa-

rum bracteatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 351).

Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the lower mixed.

and savannah forests, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to

Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS. and CS.; Fr. HS. -

4. F. pantcurata, Wall. Cat. 5759; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 245 in

adn. ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 227.

Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran river (Wall., Helf.).—Fl. CS.

5. F. mryeata, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 841; Wight Icon. t. 327; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IL. 228. (Hedysarum lineatum, L. sp. pl. 1054; Burm. Fl. Ind.

AGW: Oa. td).

Has. Common in the savannahs and the lower mixed forests, also in

grass-lands, etc., all over Ava, Prome, and Pegu; also Martaban.—F I. CS. ;

Pir, ELS;

6. F. sertcans, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 186.

Haz. Frequent in the eng-forests of Prome district and of Martaban,

east of Tounghoo.—Fl. Fr. HS.

7. F. rerrvernna, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5750; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I.

245 in adn.

Has. Prome, frequent in the eng-forests; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.). .

— Fl. Fr. March.

Habit of #. Wightiana, but the flowers very small and the calyx per-

fectly different.

8. F. concesta, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 56 and Fl. Ind. III. 340;

Wight Icon. t. 390; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 164; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 228.

Has. Frequent in alluvial grass-lands, especially in the savannah-

forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim; also Ava.—Fl.

Close of RS.; and CS.; Fr. C. and HS.

9. F. prostrata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 338; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. L

245 in adn.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill- (especially the pine-) forests

of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 5000 feet elevation.—

Fr. March.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 261

The Burmese variety differs from Khasi specimens chiefly in the long-

acuminate not wrinkled leaflets and the black-glandular pods.

10. F. semranata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 340; Wight Icon. t. 726;

WA. Prod. I. 241. (& congesta, var. 1. semialata, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl

II. 229 in part).

Var. a. GENUINA, racemes elongate, more robust.

Var. #. VIRIDIS, racemes simple, more lax and slender, more silk-

- hairy, always clustered in the axils of the leaves, and much shorter than the

petiole ; leaves. of a thinner texture or less pubescent; flowers and pods

usually smaller.

Has. Var. £. only, but this common enough, in the leaf-shedding

forests and in grassy or shrubby places, more especially in the savannahs,

all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. CS. ;

Pr Es.

11. F. natirori, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 246; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.

168. (£ congesta, var. 2.. latifolia, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 229).

Var. a. GENUINA, racemes more lax and more slender, branched ;

flowers smaller.

Var. £8. GRANDIFLORA, racemes simple, shorter and more dense ;

flowers about 4 larger.

Has. Var. £. rather frequent in the hill-eng-forests and the drier

hill- (chiefly the pine-) forests of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at

2000—4.000 feet elevation.—FI. March.

12. F. srricta, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 248 and Fl. Ind. IIT. 342 ;

Wight Icon. t. 329; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 228.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the open forests, especially the low and

eng-forests, of Pegu; also Chittagong, Ava, and Tenasserim.—FI. CS.

13. F. caprrata, Zoll. in Natuurk. en Geneesk. Arch. III. 64;

Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 166. (& ivolucrata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 246;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 229; Lepidocoma trifoliatum, Jungh. in Topogr. Naturw.

Reise, Java, 338 and in Flora 1847. 508.)

Has. Frequent in the open, especially the low forests, all over Pegu ;

also in Martaban, where it ascends into the drier hill-forests ; Upper Tenas-

serim.—F]. Fr. CS.

F. procumbens of the Kew Herbarium, from Concan (Stocks ; Wight

No. 806), has nothing to do with Roxburgh’s plant and appears to me to

be a new species of Lepidocoma, probably connecting that genus with

Ethynchosioides.

*14, KE. vestrta, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 280. (Dolichos vestitus,

Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5545 ; Rhynchosia vestita, Bth. MS.).

Haz. Sometimes cultivated by the Karens of the Martaban Hills, at

3000 to 5000 feet elevation.

262 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Eriosema, DC.

1. E. tusprrosum, (Crotalaria tuberosa, Ham. in Don Prod. Nap.

241; DC. Prod. II. 129; H. Chinense, Vog. in Pl. Meyen. 31; Bth. FL

Austr. IT. 268; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 219).

Has. Frequent in the open, especially the eng-forests, all over Prome

and Pegu; also Martaban, here ascending into the drier hill-forests up to

4.000 feet pion —Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

Gib a Go L.

Conspectus of Species.

A. Srmpniciromrz. Leaves simple.

* Ovary and pods glabrous.

+ Racemes lateral and leaf-opposed.

x Stipules none or small, not decurrent.

O Almost glabrous. Slender erect annuals.

Stipulesthalf-lunate, persistent; V..h lesele mee Cee oes og 4a vc ad ot cole cats dane Jiliformis.

Sipulessvery minutes GCecid wows) cr eletpelonereilelsrerets eieiels oo)! cielo evi eielersieieieiet Com SZOE Tastee

O O Silk-hairy or pilose.

t Prostrate or ascending small herbs; flowers not above

23 lin. lone.

Bracts subulate, very minute ; stipules none; pods 15—80-seeded,........@. prostrata.

Bracts subulate, minute ; stipules minute, subulate ; pods 6—8-seeded, ..0. humifusa.

Bracts lanceolate, a line long ; stipules subulate, minute ; pods 12—15-seeded,

..C. acicularis.

+ + Flowers $—#? in. long. Erect branched annuals.

Tawny pilose; stipules lanceolate, spreading ; pod 20—30-seeded, ......C. ferrugined.

x x Stipules decurrent and forming leafy wings to the branches.

Erect annual; flowers middling-sized, yellow; pods stalked,.......... +++» C. alata.

+ + Racemes terminal or terminating axillary branchings. More or

less hairy, hirsute or appressed silk-hairy, rarely glabrous.

O Calyx divided to the base into lobes, of which especially the

2 upper ones much enlarge in fruit.

t+ Pod exserted from the calyx.

Flowers + in. long, pale ae racemose; bracts linear, very minute ; pods 14—2 times

longer than the calyx, +—3 in. long, ............. Hololts/o)ole] vlolelohclohokenstehetel CO mtaL Onc

+ is Pod more or less irolnded! aul shorter than the calyx,

(Calycine.)

§| Pod small, globular or ovoid-globose, sessile.

Small herb ; racemes shortened and head-like 1. cceeee cece vscceesssesecees Os MMMNMe

Erect annual of several feet; racemes elongate, ....cssseceecreccece sess 0. Uinifolia.

| S| Pods linear-oblong to oblong.

A Flowers yellow or pale yellow.

Flowers few, in short lax racemes; fruiting calyx covered with long coppery brown

soft hairs; pods an inch long’; bracts and bractlets large, lanceolate, ..C. calycind. ©

Flowers in dense heads; calyx and pod in. long; bracts and bractlets large, ovate,

ACUMUINMALC) «-sherete ei6verev eels voi daha syaaeeeetetaciele revel oie) e(e\leleie eis se\.e'e stelalercVele Tench Ne Gente aaita

Flowers? yellow, capitate; calyx and pods ;— 3 in. long; bracts and bractlets linea,

C. Chinensis.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 263

A A Flowers blue.

Flowers in long racemes ; bracts and bractlets oe setaceous ; calyx +—% in. long;

pods 4 in. long, ...... 5% G00 cooO Dd Ud ODE 2.0. sessiliflora.

O O Pods very ranch iS asited fre om the calyx. Gaipercte obliquely

bell-shaped, the teeth rather short, barely enlarging in fruit.

{| Bracts subulate, very minute. Flowers yellow.

A Branches and branchlets woody, with medullary

pith, terete.

Almost glabrous; leaves acute; racemes terminating axillary branchlets or reduced to

geallbiay UO Wi ae-ClURWEES, C500 00 ab00 6o00 Gd0000 4000 5000 100000 000 00 40Gb MU

A A Branches herbaceous, fistulose, stout.

Calyx and underside of the blunt or acute leaves densely appressed silky ; racemes all

terminal, ..... SSS SSO Ge See En Reo ho Cbs OS OOOO He C. Assamica.

Thinly appressed silk-hairy ; leaves retuse to blunt ; racemes all terminal,....C. retusa.

{ (1 Bracts ovate to ovate-lanceolate, up to 4 lin. long,

reflexed.

Glabrous ; leaves blunt to acute, almost sessile, glaucous-green ; pods stalked ; branches

THOU, HIAMOSES. Go0g0ndctMado boUU Goma ebon ono do oooo ab 54:65 b0-000006.0.0 C. sericea.

* * Ovary variously clothed, from villose to tomentose and appressed silk-hairy.

Pods similarly clothed, rarely minutely pubescent and appearing glabrous to

the naked eye. (Flowers racemose.)

+ Stipules none, or small and subulate, Flowers yellow.

x Pods minutely appressed-pubescent, appearing glabrous to the

naked eye. Calyx glabrous. Leaves narrow.

Glabrous ; bracts linear, very minute ; leaves narrow-linear, ..........+. C. neriifolia.

x » Pods and calyx brown or dark brown tomentose or pubescent,

leaves narrow.

Stems sulcate, but not angular ; pods sessile, 1—1} in. long, .............. CG. junced.

Stems sharply 4-angular ; pods shortly stalked, 15—2 in. long, ..... ..... OC. tetragona.

+ + Stipules large, leafy, half-lunate. Flowers blue or rarely greenish

white.

Stems angular, more or less puberulous to glabrous ; leaves rhomboid ; pods pubescent,

o. C. verrucosa.

B. Fontontars. Leaves 3—7-foliolate.

* Leaves digitately 5 (occasionally 3) —7-foliolate.

Leaves 5-foliolate ; flowers rather large, yellow, racemose ; bracts 83—4 lin. long, linear,

acuminate, reflexed ; pods glabrous, stalked, 1;—1} in. long, .... @. qguinquefolia.

* * Leaves digitately 3-foliolate.

x Pods inflated.

+ Pods short, globular or obliquely ovoid, 1-2-4-seeded.

Stipules and bracts minute, subulate ; flowers small, by 1—2 (rarely 3—4) terminating

slender leaf- es peduncles; pods acuminate, Dae appressed pubescent,

1—2-seeded, iene Vice cesene OC. medieaguned.

+ + Pods anions i linea: plane many-seeded.

Pods indistinctly appressed-pubescent, linear-oblong, 1—1{ in. long, ........@. striata.

Pods densely tawny-villous, boat-shaped-oblong, somewhat carved 4—? in. long,

«» C. bracteata.

x »x Pods much compressed (Priotvopis, WA.).

264 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Habit of C. striata; flowers yellow, racemose ; pods 1 in. long by 4 broad, acuminate

at both ends, on a filiform stalk, glabrous, ......eesssscssssscerese C. cytisoides.

1. C. Frirormis, Wall. Cat. 5389 ; Hf. [tel Fl. II. 66.

Has. Frequent in the mixed fone especially the upper ones, of

the Pegu Yomah, and along choungs in the lower mixed forests of the

plains ; also Prome district.—Fl. Fr. Nov. to Jan.

9. ©. Srocxsi, Bth. MS. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 67.

Haz. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf.).

Unknown to me and included on Baker’s authority.

3. C. prostRavTaA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 270 ; Mart. Muench. Denkschr.

‘By 10} 2 IEEE, Iboels JMOL Gr.

Has. Martaban, Nattoung hills, east of Tounghoo (Revd. F. Mason).

4. C. actcuLaris, Ham. ap. Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. IT.

476; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 68.

Has. Common, chiefly in the dry and open forests, preferring stiff

diluvial soils, all over Chittagong and Prome to Pegu and Martaban.—F1L

Fr. C. and HS. ~

5. ©. Frerruaeines, Grah. m Wall. Cat. 5398 ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 68.

Var. a. GENUINA (C. ferruginea, var. B. pilosissima, Bth. in Hf. Ind.

Fl. II. 68), more or less spreading ; leaves narrower and more or less acute ;

all parts more densely rusty pilose.

Var. f. Prnostsstma (C. pilostssima, Miq. Fi. Ind. Bat. I 327),

erect and often less pilose ; leaves broader and rounded or blunt at the apex.

Has. Var. a. frequent in the drier hill- and the pine-forests of

Martaban and Ava, at 4000 to 5000 ft. elevation ; var. 8. frequent along

rocky river-beds in the tropical forests, from Ava and Martaban down to

Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. HS.

6. C. atata, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 98. and FI. Ind. III. 274; HE

Ind. Fl. II. 69. (C. bialata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 274).

Haz. Common in the long-grassed jungle-pastures of the open and

dry forests, but also in the mixed forests, etc., all over Burmah, from Chit-

tagong and Ava down to Pegu and Martaban.—Fl. Fr. Closeof RS, and

CS.

7. C. aupipa, Heyne in Roth. Nov. sp. 333; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 71.

(C. montana, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 265).

Has. Frequent in the open and dry forests, all over Burma, from

Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—F I. Fr. CS.

8. C. nintroria, L. f. Suppl. 322; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 266; HE.

Ind. Fl. II. 72. (C. cespitosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 269; C. melanocarpa,

Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. II. 569).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper

ones, from Ava and Prome down to Pegu and Martaban ; also found in

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 265

grass-lands and along grassy borders of the fields in the Pegu plains.—FI.

Fr. CS.

N. B. ©. patula, Grab. (in Wall. Cat. 5371; Bth. in Hook. Lond.

Journ. II. 568, from Ava), is reduced by Baker to a variety of ©, nana,

Burm. [am unacquainted with the species.

9. ©. canycrna, Schrank. Pl. rar. Monae. t. 12; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 72.

(C. stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 265, non Roth.).

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi-valley near Tagoung (J. Anderson) ; Taong-

dong (Wall.).— Fl. Fr. Jan.

10. ©. puBra, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5404; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 73.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests, but chiefly in poonzohs,

of Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban, up to 3000 feet elevation.—Fl. Fr. CS.

11. C. Cunvensis, L. sp. pl. 1003, non Roxb. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 73.

(0. barbata, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 338, non Grah.).

Haz. Peguand Tenasserim (teste Baker).

12. ©. sessmirtora, L. sp. pl. 1004; Hf. Ind. FL. IT. 73.

Has. Common in jungle-pastures and in open places of the open and

dry forests, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.

FI. Fr. Close of R. and CS.

13. C. Kurzit, Bak. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 229; Hf. Ind.

Pi IT. 75.

Var. o. GENUINA, Leaves longer and of a thinner texture; flowers

usually axillary and gradually passing into terminal or axillary racemes with

all intermediate conditions on the same plant; pods an inch long.

Low-level form.

Var. £8. MoNTANA, leaves of a firmer texture and half the size;

flowers in true leafless elongate axillary and terminal racemes; pods

only 3. an inch long. High-level form.

Has. Var. a. common in the upper, rare inthe lower mixed forests,

all over the Pegu Yomah and Martaban ; var. 6. pretty frequent in the

drier hill- (especially the pine-) forests of Martaban, up to 5000 feet eleva-

tion.— Fl. CS.; Fr. HS.

C. Peguana, Bth. MS. (Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 77, from Rangoon), is un-

known to me. It seems to me to differ in no respect from the axillary-

flowered form of the above.

14. ©. Assamica, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. II. 481; HE.

Ind. Fl. II. 75.

Haz. Ava, in the Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl.

Fr. March.

In Ava specimens the flowers sometimes grow indifferently in the place

of the leaves from the leaf-branches, so that the flowers are either mixed

up with the leaves (reduced flowering branchlets) or form incomplete ra-

266 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a _ £No. 4,

cemes below the leafy summit. The species itself, however, may be nothing

but a more pubescent hill-form of C. retusa.

14. C. MacropuHytia, Kurz MS. (C. Kurz, var. luzwrians, Kurz

in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 229).

Has. Rare in the moister upper mixed forests of the Southern Pegu

Yomah.—Fr. CS.

I have referred this form erroneously to C. Kurzii, but the stout hol-

low stems bring it nearer to C. Assamica, from which it differs not only in

its much larger petioled leaves and in the calyx, but alsoin the pods, which

are sessile and 13—2 in. long. MHabitually it may be called a very luxuriant

terminal-racemed form of C. Kurzit.

15. C. retusa, L. sp. pl. 1004; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 272; Bot.

Mag. t. 2561; Bot. Reg. t. 253; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 75.

Has. Chiefly in grassy sandy places near the sea in Arracan and Pe-

gu, but also found along the banks of the Irrawaddi in the Prome district ;

it has become a weed on Ross Island ete., on the Andamans, but there very

likely only introduced.—Fl. Fr. Close of RS. and DS.

16. C. sericea, Retz. Obs. III. 26; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 2738; Hf.

Ind. FI. II. 75.

Has. Frequent along rocky choungs in the hills of Chittagong, Arra-

ean, and the Pegu Yomah; rarely seen along the banks of the larger rivers

in the plains of Pegu—FIl. Fr. CS.

17. ©. neRirronia, Wall. Cat. 5362; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 74.

Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-eng-forests of Martaban, east of

Tounghoo ; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Nov.; Fr. March, Apr.

18. C. suncEa, L. sp. pl. 1004; Bot. Mag. t. 490; Roxb. Corom.

Pl. II. t. 193 and Fl. Ind. TIL. 259; Hi. Ind. Fl. IL 79. (C. fenestrata,

Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 1933; C. tenwifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 263).

Has. Frequently cultivated m fields all over Burma, especially in

Prome and Pegu, but also like wild along the banks of the larger rivers,

especially the Irrawaddi.—Fl. Fr. H. and RS.

19. ©. Terracona, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 263; Andr. Bot. Repos. t.

593; Hf. Ind. Fl. 11.78. (C. grandiflora, Zoll. im Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.

339, teste Baker).

Has. Frequent, especially along rocky choungs in hilly tracts, all

over Ava and Chittagong to Pegu and Arracan ; ascending to 3000 feet

elevation ; less frequent along rivers in the alluvium of the plains.—Fl. Fr.

CS.

20. C. veRRUcOosA, L. sp. pl. 1005 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 273 ; Bot.

Mag. t. 3034 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1134 ; Wight Icon. t. 200; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT.

77. (C. angulosa, Lamk. Ene. II. 196? ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 274; &

coerulea, Jacq. Icon. t. 144).

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 267

Has. Frequent in open grassy places, along river-banks and road-

sides, especially in Ava and Prome, less frequent in Pegu and Martaban.

—Fl. Fr. C. and H. S.

21. C. qguimveuerott, L. sp. pl. 1006 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 279 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. II. 84 (C-. sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 437).

Haz. Not unfrequent in wet pastures, marshy grass-lands and along

borders of rice-fields, from Arracan and Pegu down to Tenasserim.—F. Fr.

RS.

22. C. meEpIcAGINEA, Lamk. Dict. II. 201; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 81

_ (CG. procumbens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 278).

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Ava and Prome ; rare in

the mixed forests of Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS; Fr. CS.

23. C. pRractEata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 278 ; Wight Icon. t. 273;

Griff. Not. Dicot. 436; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 83.

Has. Not unfrequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones,

and in dry pastures and rubbishy places adjoining them, all over Burma,

from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—F I. Fr. Close of RS. and

CS.

24. C. striata, DC. Prod. II. 181; Bot. Mag. t. 3200; Hf. Ind. FI.

Tl. 85. (C. Brownez Rehb. Icon. Exot. t. 282; C. Saltiana, Andr. Bot.

Repos. t. 648).

Has. ~ Frequent in grass and cleared lands, rubbishy places, along road-

sides, etc., all over Pegu and Chittagong to Arracan; most probably

throughout the country.—Fl. Fr. R. and CS.

25. ©. cyrisorpes, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 276 (Priotropis cytisoides,

WA. Prod. I. 180 in adn. ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 65).

Haz. Ava, Taong-dong, Khakhyen hills, east of Bhamo ; also Tenas-

serim (Griff.)—Fl. F. R. and CS.

Parochetus, Ham.

1. P. communis, Ham. in Don. Prod. Fl. Nep. 240; Royle III.

Him. Pl. t. 35; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 86. (P. major, Don. Fl. Nep. 241; Wight

Icon. t. 483 ; P. maculatus, R. Br. in Benn. Pl. Jay. rar. 162. t. 34; Cos-

miusa repens, Alef. in Bot. Ztg. 1866. 145. t. 6. B. f. 1—6).

Haz. Ava and Tenasserim (teste Baker).

Melilotus, Juss.

1. M. aupa, Desr. in Lamk. Dict. IV. 64; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. ed.

3. L. 144; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 89. CAL. leucantha, Koch in DC. Fl. France. V.

564; Engl. Bot. Suppl. t. 2689; Zrifolium Indicwm, Willd. sp. pl. III.

1353 ; Roxb.—Fl. Ind. ITI. 388).

Haz. Prome district, a weed in the fields of the Irrawadi valley.

—Fl. Fr. CS.

268 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Psoralea, L.

1. P. corynironia, L. sp. pl. 1075; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 387; Bot.

Mag. t. 665 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 108. (Alelilotus sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 437. t.

578).

Has. Occasionally in neglected fields, near hedges and along road-

sides in the Prome district ; apparently more frequent in Ava.—Fl. Fr.

CS.

Cyamopsis, DC.

*1. C. psoraLiompEs, DC. Prod. II. 216; Wight Icon. t. 248 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IL. 92. (Dolichos fabeformis, L’ Her. Stirp. t. 78; Roxb. Fl. Ind.

Ill. 316 ; Lupinus trifoliatus, Cav. Icon. t. 59).

Has. Burma, cultivated (according to Revd. F. Mason).—FI. Fr. CS.

Indigofera, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Spheridiophora, Desy. Ovary 1-ovuled. Pods very short, 1-seeded.

All parts, also the pods, appressed silk-hairy ; leaves simple, small; pods almost

globular, .... 0000 dees wees cece tee e ee cone 000000 6y00000 <1 shale elfelameletetee gO pOLUMe

Subg. 2. Eu-Indigofera, Bth. Ovary 2—more-ovuled; pods usually elongate,

rarely short.

* Calyx deeply cleft, the lobes subulate-acuminate. Corolla about twice so long as

the calyx. Annuals or perennials.

+ Pods short, 2- rarely 3-seeded.

Appressed pubescent; leaves pinnate; pods almost 4-angular, shortly hairy; seeds

FUME sa00000000 pooDpeaDDeOoOOC CODD AD GOROUOUamODS seceee eel, exnenphylla.

+ + Pods many- or several-seeded, elongate.

O Seeds cylindrical.

Leafiets usually in 4 to 5 pairs ; racemes shorter than the leaves, ........ J. tinctoria.

Leaflets in 1 or 2 pairs; racemes very slender, much longer than the leaves,

..L. endecaphylla.

Leaves 3-foliolate ; racemes very short or reduced to clusters, ............1. trifoliata.

O O Seeds cubical or 4-angular-oblong.

All parts (also the pods) viscose-pubescent ; leaflets in 4—7 pairs, .... «2.00. L. ViSCOSH.

All parts appressed greyish or silvery pubescent; leaves 8-foliolate; pods thinly

appressed pubescent, 1. cecsceeacsreeesecsvecscecceecccece sesssesens Le brittle

All parts hirsute-pubescent ; leaflets usually in 3 or 4 pairs ; pods hirsute,....L. hirsuta.

* * Calyx toothed, the teeth short, more or less acute. Corolla at least 3 times as

long as the calyx and usually much longer, More or less woody shrubs.

x Leaves simple or 3-foliolate (often on the same plant).

Whole plant greyish from minute appressed stiff hairs; leaves 1—38-foliolate on the

same plant; stipules very minute, 1.1.45 sees veveee se eesveeee L. Brunoniana.

Softly tawny pubescent ; leaves 1-foliolate ; stipules about 2 lin. long, ....Z. caloneura.

x x Leaves unpaired pinnate.

O Pods 14—2 in. long, more or less 4-gonous; seeds cubical or

4-cornered.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 269

Stipules 2—3 lin. long ; pods minutely appressed pubescent, ........ sss I. galegoides.

SHEE MMe S OUTS RIO, Sono00 voodoo odendd oduudD ObooGuo0 oo I. pulchella.

O O Pods about an inch long, terete. Seeds cylindrical.

en eMNLOUS SHNULES MINUTE) vcieeces es cawie 6 ong saceweciols se ccvee cre T. elliptica.

1. I. nrytronta, Retz. Obs. IV. 29. and VI. 33. t. 2; Roxb. Corom.

Pl. Tf. ¢. 196 and FI. Ind. III. 370; Wight Icon. t. 318 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.

92.

Has. Not unfrequent in short-grassed rather dry pastures of Chit-

tagong, Pegu, and Arracan ; probably all over the country.—Fl. Fr. chiefly

C. and HS.

fee2)) bo ennearavina, b. Mant. 272; Roxb: El Ind. III. 376;

Wight Icon. t. 403 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 94.

Has. Ava, on limestone hills about Segain ; in the dry forests of the

Prome district.—Fl. Fr. Nov.

3. I. rryctoria, L. sp. pl. 1061; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 379 ; Wight

Icon. t. 365 ; Royle Ill. Him. Pl. t. 195; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 99.

Var. a. GENUINA, pods about an inch long and more slender, usually

straight or only slightly curved, 7—10-seeded, the seeds about a line long,

pale coloured.

Var. £. Antu (J. Anil, L. Mant. 272; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 307;

J. coerulea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 377 ; Wight Icon. t. 366 ; Z. argentea, var.

coerulea, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 99), pods more curved and reflexed,

shorter, about 4 in. long but sometimes longer, 3—4, but as often 4-—6

and even up to 7-seeded, the seeds smaller, olive-coloured.

Has. Var. a. frequently cultivated in the Irrawaddi alluvium of

Prome and Pegu, and most probably elsewhere ; var. @. frequent in the

open forests, especially the low ones, in jungle-pastures and along river-

banks, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F.

Fr. Close of RS., and CS.

I cannot find any sufficient grounds for specifically separating the

above two forms ; the pod differs greatly on the same plant.

4, J. ENDECAPHYLLA, Jacq. Icon. t. 570; Bot, Reg. t. 789 ; HE.

Ind. Fl. II. 98. (JZ. debtlis, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5466 ; Kurz in Journ. As.

Soc. Beng. 1874, 184).

Haz. Ava, Irrawaddi valley (Wall. ; Mrs. Burney).—FI. Sept.

The pods of the Burmese plant are more slender and more persistently

pubescent.

5. I. rrrrorata, L. Amoen. IV. 327; Wight Icon. t. 814; Hf.

Ind FI. II. 96.

Har. ‘Tenasserim (Helf.) teste Baker.

6. I. viscosa, Lamk. Encycl. Meth. III. 247 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III,

377 ; Wight Icon. t. 404; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 95.

Has. Ava, near Mandalay (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. Sept.

270 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

7. J. rria, L. £. Suppl. 335; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 371; Wight.

Icon. t. 315 and t. 386 ; Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. I t. 16; Hf. Ind. FL. II.

96. (ZZ. cinerea, Willd. sp. pl. IIL. 1225 ; Roxb. 1. ec. 372).

Has. Ava, Taong dong (Wall.).—Fr. Octob.

8. I. uirsura, L. sp. pl. 1862; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 376; Jacq.

Icon. t. 569; P. d. B. Fl. d’ Ovar. t. 119 ; Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. t. 24;

Hi indy Fi TM. 98.

Has. Ava (Wall.) ; Tenasserim (teste Baker).—FI. Octob.

9. I. Brounonitana, Grah. m Wall. Cat. 5491 ; Wall. Pl. As. rar. IIT.

48. t. 279 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 93.

Has. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of the Prome district and

of Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

10. JI. catonEuRA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 219; Hf.

Ind. Fl. II. 93.

Has. Pegu (Brandis), probably a laterite plant.

11. J. g@atEecorpes, DC. Prod. II. 225; Migq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 310;

Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 100. (LZ. wneinata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 382; £ Zollin-

geriana, Miq. Fl. Ind. I. 810? teste Baker).

Has. Not unfrequent in the open, and more especially in the hill-eng-

forests, of Martaban down to Tenasserim, up to 4000 feet elevation ; also

Pegu, Rangoon (Wall.).—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

12. I. putcHetta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 382; Wight Icon. t. 367;

Bedd. Fl. Sylv. 85. Anal. t. 12. f. 1.; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 101, in part only.

(Z. purpurascens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 383? JL. arborea, Roxb. 1. ¢. 318;

Wight Icon. t. 368.)

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and open (chiefly the eng-) forests

from Ava and Prome down to Pegu and Martaban.—F Il. Fr. C. and HS.

N. B. I. vronacea, Roxb. 1. ec. 380, differs from the above in the

pod and the cylindrically oblong pale-coloured seeds. It is in my eyes near-

er akin to L. elliptica, from which it deviates only in the size and colour

of the seeds.

18. I. exurerica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 380.

Haz. Pegu, Rangoon (Cleghorn) ; Karen country (O’Riley) ; Tenas-

serim, Salween (Wall.).—Fr. CS.

Sesbania, Pers.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Agati, Desv. Flowers 2—3 in. long, falcately recurved in bud, the

standard acute or bluntish.

Small glabrous tree ; flowers showy, white or scarlet, .........s..002.8. grandijiora.

Subg. 2. Eu-Sesbania, Bth. Flowers less than an inch long, straight in bud,

yellow or brown-purple, the standard broad, more or less notched.

* Racemes drooping from the base. Small trees.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 271

Glabrous ; pods 1}—2 lin. broad, somewhat angular from the prominent sutures,

. SS. Aoyptiaca.

* * Racemes erect from the base, but often overhanging. Shrubby annuals.

Pods rather convex on both sides, 11—2 lin. broad ; standard 4in, long; seeds cylindri-

ome per P ete NiO aera eleeict e cidies'e ata avsie's aleve aratnebar stale thera slate AR HEREC S. aculeata.

Pods rather flat, 2—8 lin. broad, Sony. ecdorcde standard 2 in. long, seeds more

or less compressed-rhomboid, ....... coe ccccos og doce conecedc S. Cochinchinensis.

*]. §. GRanprrLoRa, Pers. Syn. II. 316; Bth. Fl Austr. II. 212;

Hf. Ind. Fl. 11.115. (Agati grandiflora, Desv. in Journ. Bot. III. 120;

Griff. Not. Dicot. 488; Aschynomene grandiflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

331).

Haz. Only planted, but generally found in villages all over Burma.—

Fl. RS.

*2. SS. Aleypriaca, Pers. Ench. II. 316; Wight Icon. t. 42; Bedd.

Fl. Sylv. 86. Anal. t. 12. f.3; Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 114. (schynomene ses-

ban, Li. sp. pl. 1061 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 332; S. picta, Pers., Bot. Mag.

873).

Haz. Generally planted in villages all over Burma.—FI. Fr. Jan.

—May.

3. S. acunEaTA, Pers. Enchir. IJ. 316; Hf. Ind. Fl. 115. (4#s-

chynomene spinulosa, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 333; 8. polyphylla, Miq. in FI.

Ind. Bat. I. 288 ; Aschynomene cannabina, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 335, non

Pers. )

Has. Rather frequent in long-grassed pastures and savannahs of the

Kolodyne valley, Arracan.—Fl. Octob.

4. §S. CocHincHINEenstIs, DC. Prod. II. 266; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.

287 ? (Aischynomene paludosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 333 ; Sesbania canna-

bina, Pers. Enchir. II. 316; WA. Prod. I. 215; S. aculeata, var. cannabi-

na, Bak. m Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 115).

Has. Not unfrequent in swamps and swampy pastures all over the

plains of Pegu; also Chittagong.—F 1. Octob. ; Fr. CS.

The Pegu plant is much smaller, and has the broad flat pod of this spe-

cies and the habit and seeds of S. aculeata, but much fewer leaflets.

Tephrosia, Pers.

Conspectus of Species.

* Flowers in axillary or leaf-opposed racemes, rarely reduced to 2 or a few only.

Leaves unpaired-pinnate, rarely simple,

x Calyx-teeth short, deltoid. (Brissonia, Neck.)

Shrub, silky pubescent ; corolla 3—1 in. long, white; racemes terminal and lateral ;

pod appressed silk-hairy, .......0 csccce arcsec vevees cseseene eres T. candida.

x x Calyx-teeth narrow, cuspidate, as long as the calyx-tube. Annuals

or undershrubs. (Reineria, Moench.)

+ Flowers in racemes.

972 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

O Racemes peduncled, leaf-opposed (and terminal).

Almost glabrous or very thinly appressed silk-hairy ; pods glabrous or nearly so,

.. 1. purpuren.

O O Racemes axillary (and terminal), sometimes reduced.

Apparently similar to the preceding, but racemes short or reduced to a few (2) flowers

OME 5560000 d 9000000 Sonos ancnsoo Dodad0K AGGRADRID aboo DDS 0005 T. paucifiora.

Racemes long-peduncled, many-flowered ; leaves pinnate, leaflets in 3—6 pairs, appress-

ed silvery silk-hairy ; pods glabrescent, ......2. 2-000 c0++ occe ecoees T. tinctoria

Racemes long-peduncled, many-flowered ; leaves pinnate, leaflets in 6—9 pairs, thinly

appressed silk-hairy ; pods densely brownish silk-hairy, ..........2. Hookeriana.

Racemes long-peduncled, few-flowered at the apex; leaves simple, or with a pair of

diminutive basal leaflets; rest as in J. tinctoriad, 1. .sseee serves oes .L. Grahani.

+ + Flowers solitary or by pairs in the leaf-axils.

Silvery silk-hairy ; leaflets in 2—3 pairs; pods appressed silvery pubescent,

..L. senticosa.

* * Flowers solitary or paired in the leaf-axils, very small. Leaves simple. (Mac-

ronyx, Dalz.).

All parts thinly silk-hairy ; leaves lmear; peduncle capillary, ......... 0 ocee Lt COMES

1. TT. canprpa, DC. Prod. IL. 249; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 111. (Kzesera

sericea, Rwdt. in Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 291).

Haz. Chittagong, Martaban and Tenasserim (feste Baker).

2. T. purPpuUREA, Pers. Knch. Il. 329; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 112) m park

(Galega purpurea, Li. sp. pl. 1063 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 386; Galega lan-

ceefolia, Roxb. |. e.).

Haz. Common in grassy lands, in shrubbery, along river- and road-

sides, ete., also in savannahs, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava

down to Tenasserim.—F. RS., Fr. CS.

2. 'T. PAUCIFLORA, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5635 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 114,

Has. Ava, Paghamyo (Wall.)—Unknown to me.

3. ‘T. rIncrorta, Pers. Enchir. II, 329; Wight Icon. t. 388; Hf

Ind. Fl. II. 111. (Galega tinctoria, L. sp. pl. 1063; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIE

386 ; Galega Heyneana, Roxb. 1. ¢. 384).

Var. a. GENUINA, the indument more or less tawny ; leaflets oblong

to elliptically oblong.

Var. #. coccinna, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 112. (2% coccinea, Wall.

Pl. As. rar. t. 60), the indument silvery white ; leaflets short and more or

less obovate, the base usually cuneate.

Has. Var. f. only, Ava, along the banks of the Irawaddi, apparently

common.—Fl. Fr. RS.

4. T. Granamit, Wall. Cat. 5652 (2. tinctoria, var. Grahamit, WA.

leak ib ALL),

Has. Rather frequent in the eng-forests of the Prome District.—Fl.

its 3 ie, GS:

5. T. senticosa, Pers. Syr. II. 380 ; Wight Icon. t. 870 ; Hf. Ind.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 273

Fl. II. 112. (Galega senticosa, L. Amoen III. 19 ; Galega pentaphylla,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 384).

Has. Ava, Yenang-choung (Wall.) feste Baker.

6. T. renuis, Wall. Cat. 5970 ; Hook. in Journ. Bot. II. 35 in adn. ;

te fod. HY. 1. 111,

Has. Ava, Segain, limestone-hills (Wall.).—Fr. Nov.

Millettia, WA.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Notho-Millettia, Miq. Stamens diadelphous (9 + land 7 + 1). Seeds

usually not compressed.—Trees.

Glabrous ; corolla purple, glabrous; stamens 9 + 1; pods coriaceous, the valves very

convex and smooth, ....... 6 00060000I00000000 0000000 9 00000 ... WL. atropurpurea.

Subg. 2. Hu-WMillettia, Bak. Stamens sonadelnteus the 10th vexillary stamen

more or less free at the base only. Seeds much compressed.

* Standard not auricled at the base.

x Trees.

x Valves of pod without prominent ledges or wings on the margins,

flat or slightly convex, glabrous or nearly so.

O Podevalves not rough from warts or lentils.

Young parts and leaves beneath slightly pubescent; corolla glabrous, lilac; pods

appressed puberulous, .... 2.2.00 ceevec cence Lcyarcistarcnostem ine iM, (HO:

Young parts slightly pubescent ; corolla pubeacann ii ; pods Hapione a Brandisiana,

Leaves beneath sparingly appressed grey-hairy ; corolla Hlatieous ; pod obscurely “ grey-

CRMATCMIS™ 15660 00000000 do00000 oy ateianSave decal ree 9 900000 00000 soe eeee LM, CONG.

O O Pod-valves rough from et or lentils, Statens

Young shoots silky pubescent; corolla glabrous, white; pods thick, lenticellate-

IROWIAN Gaaooo GooUt 5 o90006 doD0Dd00 bODKNE Do00000 ce cccccccerscsccee UM. leucantha.

Glabrous ; corolla glabrous, blue ; pod thick, warted, .................. UM. ovalifolia,

x x Walves of pod extended into prominent ledges or wings.

Young shoots slightly pubescent ; leaflets bluntish acuminate ; racemes almost gla-

brous ; corolla steel-blue, glabrous ; pods sharply edged,........«+.+Z. glawcescens.

As preceding, but racemes pubescent; corolla white, glabrous ; pods unknown,

. LM. pubinervis.

Shortly tomentose, especially while young ; leaflets rounded at the apex ; corolla pale

blue, glabrous ; pods with 4 waved marginal wings,................W. tetraptera.

+ + Woody climbers.

x Corolla glabrous. Ovary more or less pubescent. Pod glabrous.

Young shoots and leaves beneath pubescent ; calyx broader than deep ; corolla white ;

pods fleshy coriaceous, torose, .......... go DUODdO CDeCaDOaCOOODOSC MM. pachycarpa.

As preceding, but glabrescent ; flowers much smaller, Flac ; calyx longer than wide ;

pod unknown, ....... 500000 dapnnddD Boocd OD DOnGOD OOCOO OMIA TRAIAN:

ae Garay at least ane standard, velvety or silky pubescent

outside.

Leaves glabrous ; flowers racemose, in terminal panicles; pods torose, tawny vel-

WINS code doco ne oo00c000c0 DUDHOD DODOOd DODO DODO DG OO ND OOdL oG0OS¢ .. W. cinerea.

Leaves appressed silvery or coppery silk- haley beneath ; flowers in lateral racemes ; pods

flat, not torose, brown-velvety, ....scee cesses veees Wypiele oo vie ces clvie eal COMCEE

274 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Leaves glabrous ; flowers in axillary short peduncled racemes ; pods brown velvety,

. LL. coerulea.

* * Standard auricled at the base on both sides of the claw.

x Corolla glabrous.

Young shoots rusty tomentose ; corolla violet ; ovary quite glabrous, ...... I, leiogyna.

x x Corolla, at least the standard, velvety or silky pubescent outside.

O Leaflets blunt or apiculate, rarely shortly acuminate. Branches

brown.

Flowers purple ; racemes elongate, longer than the petiole ; pods glabrous when fully

THD) 4900 99000000 000000 0905 9000 500680 9000000080000000000 0079 002 M.extensa.

Flowers white ; racemes elongate, much longer than the petiole ; pods tawny or brown

HOMMEIMTUROSIS Chern wanern aqui Tay, 555500 0000000 5000 DNDDODGO DOne M. macrophylla.

Flowers rose-coloured ; racemes much shorter than the petiole ; leaflets obtuse; pods

ARTY OL [ROAD WOUNEMUNOSE 56 .06500000 000000 490000 00000000 d000 0006 IM. fruticosa.

O O Leaflets glaucous beneath, long- and caudate-acuminate. Bran-

ches grey.

Low scandent shrub, almost glabrous; flowers,....... 0.50900000000000 o00° I. caudata.

1. M. arropurpurea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249 in adn. ; Hf. Ind.

Fl. II. 108. (Longamia atropurpurea, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 70. t. 78; Pon-

gamie sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 444).

Haz. Rather frequent in the tropical *forests along the eastern and

southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenas-

serim.—Fl. Jan.— March; Fr. May, June.

IM. paniculata, Mig. Fl. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 301, differs only in its

larger and more flattened pods; the seeds in my specimens are not

developed. Miquel ascribes to this species a very abnormal diadelphism,

viz. 7 + 1. MAL sp. No. 1. from Malacea in Hf. Ind. Fl. HH. 110 is

apparently the same. Pongamia glandulosa, Griff. Not. Dicot. 443, from

Mergui, remains doubtful to me, the more so as Griffith says nothing of

the stamens, while he describes 10 hypogynous glands (abortive stamens ?)

surrounding the ovary ; he compares the tree to I. atropurpurea.

2. M. putcura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 69. sub 138

and Pegu Report A. 45; Hf. Ind. FL Il. 104. (Mlundulea pulchra, Bth.

in Pl. Jungh. I. 248 in adn.).

Has. Ava Hills (Griffith). 4

3. M. Branpistana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 18738, 69; Hf.

Ind. FI. II. 108.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.—FI.

March—Apr. ; Fr. Jan. Febr.

Closely allied to the preceding species.

4. M. cana, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 105. (Pongamia cana, Grah.

in Wall. Cat. 5903 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 250 in adn.).

Has. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi at Yenang choung (Wall.).

I do not know what authority Baker has for calling this species a

climber.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 275

5. M. tevoanrua, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 68. (IL

pendula, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 105 ; Pongamia pendula, Grah. in Wall.

Cat. 5902 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 250 in adn., nomen enigmaticum).

Has. Frequent in the dry and open forests, less so in the upper

mixed forests, all over Prome and the Pegu Yomah, up to 2000 ft.

elevation — F]. March, Apr; Fr. Apr., May.

6. M. ovatrroria, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 68, excl.

syn. ¢este Baker ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 107.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of the Prome district, where

it occasionally enters the savannah forests.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

7. M. e@taucescens, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 18738, 67 ; HE.

Ind. Fl. II. 107.

Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests of

the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and of Martaban.—Fl. Apr., May ;

Fr. May, June.

8. M. puBrinervis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1873, 68; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IL. 106.

Has. Martaban, rather rare in the upper mixed forests of Toukye-

ghat, east of Tounghoo.—F 1. Apr.

Very nearly allied to the preceding species, chiefly differing in its

smaller and longer acuminate leaflets, and in the colour of the flowers and

pubescence. The pods are still unknown.

9. M. rerraptera, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 69; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 106.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Prome and Ava.—FI.

Apr.

10. M. pacnycarpa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 250; Hf. Ind. FI. IT.

106.

Haz. Ava, Khakyen Hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Apr.

11. M. monttcona, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 67; Hf.

Ind. FI. II. 106.

Has. Martaban, in the stunted hill- and the pine-forests of the

Nattoung hills, at 6500—7100 ft. elevation.—F 1. March.

N. B. Occurs also at Darjeeling, Sikkim, at 7000 ft. elevation

(S. Gamble).

12. M. crnerea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249 im adn.; HE. Ind. FI.

Il. 106. (Robinia paniculata, Roxb. MS. Icon. XX. t. 151, No. 2543;

Pongamia heterocarpa, Wall. ap. Voigt. Cat. Hort. Cale. 240).

Has. Ava (Wall.) ; Chittagong—Fl. May.

18. M. sericea, WA. Prod. I. 263 in adn.; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 104.

(Pongamia sericea, Vent. Malm. No. 28; DC. Prod. II. 416 ; Dalbergia

angustifolia, Hassk. Pl. Jay. rar. 899, teste Baker).

276 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Haz. Along choungs in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of

Tounghoo.—Fl. May.

14. M. ca@RuieEa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 107.

Has. Upper Tenasserim, at Phanoe (Wall.).—Unknown to me.

15. M. terogyna, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 67 ; Hf.

Ind etal” 109)

Has. Martaban, in an upper mixed forest at Nakawa choung,

Toukyeghat east of Tounghoo.—Fl. Apr.

16. M. exrensa, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 109. (Otosema extensa,

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249 ; Walp. Ann. IV. 580).

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests up to 2000—3000 feet

elevation, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Upper Tenas-

serim.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

A species not clearly distinct from JL macrophylla (Otosema macro-

phylla, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249; Robinia macrophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind,

Jil. 329; MM. auriculata, Baker in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 108), and probably

only an Indo-Chinese form of it.

17. M. rruricosa, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 109. (Otosema fruticosa,

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249; Robinia fruticosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 328).

Has. Pegu (teste Baker).

18. M. cavpatra, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 109. (Ofosema caudata.

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249; Tephrosia urophylla, Wall. ap. Voigt. Hort,

Cale. 216).

Has. Martaban, creeping and twining in the rocky bed of the Touk-

yeghat river, east of Tounghoo.

I have leaf-specimens only. These have the leaflets broader than in

the normal form, but in other respects they perfectly agree with the

Assam plant.

Pongamia, Vent.

1. P. miris, (Robinia mitis, L. sp. pl. 1044 ; P. glabra, Vent. Hort.

Malmais. I. t. 28; Wight Icon. t. 59; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 177 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. II, 240; Galedupa Indica, Lamk. Encycl. Méth. II. 594; Roxb.

Fl. Ind. IIT. 239).

Has. Frequent in the tidal and beach-forests all along the coasts,

from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. Febr.

March ; Fr. RS.

Derris, Lour.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Brachypterum, WA. (Eu-Derris, Bth.). Standard equally tapering

at the base, with or without 2 basal callosities. Stamens monadelphous. Pods nar-

rowly winged along the vexillary suture only.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 204

* Standard without basal callosities.

x Flowers in simple or almost simple racemes.

+ Pods lanceolate, acuminate or acute at both ends.

Erect tree ; leaflets almost acute, mucronate, .......0 veseee cevvee wees ..»»D. robusta,

Hema eng hE sw leatletsemOUCMeds: (eis c7o0 ere s-eje.c 00:00) alslele/sle) siecsie #) +e eleleis sie) D scandens.

+ + Pods oblong or orbicular, with rounded ends. Scandent shrubs.

ull TEI, QS) WAS jock, Sikora, “Gooooo aabboGlUoDUUU cocdcdn vobo og oD UDOT D. uliginosa.

ISSIAy [DUlNaAGeis 5 TOOTS) UINESWCi, 65 oo G0 G000 00000000 v0 D000 00000K0000 . LD. elegans.

x x Flowers racemose, collected into panicles.

Scandent, glabrous ; pods sinuately constricted between the seeds ; corolla 3 in long,

< ..D. sinuata.

* * Standard with 2 basal callosities (Paraderris, Miq.)

Scandent, young shoots densely silk-hairy ; flowers 10 lin. long ; ovary villous, D. elliptica.

Subg. 2. Aganope, Mig. (Dipteroderris, Bth.) Standard equally narrowed at

the base and without callosities. Stamens monadelphous, or the vexillary one free.

Pods more or less distinctly winged at both sutures.

Scandent, glabrous ; lateral nerves beneath very faint, immersed, .......... D. amoena.

1. D. rnosusta, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 104. (Dalbergia

robusta, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 53 ; DC. Prod. II. 417; Wight Icon. t. 244;

Dalbergia Krowee, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 229).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper and lower mixed forests of Pegu ;

Ava ; also Andamans.—FI. Apr.

2. D. scanpEns, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 103 ; Hf. Ind. Fl.

Ii. 240. (Dalbergia scandens, Roxb. Corom. PI. II. t. 192 and Fl. Ind

ILL. 232; Brachypterum scandens, WA. in Wight Icon. t. 275).

Has. Frequent in the tidal and swamp-forests, but also entering the

savannah-forests, of the alluvial lands, all over Burma, from Chittagong,

Prome, and Martaban down to Tenasserim aud the Andamans.—Fl. Jun.

Jul. ; Fr. CS.

3. D. unternosa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 252. and in Linn. Proce. FEV.

Suppl. 107. (Pongamia uliginosa, DC. Prod. II. 416 ; Hook. Bot. Mise. IIT.

301. suppl. t.41 sub P. religiosa and P. triphylla ; Galedupa uliginosa,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 243).

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests and in low littoral lands, from

Arracan down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. March, May; Fr.

RS.

4. D. EvEGANS, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 252 in adn. and in Linn. Proce.

IV. Suppl. 109.

Has. In the swamp-forests of the Irrawadi in Pegu, and along mar-

shy streams in Tenasserim as far south as Mergui.—Fl. Febr. March.

5. D. smnvata, Thw. Ceyl. Pl. 93; Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl.

1138. (D. polyarthra, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 298).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tidal forests and in the beach-jungles of

Pegu and Tenasserim.—F r. Nov. Decb.

278 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

6. D. evurprica, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. IIL (Pongamia

elliptica, Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. 20. t. 287 ; Wight Icon. t. 420 ; Galedupa

elliptica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 242; Pongamia volubilis, Zoll. and Mor.

Syst. Verz. 3; Pongamia Horsfieldii, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 149).

Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran and Moulmein (Wall.).

7. D. amorna, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 252 in adn. and in Linn. Proe.

IV. Suppl. 110.

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein to Mergui.—Fr. March.

Pterocarpus, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Pods about an inch across, almost glabrous (even while young), the stylose point far

above the base; calyx more glabrous,..... 900 950000c g.00600400000007 P. Indicus.

Pods almost 14—2 in. in diameter, when young densely velvety-pubescent, the stylose

point at the basal corner ; calyx rusty pubescent, ...... ..++ eeseee P. macrocarpus.

1. P. Invicus, Willd. sp. pl. IIL. 904 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 238 ; Bedd.

Fl. Sylv. t. 23; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 238. (P. flavus, Lour. Fl. Cochineh. II.

525; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 186; P dalbergioides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 286;

Wight Icon. t. 246).

Has. Frequent in the tropical and the moister upper mixed forests,

from Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans; rare along the

eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. May, Jun. ; Fr. Jul., Aug.

2. P. macrocarrus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 187 ; HE.

Ind. Fl. II. 239.

Has. Frequent in the eng- and the upper mixed forests, from Mar-

taban down to Tenasserim ; very rare in the dry forests of the Prome Dis-

trict.—Fl. Apr. May; Fr. RS.

There are, as the Rev. Dr. Mason remarks (Journ. As. Soe. Beng.

1848, 223 sqq.), two kinds of padouk in Burma, the “padouk nee’’ (red

padouk) and the “ padouk pyoo” (white padouk). I do not know whether

these two varieties correspond to the two species here adopted.

Dalbergia, L.f.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Dalbergaria, Bth. Stamens united into 2 separate sheaths of 5 each.

* Erect trees.

x Pods velvety.

Leaves bluntish acuminate ; panicles lax, puberulous ; flowers purple, ........ D. cana.

x x Pods quite glabrous.

+ Leaflets rather large, apiculate, acute or acuminate.

Leaflets retuse-apiculate ; panicles lax, puberulous ; flowers white or purplish,

..D. purpurea.

Leaflets acute or shortly acuminate; panicles short and compact ; calyx glabrous;

flowers white, ....... A ondeaon00000 000000 s60uGK0 sane0s weceeceee De glomerifiord.

+ + Leaflets blunt or retuse, rather small.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora.’ 279

Panicle rather compact ; pedicels short og very short ; leaves nigrescent, . D. nigrescens.

Panicle lax; pedicels slender; flowers white or purplish outside ; leaves not nigres-

BEET ctavete aleveveiareralcvasis ehecviaie. sia wise e hides nicie aicioiccvalelstelolelelelereleiielselselD se GQ MLCC ULC La

* * Woody climbers. (Leaflets blunt or A

Leaflets 11—13 ; panicles densely pubescent ; bractlets minute,.......+000.D. volubilis.

Leaflets 17—21 ; panicles glabrous ; bractlets small but conspicuous,......D. stipulacea.

Subg. 2. Sissoa, Bth. Stamens united into a single slit sheath.

* Erect trees. Flowers white.

x Bractlets fallen long before expansion of the flowers.

Leaflets 83—7, almost orbicular to obovate, notched or blunt ; all parts glabrous,

. D. latifolia.

Young shoots appressed silky puberulous ; leaflets 7—11, more or less oblong, notched,

Gr NGM, cocboo op00 DoDdadT 0.0000 00000000 00000 D000 KKe 0000 .D. cultrata.

So Bees black, short and broad, deGaiions Te still present

at flowering time.

Leaflets blunt, more or less notched and mucronate, .... ess ceccccsc ss sees. Jliucls

Leaflets acuminate, smaller or more COrIaC€OUS, 6... see cove cece areees sees. WUthe

* * Woody climbers.

x Leaflets in 5—7 pairs ; inflorescence, etc., glabrous.

Flowers blue ; panicle ample, terminal ; leaflets more or less oblong,........D. foliacea.

Flowers white ; panicles small, axillary ; leaflets more or less obovate, D. rubiginosa.

x x Leaflets in 11—41 pairs; inflorescence and young branchlets

rusty pubescent.

Leaflets 1—4 in. long ; panicles or cymes very ee oo ceresccee ese. LD. tamarindifolia.

Leaflets 12 in. long ; panicle ample, ....... oversee D. veluting.

i) Ds CANA, (Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5859 ; Rage in Ghent As. Soe.

Beng. 1873. 70 ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 237.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially along choungs,

all along the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down

to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. March ; Fr. CS.

2. D. purpuREA, Wall. Cat. 5869; Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl.

46 in part only; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 235.

Has. Frequent in all mixed forests from Pegu and Martaban down

to Upper Tenasserim.—F 1. Febr. March; Fr. CS.

3. D. GLOMERIFLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 70; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IT. 236.

Has. Rare in the upper mixed forests of the Yomah in the Prome

District, at 1000—2000 feet elevation —FI. March, Apr.

4. D. nigrescens, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. A. 48 and 5B. 45.

Has. Frequent in the dry forests, especially the mixed ones, of Prome

and Ava.

N. B. Occurs also in Hindustan, where (according to Dr. Brandis) it

is a sacred tree. It is very near allied to the following, and in leaf and

flowerless at the time when D. paniculata is leafless and in full bloom.

5. D. PpantcuLara, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 8. t. 114 and FI. Ind. ITI.

227; Hf. Ind. FI. ITI. 236.

280 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Haz. Rather frequent in the mjxed dry forests of Ava and Prome,

occasionally found also in the drier upper mixed forests of the Pegu

Yomah.—Fl. March ; Fr. May, June.

6. D. votupirtis, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 48. t. 191. and Fl. Ind. TIL

231; Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 235.

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones,

occasionally also in the savannahs, all over Chittagong, Ava, and Martaban

down to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. Apr., May.

7. D. strputacea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 233; Wight Icon. t. 243;

Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 287. (D. ferruginea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 228, teste

Baker).

Has. Common, not only in the mixed and tropical forests, but also

ascending into the drier hill-forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to

Tenasserim, up to 3500 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Jan., Febr. ;

Fr. CS.

8. D. ptatirorra, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 7. t. 113, and Fl. Ind. IL

221; Wight Icon. t. 1156; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 24; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 281.

(D. emarginata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 224; D. Javanica, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat.

I. 182; Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 38).

Haz. Andaman Islands (Roxburgh).

9. D. cuLTRATA, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5861 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 233.

Has. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, especially in the savannah-

and eng-forests, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Upper

Tenasserum.—F 1. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

10. D. etauca, Wall. Cat. 5862. (D. ovata, var. obtusifolia, Bak.

in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 281).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests, from the Pegu

Yomah and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; also Ava.—Fl. Jan.,

Febr.; Fr. March, May.

11. D. ovata, Grab. in Wall. Cat. 5854; Bth. in Linn. Proe. IV.

Suppl. 39 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 281.

Var. a. GENUINA, quite glabrous. ;

Var. 8. PUBERULA, leaflets beneath and panicles puberulous. |

Haz. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests, especially along

chounes, from the Pegu Yomah and the Martaban Hills down to Upper

Tenasserim ; var. 8. Pegu, Irrawaddi district (Dr. Brandis) —Fl. Jan.

Febr. ; Fr. Apr, May.

12. D. Fottacka, Wall. Cat. 5856; Bth. in Linn. Proc. LV. Suppl.

41; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 232.

Haz. Not unfrequent along choungs, in the upper mixed forests of

the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; also Ava.

—Fl. Jan. Febr. ; Fr. CS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 281

13. D. RuBrermNosA, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 9. t. 115 and Pl. Ind. IIT.

231; Ht. Ind. IT. 232.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests around the Kambala

toung, Pegu Yomah, probably on calcareous sandstone.

14. D. ramartnprronra, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 53 and Fl. Ind. III.

233 ; Wight Icon. t. 242; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 234. (Derris pinnata, Lour.

Fl. Coch. 432).

Hab. Not unfrequent in the forests of the Andamans ; also Tenas-

serim.—F]. May, June.

The pods of the Burmese species (=D. rufa and multijuga, Grah.) differ

a good deal from those figured by Roxburgh, and they are much narrower.

The pods of the Assam plant are unknown to me, but Mr. Simons calls

it “a large tree 30 to 40 feet high.”” The matter requires further inquiry.

15. D. venurtya, Bth. in Pl Jungh. J. 255 in adn. and in Linn.

Proc. IV. Suppl. 43 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 233.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests, ascending into the hill-forests

up to 4000 feet elevation, from Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.

—Fl. March.

Drepanocarpus, EH. Mey.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Hu-Drepanocarpus. Stamens united into a single sheath:

x Corolla glabrous. Pods usually 1-seeded. (Selenolobiwm, Bth.)

Leaflets 4 in. long ; calyx a line long, ...D. spinosus.

Leaflets about an in. long ; calyx 14 lin. deep, ..D. monospermus.

x x Corolla pubescent outside. Pods usually 1-seeded. (American.)

Subg. 2. Pongamiopsis. Stamens united into 2 separate sheaths. Corolla glabrous.

Pods 1—3-seeded, moniliform-constricted between the seeds.

Tree; panicles rusty villous; pod-joints smoothish, dimorphous, some flat and thick

coriaceous, others very thick and fleshy, . D. reniformis.

Arboreous climber; panicles almost glabrous; pod-joints flat and thick-coriaceous,

wrinkled-veined, ..D. Cumingti.

1. D. sprvosus, (Dalbergia spinosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 233 ; Hf.

Ind. FI. II. 238)

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests along the coasts from Chittagong

down to Tenasserim.—Fl. May, June; Fr. CS.

This and the following are referred by Bentham to Dalbergia, but the

pods are not winged and the cell-cavity extends from suture to suture.

Strictly speaking the pods of Dalbergia cannot be called winged, for

the broad thin margins of the pod are simply consolidated so as to leave

(as in Péerocarpus) only a central cavity for the seed.

2. D. monospermus, (Dalbergia monosperma, Dalz. in Kew. Journ.

Bot. II. 86; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 132. t. 3. £. D. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 287).

Haz. Tidal forests of Upper Tenasserim (Halconer).—Fl. March.

282 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

3. D. RENIFORMIS, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. A. 49. and B. 45.

(Dalbergia reniformis, Roxb. Fl. Ind.*III. 226; Wight Icon. t. 261; Hf.

Ind. Fl. IL. 238; Dalbergia flecwosa, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5875 ; Bth. in

Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 48).

Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests and around Jakes and marshy

grounds, especially in the alluvial lands, all over Pegu and Martaban down

to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr. March; Fr. Apr.—June.

Curious on account of the joints being dimorphous on the same or

on different pods. They are either normally thick-coriaceous and as flat as

those of the following species, and have the seeds much compressed ; or

they are firmly fleshy and up to half inch thick, in which case the seeds are

larger and scarcely compressed. This latter state is not attributable to the

agency of insects, but seems to be normal deyelopment. The full-grown

foliage so much resembles that of Dep. inundatus, Mart., that I should

experience some difficulty in distinguishing between the two species when

out of flower or fruit.

4. D. Cuminet, (Dalbergia Cumingii, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 255 in

adn. and in Proce. Linu, Soc. IV. Suppl. 32; D. Zollingeriana, Mig. FI,

Ind. Bat. I. 180). m

Haz. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf. 1808.)

My plant is Miquel’s D. Zollingeriana, which Bentham connects

with the Philippine plant.

Cassia, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Fistula, DC. Filaments of the 3 lower stamens very long and arcuate

the others short or imperfect. Pod terete, elongate, indehiscent. Seeds horizontal.

* Racemes slender and elongate, drooping, destitute of bracts. Flowers yellow.

All adult parts glabrous ; calyx very deciduous, velvety ; petals about an inch long, j

.. C. Fistula.

* * Racemes often corymb-like, more or less erect, with persistent bracts. Flowers

pale or intensely pink-coloured. (Longer filaments thickened node-like at

middle).

Leaflets shortly acuminate, on petiolules 1—2 lin. long ; bracts narrowly lanceolate,

.-C. nodosa.

Leaflets retuse or blunt, pubescent, almost sessile ; bracts cordate-ovate,....C. renigera.

Subg. 2. Senna. Perfect anthers 7 or 10, opening by terminal pores or short

slits. Pods opening along one or both sutures. Seeds transverse or oblique.

* Pods usually not elastically opening. Funicle of seed filiform. (Senna genuina.}

x Pods compressed and often flat, sometimes winged. (Chamesenna).

+ Perfect stamens 10 (Psilorhegma).

Leaflets bluntish or rounded, more or less glaucous beneath ; flowers yellow, in corymb-

like racemes ; bracts small, persistent ; pods black, very flat, shortly stalked,

..C. glauca.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 283

+ + Perfect stamens 7. Pods much compressed. Flowers yellow.

O Pods not winged.

t+ Pods straight and acute. Trees or shrubs.

A Stipules none or very deciduous. Trees. Petals

% In. long.

Adult parts glabrous ; bracts small, persistent, obovate with a subulate point longer than

the blade ; leaflets in 6—10 pairs, 14—2 in. long; pods velvety,........ C. Siamed.

All parts pubescent; bracts leafy, broad-ovate, about 4 in. long ; leaflets in 10—20

pairs, 1—1{ in. long; pods glabrous, ........ ...s00- U 0d00 Goovo00e C. Timoriensis.

A. A Stipules large, cordate-semilunate, persistent.

More or less pubescent ; leaflets in 8—10 pairs, }—# in. long ; bracts ovate to obovate

lanceolate, 3—4 lin. long; petals nearly an in. long ; pods shortly and rather thinly

[DUISORRETINNS Goody au exnloneoc us Brinn aes 56000000 00000000 000000 Gh CHT

+ t+ Pods lunate.

Glabrous perennial ; calyx glabrous; petals 3—4 lin. long; pods shortly stalked,

Abo wURE “Sosuou bead cote o00oGOd 5 G00000 0000 00 0000 DODO ODNC covgouus C. obovata.

O O Pods broadly 4-winged. Flowers large, orange-yellow.

Shrubby herb, almost glabrous; leaves abruptly pinnate, the rachis almost winged-

angular; bracts yellow, obovate-oblong, about an in. long, deciduous; pods

HIRO, pooado 060000 0900 6000 godo0dd0 000000 ap 0O000000 oDOo00 o2 12 CO, litte

x x Pods more or less terete to 4-gonous. Seeds transverse, oblique or

rarely parallel with the valves. (Herbs; flowers yellow).

+ Seeds transverse or oblique.

Leaves abruptly 4 pinnate, glabrous, leaflets in 4—12 pairs, acuminate ; calyx glabrous ;

petals about 4 in. long ; ovary glabrous, ...... wt ccccewes vevccree Up OCCIMENTAIS.

+ + Seeds parallel with the valves.

Leaves abruptly pinnate, leaflets in 3—2 pairs, blunt; petals nearly 4 in. long ; ovary

slagiiliy [MOSSE o6o5000 dabca0d 6 pa0000 do0CCO do0d000 6060006 codH0000 C. Tora.

* * Pods opening elastically at both sutures. Funicle very short. Perfect an-

thers 10 or fewer by abortion, opening by slits. Herbs ; flowers yellow, smalt

(Lasiorhegma).

More or less prostrate; leaflets in 8—15 pairs, 24—34 lin. long ; basal gland of rachis

long-stalked ; pedicels 1—2 lin. long, ................. jieevaooeo cous C. pumila.

Erect, branched ; leaflets in 15—30 pairs, 1—38 lin. long ; basal glands of rachis sessile ;

5 pedicels up to 5—# im. long, .. 2. 1... cece wees 9 600000 60000 c0GU Ih MMOS As

1. ©. Fisruna, L. sp. pl. 440; WA. Prod. I. 285 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II.

333; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVII. 514. (Cathartocarpus Fistula, Pers.

Syn. I. 459 ; Wight Icon. t. 269 ; C. rhombifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 334).

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, especially in the savan-

nah and mixed ones, all over Burma and adjacent provinces.—Fl. Apr. ;

Fr. CS.

2. C. noposa, Ham. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 336 ; Wight Icon. t. 410;

Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVII. 517. (Cathartocarpus nodosus, Voigt Hort.

Suburb. Cale. 248.)

Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of Martaban down to Upper

Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Apr. ; Fr. CS.

284 8. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

3. C. REeNIGERA, Wall. Cat. 5307; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVIL.

518 ; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 71.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Prome and Ava; also

Martaban P (Poungloung hills above 2000 feet, Dr. Brandis).—Fl. Apr.

Fr. Nov. )

4. (©. guauca, Lamk. Dict. I. 647; Bth. in Linn, Trans. XXVIL

555. (Senna arborescens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 345; Senna speciosa, Roxb. 1.

ce. 847 ; C. suffruticosa, Koen. in Roth. Noy. sp. pl. 213).

Var. o. GENUINA, all parts more glabrous ; leaflets larger, bluntish or

acute, more glaucous beneath.

Var. 8. K@ntar, (C. fruticosa, Koen. 1. c. ; C. speciosa, Roxb. 1. ¢.).

the young parts more pubescent ; leaflets 3—1 in. oa long, retuse or roun-

ded, less glaucous beneath.

Has. Var. a. not unfrequent in the He forests of Ava and Prome,

especially along the courses of rivers, var. 8. only seen cultivated around

khyoungs, etc., in Pegu.—Fl. Fr. «0.

5. C. Sramea, Lamk. Dict. I. 648; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVITI.

549. (C. florida, Vil. Symb. HI. 57; C. Sumatrana, Roxb. Hort. Beng,

31; DC. Prod. II. 506 ; Senna Sumatrana, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 347). C.

Var. oa. GENUINA, Nees glabrous, the leaflets more elaice beneath ;

a large tree.

Var. 8. PUBERULA, rachis of leaves puberulous, leaflets puberulous

(especially while young) but less glaucescent beneath ; a low rather stunted

tree.

Haz. Var. a. rather frequent in the mixed forests (chiefly the upper

ones) from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ; var. f. restricted to

the forests of Ava and Prome.—Fl. Nov. Jan. ; Fr. March, Apr.

6. (C. Timmormyxsts, DC 2 Prod stk 499" - Mig. El. Inde tbat alesore

Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVII. 550. (C. saellmntre Wall, Cat. 5306 ; ‘Walp.

Rep. I. 827).

Has. Frequent in the mixed and dry forests, but more especially

along choungs in the upper mixed forests, all over Burma, from Ava down

to Tenasserim.—Fl. Sept. Oct.; Fr. CS.

7, ©. aupicuLata, L. sp. pl. 542; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVIE-

547. (Senna auvriculata, Roxb. FI. Ind. Il. 349).

Has. Apparently frequent in the Irrawaddi valley of Ava.—Fl. Sept.

—Febr.

8. C. opovata, Collad. Hist. Cass. 92. t. 15; Bth. in Linn. Trans.

XXVII. 553. (Senna obtusa, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 344; Gnsea obtusa, Roxb.

Hort. Bengh. 31 ; Wight Icon. t. 757).

Haz. Ava, Yenang-choung in the Irrawaddi valley (Wall.).

9. C.atata, L. sp. pl. 541; Wight Icon. t. 253; Bth. in Linn.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 285

Trans. XXVII. 550 ; Griff. Not. Dicot. 448. (Senna alata, Roxb. Fl. Ind.

IT. 349).

Has. Generally cultivated all over Burma, and often springing up

in waste places and poonzohs; apparently wild in Tenasserim.—Fl. Nov,

—Decb. ; Fr. Febr.

10. C. occrmEnTatis, L. sp. pl. 589; Bot. Reg. t. 88; Bth. in Linn.

Trans. XX VII. 5382. (Senna occidentalis, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 348; C. So-

phera, L. sp. pl. 542; Bth. 1. c. ; Senna Sophera, Roxb. 1. ¢. 347).

Has. Common in rubbishy places, along banks of rivers, in fallow

fields and poonzohs, all over Burma and adjacent provinces.—Fl. Fr. ».

hee Lorn le sp: pl. 538; (Bths mime rans, MMVI 535:

(Senna Tora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 840 ; Senna toroides, Roxb. 1. ¢. 341).

Var. a. GLABRA, all parts glabrous or nearly so.

Var. £. PUBESCENS, all parts appressedly (often greyish) pubescent.

Haz. Common, not only in the leaf-shedding forests, but also in

waste places, along river-sides, on neglected culture-land, ete., all over Bur-

ma and the adjacent provinces ; var. f. in similar places in the dry Prome

district.—Fl. Fr. a.

12. ©. pumma, Lamk. Dict. J. 651; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVIL.

570. (Senna prostrata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 352).

Has. Prome district, in the dry forests.—Fl. Fr. Close of RS.

13. C.mimosorpes, L. sp. pl. 543 ; Voge. in Linn. XI. 714; Bth. in

Jinn. Trans. XX VII. 579.

Var. a. Typica, Bth. |. ce. (C. angustissima, Lamk. Dict. I. 650 ;

C. mimosoides, var. Telfairiana, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 5874; Senna sen-

sitiva and WS. tenella, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 353 and 354), leaves almost

sessile, the rachis often marginate ; leaflets only about a line long, very

narrow ; pods nearly glabrous. All parts more or less glabrous.

Var. £. AscHyNomENE, Bth. 1. c. (C. myriophylla, Wall. Cat. 5326 ;

C. mimosoides, B. myriophylla and auricoma, Bth.1l. c.; Senna dimidiata,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 352), leaves on a short pubescent petiole ; leaflets 2—3

lin. long, broader or narrower oblong to linear, the rachis marginate or

not ; pods more copiously appressed pubescent, while young usually pilose

from yellow soft spreading hairs.

Has. Var. a. common amongst long grassin the jungle-pastures and

savannahs, also entering the open and dry forests, all over Burma; var. f.

a shade-loving form in similar localities in Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. R. and

begin. of CS.

286 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Bauhinia, L.

Conspectus of Genera.

* Trees or erect shrubs, without tendrils.

Subg. 1. Pileostigma, Hochst. Stamens 10, all fertile. Style very short or wan-

ting, the stigma peltate. Flowers small.

Calyx valvate, the segments all free ; glabrous trees, «1.16000 .02+++++D. Malabarica,

Calyx spathaceous ; young shoots and underside of leaves pubescent, ....B. racemosa.

Subg. 2. Lu-Bauhinia. Stamens 10, of which 5—9 sterile or reduced to sta-

minodes, very rarely all 10 fertile.

x Calyx spathaceous.

+ Pods sessile or acuminate and barely stalked.

Pods minutely tomentose, ......+6 seeee 6 00000000 0410000 Gb000000 cnanlty WUBIN MUTI

Pods glabrous, ..... 9 00900000000000 090040 000900 9000900000 000000 00000¢ B. polycarpa.

+ + Pods long-stalked.

Fertile stamen one only ; leaves shortly pubescent beneath,...... yO. OUD00C B. monandra.

Fertile stamens 5 ; young shoots puberulous ; leaves glabrous,............B. variegata.

x x Calyx-lobes valvate, reflexed and free to the base, or only slightly

cohering. Pods long-stalked.

+ Pods glabrous. Petals white or purple.

A shrub, the leaves minutely puberulous beneath ; calyx in bud terete, ..B. acuminata.

A tree, the leaves glabrous ; calyx angular in bud, irregularly bursting, ..B. purpurea.

+ + Pods brown-pubescent. Flowers yellow, turning orange-

coloured.

teens Welhveinys eh sane WHR, 50000000 0500 000000 60000000-00000900 doncoDdis HG TiT

* Scandent shrubs, with hook-tendrils.

Subg. 3. Phanera. Lour. Calyx-tube more or less elongate, Calyx-lobes valvate,

all expanding or becoming reflected, rarely the one or other cohering. Style more or

less elongate.

x Ovary and pod glabrous.

O Pod stalked. Flowers racemose, large.

Leaves 2-foliolate, the leaflets free to the base ; bracts or bractlets none,....B. diphylla.

Leaflets united into a 2-cleft leaf; bractlets very large, almost leafy,....B. involucellata.

O O Pod sessile. Flowers rather small, corymbese.

Lobes of the leaves rounded ; pedicels and calyx glabrous, ......... wceee ee De Glaucds

Lobes of the leaves acuminate ; pedicels and calyx appressed silk-hairy, ..B. piperifolia,

x x Ovary, and usually also the pod, villous, pubescent or puberulous.

O Pod and ovary sessile.

+ Adult leaves glabrous, the lobes acuminate to acute and blun-

tish.

Racemes elongate, appressed silk-hairy ; pedicels stout, ...... ......+.B. macrostachya-

Racemes corymb-like contracted, sparingly puberulous ; pedicels slender,....B. ornata.

t+ + Leaves tomentose or pubescent, the lobes rounded. _

All parts brown-tomentose or pubescent ; petals an inch long ; racemes elongate,

. B. Vahilii.

O O Pod and ovary stalled.

Flowers rose-coloured, in corymb-like racemes ; style shorter than the ovary, villous,

ULE une oer ea AT eC OPAC CHT COO anoadd DOCOOO mOOtnG doOnoG pocccCds BURR:

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 287

Flowers yellowish white to yellow, in short racemes ; style elongate, slender,

..B. ferrugined.

Subg. 4. Lasiobema, Korth. Calyx-tube almost none, the lobes tooth-like. Style

very short. Pods 1—2-seeded.

Glabrous or nearly so; ovary and pods glabrous, ....+5 seseee vee SHEN cscersie B. anguina.

1 cial 3 Matapantca, Roxb, Fl. Ind. II. 321; WA. Prod. I. 294.

(Pileostigma Malabaricum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 261, in adn.; Mig. FI. Ind.

Bat. I. 73).

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests, rarely descending into the

lower and the savannah forests, of Pegu; and probably elsewhere.—FI.

Fr. CS.

2. 5B. Racemosa, Lamk. Encycl. Meth. I. 390, non Vhl.; WA. Prod.

I. 295; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 182. (B. parviflora, Vhl. Symb. IIT. 55 ; Roxb.

Fl. Td: Il. 323 ; Prleostigma racemosum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 262, in adu.;

Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 73).

Has. Common in the dry forests of the Prome district ; most pro-

bably also in Ava.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

3. B. Bprachycarpa, Wall. Cat. 5786; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 261 in

adn.

Has. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).

Unknown to me. The brief and incomplete description does not allow

even of a guess as to its affinities.

4. 5B. potycarpa, Wall. Cat. 5785 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 261 in adn.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests, from Pegu and Martaban

down to Upper Tenasserim.—F 1. Apr. May; Fr. CS.

5. B. Monanpra, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 73.

Has. Burma, “Soeh doh” probably in Martaban or Upper Tenasserim

(Brandis).

6. B. variueara, L. sp. pl. 5385 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 319; WA. Prod.

I. 296.—(Phanera variegata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 262 in adn.; Mig. FI.

Ind. Bat. I. 60).

Var. ao. PURPURASCENS, Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 253 (B. variegata,

L. 1. c. ; Roxb. 1. ¢.), the 4 narrower petals purple, the fifth broader one

tinged with cream and red.

Var. 8. canpipA, Voigt 1. ec. (B. candida, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 318, non

Ait.), the 4 narrower petals white or very pale purple, the fifth lower one

somewhat sulphur-coloured in the centre, or purple towards the borders and

yellow in the centre.

Has. Var. £. chiefly, common in the dry forests and ascending into

the upper dry forests of Ava and Prome ; Martaban, in the Yoonzeleen

valley (Parish).—Fl. Febr. March ; Fr. CS.

7. 3B. purpurna, L. sp. pl. 586; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 320—(Phanera

purpurea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. in adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 60).

288 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Var. a. GENUINA, flowers purple.

Var. £8. TRIANDRA (B. triandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 320), flowers

white, often with a yellowish blotch on the lower petal.

Has. Var. a. sometimes planted in Burmese villages, as for example

near Henzadah etc. ; var. 8. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi (Wall. Cat. 5797

L.)—Fl. CS.

8. B. acuminata, L. sp. pl. 586; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 324; WA. Prod.

I. 295 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 74, (B. csopetala, Griff. Not. Dicot. 451).

Has. Frequent in the open forests, especially the eng-forests, all over

Burma.—Fl. March—May ; Fr. CS.

9. B. Etoncata, Korth in Nat. Verh. Bot. 89. t. 24. (Phanera elon-

gata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 262, in adn. ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 61; B. mol-

lissima, Wall. Cat. 5782 ; Phanera velutina, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 262, in

adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 63 ; Bawhinie sp., Griff. Not. Dicot. 451).

Has. Pegu, in the tropical forests above Rangoon (Cleghorn) ;

Tenasserim from Moulmein to Tavoy (Helf. 1872; Wall. etc.)—Fl. Dech.

Jan.

10. B. pipHynia, Symes Trav. to Ava t. 7.—(Phanera diphylla,

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 264, in adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 70).

Haz. Frequent in the dry forests of Ava and Prome.—Fl. RS. ; Fr.

11. B. mvorvcentara, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1S7as We

Haz. Martaban (Dr. Brandis).

12. B. @tauca, Wall. Cat. 5785 (Phanera glauca, Bth. in Pl. Jungh.

265 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. I. 68. t. 2).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, apparently frequent ; also tropical forests above

Rangoon (Cleghorn).—Fl. March, Jan. ; Fr. Febr.

13. B. preerironta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 827. (Phanera glabrifolia,

Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 263, in adn.).

Hap. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 1879 and 1880).

NB. 8B. tvcrpa, Wall. (Phanera lucida, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 262,

in adn. = B. cordifolia, Roxb.).

14. B. macrostacuya, Wall. Cat. 5774.—(B. scandens, Roxb. FI.

Ind. II. 326, non L. ; Wight Icon. t. 264).

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).

15. B. ornata, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 72.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests, along choungs of the eastern

slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. Febr.

16. B. Vanuir, WA. Prod. I. 297. (Phanera Vahlii, Bth. in Pl.

Jungh. 263, in adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 65; Phanera rufa, Bth. in Pl.

Jungh. 263, in adn. ? ; B. racemosa, Vhl. Symb. III. 56. t. 62, non Lamk. ;

Roxb. Fl. Ind, II. 325).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 289

Haz. Tenasserim, near Moulmein (J. Anderson, 1866).

17. B. nosEa. Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 72.

Has. Martaban, in the eng-forests of Kaymapyoo choung (Dr.

Brandis).—Fl. May.

18. B. rerrueinea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 381; Korthin Nat. Verh. Bot.

93. t. 23 (Phanera ferruginea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 262, in adn.; Mig. FI.

Ind. Bat. I. 62; Phanera excelsa, Bl. ap. Migq. |. ¢. ; Phanera albolutea,

Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 285 ; Phanera Griffithiana, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 263,

in adn.).

Has. ‘Tropical forests of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at

2000 to 3000 feet elevation.

19. B. aneurna, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 285 and FI. Ind. II. 728.

—(Lasiobema anguinum, Korth. in Verh. Nat. Gesch. 84; Mig. FI. Ind.

Bat. I. 71; Lasiobema Horsfieldii, Miq. 1. ¢.).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of

Tounghoo ; also Chittagong.— Fl. RS.

Cynometra, L.

Conspectus of Species.

x Racemes short and umbel-like, puberulous.

Leaves and rachis glabrous; leaflets larger, usually in a single pair ; 14—2 in. long,

CLAD Gopeteretederetei ete cared eh eile chevelle lateiislss ole’ acarane. argue/enle eee aRtvateiteierd leneme uegareels C. ramifiora.

Rachis of leaves puberulous, slenderer ; leaflets smaller, usually in 2, very rarely in

SPPAILSPOCS) AOUL TIM PLOMSMIMSTPIG) ves say a) cle siuejelelereie ool a siele oleley C. bijuga.

x x Racemes longer or shorter, bracted.

Pedicels glabrous or puberulous ; leaflets in a single pair,....... 6 ooouacoe C. cauliflora.

1. C. Ramrrrora, L. sp. pl. 547; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 78; Bth. Fl.

Austr. IT. 296.

Has. Rarely planted im villages of Tenasserim.

2. C. Bisuea, Spanoghe in Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 78.

Haz. Frequent in the tidal and the beach-forests along the coasts,

from Arracan down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. Octob. ; Fr. CS.

3. C. cauLiFrnorA, L. sp. pl. 547 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 77?

Has. Burma, planted (according to the Revd. I’. Mason).

Sindora, Liq.

1. §. Stamensis, Teysm. in Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IIT. 86.

(S. Wallichiz, Bth. in Hook. Icon. t. 1017—18).

Has. Adjoining Siamese provinces.—Fl. Begin of RS. ; Fr. HS.

Pahudia, Miq.

Conspectus of Species.

Leaflets in 5 pairs, thin coriaceous, rounded or apiculate, the rachis and petiolules stout ;

Seals aloo GB Iowa, Oe, 55 Gonooo babe GddodN dcdohuDd yodudt oo vreree Ll, Javanica,

290 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Leaflets in 2 pairs, blunt or emarginate, thin chartaceous, glaucescent beneath, the

rachis and petiolules very slender ; sepals 2 lin. long ; pods woody, 3—4 in. long,

very thick and plump, ...... wssvea ceesees PUD UU TERS C0000 D00d46 P. xylocarpa.

1. P. xytocarpa, Kurz MS.

Has. Adjoining provinces of Siam (Teysmann).

P. Hasskarlit, Miq., has also only two pairs of leaflets, but Hasskarl’s

description of Jonesia monopetala (Retzia I. 199), and more especially of

the pod, clearly points to Macrolobiwm.

Afzelia, Sm.

Conspectus of Species.

Inflorescence and calyx puberulous ; pods 4—1 foot long, woody ; leaflets usually blun-

HSN) 5600000 a00000 60000000 660000 000000 0000 0000 4000 av00 000 aNODDGOC A. bijuga.

Inflorescence and calyx glabrous ; pods 8—4 in. long, thin coriaceous ; leaflets notched,

. A. 7etUshe

1. A. Bisuda, A. Gray Unit. Stat. Expl. 467. t. 51; Walp. Ann. TV.

594.—(Macrolobium bijugum, Coleby. in. Linn. Trans. XII. t. ae Sonesta

triandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 220).

Has. Not unfrequent in the coast-forésts and beach-jungles of the

Andamans.—F 1. May, June; Fr. Apr.

2. <A. RETUSA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 73.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tidal forests along the coasts of the

Andaman islands.—Fl. May.

Tamarindus, L

*]. T. Inpica, L. sp. pl. 48; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 215 ; Heyne Arznei

Gew. t. 221; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 82; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 184. (2 offie7-

nalis, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4563).

Haz. Generally cultivated in villages all over Burma, more especially

in the drier parts, but apparently nowhere wild—Fl. HS.; Fr. CS.

Ambherstia, Wall.

1. A. noprnis, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. t. 1 and 2; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.

I. 87 ; Bot. Mag. t. 4453.

Has. Planted around kyouks, chiefly in the southern parts of Bur-

ma; wild along streams in Martaban (Parish) ; Tenasserim.—Fl. Jan.

—Apr.

Saraca, L.

1. S. Inptca, L. Mant. 98; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 83; Bedd. FI. Sylv.

t. 57. (Jonesia Asoca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 218; Bot. Mag. t. 3018 ; Wight

Icon. t. 206 ; Jonesia Zollingeriana, Miq. 1. ¢. 84).

Haz. Wild in the tropical forests of Arracan (Boronga Isiand, at

1000 feet elevation) ; also Tenasserim ; much planted around monasteries all

over the country.—Fl. Octob.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 291

Poinciana, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Calyx greyish velvety ; petals crispate-fimbriate, yellow,.... cesseees sesvreee tl» Clitts

Calyx quite glabrous ; petals very large, waved, usually crimson or orange-crimson,

LP. regia,

*]. P. RE@rA, Boj. in Bot. Mag. t. 2884.

Has. Frequently cultivated in the European stations all over Pegu.

—Fl. H. and RS. ; Fr. R. and CS.

Parkinsonia, L.

*]. P. acuneatTa, L. Hort. Cliff. 157. t. 13; WA. Prod. I. 288 ;

Griff. Not. Dicot. 447.

Has. Frequently planted in Ava and Prome, and in the last-named

district often like wild in woods and neglected lands.—F1. nearly a.

Ceesalpinia, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. I. Cesalpinaria. Albumen none. Pods coriaceous, 2-valved.

Filaments very long and slender, quite glabrous. Erect shrubs or trees,

unarmed.

A glabrous shrub, the branchlets more or less pruimous, ...+0. «essen. OC. pulcherrimd.

Subg. IL. EHu-Cesalpina. Seeds albuminous. Pods various. Fila-

ments as long as, or somewhat longer than, the petals. Usually scandent

shrubs more or less armed with prickles.

A. Valves of pod dry, coriaceous or almost chartaceous.

Trib. 1. Nugaria, DC.—Scandent thorny shrubs, rarely trees. Pods rigidly or

thinly coriaceous, 2-valved or indehiscent, smooth. Seeds compressed or not. Stamens

as long as, or a little longer than, the petals.

* Seeds flat and compressed. Pods 2-valved. Leaflets large.

All OETAS CUE ARV ROWSY 5 oo550000 on000000 nb60 60000000 cad00000 HoDDOn Dodoo0 Co MUI

* * Seeds hardly compressed. Pods 2-valved or indehiscent or nearly so, the

sutures usually thickened. Leaflets smalt.

Small tree ; leaflets unequally oblong, retuse ; pods tardily dehiscing, ......C. sappan.

Scandent shrubs ; leaflets ovate, acute ; pods 2-valved, ..seee seceee sevens Ge Sepiaria.

Trib. 2. Guilandina, L.—Scandent thorny shrubs. Pods coriaceous or thin coria-

ceous, 2-valved, the valves echinate or glandular-hirsute. Seeds not compressed.

Stamens as long as, or somewhat longer than, the petals.

* Pods echinate. Seeds almost globose.

Branchlets etc. more or less brown or tawny-pubescent ; stipules large, cut into large

segments ; bracts at apex spreading or reflexcd, 1... wssveeve eeeeee De Bonducella,

As preceding, but leaves more glabrescent ; stipules none; bracts straight and erect,

..C. Bondhue,

* * Pods glandular-hirsute when fully ripe. Seeds oblong.

All parts more or less glandular-puberulous and prickly, 1.0. vs0e eeevee O. mimosoides.

B. Pods fleshy-coriaceous, torose.

292 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Trib. 3. Cinelidocarpus, Zoll—Thorny scandent shrubs. Pods indehiscent, the

sutures thickened. Seeds not compressed. Stamens as long as, or somewhat longer

than, the petals.

Panicle shortly tomentose and prickly, ...... Sieh, si lesecy wiohe elon’ be x eiskatpew ta esshe C. tortuosa.

Panicle glabrous and unarmed, ......... aitel bi svs\(eie/eleiie o}s\o)\ view! ojvateleie te eV epee C. digyna.

*1. C. PULCHERRIMA, Sw. Obs. 165; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 112.

(Poinciana pulcherrima, L. sp. pl. 554; DC. Prod. II. 484; Roxb. Fl. Ind.

II. 355 ; Bot. Mag. t. 995).

Has. Generally cultivated in villages, especially around monasteries

etc., all over the country.— Fl. Fr. o.

2. C. Nuea, Ait. Hort. Kew III. 32; DC. Prod. II. 481 ; Migq.

Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 108.—(C. paniculata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 364; Wight

Icon. t. 86; Griff. Not. Dicot. 446; C. Chinensis, Roxb. 1. c. 361).

Hap. Rather frequent along the coasts, especially in the beach-

forests, from Arracan down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. May—

Octob. 3

3. C. sappan, L. sp. pl. 544; Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 16; Mig. FI.

Ind. Bat. I. 101.

Has. Frequent in the Tenasserim Provinces ; Pegu, Rangoon (Wall).

—Fl. Aug.

4. CC. sEPraARTA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 360; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 109;

Wight Icon. t. 37.—(Reichardia ? decapetalum, Roth. Nov. Spec. 210;

DC. Prod. II. 484).

Has. Burma (according to the Revd. F. Mason).

5. C. Bonpuuc, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 362. (Gudlandina Bondhuc, L.

sp. pl. 545; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 118).

Has. Not unfrequent in the leaf-shedding forests of Burma, from

Prome and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. RS. ;

Frio.

6. C. mrmosorpes, Lamk. Encyél. Meth. I. 457 and Ill. t. 835. f.

2; WA. Prod. I. 281; Wight Icon. t. 892.—(C. Simora, Ham. in Roxb.

Fl. Ind. 359).

Haz. Frequent in the low forests of the Sittang zone of Pegu,

especially about Tounghoo.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

7. C.vtortuosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 865 ; Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 109.

(CO. acanthobotrya, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Fl. Sum. 108 and 293).

Haz. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 5827. C.).—Fl. Octob.

8. C. piagyna, Roth. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. Berol. 1803. 198. t. 3 ;

WA. Prod. I. 281.—(C. oleosperma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 857; C. gracilis,

Mig. in. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 110).

Has. Frequent along choungs in the open forests, but more so in

shrubberies around villages, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down

to Tenasserim.—Fl. Jul.—Octob. ; Fr. Jan.—Apr.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 293

Pterolobium, R.Br.

1. P. wacroptmrum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 71.

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, from Pegu and Martaban down

to Tenasserim.—Fr. Jan.

Mezoneurum, Desf.

Conspectus of Species.

Leaflets in 10 to 8 pairs, } in long, blunt or retuse,....... 0.000000 CDOG CooOLLL GUMiitii:

Leaflets in 8—4 pairs, 14—2 in. long, bluntish acuminate, ..........06 MM. cucullatum.

1. M. erasrum, Desf. Mém. Mus. IV. 245. t. 10; Mig. Fl. Ind.

Bat. I. 1038.

Var. a. GENUINUM, glabrous or nearly so; leaflets usually alternate.

Var. ££. ENNEAPHYLLUM (JL. enneaphyllum, WA. Prod. I. 283, in

adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 104. t. 2; Cesalpinia enneaphylla, Roxb. FI.

Ind. II. 363), glabrous or the secondary rachises and young shoots slightly

puberulous ; leaflets glabrous or nearly so, usually opposite.

Var. y. PUBESCENS (IZ. pubescens, Desf. in Mém. Mus. IV. 245. t.

2; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 104), the young parts more or less velvety pubes-

cent or puberulous ; leaflets opposite or nearly so, at least beneath more or

less shortly pubescent.

Has. Var. 8. frequent in the lower and upper mixed forests, more

especially around villages and along shrubby banks of rivers, in the Irra-

waddi zone of Pegu ; var. y. not unfrequent in the dry forests of the Prome

district.—Fr. CS.

2. M. cucuttatum, WA. Prod. I. 283. (Cesalpinia cucullata, Roxb.

Fl. Ind. II. 358; AZ macrophyllum, Bl. ap. Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 104).

Has. Frequent in the mixed and the dry forests, all over Burma,

from Ava and Chittagong to Pegu and Martaban.—Fl. Febr. March; Fr.

Nov.

Peltophorum, Vog,

Conspectus of Species.

Pedicels only 2—8 lin. long ; pods with coriaceous Wings, «2 .+0. eee.» LP. ferrugineum.

Pedicels 1—1} in. long ; pods with thin chartaceous Wings, 1.1... wesees P. dasyrachis.

J. P. FeRRUGINEUM, Bth. in FI. Austr. IL. 279. (Cesalpinia ferru-

ginea, Dene. in Nouy. Ann. d. Mus. II. 462 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 111).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the coast-forests, chiefly the beach-forests,

of the Andaman islands.—Fl. May.

Acrocarpus, Wight,

Conspectus of Species.

Flowers dirty purple or brown, small; petals 2 lin. long or somewhat longer ; pods

8—12-seeded, oo re oe ce7eeoe7 oe oe ee Foe e eee cee eree vee e veeveen ccveerd. grandis.

294. S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Flowers green, twice the size ; petals 3 lin. long or longer; pods 17—18-seeded,

. A. frocinifolius-

1. A. FRAXINIFOLIUS, Wight Icon. t. 254; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 44.

Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. Jan.

Febr. ; Fr. Apr. May.

Adenanthera, L.

1. A. pavontna, L. sp. pl. 550; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 370; Wight I.

t. 80; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 46; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 375; Bedd.

Fl. Syly. t. 46.—(Entada arborea, Griff. Not. Dicot. 452; A. Gersenii,

Scheffer in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. 1868. 16 ?).

Var. a. GENUINA, seeds about 4 in. in diameter.

Var. 8. MicRosPpERMA (A. microsperma, T. and B. in Nat. Tydsch.

v. Ned. Ind. XXVII. 58; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 375), seeds half

the size.

Har. Var. £. frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed

forests, all over Burma and the adjacent islands, up to 3000 feet elevation.

Fl. Apr. May ; Fr. CS.

Entada, Adams.

1. E. scanpens, Bth. nm Hook. Journ. Bot. IV. 332 and Linn. Trans.

XXX. 363.—(Mimosa scandens, i. sp. pl. 1501 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 554;

E. Purshaeta, DC. Prod. II. 425; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 45 ; Scheff. in

Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. XXXII. 90. t. 16 and 18 A; Hntada sp., Griit. Not.

Dicot. 452; HL. Rumphii, Scheff. in Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. XXXII. t.

17. and 18. B.).

Has. Frequent in all mixed forests, all over Burma and the adjacent

islands.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

Neptunia, Lour.

1. N. overacea, Lour. Fl. Cochinch. II. 840 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.

50; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 383.—(Desmanthus natans, Willd. sp.

pl. IV. 1044; Griff. Not. Dicot. 453 ; Iimosa natans, Roxb. Corom. PL.

II. t. 119 and Fl. Ind. II. 553; WV. plena, Ldl. Bot. Neg. t. 3, now Bth.).

Haz. Not unfrequent in stagnant waters and swamps of the alluvial

plains of Pegu, Martaban, and Tenasserim.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

Mimosa, L.

1. M. pupica, L. sp. pl. 1501; Bth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. IV. 367 ;.

and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 397 ; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 43.

Has. An introduced weed, but now very common on dry grassy

places, along road-sides, etc., of the more cultivated parts of Pegu, especially

around Rangoon ; also in Martaban, Ava, ete.—Fl. RS, ; Fr. Sept.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 295

Xylia, Bth.

1. X. portasrirormis, Bth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. IV. 417; and in °

Linn. Trans. XXX. 373 ; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 186 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 42.

—(fimosa xylocarpa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 100 and FI. Ind. II. 543).

Has. Common in the mixed and dry forests, all over Burma and the

adjacent provinces, up to 8000 feet elevation.—F Il. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

Parkia, RBr.

Conspectus of Species.

* Calyx-lobes obovate-cuneate.

Leaflets an inch long, pubescent beneath, penninerved ; receptacle regular,..P. insignis.

* * Calyx-lobes short, rotundate (not cuneate-narrowed.)

Leaflets $ in. long, quite glabrous, 1-nerved with a lateral basal nerve; receptacle

HTMES UAT eetatatelcfaia, <icis\e s 5 op000000 0000 6e000K 00 06000000 006600 00 co node Uy MIi

Leaflets 3—+ in. long, very narrow, sparingly rae beneath, 1-nerved without

lateral nerves ; receptacle regular, ........ 00005 9.6000 coDD duCDnC P, Roxburghii.

1. P. mystents, Kurz. in Journ. As. Soe. Bone, 1873, 74; Bth. in

Linn. Trans. XXX. 361.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of

Tounghoo.—Fl. Apr. May.

2. P. LEIOPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 73; Bth. in

Linn. Trans. XXX. 361.

- Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah, especially

along its eastern slopes.—F 1. HS. ? ; Fr. Febr. March.

Acacia, Willd.

Conspectus of Species.

* Trees or erect shrubs, the branchlets armed only with paired diverging stipulary

or infra-stipulary prickles.

x Flowers in spikes.

+ Pod-valves chartaceous, transversely reticulate-veined, the sutures

nerve-like or almost keeled.

Glaucous-green, glabrous; leaflets oblong-linear, blunt, 8—d lin. long; flowers

Weller, <otccn 9000 2000 cannc 000 090000 Oca0G0 DeDOd vneee coceeeee A. ferruUgined.

+ + Pod-valves coriaceous, the margins not or hardly prominent.

Spikes glabrous or pubescent, yellow ; leaves glabrous or slightly pubescent ; bark much

cracked and rough, dark brown,....... oo0000 Oo p60dC ne cevees ceeeee A. Cutechu.

Spikes tomentose, white; leaves while young greyish pubescent; bark rather even

and smooth, white, ..........0. 50000 GOoDUC te were ees we weennne e-An NWMle

x x Flowersin lobular ond yellow.

+ Pods dry-coriaceous, flat, dehiscent.

Bark whitish ; flower-heads arranged in ample terminal panicles, ....... leucophioea,

+ + Pod thick, torose, fleshy-coriaccous, indehiscent.

296 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Glabrous or nearly so ; leaves 13—-3 in. long, leaflets 2—3 lin. long, ..... 4. Harnesiana.

* * Woody climbers, without stipulary spines, but the branchlets armed along thew

whole length with sharp recurved prickles. Flower-heads globular.

x Pods fleshy-coriaceous, often somewhat constricted between the seeds.

Leaflets in 10—20 pairs, up to 4 in. long ; flower-heads small, yellowish,....A. rugata.

x x Pods dry, chartaceous or thin coriaceous, flat.

O Ovary and pods pubescent.

Leaflets in 15—40 pairs, 83—6 lin. long; flower-heads small, white, in panicles,

--A. CHesid.

O O Ovary and pods glabrous.

Leaflets in 8—20 pairs, $ in. long; peduncles tawny tomentose, ....+scseees A. Intsia.

Leaflets in 30—40 pairs, 2—3 lin. long; flower-heads the size of a large pea; panicles

and young branchlets puberulous or tomentose, not pruinous, ........ A. pennata

As preceding, but branchlets and panicles pruinous; leaflets up to 4 in. long; flower-

heads twice the size,...... 00 .90009000 a00000000C dO D0g00g DO0006 A. pruinescens.

1. A. FeRRuGINEA, DC. II. 458 ; Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot.

I. 508. and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 518; WA. Prod. 1.273; Bedd. Fl. Sylv.

t. 51.— (Mimosa ferruginea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 561).

Has. Burma (according to Beddome).

2. A. Catrecuu, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1079; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 9;

Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 519. (Mimosa Catechu, L. £. Suppl. 495 ; Roxb.

Fl. Ind. Il. 563 and Corom. Pl. IL. 40. t. 174).

Var. a. GENUINA (A. catechuoides, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. I.

510; Mimosa catechuoides, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. t. 175 and Fl. Ind. IT.

562), young parts all slightly appressed pubescent but soon glabrescent ;

full-grown leaves glabrous or the leaflets ciliate, the rachis slightly pubes-

cent ; spikes shorter and thicker, like the calyces more or less appressed

pubescent ; corolla about twice the length of the calyx.

Var. £. Sunpra (A. Sundra, DC. Prod. Il. 458; Bth. in Hook.

Lond. Journ. I. 510; Mimosa Sundra, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 225 and

Fl. Ind. Il. 562; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 50), all parts glabrous or the very

young shoots slightly pubescent ; full-grown leaves and rachis quite gla-

brous ; spikes elongate and slender, quite glabrous; corolla glabrous,

about % longer than the glabrous calyx.

Haz. Var. a. common in the dry forests, rarely in the lower mixed

and savannah forests of Ava and Prome, extending into the. Irrawaddi zone

of Pegu; var. B. apparently in Ava.—Fl. Begin of RS; Fr. CS.

3. A. Suma, Buch. m Voigt Hort. Cale. 260; Brand. For. Fl. 187;

Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 519.—(Mimosa Suma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 563 ;

A. Catechu, Bth. in Hook. Lond.; Journ. Bot. I. 510, non Willd. ; Bedd.

Fl. Sylv. t. 49.

Haz. Ava?

4. A. LEUCOPHLOEA, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1063 ; Bth. in Hook. Lond.

Journ. Bot. I. 103 and in Linn. Proc. XXX. 513; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Fiora. 297

9; Brand. For. Fl. t. 27 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 48 (Mimosa leucophloea, Roxb.

Corom. Pl. II. 27. t. 150).

Var. a. GENUINA, flower-heads the size of a pea, the stout peduncles,

and also the pods, shortly tomentose; leaves slightly, the rachis more or

less, pubescent.

Var. £6. MicRocEPHALA (4. mécrocephala, Grah. in Wall. Cat.

5263), flower-heads half the size, the slender peduncles and the inflorescence

puberulous; pods when fully ripe quite glabrous; leaves and their rachis

glabrous.

Has. Var. a. Ava, along the Irrawaddi (Wall. Cat. 5262) ; var.

8. not unfrequent in the dry forests of the Prome district, up to 1000

feet elevation.—Fr. March.

The two varieties here adopted are very likely different species.

*5. A. Farnestana, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1083; Bth. in Hook. Lond.

Journ. Bot. I. 494 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 502; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 52.

(Vachellia Furnesiana, WA. Prod. I. 272 ; Wight Icon. t. 300).

Has. Frequently planted in villages all over Burma, more especially

in Ava and Prome, where it is often found half-spontaneous.—FI. Jan.

6. <A. RugATA, Ham. Wall. Cat. 5251; Bth in Hook. Lond. Journ.

Bot. I. 514; Mimosa rugata, Lamk. Dict. I. 20. (1786). |

Var. a. GENUINA, ovary villous ; softer parts more pubescent.

Var. £. conctnna (4. concinna, DC. Prod. II. 464; Bth in Hook.

Lond. Journ, Bot. I. 514 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 531; Mimosa concinna,

Willd. sp. pl. (1805) IV. 1089 ; Roxb. FJ. Ind. II. 565), ovary glabrous or

nearly so ; all softer parts more glabrous.

Has. Var. £. frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed

forests, all over Burma down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F1]. March,

Apr.; Fr. CS. :

7. A. cmsta, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1090; WA. Prod. I. 278; Bth. in

Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. I. 515 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 530 in part.

(Mimosa caesia, L. sp. pl. 1507, non Roxb. ; Mimosa torta, Roxb. Fl. Ind.

II. 566).

Var. a. GENUINA, leaflets only about 3 lin. long, more rigid, blun-

tish with or without a mucro ; branches terete.

Var. . ELEGANS, leaflets about 3} in. long, bristly acute, less rigid ;

branches 5-angular, retorsely prickly along the corners.

Has. Var. £8. not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern

slopes of the Pegu Yomah and in Martaban.—Fr. CS.

8. <A. Insta, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1091; Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ.

Bot. I. 515; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 11. (Mimosa Intsia, L. sp. pl. 1508;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 565; A. oxyphylla, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5252; Bth. 1. e.

514; Mimosa caesia, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 565 ?).

298 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Chittagong Hills; Ava, Khakyen Hills, east of Bhamo.

9. A. peNNATA, Willd. sp. pl. 1090; Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ.

I. 516, excl. syn. Roxb. and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 531 in part only ; Mig.

Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 12.—(dLimosa pennata, L. sp. pl. 1507 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II.

565 ; A. prensans, Lowe in Bot. Mag. t. 3408).

Var. a. GENUINA, panicles puberulous ; flower-heads the size of a

large pea ; young branchlets shortly puberulous; leaflets glabrous; rachis

glabrous or slightly pubescent ; pods linear-lanceolate, acuminate at both

ends.

2. Var. B. caANESCENS (A. canescens, Grah. in (Wall. Cat. 5256),

panicles and young branchlets tomentose ; leaflets ciliate ; rachis tomentose ;

pods linear-oblong, rounded at both ends, smooth, pale-coloured.

Has. Var. a. common in all leaf-shedding forests, all over Burma

and the adjacent provinces ; var. 8. Ava.—Fr. CS.

The two varieties here adopted offer differences which are rather of

specific value.

10. A. PRUINESCENS, Kurz MS.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the southern Pegu

Yomah ; also Ava, Khakyen Hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).

This species has flower-heads twice the size of those of the preceding ;

and the branchlets, inflorescence, and peduncles are more or less pruinous,

with or without an admixture of tomentum. It is a powerful climber, with

somewhat compressed dark-coloured stems up to 3 feet girth. The tough

reddish bark and fibre are used for poisoning fish.

Albizzia, Durazz.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Hu-Albizzia. Pods straight very flat, the sutures slightly

thickened. Flowers white.

* Pinnae numerous (10—18) ; leaflets linear, 1—6 lin. long, in very numerous

puirs.

x Leaflets bluntish, the nerve central or nearly so.

Leaflets very narrow, glabrous ; flower-heads small, in terminal panicles,

.. A. myriophylla.

x x Leaflets more or less acute, the nerve marginal or nearly so. Trees.

Stipules very large, obliquely ovate, acuminate ; all parts more or less shortly pubes-

cent ; corolla nearly 4 times as long as the calyx, ........... o ceves. A. stipulata.

Stipules none or obsolete ; full-grown parts glabrous or nearly 80,.... ....0 A. elegans.

* * Pinnae in 2—6 pairs ; leaflets ovate to oblong, s—1% in. long, in several

pairs.

x Leaflets sessile.

Flowers small; calyx minute ; corolla 1} lin. long; pods blackish or brownish black,

.. A, odoratissima.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 299

Flowers rather conspicuous ; calyx 13 lin. long’; corolla 4 lin. long; pods yellowish,

..A, Lebbek.

x x Leaflets shortly petioluled. Pinne in 4—3 pairs.

Leaflets blunt or somewhat acute, 4—1 in. long, glaucescent beneath ; pods tapering

ibe uHAScrelUMeATy SUTOOLM LOW, ais s/elsye.ecie)s) cislelet cere sailors selene cot A. procera.

Leaflets very like those of Cassia Fistula, usually emarginate-bluntish, 24—4 in. long ;

pods stalked, oblong, veined, black, ..........0+ Wletetsenne te A. Teysmanni.

* * * Pinnaein a single pair ; leaflets few only, large, acwminate.

Glabrous ; pods broad, very flat,..... 6000005000000 050000 600.4000 6b00 KOKC A. lucida.

Subg. 2. Pithecolobiwm, Mart. Pods twisted circinately or screw-like

or curved. Flowers white.

* Flowers pedicelled, in head-like umbels or racemes. Trees.

+ Branchlets terete.

Leaves with a single pair of pinne ; leaflets in 2—3 pairs, smooth and glossy ; seed-

bearing lobes of pod about an inch long and broad, ....0. ssevseee eves A. SJiringa.

+ + Branchlets sharply angular.

Leaves with about 12 pairs of pinne ; leaflets in 4—8 pairs, while young shortly and

softly pubescent like all younger parts, acuminate, ..... a enscceee A. heterophylla.

* * Flowers sessile, in small heads.

Erect shrub ; leaves with a single pair of pinnew ; leaflets in 4—8 pairs, almost glabrous,

SilamCOUs OMEN, 5054 G00 600000 9000 Go0D0d cond, 400000 00 noG000 A. glomerifiora.

1. A. myrropHyita, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 90 and

in Linn. Trans. XXX. 567.—(Mimosa microphylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 549,

non Willd.).

Has. ‘Tenasserim (Falconer).—Fl. Apr.

2. A. stipuLaTA, Boiv. Encycl. XIX. siécl. II. 83; Bth. in Hook.

Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 92 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 568 ; Miq. Fl. Ind.

Bat. I. 28; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 55.—(Mimosa stipulata, Roxb. Hort. Beng.

40 ; Mimosa stipulacea, Roxb. FI. Ind. Il. 549 ; Mimosa Smithiana, Roxb.

1. e. 550).

Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests,

ascending into the hill-forests up to 4000 feet elevation, from Chittagong

and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. Apr. May ; Fr. CS.

3. A. ELEGANS, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. B. 47.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of

the Pegu Yomah, especially along the feeders of the Swa choung, ete.

Very similar to the preceding, but a much more elegant tree ; flowers

and fruits unknown. I have the very same plant from the island af Banka

(Sumatra).

4. A. oporatisstma, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 88

and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 565.; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 54.—(MWimosa odora-

tissima, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 12. t. 120 and Fl. Ind. II. 546; 4. mieran-

tha, Boiv. Encycl. XIX. siécl. II. 33 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 24).

Has. Frequent in the mixed aad dry forests, all over Prome, Pegu,

and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. HS. ; Fr. CS.

300 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

5. A. Lesser, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 87 and in Linn.

Trans. XXX. 562 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 53 ?—(Mimosa Lebbek, L. sp. pl.

1503 ; Mimosa Strissa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 544; A. latifolia, Boiv. Encyel.

XIX. siécl. II. 33; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 22; Mimosa speciosa. Jacq.

Icon. rar. 1, 19. t. 198).

Haz. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests, from

Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans ; a pubescent

variety rare along choungs in the Prome district.—Fl. Apr. May; Fr. CS,

6. A. PRocERA, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 89 and in

Linn. Trans. XXX. 564; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 21; Brand. For. FI. 6. 26.

(Mimosa procera, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 12. t. 121 and Fl. Ind. II. 548;

Mimosa elata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 546). .

Has. Frequent in the mixed and the dry forests, entering also the

tidal savannahs, all over Prome, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.

—Fl. May, June; Fr. CS.

7. A. Trysmannt, Kurz MS.

Haz. Adjoining Siamese province of Radbooree.—Fr. HS. (ton-sak

of the Siamese).

8. <A. tucma, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 86 and in Linn.

Trans. XXX. 560; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 18.—(Mimosa lucida, Roxb. FI.

Ind. IT. 544).

Has. Common in the dry forests of Ava and Prome ; rather rare in

the lower mixed forests of Pegu.—Fl. Apr. ; Fr. CS.

9. A. Jrrinca (Mimosa Jiringa, Jack. in Mal. Mise. I. 14; Mimosa

Djiringa and Keringa, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 40; and Fl. Ind. If. 543 ;

Pithecolobium lobatum, Bth. in. Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 208 and in

Linn. Trans. XXX. 575; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 38).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests, and along choungs in

the moister upper mixed forests, of the Pegu Yomah ; and from Martaban

down to Tenasserim; also much planted in villages.—FI. Apr. May ; Fr.

March. Apr.

10. A. HETEROPHYLLA (Mimosa heterophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II.

545; Pithecolobium angulatum, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III.

208 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 580; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 34; Pzthecolo-

bium acutangulum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 282).

Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests, also in the pine-forests, from

the Martaban Hills down to Tenasserim, at 4000 to 6000 feet elevation.

—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. Apr. May.

11. A. GLOMERIFLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 74; Bth.

in Linn. Trans. XXX. 560.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban Hills,

east of Tonnghoo, at 4000 to 7000 feet elevation.—Fl. March.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 301

Inga, Willd.

*], I. puncts, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1005 ; Wight. Icon. t. 198. (Ahimosa

dulcis, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 67. t. 99 and Fl. Ind. II. 556; Pithecolobium

dulce, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 199 and in Linn. Trans. XXX.

572; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 40, Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 188; Albczeza dulcis, F.

Muell.).

Has. Only planted in the larger stations where Europeans reside.—F.

es. ; Er. HS.

ROSACEA.

Conspectus of Genera.

A. Carpels solitary or united into a solid 2- or more-celled ovary. Fruit

indehiscent.

* Ovary superior. Fruit a drupe. Calyx or its lobes usually

deciduous.

Trib. 1. Chrysobalanee. Flowers usually irregular. Style basilar. Ovules 2,

ascending. MRadicle inferior.

Parinarium.—Petals 5 or 4. Stamens perigynous; filaments filiform; anthers small.

Ovary and drupe 2-celled.

Trib. 2. Prunee. Flowers regular. Style almost terminal. Ovules 2, suspended.

Radicle superior.

Prunus.—Calyx 5-lobed. Petals 5, usually conspicuous. Drupe with a bony putamen,

straight.

Pycrum.—Calyx 5—15-toothed. Petals 5—10, minute or none. Drupe often trans-

versely didymous, coriaceous.

* * Ovary inferior. Fruit an apple or a 1—5-pyrenous drupe.

Trib. 3. Pomee.*—Ovary-cells 1—5, with 2 ovules in each cell. Leaves simple to

lobed and pinnate. Flowers regular.

Pirus.—Calyx-limb deciduous or persistent. Ovary and apple 2—5-celled, the endo-

carp often cartilaginous. Leaf-shedding trees or shrubs.

Errosorrya.—Calyx-limb persistent. Ovary and berry 1—5-celled, the endocarp

and septa thin. Evergreen trees.

B. Carpels usually numerous, rarely few, connate or more usually distinct

and inserted on a torus or enclosed in the calyx-tube. Fruit-carpels

indehiscent, or rarely dehiscent (in Spireae, etc.)

* Carpels distinct, within the persistent calyx-tube, which forms a

compound spuriously inferior fruit.

Trib. 4. Rosacee.—Calyx without bractlets. Petals usually 5. Carpels many,

1-ovuled. Achenes dry, enclosed in the fleshy calyx-tube.

Rosa.—Shrubs, often prickly, with unpaired pinnate leaves and showy flowers.

* * Carpels distinct, on a conspicuous torus, when ripe forming a

superior compound dry or sappy fruit.

Trib. 5. Rubee.—Stamens and carpels numerous. Ovules 2, suspended. Calyx

without bractlets.—Shrubs or undershrubs, often prickly, with compound, rarely simple,

leaves.

* Decaisne’s treatise on this group has not yet reached me.

302 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Rusus.—Characters of the Tribe.

Trib. 6. Potentiilee.—Stamens and carpels 4 or more, the latter with a solitary

ovule ; style usually ventral, marcescent or caducous. Calyx usually with bractlets.

Unarmed herbs or undershrubs, with compound or simple leaves.

Fracaria.—Calyx with 5 bractlets. Stamens numerous. Ripe carpels crustaceous,

seated on a fleshy sappy torus ; styles ventral. Herbs with 3-foliolate leaves.

Portentitta.—Calyx with 4 or 5 bractlets; torus in fruit dry, rest as in preceding.

Herbs or undershrubs with variously compound leaves.

Parinarium, Juss.

1. P. Sumarranum, Bth. in FI. Nigrit. 334; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat.

I. 1. 353.—(Pterocarya Sumatrana, W. Jack in Maccl. Cale. Journ,

IV. 165).

Has. Burma, without locality, probably Upper Tenasserim (Bran-

dis) ; frequent in the adjoining provinces of Siam, where the fruit is called

‘makloke.’

Prunus, L.

Conspectus of Species.

* Leaf-shedding trees or shrubs. Flowers appearing before or

along with the young foliage. Vernation of leaves conduplicate

or convolute.

Subg. 1. -Amygdalus, L.—(Armeniaca, Juss.) Flowers solitary or clustered.

Drupes densely velvety or tomentose.

Leaves narrow, 2-glandular at the base; stone wrinkled, .........+.++ see+Le Persicd.

Subg. 2. Prunus.—¥F lowers solitary, fascicled or racemose.. Drupes glabrous.

* Drupes usually pruinous. Vernation of leaves convolute.

Glabrous ; flowers rather small, usually by threes; petals 3 in. long; calyx-tube 1—14

lin. long, lobes usually somewhat longer,........ 00 .e.e00 ceeee 9 g0000¢ P. triflora.

Almost glabrous ; flowers rather large, by 2 or 3 from bracted buds; petals nearly 4

in. long; calyx-tube 3% lin. long, the lobes nearly as long,.......... P. Puddum.

* * Drupes smooth, not pruinous. Vernation of leaves conduplicate. (Cerasus,

Juss).

* * Hvergreen trees. Flowers racemose. (Pygeopsis).

Drupes an in. long ; lateral nerves very faint or almost obsolete, ......P. Martabanica.

Drupes 3 in. long ; lateral nerves thin but prominent, anastomosing along the margins,

. LP. Javanica.

*1. P. Persica, Brand. For. Fl. 191. (Persica vulgaris, Mill. Dict.

No. 1; DC. Prod. II. 581; Spach Suit. t. 5; Boiss. Fl. Orient. I]. 640;

Amygdalus Persica, lu. sp. pl. 677; Heyne Arzney Gew. IV. t. 38 ; Bot.

Reg. t. 1586 ; Journ. Hort. Soc. Lond. III. t. 3138 ; Houtte Fl. d. serr. X.

t. 969. XIII. t. 1299. 1800 and 1319; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 500).

Has. Much cultivated in Ava, as for example in the Khakyen Hills

and about Bhamo.—Fl. Febr. March; Fr. June, July.

2. P. rrrriora, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 38 and FI. Ind. II. 501, “ trifolia”

errore typogr.—(Cerasus triftora. Lindl. in Wall. Cat. 720).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 303

Has. Ava, Khakhyen Hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Octob., Nov.

NB. There isaleaf-specimen of another Prunus from the Khakhyen

hills in HBC. which differs from P. pseudo-cerasus, Ldl., only very slightly

in the smaller size and in the serrature of its leaves.

3. P. Puppum, Roxb. ap. Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 200 (Cerasus

Puddum, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. t. 146; DC. Prod. II. 5387; P. sylvatica,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 501).

Has. Ava, Khakyen Hills.

4. P. Marrapanica, Kurz in And. Rep. ed. 2. 37. (Cerasus Marta-

banica, Wall. Cat. 4902).

Haz. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans ;

Tenasserim.—Fr. May.

Pygeum, Gertn.

Conspectus of Species.

* Ovary tawny villous.

Leaves beneath more or less tawny villous, ...... 00 ve ccceee cece voccveeele ALOFEUM.

* * Ovary glabrous or sparingly hirsute.

Glabrous; nerves and veins conspicuous and deeply immersed so as to render the sur-

face of the leaves almost wrinkled, ...... ...c05 seceence seenves . LP. acuminatum.

Young branchlets, petioles, and nerves beneath pubescent ; nerves and veins thin, little

WHMIS, nogsoooagbon dounooog Hono GbOse Odbd5o Goo, conado sod. maos P. persimile.

1. P. arsorEuM, Endl. Gen. plant. 1250 in part. (P. parviflorum,

T. and B. in Nat. Tydsch. Neerl. Ind. II. 309 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 361 ;

Polydontia arborea, Bl. Bydr. 1105 in part).

Has. Tenasserim (Helfer 2053); Taipo mountains, at 4000 feet

elevation (Dr. Brandis).

2. P. acumryatum, Colebr. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XII. 360. t. 18, non

Wight Icon. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat, 1/1. 162).

Has. Chittagong (Hf. and T. Th.).

3. P prERstmite, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 806.

Haz. Tenasserim (Helfer 2056).

Allied to P. latifoliwm ; general appearance exactly that of P. Zam-

pongum, Miq.

The genus Pygeum is so closely allied to the section Pygeopsis of

Prunus with evergreen foliage as to make it difficult to keep it distinct.

' Indeed, Pygewm and Pygeopsis, combined, stand pretty much in the same

relation to Prunus as Hriobotrya does to Purus.

Pirus, L.

Conspectus of Species.

* Flowers usually by pairs from the axils of the leaves, or spuriously racemose

from the non-developement of young foliage. Ovary-cells many-ovuled. (Cy-

donia, Tourn.)

304 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Young parts, pedicels, and calyx densely white-woolly ; petals an inch long ; fruits pear-

shaped, 1—1} in. long, crowned by the calyx-limb, ........++ «+s coceel. Inmica.

* * Flowers corymbose or panicled at the end of the branchlets or in the axils of

the upper leaves. Ovary-cells 2-ovuled.

Flowers corymbose, on slender pedicels 1—2 in. long; fruits globose, the size of a

LOUIS, do 000.900 000005060000 00000000 ox00 0000 00000000 DN0D dG0000 HuKS P. Pashia

Flowers panicled, very shortly and statis: pedicelled ; fruits as in ae

.P. granulosa.

J. P. Inprea, Roxb. Fl. Ind: I. 511; Wall) Pl. Asi rar aaeeealiee

(Cydonia Indica, Spach Hist. nat. veg. II. 158; Wenzig in Linnea 1874.

12)

Has, Ava. Taong dong (Wall). ; Ponsee, Khakhyen Hills (J. Ander-

son).—Fl. March ; Fr. Sept.

2. P. Pasuta, Don. Fl. Nep. 236; Wenzig in Linn. 1874. 48. (P.

variolosa, Wall. Cat. 680; G. Don. Dichlam. Pl. II. 622).

Haz. Ava, Khakhyen Hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl.

March ; Fr. Aug.

3. P. e@ranutosa, Bertol. in. Mem. d’Accad. d. se. d. istit. d. Bolog-

na Ser. 2. IV. 10. t. 3. sub nom. P. granulata.—(P. Karensiwm, Kurz in

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 306).

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests, especially the stunted

ones, of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at about 7000 feet elevation.

Fr. March. Apr.

Eriobotrya, Ldl.

(Photinia, Ldl.)

Conspectus of Species.

x Leaves entire.

Calyx and panicle puberulous ; berries the size of a pea, sssseeveee cece L. ntegrifolia.

Quite glabrous ; fruit an apple of the size of a bullet, ........... o eee. Ly. MACOCAr pa.

x x Leaves coarsely crenate, at least towards the apex ; inflorescence rusty

or tawny woolly-tomentose.

Leaves glabrous ; calyx about a line long,........... SONIC OUIOHOOOCNG ssa e a7

Leaves woolly-tomentose beneath ; calyx 3—4 lin. long, .......... cesar LE. Japonica.

1. E. wreeriroria (Photima mtegrifolia, Ldl. in Trans. Linn. Soe

XIII. 103; Bot. Reg. t. 1956 ; DC. Prod. II. 631; Wenzig in Linn. 1874, -

88; Photinia Notoniana, WA. Prod. I. 3802; Wight Icon. t. 991 and

Spicil Neilgh. t. 64, Ilustr. Ind. pl. t. 86; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 192. ; Photinia

eugenifolia, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1956).

Haz. Frequent in the stunted forests of the Nattoung mountains in

Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at an elevation above 7000 feet.—Fr. March,

Apr.

2. HE. macrocarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 306.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 805

Has. Rare in the tropical forests on the Kambala toung of the Pegu

Yomah, at about 2000 feet elevation—Fr. March, Apr.

The fruits look more like apples, but the tree is evergreen. The

very same tree occurs also in the outer hills of the Sikkim Himalaya.

3. E. pusta (Photinia dubia, Lindl. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII. 104.

t. 10; DC. Prod. II. 631; Wenzig in Linn. 1874. 94; Mespilus Bengalen-

sis, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 510; Photinia Bengalensis, Wall. ap. Voigt Hort.

Cale. 198 excl. syn. Ldl.).

Has. Frequent in the damp hill-forests of the Martaban Hills, east

of Tounghoo, at 6000 to 7000 feet elevation; Ava Hills, east of Bhamo

(J. Anderson) ; Chittagong (Roxb.).—Fl. March.

*4. EK. Japonica, Lindl. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII. 103; WA.

Prod. I. 302; Wight Icon. t. 226; Sieb. and Zuce. Fl. Jap. I. 182. t. 97 ;

Wenzig in Linn. 1874. 97.—(Mespilus Japonica Thbg. Fl. Jap. 205 ;

Vent. Jard. Malm. I. t. 19; Bot. Reg. t. 365; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 510).

Has. The ‘loquat’ is but rarely cultivated in the larger towns of

Pegu, such as Rangoon.

Rosa, L.

Conspectus of Species.

Sect. 1. Systyle. Styles connate into a column. Flowers in corymbs.

Flowers small, pink ; calyx glabrous or pubescent, the lobes short and entire; leaflets

small, pubescent beneath ; stipules pinnatifid, ....... 0 5000 0OCKO cook. multiflora.

Flowers large, white; calyx glandular-tomentose, one or more of the lobes usually

lobed ; leaflets glabrous ; stipules entire, ........ oe toes cece soon see ette MOSChALM.

Sect. 2. Eleuterostyle.—Styles all free.

* Calyz-throat pervious and not closed by the disk.

Flowers large, usually corymbose; calyx glabrous or sparingly glandular; leaflets

glabrous, glaucous beneath ; carpels about 40 to 50, 1... sees eeceseree ssh» Indica.

As preceding, but leaves solitary ; carpels abont 15, .......... eeseveee hs damascena.

Leaflets small ; flowers solitary ; calyx-tube and the globular fruits densely echinate,

. 2. microphylla.

* * Calyz-throat completely closed by the disk.

Calyx, younger branchlets, and the globular fruits densely tomentose ; flowers white,

- Le. tnvolucrata.

Leaflets wrinkled, opaque ; calyx and peduncles hispid, ......+..0.sss00 Lh. rubiginosa.

1. RK. ryvotucrata, Roxb. ap. Lind]. Monogr. Ros. 8; Roxb. Fl. -

Ind. II. 518 ; DC. Prod. IT. 602 ; Bot. Reg. t. 739; Wight Icon. t. 234.

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi plains from Mandalay northwards, in savan-

nahs.—F 1. Jan. Febr.

NB. Several species of roses (especially 2. Indica and R. damascena)

are found planted, around khyoungs chiefly, in almost every one of the larger

villages of Pegu.

306 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Rubus, L.

Oonspectus of Species.

* Carpels few, only 3—6. Leaves simple.

Petioles very short ; flowers in large terminal panicles, sscevsce coves ssessess Les PYTfOlUS.

* * Carpels numerous, forming a sort of sappy berry.

x Leaves entire or lobed.

+ All softer parts and the uuderside of the lobed leaves covered

with a dense tomentum usually intermixed with longer

hairs. Calyx-lobes entire.

Bracts and stipules entire or subulate-toothed, sometimes very deeply so and im this case the

L023 SWF 00000 n0c000 gou000 Coos Jo Soo00N0C 5 doDLCOODDGTO OUDCO" KR. rugosus.

Bracts and stipules pinnately cut, the segments long, thin, and often filiform,..R. Moluccanus.

+ + All parts, except the inflorescence, without tomentum, rather

glabrous or pubescent.

Calyx-lobes pectinate-toothed, cs.» veve seer seve vevee t ccccccee wrne cece sesenn Ls fOF0Ln

x x Leaves digitately 3—5-foliolate.

Branehlets almost terete ; leaflets green, shortly puberulous ; stipules and bracts linear, entire,

shortly glandular-pubescent ; flowers White, wserecvesserveee coos sees Lt. PEntagonus.

Branchlets terete; leaflets glabrous or pubescent; stipules and bracts usually cut into

1—2 linear segments, glabrous or only very sparingly and shortly glandular-

hairy ; flowers red,.....+- 6 0009 00000000 0900 bb0000 dud 0000 aod da0e Lf. alpestris.

x x x Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate or unpaired-pinnate.

O Fruits tomentose.

Leaves unpaired pinnate, the leaflets beneath white or yellowish tomentose; flowers

THEMED, 50 600000 000000000000000000 00000000000000 900000 cC0D BOOS R. lasiocarpus.

O O Fruits glabrous.

Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate, the leaflets white or yellowish tomentose beneath ; petals

WANE, Hd00 GO00 6000000000 000000400000 040000000 6.0000 0000 Da0000 osc R. flavus.

Leaves unpaired-pinnate, uniformly green ; petals white, ...........60. LR. rosaefolius.

1. R. pyrirorius, Sm. Icon. Ined. fase. III. 61; DC. Prod. II,

567 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat I/1. 384. (2. hewagynus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 516;

WA. Prod. I. 299 ; R. Indicus, Lesch. in DC. Prod. II. 568).

Haz. Hills of Ava.—Fl. March.

2. R. Motvccanus, L. sp. pl. 707 ; DC. Prod. II. 566 ; Mig. Fl. Ind.

T/l. 882; Bth. Fl. Austr. II. 489.—(2. Moluccus latifolius, Rumph.

Herb. Amb. V. 78. t. 47. f. 2.)

VaR. a. GENUINUS, leaves beneath clothed with a short tomentum

intermixed with a few longer hairs only, the basal lobes usually diverging ;

calyx velvety and at the same time densely tawny and appressedly hirsute,

the lobes acuminate.

Var. £. atcEmfrotius (&. alceefolius, Poir. Encycl. Suppl. V1.

247; DC. Prod. II. 567 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1 379), leaves softly pubes-

cent beneath, the basal lobes usually much converging ; calyx densely tawny

or yellowish appressed hirsute, the lobes acuminate.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 307

? Var. y. ABNORMALIS, stems covered with spreading tawny hairs ;

leaves of var. a. ; calyx shortly and densely greyish or whitish tomentose

without any admixture of longer hairs, the lobes acute or almost blunt.

Has. Var. a., often passing into @., frequent on the Martaban Hills,

as well in the drier hill-forests as in hill-toungyas and deserted cultivated

lands, from 2500 to 7000 feet elevation ; var. y. Burma probably Ava

(Griff. 2147).—Fl. Febr. March.

8. R. FERox, Wall. Cat. 724; Focke in Abhandl. Nat. Ver. Bremen

IV. 196. (2. Moluccanus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 518 et ejusd. Icon. MS. IX.

t. 32. f. 1858).

Haz. Burma, probably Ava (Griff. 2145).

4. R. pentagonus, Wall. Cat. 731; Focke in Abh. Nat. Ver. Brem.

TV. 192).

Has. Not uncommon in the damp hill-forests along hill-streams, on

the Nattoung mountain, east of Tounghoo, at 6000—7000 feet eleva-

tion.— Fl. March.

I formerly combined #. alpestris and this species, but Mr. O. Kuntze

of Leipzic, who revised the species of Rubus in HBC., has pointed out to

me the differences between the two.

5. R. LAstocaRPus, Sm. in Rees. Cycl. XXX. ; DC. Prod. IT. 558;

WA. Prod. I. 699 ; Wight Icon. t. 232. (#. albescens and R. racemosus,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 519; &. Mysorensis, Heyne in Roth Nov. sp. 235 ; DC.

l.c. 557 ; BR. Horsfieldii, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 375. t. 7).

Haz. Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson) ; Karenee country

(O’Riley).

6. R. Fuavus, Ham. ap. Don. Prod. Nep. 234; DC. Prod. IT. 559.

—(R. Gowreephul, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 517; WA. Prod. I. 298; Wight

Icon. t. 231).

Haz. Hills of Ava, Taong dong (Wall.) ; Kakhyen Hills (J. Ander-

son) ; Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo (Rev. F. Mason).—Fl. Febr.

March.

7. KR. Ros#roxttus, Sm. Icon. in ed. III. 60. t. 60; DC. Prod. II.

556 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 375; Bot. Mag. t. 1788 ec. fl. plen.; Hook.

Icon. Pl. t. 349; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 158; Bth. Fl. Austr. I]. 431. (2.

rosaeflorus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 519).

Var. o. ASPER (f. asper, Don. Prod. Nep. 284) , stem, branches, and

petioles more prickly and covered with long stiff blackish gland-hairs ;

calyx and peduncle tomentose-pubescent, with long spreading gland-bristles ;

leaves more or less appressed hairy ; flowers usually in poor corymbs.

Var. £. GLABRIUSCULUS, stems, branches, and petioles glabrous or

with few short gland-hairs only ; peduncles and pedicels usually shortly

glandular-pubescent, rarely almost glabrous ; calyx glabrous or sprinkled

308 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

with few short gland-hairs, velvety-tomentose inside ; leaves more glabrous ;

flowers much larger, usually solitary on leaf-opposed long pedicels.

Has. Var. a. Rather frequent in the hill-forests of Martaban, at

3000—4000 feet elevation, freely springing up in hill-toungyas; var. B.

Ava Hills, especially those east of Bhamo.—Fl. Apr.

The above two forms are probably better treated as separate species,

The branches are more or less terete or angular.

Fragaria, L.

1. F. Inprca, Andr. Bot. Rep. t. 475 ; Bot. Reg. t. 61; DC. Prod.

II. 571; WA. Prod. I. 800; Wight Icon. t. 989. (Fragaria Malayana,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 520 ; Duchesnea fragarioides, Sm. in Trans. Linn. Soe.

X. 373 ; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 372).

Has. Ava, Bhamo and Tapeng valley (J. Anderson) ; Chittagong,

Comilla (C. B. Clarke).—FIl. Fr. Febr. March.

Potentilla, L.

1. P. Kierrana, WA. Prod. I. 300; Wight Ill. t. 85. (Duchesnea

Sundaica, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2. 372. t. 6).

Haz. Ava, Khakyen Hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. March.

SAXIFRAGEH AE.

Conspectus of Genera.

Trib. 1. Saxifragee.—Herbs, often scapigerous. Leaves alternate. Stipules none.

Flowers 5-merous. Ovary 1—3-celled.

AstitpeE.—Petals 5 or none. Stamens 8 or 10. Carpels nearly free. Herbs with

ternatisect leaves. Flowers panicled.

Trib, 2. Hydrangee.—Trees or shrubs. Leaves opposite. Stipules none. Petals

often valvate. Stamens usually epigynous. Ovary usually 3—6-celled.

Dicuroa.—Petals 5 or 6, valvate. Styles 3—4, club-shaped. Fruit a berry.

Trib. 3. Escalloniee.—Trees or shrubs. Leaves alternate. Stipules none. Sta-

mens usually as many as petals.

Irza.—Ovary half-superior, 2-celled. Style separable into two. Capsule superior,

2-beaked.

Potyosma.—Ovary inferior, 1-celled. Style simple. Fruit a 1-seeded berry.

Polyosma, Bl.

1. P. Watticuit, Benn. Pl. Jay. rar. 196; Hf. and Th. in Linn.

Proc: VTi

Has. Tropical forests of the Andamans, not rare.—FI. RS.

Very near to P. ilicifolia, Bl., but the flowers are smaller and the fruits

different.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 309

CRASSULACEH A.

Conspectus of Genera.

BryopuyiiumM.—Calyx large, inflated, shortly 4-cleft.

Karancuor.—Calyx 4-parted.

Bryophyllum, Salisb.

1. B. prynatum (Kalanchoe pinnata, Pers. Ench. I. 446; Miq. FI.

Ind. Bat. I/1. 728; B. calycinum, Salish. Parad. Lond. t. 3; DC. Prod.

III. 396; WA. Prod. I. 360; Wight. Ill. Ind. Bot. Suppl. 55. t. 31 ; Bot.

Mag. t. 1409; Ootyledon pinnata, Lam. Encycl. Meth. II. 141 (1786) ;

Cotyledon rhizophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 456; Oolydedon calycina, Roth

Nov. sp. 217).

Has. Frequent in rubbishy or waste places, ruins, etc., chiefly around

villages, all over Burma and the adjacent provinces. Fl. Jan. Febr.

Kalanchoe, Adans.

Conspectus of Species.

x Panicles glandular-puberulous.

Leaves pinnatifid, the lobes flattened, lobed or cut, seers ssrvvvcereeres K. laciniata.

x x Panicles quite glabrous.

Leaves simple or pinnately 3-foliolate, crenate, .....0 ss. seeeeeese eK. acutifiora.

Leaves pedately 3-pinnatisect, the segments almost terete, sees Aesop K. teretifolia.

1. K. racrntata, DC. Pl. grass. t. 100 and Prod. III. 395; WA.

Prod. I. 360; Wight Icon. t. 1158.—(Cotyledon laciniata, L. sp. pl. 615 ;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 456).

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley (J. Anderson).

2. K. acutrrnora, Haw. Syn. 109; Bot. Rep. t. 560; Miq. Fl. Ind.

Bat. I. 728. (K. varians, Wall. Pl. As. Soe. rar. II. 58. t. 167 sub. nom.

K. subamplectens, non Haw.; Hf. and Thoms. in Linn. Proceed. II. 91, quoad

specim. Birmanica).

Has. Not unfrequent in uncultivated places along the Irrawaddi in

Ava.— Fl. Jan.

3. K. TERETIFOLIA, Haw. in Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 58. t. 166; Hf.

and Th. in Linn. Proce. II. 91.

Has. Pegu, near Rangoon? (teste Wallich) ; Ava, Taong dong

(Wall.).—FIl. Jan.

DROSERACEA.

Conspectus of Genera.

DrosEra.—Stamens 4—8. Styles 2—5, simple, 2-parted, or many-cleft. Ovary 1-

celled. Glandular-pilose herbs, scapiferous or not.

ALDROovANDA.—Stamens 5. Styles 5, filiform. Ovary 1-celled. Glabrous, floating

herbs with whorled leaves.

Drosera, L.

Conspectus of Species.

x leaves radical or nearly so, rosulate. Scapes leafless.

Leaves obovate-spathulate ; flowers white or pale rose, se veevceeveessD. Burmannt.

310 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Bur. Flora. (No. 4,

x x Leaves scattered. Scapes leafy.

Leaves linear ; flowers purple, ........ a elsvaig ele lele (0 e/e\slole/siele visiolictereiegl > eI AEE TE

Leaves peltate, half-orbicular or crescent- miapede flowers ahitas cers coos D. peltata.

1. D. Burmannt, Vhl. Symb. ITI. 50; Wight Il. t. 20, excl. stigma ;

Wight Icon. t. 944; Planch. in Ann. d. sc. nat. ser. 8. IX. 190; Hf. and

Th. in Linn. Proe. II. 82.

Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.); very rare in grass-lands in the

eng-forests of the Prome district.—Fl. March.

2. D. Innica, L. FL Zeyl. 51; Wight Ill. t. 20; Planch. in Ann. d.

se. nat. 8 ser. IX. 204; Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proc. II. 82.

Has. Not unfrequent in wet short-grassed pastures and swamps of

of the diluvial lands of Southern Pegu, chiefly about Rangoon, etc. ; Tenas-

serim, Tavoy (Wall).—Fl. Aug.—Decemb.

3. D. preutata, Sm. Exot. Bot. I. 79. t. 41; Planch. in Ann. d. se.

nat. 3 ser. [X. 296; DC. Prod. I. 319; Bth. Fl. Austr. II. 465; WA.

Prod. I. 34; Wight Illust. t. 20.—(D. lunata, Ham. in DC. Prod. I. 319;

Hook. Icon. t. 54; Planch. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. 1X. 296; Hf. and Th.

in Linn. Proce. II. 82 ; D. Lobbiana, Turez. in Bull. d. Nat. Mose. 1854. 343).

Has. Not unfrequent on laterite grounds in the hill-eng-forests, from

Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim, at 1500 to 3000 feet elevation ; also

in boggy places on the top of the Nattoung, east of Tounghoo, at about

7100 feet elevation —Fr. March Ap.

HAMAMELIDEA.

Conspectus of Genera.

BuckKLANnDIA.—F lowers in heads, polygamous. Petals of male flowers linear. Filaments

elongate. Evergreen trees, the stipules large, deciduous.

Autimye1a.—F lowers in 1-bracted heads, unisexual. Stamens in male flowers head-

like clustered. Petals none. Leaf-shedding trees. Stipules small.

Bucklandia, R.Br.

1. B. poputnes, R.Br. in Wall. Cat. 7414; Griff. in Asiat. Research.

XIX. 94. t. 18 and 14; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I/1. 886.—(Liquidambar tricus-

pis, Miq. 1. ec. 1097 and Suppl. Fl. Sum. 346. t. 4.)

Has. Frequent in the damp hill and the stunted forests of the Mar-

taban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 7200 feet elevation —FI. March.

Altingia, Noronh.

1. A. excrnsa, Noronh. Verh. Bat. Genootsch. V. 1-20. (Liguidam-

bar Altingia, Bl. Fl. Jay, Balsamifl. 8. t. 1—2; Mig. Ind. Bat. I/1. 836;

Sedqwickia cerastfolia, Griff. in Asiat. Research. XIX. 98. t. 15—16).

Has. Ava, Khakyen Hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson) ; Tenas-

serim, locally (as along the Nanta-yoke choung) quite abundant (Rey.

F. Mason).—Fr. March.

(To be continued.)

1876.] 311

XVII.—On the Helicide collected during the Expedition into the Dafla

Hills, Assam— By Maor H. H. Gopwiy-Avsruy, & R. G. &.,

FF. Z. 8, §c., Deputy Superintendent Topographical Survey of India.

This list contains nearly all the species of Helicide that were obtained

during the Expedition of 1874—75.

There are still a few that have not yet been determined: they will be

worked out and those of them that prove to be new described by Mr. G.

Nevill, from the series presented by me to the Indian Museum.

I was in hopes that Mr. Nevill would have been able to join me in

completing the list ; but his many other duties and late unavoidable absence

from Calcutta have prevented this, and as the plate must appear now, I am

compelled to give it thus incomplete.

Hetrx tuprica, Bs.? Plate VIII, Fig. 9.

Until I had examined the animal I should have supposed it to possess

the usual truneate glandular form at the extremity of the foot. It shews

how carefully we should examine the living animals before grouping these

very similar forms of Helicid@, and how much has to be done in this direc-

tion. I give a description and drawing of this species.

Animal—fore part of foot and head, as well as the tentacles, dark slate,

extremity of foot pointed (no gland visible), pale grey, edged light fleshy,

sole of foot dark orange, mantle very slightly reflected in front, with no

- tongue-shaped process,—it is, in fact, very similar to that of Vitrina.

Length, 2:0’, tentacles 0°5”. Shell-major diam. 0-95’.

Haz.—Shengorh Peak, 7000 ft.

Hetrx (NantIna) BILINEATA, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 8.

Shell globose, very thin, transparent, greenish yellow. Whorls 5, spire

conoid. The living shell appears mottled on the upper surface with black

and white from the body of the animal shining through its thin and trans-

parent walls.

Animal—the foot pale ochraceous ; tentacles black, the black extending

on to the neck as two very conspicuous well-defined parallel lines ; the upper

part of the foot has also two parallel black lines. From the right anterior

margin a long tongue-like process is given off, which reaches, when fully

extended, up to the apex of the shell, as in the large form, Nanina decussata.

Hazs.—Tanir Lampa ridge, 4000 ft. Very abundant in the forest

among the fallen leaves.

‘

312 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide collected [No. 4,

Hetix (NAnIvA) GLOBOSA, n. sp.

Shell very globose, thin and glassy, pale ochre, whorls 4, the last large

and expanded below. Aperture broadly lunate. Apex rounded.

Alt. 0:28", major diam. 0°40".

Animal, dark grey, becoming pale fleshy on extremity of foot, which

is broad behind, with the lobe over the gland much hooked. ‘Tentacles

rather thick at base. Length 1:2”, tentacles 0:2”.

Hazs.—Summit of Toruputu Peak.

This shell is of the form of AH. salius, but is much larger; and the

animal differs considerably.

Helix (Rotula) vidua, W. Bi.

Both at Shengorh 7000 ft. and at the base of the hills at the Burroi

gorge, and in the woods skirting the Pichola nulla, far out into the plains,

a small globose form was found everywhere very abundant.

Alt. 0°28”, major diam. 0°50”.

Helix (Rotula) climacterica, Bs. Toriputi Peak.

Helix remicola, Bs. Burroi Gorge.

Helix (Trochomorpha) acris, Bs. At low elevations.

Helix (Plectopylis) macromphalus, Bs. On Shengorh the form is

very small, very dark coloured, and with a tendency to be hirsute. It does

not differ in other respects, and was found generally distributed.

Helix (Nanina) oxytes, Bs. Of the usual typical form. General up

to 7000 ft. ae

Helix (Trachea) cestus, Bs. Pichola nulla, in plains of Durrang.

Helix (Macrochlamys) honesta, Gould. Toruputu Peak.

Helix (TLrochomorpha) diplodon, Bs. Outer hills, at low elevations.

Helix (Trochomorpha) castra, Bs. Burroi Gorge and banks of

upper Dikrang River.

Helix (Plectopylis) plectostoma, Bs. Pichola nulla and Burroi

Gorge,—common.

Helix Huttoni, var. tapeina, Bs. Burroi Gorge.

Helix (Nanina) bascauda, Bs. About 3000 ft. in Dikrang valley,—

not common.

HeEticaRrion ovatus, H. BIE.

This species, originally described from Darjiling, I was glad to find in

this new locality so as to be able to add a description of the animal. It

was tolerably abundant.

Animal dark slate colour on head, extremity of foot pale, with a rosy

tint in middle of body. Length 1-1’, tentacles (rather short) 0°20’.

Haxs.—Found on Shengorh peak, at 6000 feet.

1876.] during the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 313

HEeELIcARION (HOPLITES) VERRUCOSUS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 5.

The shell with animal was placed in spirit, but has been unfortunately

lost : it was thin and glassy, with about 4 whorls. I, however, made a

eareful drawing of the animal at the time it was taken, and described it

thus :—

Animal dull purplish grey; mantle lobes, which can cover the entire

shell, are very minutely mottled, and have a finely papillate surface. On

the posterior margin are six blunt and larger wart-like processes, arranged

3 on the right and 3 on the left side. Posterior part of the foot well

ribbed diagonally, in parallel lines ; there is a distinct marginal line to the

edge of the foot. The mucous gland is larger and the upper lobe well

pointed. Tentacles moderate. ‘The mantle is divided into three lobes, one

of rectangular outline is on the anterior left margin. The shell when the

animal is in motion is very slightly exposed.

Total length 1:25”, mantle 0°60", mantle to extremity of foot 0°50’,

tentacles 0°20".

Hazs.—Under Tortiputti Peak, at 4,600 feet. Found on decaying wood

during damp weather.

Among some very excellent drawings of the late Dr. Ferd. Stoliczka is

one of a Helicarion very similar to this in form and in the papillate surface

of the mantle, only that the papille are more generally distributed, and

the animal is of a dull brown colour.

HELICARION MINUTUS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 1.

Shell ovate, depressed, rather solid, brown with an olive tinge, and

with a glazed polished surface. Whorls 3, very rapidly enlarging. Aper-

ture oblique, elongately lunular.

Major diam. 0:22”, minor diam. 0:18”.

Animal pale horny, tentacles and a line from them to the mantle dark

coloured, with a dark line down the upper surface of the extremity of the foot,

which last is mottled on the side. The mantle just covers the edge of the shell

and the right posterior lobe is moderately developed. ‘The portion of the

body anterior to the shell is very short in comparison to the posterior part.

It may be known from H. sa/ius by its much flatter form.

The animal of A. salius from a living specimen taken at Mairang in the

Khasi Hills is as follows :—

Pale yellowish, with a tinge of orange on foot; tentacles pale, short,

a dusky line on upper surface of the posterior portion of foot. Mantle

slightly reflected over the edge of the shell. Jumps about actively when

handled. Shell (pale green) 0:30". Length of animal 0-6’.

I have a form exactly similar from the west Khasi Hills, but none of

the shells are so rich in their coloration.

314 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide collected [No. 4,

Henicarion (HopritEs) RADHA, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 4.

Shell similar to that of H. Shillongensis. Animal rich ochre, sparsely

dappled with grey-black on the mantle and tail.

Length 3:0”, head to mantle 0:50”, mantle 1:3’, mantle to end of foot

1:0”, tentacles 0°38”.

Has.—Banks of Radha Pokri (tank) near Narainpur, Darrang Dis-

trict,—only one specimen was found. This is a close ally of A. brumnea

and H. Shillongensis of the Khasi Hills, but differs in coloration and in

the markings ef the mantle.

HeELicarion (HOPLITES) CINEREUS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 2.

The shell was not described when taken and it has since been mislaid.

The description of the animal, which is of more importance, I can give.

Animal, when fully extended, long and narrow, colour dusky grey, man-

tle with a papillated surface slightly spotted, the spotting being coarser on

the body and tail. Tentacles short and blunt, with the oral ones very close

below them.

Length 0°75”, mantle 0°40”.

Haz.—On the Darpang river, foot of the Dafla Hills, under old logs

in the forest.

Heticarion (Hopuires) Buri, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 6.

Shell dull white, very horny in texture, the apex scarcely developed,

outline rounded above.

Major diam. 0°30”.

Animal grey-brown in colour, the largest measuring as follows :—

Mantle to head 0°40” ; mantle 0°80”, mantle to extremity of foot 0°50”,

or total length when moving about 1:5”.

Has.—tThe Borelli Tea Garden near Tezpur, Assam, discovered by Mr.

J. Burt, after whom I name it, and who found it abundant on the bark of

trees during the rains (July). It is of the true typical form of Hoplites,

but in its very rudimentary white, horny shell it is quite distinct from any

of the other species I am acquainted with. =

These molluses are abundant during the rainy season in this part of

India, but are hard to discover in the cold weather, and only then under

stones and logs in damp low situations. In July I found H. croceus very

plentiful just above Teria Ghat, and I observed them, when I was hunting for

butterflies, crawling about over the tall grasses 12 feet from the ground.

TESTACELLA P DIKRANGENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 7.

Shell dextral, ovate, very flat, solid, the lines of growth well marked,

with a dark brown epidermis, the apex cap-shaped, rather produced, and

much curved.

1876.] + during the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 315

Major diameter 0°50”, minor diam. 0°25”.

Animal not seen. -

Two dead shells were found in a damp low piece of forest near the

Dikrang river close under the village of Pachitah, or Camp 7.

The shell is a peculiar form, the body whorl spreading out and over-

lapping in front, giving the shell a limpet-like shape. Without a know-

ledge of the animal it is very difficult to say in what genus it should be placed,

but it is probably a Helicarion form. ‘The shell, however, so much resem-

bles Zestacella that I have placed it temporarily in that group.

_Putmomycus (INCIDEARIA) CAMPESTRIs, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 3.

No shell.

Animal pale ochre, with a longitudinal dark stripe on the side of body.

Tentacles very short, only 0:13”. Total length 1°65”.

Has.—Found on the damp grass early in morning at Kholabari in the

Darrang District,—only one specimen seen.

I must here allude to a similar form of slug which I have recorded in

my note-book as Philomycus monticolus, and which I sketched at the time it

was taken in the hills bordering the Kopili river, North Cachar Hills. Animal

white, tinged with pale lilac, having intensely black spots scattered over

body, with one longitudinal band of same colour along the side, and one

central down middle of back; foot white below; tentacles very short,

brown, the two lower ones wide apart and very short indeed. Extremity

of foot pointed. Total length one inch.

Opras NEVILII, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 12.

Shell turreted, very elongate, pale, silky with a green tinge, older speci-

mens of a pale straw-colour, covered with a thin epidermis, beautifully striate

under lens. Whorls 11—12, moderately rounded and very gradually

diminishing in size to the apex, which is blunt; suture impressed ; aperture

angular above, outer lip thin.

Alt. 0°55”, major diam. 0:10”. Largest specimens, 0:90’.

Has. This very delicate elongate shell was common on Toruputu

Peak, but far finer specimens, equal in size to the figure, were obtained

on the banks of the Pichola Nulla out in the plains. I am not satisfied

with this figure; the whorls being rather too flat and the apex too sharp.

I have named this shell after my friend Mr. G. Nevill, with whom I

have now so long been associated in the study and collection of Indian land-

shells.

Achatina (Glessula) hebes.

Glessula crassilabris, Bs. Shengorh and Tortpitu.

Glessula illustris, G.-Austen. Tortipiti Peak. Found at the same

altitude as the original typical form from the Naga Hills. In forest.

316 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide collected ~ [No. 4,

Glessula orthoceras, G.-Austen. Splendid specimens of this shell were

obtained at Harmutti and in the Burroi Gorge, where it was very common.

The largest measure as much as 2°85 in length by 0'5” in major diameter.

Glessula Cassiaca, Bs. Tortpiti.

GLESSULA DaFLAENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 10.

Shell elongately turreted, thick, obliquely striate, covered with a thick

olive-green epidermis with a few dark streaks. Spire turreted, slightly

convex in outline, apex blunt; whorls 11, rather flat, specimens with

apex preserved shewing erosion of the surface. Suture well marked.

Aperture oblique, suboval, pale grey. Peristome acute, columellar margin

slightly curved and but little thickened.

Alt. 1:9”, major diam. 0°41”, alt. ap. 0°42”.

Hazs.—Shengorh Peak, rather abundant. This shell would appear to

have a close connection with G. erosa, H. BIf., from Darjiling, but its much

longer form, greater number of whorls, and the different colour of its

epidermis (which is uniform throughout), at once distinguish it. As in

G. erosa the position of former apertures is distinctly indicated on the whorls.

Butimus Masont, n. sp.

Shell sinistral, acuminately oblong, thick, side of spire rather flat,

whorls 7, smooth and shiny, under lens finely and spirally striate, colour sea-

ereen, intenser below the keel, paling towards the apex, the columella dark

purple, a narrow fillet of same colour borders the suture closely below,

commencing at the upper and outer angle of the aperture. Aperture oval,

angular above, lip slightly reflected. The last whorl slightly keeled.

Alt. 1:2”, major diam. 0:5”.

Has. Dihiri Parbat, 2000 feet. Only two specimens were found.

This handsome Bulimus is very similar inform to B. Sylheticus, Reeve,

but this latter shell is smaller, exhibits no trace of spiral striation, has its

surface more polished, while the columellar margin and outer lip is pure

white ; and in dozens J have collected no trace of a band is ever seen. In

colour too B. Sylheticus differs from the new form in being lemon-yellow with

a greenish tinge on the body whorl. Reeve, I notice, erroneously describes it

in the Conchol. Icon. Bul. 564 as bright yellow, and makes a great blunder

about its habitat, which is given as “ Sylhet, Hastern Himalayah,” Sylhet

being a district south of the Khasi Hills in the plains of Lower Bengal.

The true home of B. Sylheticus is the southern slopes of the Khasi and

Garo Hills; the title is therefore unfortunately misleading.

I have named this species after Mr. J. Wood-Mason, to whom J am

indebted for much valuable aid both in securing collectors and preparing

equipments for the field.

1876. ] during the Bxpedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 317

Bulimus gracilis, Hutton.

Bulimus Nilagiricus, Pfr. var. The form is more elongate than those

I have from the Khasi Hills. It is always very local in its distribution.

Found under Tortiptiti Peak at 3000 feet.

Alt. 0°66’.

One of the forms so curiously like those of Southern India that crop

up in this province now and then, Oyclophorus nivicola being another

so like is it to C. Bairdit.

Bulimus (Harpalus) Khastacus, G.-Austen. Dikrang valley at 2500 ft.

Streptaxis Theobaldi, Bs. Low down in the Dikrang valley. Similar

to the Khasi type. I figure the aperture of this shell (pl. vii, fig.

15) to shew the difference between it and the following.

STREPTAXIS DAFLAENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 14.

Shell obliquely perforate, flatly ovate, minutely striated, white ; spire

much depressed, suture well marked, apex flattened, in one specimen

quite flat. Whorls 63, regular to the 4th, the 5th rapidly descending, the

last compressed below near the umbilicus so as to form a fold running up to

a second and shorter fold on the outer margin. Aperture oblique, sub-

quadrate, peristome slightly reflected. Parietal lamella one, strongly

developed and connected with the parietal callus. The palatal teeth are

disposed, 2 on the upper and 2 on the lowers margin, with a single inter-

mediate one, which extends further within the aperture than those above

and below it.

Major diam. 0°32”, minor diam. 0°21”, alt. 0-15”.

Has.—Near Tanir Peak, Dafla Hills, 4000 ft.

It is a much larger, more lengthened, and flatter shell than S. Theobaldi,

and has a greater number of whorls. In the form of the aperture it is

similar to that shell, but the parietal lamella is more developed and the

central palatal tooth is not so remote from the peristome but rises close

on the margin. The umbilicus also is more open.

Enea stenopylis, Shengorh Peak, not a common shell.

ENNEA MILIUM, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 11.

Shell cylindrical, dull glassy, diaphanous. Spire with flattish sides, very

slightly tapering below, suture shallow. Whorls 6, the last 3 smooth, the

apical sub-vertically ribbed, but slightly so. Aperture oval, vertical, last

whorl ascending shghtly to it. Peristome thickened, a little reflected, a

single tooth-like thickening on the outer margin, with another single one

on the parietal side.

Alt. 0:10”, major diam. 0:04”.

318 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide Se. [No. 4,

Haz.—Shengorh Peak, 7000 ft. A single specimen only was found

on tearing off the thick growth of moss covering rocks.

This very distinct but minute Himea bears somewhat the character of

E. Blanfordiana, but in its minute size and differently formed aperture it is

separable. It is the smallest species of the genus from this part of India.

Clausilia 16s, Benson, Plate VIII, Fig. 13.

Compared with Darjeeling specimens in the Imperial Museum, Cal-

cutta. Extending the range considerably to the eastward.

CarycHium KHaAstiacum, n. sp., Plate VIII, A, Fig. 8.

This form, which has not been noted before, occurs very abundantly in

the Khasi Hills, particularly in the large wood near the village otf Nongba

on the Jaintia side. I obtained specimens of it on Shengorh Peak which

are rather larger than those from the above quarter. It is quite distinct

from C. Indicum, Bs. and may be thus known from it :—

Beautifully minutely and regularly costulate throughout under lens.

Whorls 6, more rounded, apex more acute ; the aperture circular and larger,

peristome continuous forming a callus on the antepenultimate whorl, and

the columellar tooth stronger. Alt. 0:09".

I also give a drawing of C. Indicwm (pl. viii. A, figs. 7a, 6), which

I do not think has been before figured; the shell fig. 7 is like C. Boystanum,

but the three shells here depicted were all found at Mussoorie, and

C. Boysianum was originally obtained on the banks of the river Jumna

near Agra.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Helicarion minutus, D. sp.

(Hoplites) cinereus, D. sp.

Philomycus (Incillaria) campestris, D. sp.

Helicarion (Hoplites) radha, 0. sp.

—_—_ veErrucosus, D. Sp.

———— Burtii, DB. sp.

Testacella 2 Dikrangensis, D. sp.

Helix (Nanina) bilineata, n. sp., nat. size.

» 9. Helix lubrica ? Benson.

» 10. Glessula Daflaensis, 0. sp.

» Ll. Enea milium, n. sp.

», 12. Opeas Nevilli, n. sp.

» 18. Clausilia 16s, Benson.

» 14. Streptaxis Daflaensis, n. sp.

» 1d. ——— Theobaldi, Bs. the aperture, enlarged.

OO IR oo hp

1876.] Big

XVIII.—On the Physical Euplanation of the Inequality of the two Semi-

diurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure.—By Hunry F. Buay-

FORD, Meteorologist to the Government of India.

(Received June 22 ;—Read August 2, 1876.)

There are, perhaps, few phenomena in the domain of terrestrial physics

which have received more attention than the diurnal variation of baro-

metric pressure ; and on the causes and explanation of which, nevertheless,

there is more diversity of opinion even at the present day. Dove, Sabine,

Herschell, Espy, Lamont, Kreil, Broun, and many others have in turn

engaged in the discussion of this vexed problem; and, at the present time,

Mr. Alexander Buchan is publishing an elaborate and most valuable reswmé

of the existing data in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,

as a preliminary to a renewed investigation.

The general features of the diurnal variation of pressure are familiar

enough to every one who has ever observed the rise and fall of the baro-

meter for a few days in India, and most other tropical countries. From about

3 or 4 in the morning the pressure increases gradually towards sunrise, then

more rapidly,—and culminates generally between 9 and 10 a. m. A fall

then sets in, which becomes rapid during the hottest hours of the day, and

the pressure reaches its minimum generally between 4 and5p.m. The

pressure then increases till about 10 Pp. m. ; but in general does not attain

the same height as at the corresponding morning hour. Lastly, a second

fall brings it to a second minimum between 3 and 4 a. m., which, except

on mountain peaks and at such stations as Simla and Darjiling, is never

quite so low as the afternoon minimum.*

Thus, then, the pressure rises and falls twice in the 24 hours, attain-

ing, in general, its absolute maximum about 9 or 9. 80 a. M., and its absolute

minimum between 4 and 5 P. M.

This may be taken as a general description of the phenomenon as exhi-

bited in the tropics ; but it presents many striking variations at different

* T must correct this statement. I find, on examining the ship’s observations for

the month of January recorded in the Bay of Bengal, between N. Latitude 20° and the

B. C. Light Ship, 7. ¢., between 60 and 100 miles from the coast, that the form of the

diurnal barometric curve afforded by them, in this respect, resembles that of hill

stations; the early morning minimum being considerably lower than the afternoon.

The relation of this peculiarity to the phenomenon of the diurnal sea-breeze, and the

confirmation it affords of the transfer of air from the land to the sea during the daytime,

in the strata above that in which the sea-breeze prevails, which is the main topic of

this paper, are obvious. I have not as yet obtained the data for other months,—Vote

added January 20th, 1877.

320 | H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation of the [No. 4,

places, and at one and the same place at different times of the year. These

variations affect the hour at which the pressure attains its maximum and

minimum values, the absolute amplitude of the oscillations, and lastly,

their relative amplitude. It is this phenomenon—the variation in the

relative amplitude of the day and night oscillations—the probable physical

explanation of which I have now to bring to notice.

It was observed by Arago, apparently some years prior to 1841, that

in Europe “the proximity of the sea has the effect of diminishing the

amplitude of the interval during which the diurnal fall lasts, viz., that

which occurs between 9 A. M. and 3 P. M.;” and considering the whole

phenomenon as made up of a single and double oscillation, it may easily be

shewn that this interval is determined mainly by the relative amplitude of

these two elements. The latest notice on the subject is given in the follow-

ing extract from Mr. Buchan’s Memoir, a copy of the first part of which,

(for which I am indebted to the author,) has reached me only within the

last week.* In summing up the characteristics of the midday fall of

pressure, he says :—“ Whatever be the cause or causes on which the diurnal

oscillations of the barometer depend, the influence of the relative distribu-

tion of land and water in determining the absolute amount of the oscillation

in particular localities as well as over extended regions, is very great.

From the facts detailed, (in Mr. Buchan’s paper), it will be seen that

this influence gives a strong local colouring to the results, particularly

along the coasts ; and that the same influence is extensively felt over the

Channel, the Mediterranean, the Atlantic, and other sheets of water on the

one hand; and on the other over the inland portions of Great Britain,

Europe, and the other continents ;” and, further on, he adds :—“ While, as

has been pointed out, numerous illustrations can be adduced, shewing a

larger oscillation over the same region with a high temperature and a dry

atmosphere than with a low temperature and a moist atmosphere ; the small

summer oscillation on the coasts of the Mediterranean and those of the

Atlantic adjoining, is in direct opposition to the idea that any such conclu-

sion is general. For over those parts of the Mediterranean and Atlantic,

the temperature is hottest in summer, and the air is driest—so dry, indeed,

that no rain, or next to none, falls; and yet there, the amplitude of the

oscillation now contracts to its annual minimum. On the western coasts of

the Atlantic, from the Bahamas northwards to Newfoundland, the tem-

perature is at the annual maximum, but the air is not dry, being liberally

supplied with moisture, and the rainfall is generous. But with these very

different meteorological conditions, there occurs, equally as in Southern

Europe, a diminished oscillation during the summer months in the islands

and near the coasts of North America; and, in the south of Kurope, the

* Written in the beginning of March, 1876.

1876.] Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 321

oscillation reaches its annual maximum, just at the season when the annual

minimum occurs near the sea coasts, even although the general characteris-

ties of the atmosphere be substantially the same in both cases.”

IT am notat present aware whether Mr. Buchan has been led by these

observations to any definite conclusions as to the physical cause of the

variation he so clearly summarizes in the passages above quoted. In the

part of his memoir which has reached me, all theoretical discussion is

deferred. But these passages afford such remarkable confirmation of an

explanation at which I arrived some weeks since, on approaching the subject

from an entirely different quarter, that I do not think it necessary to

withhold longer the publication of my view. If Mr. Buchan’s conclusions

are the same as mine, the facts that I have to bring forward will serve to

aiford independent confirmation of that view.

Any person glancing over a series of curves illustrating the diurnal rise

and fall of the barometer, cannot fail to be struck with the characteristic

différenece of those places with a continental and those with an insular

climate. The case of the Mediterranean, described by Mr. Buchan, seems

perhaps to be an exception ; but, as I shall presently shew, it is an exception

of such a kind as most strongly to confirm the rule. The accompanying

curves are striking, perhaps extreme, examples of this characteristic differ-

_ence. The first is that of Leh in Ladakh,* situated in the Indus valley

(the observatory being 11,538 feet above the sea), and is for the month of

September. The climate is characteristically dry, and the summer heat

excessive, notwithstanding the elevation. The curve for Yarkand and

-Kashghar still further north and only 4,000 feet above the sea, is of similar

character but smaller amplitude.t The second curve figured is that for the

* This is computed from the hourly observations recorded during six days by

Captain E. Trotter, R. E., and of one day by Dr. J. Scully together with six days’

observations by the latter at the hours of 4 and 10 a. m. and Pp. Mm.

+ With respect to these curves however, see the final paragraph, page 328.

322 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation of the [No. 4,

northern half of square 3 of the North Atlantic, published by the London

Meteorological Office. In the former, the double oscillation has almost

disappeared, the nocturnal fall of pressure being represented by little more

than a halt for some hours between two periods of rising pressure; and

nearly the whole fall of the day takes place between 9 a. M. and 5 P. M.

In the case of the Atlantic curve, the day and night oscillations are almost

exactly alike ; the night oscillation being only slightly less than that of the’

day. These characteristic differences are perhaps best expressed by the

ratio of the constant co-efficients U’ and U” in Bessel’s interpolation

formula :—

e=M+4+ U’sn(764+w) U" sin (1264 uw") + &e.

since the magnitude of U’ determines the inequality ; and that of U”, though

variable under different conditions of climate, is so to a much less extent

than the former term, and chiefly depends on the latitude. The following

are the values of U’ and U” in English inches, and their ratios, for the mean

diurnal curves of a few stations (chiefly Asiatic). The arcs uw’ wu” corre-

sponding thereto are also given.

C U’ w i uw’ Wye

Yarkand (9months) +0348 4° 33’ -0215 161°59' 16 :1

Leh (September) “0517 348°9' -0254 143°19’ 2 :1

Lucknow (Year.) 0265 341° 80’ «0855 =—-168° 53’ 0-75: 1

Hazaribagh 3 70193 849° 46’ §=-03843 «145° 45’ 0°56: 1

Calcutta = 0265 «8=03841° 24" “0391 151°7’ O68: 1

Bombay i” O179" ea7e i “0385 "157213. Oar

Batavia “) 70240 24° 7’ ‘0369 159° 84’ 0°65: 1

Square 3. Atlantic 10055, dp4e751" 0319) 159? 26)> JONG eee

As a general rule, the more humid the station and the smaller the

range of temperature, the smaller is the value of U’ ; and hence it has some-

times been spoken of as the temperature element of the oscillation ; the

double oscillation which is superimposed on it, being referred by Dove,

Sabine, and Herschel to the varying tension of water vapour, by Lamont

and Broun to some solar influence other than heat, and by Espy and Kreil

to the oscillation of pressure produced by heat in an elastic fluid expanding

and contracting under the influence of gravity. To me it seems that

there can hardly be a doubt that the last explanation is the true one,* and

* True, that is to say, as thus stated in general terms. I do not however fully

accept the detailed explanation afforded by any of these authors; and I am disposed

to think that a more probable explanation of the morning oscillation is to be found

in the retardation which the transmission of the exalted pressure of the lower to the

higher strata must meet with, in the great thickness of highly attenuated but exceed-

ingly cold air which constitutes these strata, This pressure cannot be transmitted

PasG| Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 323

that this has not been generally recognized, I attribute to the fact that the

consequences of the theory, as a purely physical problem, have never yet

been traced out and verified by such a mass of facts as Mr. Buchan is now

bringing together. So long as the whole phenomenon is not satisfactorily

accounted for, some doubt may reasonably attach to the explanation offered

of one only of its elements.

My own attention was first drawn to the subject of the explanation

which Iam about to give, by a paper of Mr. F. Chambers in the Philosophi-

cal Transactions for 1873, in which that gentleman showed as the result of

an analysis of the diurnal variation of the winds at Bombay, that one

element of this variation is a double rotation of the wind direction ; of such

a character, that the southerly components attain their maximum value at

the epoch of the most rapid semi-diurnal rise of pressure, the easterly

components at the epoch of maximum, the northerly with the most rapid

fall, and the westerly with the epoch of minimum. On these facts Mr.

Chambers based a suggested explanation of the barometric tides, regarding

them as a phenomenon of static pressure ; and assumed (as now appears, on

insufficient grounds) that the phenomenon in the northern hemisphere is

generally of the same type as at Bombay. There was indeed one feature

in his explanation, which it seems difficult to reconcile with mechanical

laws ; since he supposed air to flow from both east and west towards a region

where the pressure has already risen above the mean, and by its accumulation

to produce a maximum of static pressure. But apart from this, the disco-

very was an important one ; and, since it clearly shewed that a regular hori-

zontal transfer of air corresponded to the oscillations of pressure, it held out

a promise that further steps in the same path might clear up what appeared

to be anomalous, and possibly lead to a complete explanation of the diurnal

oscillation.

Some time before this paper reached me, the Rev. M. Lafont had

placed in my hands four years’ traces of a Secchi anemograph, erected on

St. Xavier’s College, Calcutta; and these having been measured off, tabu-

with a greater velocity than the sound wave, and it is probably much less; since the

action being slow and prolonged, the heat developed by the compression must be in

part dissipated. ‘To explain the observed phenomenon on this hypothesis, the retar-

dation must however be such, that the unrelieved excess of pressure at the ground

surface, must be equal to that generated by from half to three quarters of an hour’s

action of the sun.

This would require us to assume a much lower average temperature for the higher

strata than results from Pouillet’s calculation, and also that a certaim diurnal oscilla-

tion of temperature affects the atmosphere to a greater height then has been usually

assumed. But this hypothesis is free from most of the objections to be urged against

those of the authors quoted.— Note added January 20th, 1877.

324 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation of the [No. 4,

lated, and reduced, I was interested to find that the diurnal wind variation

at Calcutta showed the double diurnal oscillation quite as distinctly, and

relatively even more prominently than that of Bombay. But one important

difference presented itself. The north and south elements of the oscillation,

while agreeing in epoch with those of Bombay, were reversed in direction ;

and, taken together with the latter, showed a tendency to a cyclonic circula-

tion of the atmosphere around the peninsula during falling pressure, and

an anticyclonic circulation with rising pressure. Moreover, the east and

west components agreed almost exactly, in epoch, with the north and south

components ; the result being a movement of air from the north-west with

falling pressure, and from the south-east with rising pressure. These facts,

taken in conjunction with the positions of Bombay and Calcutta on opposite

sides of the peninsula, seemed to point to the differential conditions of land

and water as being probably concerned in the phenomenon. Another and not

less important fact connecting the winds with the diurnal oscillation of the

barometer appeared at the same time. When the wind variation was

anakysed by Bessel’s method, there appeared an east and west oscillation of

considerable magnitude, corresponding in epoch with the barometric

inequality expressed by the first periodical term of the barometric formula.

This was easily distinguished from the oscillation of the sea and land winds,

since the latter are nearly north and south at Calcutta. At Bombay where

the sea and land breezes are pearly east and west, such an oscillation would

be undistinguishable, even if it really existed.

The east and west oscillation of diurnal period indicates an outflow

of air to the eastward during the day time, an inflow from the east during

the night; and the former phase of it evidently corresponds to the hot

winds of the Gangetic plain and Northern India and, indeed, to the day

winds of the dry months of the greater part of India. They blow towards

the sea from the eastward, only in the western portion of the Dekhan,

Mysore, &c. This system of day winds consists of an outflow of air from

the peninsular towards the sea on both coasts, the westerly direction greatly

predominating.

The next step in the enquiry was to ascertain what general cause would

operate to produce this efflux and influx of air; and the obvious suggestion

was that it must consist in the differential action of the sun’s heat on dry

air and water. :

Let V be any volume of dry air at pressure P and absolute temperature

T and let 7 units of heat be communicated to it, raising its temperature

from 7 to 7+¢, while the volume remains constant. The pressure will

be increased thereby from P to P+p wherein— -

| Le ig eee ,

De al ii —1)=P Tt teens ()

1876. ] Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 325

And 7 = Vp P pte DNs gust clases een (2)

Wherein p is the density of air at the standard pressure P and absolute

temperature To and c its specific heat at constant volume, compared with

water as unity.

Tf now the same quantity of heat t be employed in evaporating water

at temperature 7, (the whole being consumed as latent heat) and filling the

volume of air V with vapour at pressure p’, the total pressure will become

P + p’and es io

when s is the hypothetical density of water vapour at P and Tv, and A its

latent heat at temperature 7. Substituting for s its approximate equivalent

3 Pp

gto

Tees > Be A Pec tocanCoocenonee (3)

and equating (2) and (8) and eliminating common factors,

Pte

paz ee (4)

From (1) and (4).

=p'2- )

Pp is S Te 900000000000000 006000000

which gives the ratio of the increase of pressure produced by the same quan-

tity of heat, employed in the one case simply in heating dry air, and in

the other in charging it with vapour. Ata temperature of 80° Fahr. = 7

== 541,

= TBO i

that is to say, when a given quantity of heat is employed in heating dry

air at the temperature of 80° it raises its pressure more than seven times as

much as when it simply charges it with vapour without altering the tem-

perature. With lower values of 7 the difference will be still greater.*

This great difference is no doubt much reduced in nature by the effects

of radiation ; and while some evaporation is effected on the land surface, there

is some increase of temperature over the sea: but it may be expected that

some part of this difference will manifest itself in the greater intensity of

the forenoon pressure in the lower strata of the atmosphere on the land as

compared with the sea, and in fine clear weather as compared with cloudy

weather, when banks of clouds present an evaporating surface. With

* Substituting for A the general value determined by Regnault 1091°7 — ‘690

(Z — 493-2) the general expression for the ratio becomes

5400°87

ua uk 2°61) y

2b ii BP

326 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation oF the [No. 4,

regard to this latter point, it has been shewn by Lamont and Kreil’s in-

vestigations, that between clear and cloudy days there is a difference of this

kind; and that it is manifested, not only in the greater magnitude of the

diurnal coefficient w’, but also, although to a much less degree, in that of the

semidiurnal coefficient «w’ of the barometric formula. Further evidence of

the same kind is afforded by the values of these coefficients for the several

months at Calcutta.

UW’ aw Uv" ie

SUENOWD ERA oro gacanoe 0287 330° 18’ "0415 151° 34/

February, ......... ‘0319 327° 19’ 0423 146° 48’

IVE C lineaments 0343 3292 Qi 0437 146° 44/

April Rd eb 0361 336° 53’ 0425 146° 39’

Iii mame tee rc "0325 344° 43’ "0385 148° 13’

1 VO ee a ae eee ‘0218 Bos? Disy 0336 146° 23’

Stulliyg ieee Ae eee “0192 Di 6’ "0396 15027305

PATUSUUSL; Ueee seats ‘0218 0° 5’ ‘0372 144° 29’

September, ......... 0232 354° 4:1’ ‘0400 151o Os

Wciober ices see "0234: 343° 12’ "0393 160° 59’

November, ......... "0250 337° 387 0399 164° 29’

Wecember spas 0270 830° 18’ “0411 Le Se 55:

The driest months in Northern India being March and April, while

July is the wettest and most cloudy.

On Espy and Kreil’s hypothesis of the cause of the double oscillation,

there is no apparent reason why the evening maximum, arising from con-

traction and dynamic pressure, should be equal to the morning maximum ;

which seems unquestionably due to the increased tension of the lower at-

mosphere, in consequence of heating and the introduction of vapour; and

any inequality will of course appear in the value of w/ or of the coefficients

of other terms of odd periodicity. But the fact established by the anemo-

meter, that an outflow of air from a heated land area takes place during

the day time, at once assigns a cause for the greater part of the equality,

viz. an alteration of the static pressure. ‘This is not an overflow in the

upper regions of the atmosphere, but an outflow of the lower strata* or a

tendency in that direction. It does not, of course, follow that, to produce

a reduction in the mass of air over a contiment, there should be an actual

motion of the air outwards in all directions. The very small forces in

action will be manifested even more in retarding inflowing currents than

in accelerating efflux; and it is only in very dry and highly heated region

such as India, that they produce well marked diurnal surface winds blowing

outwards towards the sea; winds of elastic expansion, such as are the hot

* Excepting of course in the immediate neighbourhood of the coast, when the sea

breeze of the lowest stratum is a secondary effect of the outflow.

1876. ] Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 327

winds of India and Australia, winds which are distinct from convection

eurrents, though, it may be, coexisting with and accelerating them. The

relation of these winds to the barometric tides is very marked, but it

does not seem that the differences of tidal pressure would suffice to generate

them, were there not a movement of the air in the same direction, arising

from more persistent differences of pressure. They probably also depend

much on local and irregular differences of pressure.

The air thus removed in the day time from continental areas must

collect over the nearest areas of evaporation, with the effect of diminishing

the midday fall of pressure over those tracts; and thus seem to be ex-

plained those apparent anomalies in the magnitude of the midday semi-

oscillation of the barometer, to which, in the passages quoted from Mr.

Buchan’s memoir, he has drawn attention; vzz. in the case of the Medi-

terranean area and the Atlantic coast of North America.

The direction in which this movement of the air takes place will of

course vary with the locality ; but there will always be, on an average, a

greater diurnal movement towards east coasts than towards those facing to

the west. This may be illustrated by the case of Calcutta and Bombay,

and it is more extensively illustrated by the predominant westerly direction

of the land winds of India, and the cold westerly diurnal winds* that blow

across the high plains (17,000 to 19,000 feet) of the Changchenmo and

Rupshu in Western Tibet. The reason is sufficiently obvious. As the

great semi-diurnal waves of pressure advance from Hast to West, the local

barometric gradient of any place (in so far as it is determined by the

diurnal oscillation) will be expressed by a tangent to the existing phase of

the wave. During the hottest part of the day, viz., from 9 or half-past 9

to half-past 4 or 5, this gradient (which is the steepest and most prolonged

of the four) inclines to the eastward and increases the deelivity towards

east coasts arising from the excess of pressure over the land. In the oppo-

site direction, viz., towards west coasts, it goes to diminish that declivity.

At night the case is reversed. The west to east barometric gradient, from

10 pv. m. to half-past 3 or 4.4. M. is in the same direction at that tending

to produce an influx of air from the sea towards the land on west coasts ;

this however is opposed to the land wind of the coast line, which is a true

convection current and arises from quite different causes ; and although

traceable in the wind variation at Bombay, it there manifests itself only by

decreasing the velocity of the former. There are moreover independent

grounds for the influence that this compensating inflow chiefly affects the

higher strata of the atmosphere, while the day wind is felt in the lower and

more heated strata. At Calcutta the easterly (or negative westerly)

* This I state on the authority of Dr. Cayley who assures me that on the high

plains these afternoon winds are always from the West.

328 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation, &e. [No. 4,

tendency of the wind at night is very prominently exhibited in the curve of

diurnal variation ; but, although of longer duration, it is at no time so in-

tense as the westerly tendency in the early afternoon hours.

In like manner may be explained the difference of epoch of the corre-

sponding phases of the semi-diurnal East and West variation at Calcutta and

Bombay. The gradient of pressure, in so far as it depends on the semi-

diurnal oscillation, will of course be to the West with a rising pressure and

to the Hast with a falling pressure, and this normal tidal gradient is affected

by the small difference of amplitude over land and sea, in such manner, that

its changes will be accelerated as affecting East coasts and retarded as

affecting West coasts. Now if we suppose that the acceleration in the one

case and the retardation in the other amount to an hour or an hour and a

half, and that the interval between the change in the direction of the

gradients, and their effects on the wind as manifested by the anemometer,

is also about an hour and a half, we should roughly reproduce the conditions

shewn to exist at Calcutta and Bombay respectively.

According to this view, the local static pressure of the atmosphere,

except in so far as it is affected by irregular movements, is shewn by the

height of the barometer at the hours of minimum pressure, and the difference

of these expresses the weight of the atmosphere removed and restored by

the oscillatory movements between land and sea.

There is much reason to believe that an oscillation of a similar charac-

ter takes place between low plains and deep valleys on the one hand and

mountain masses on the other, the air being transferred from the low plains

and valleys to the hill masses and high plains (such as those of Tibet) in the

day time and returned during the night. Thus, it seems to me, are to be

explained the very great diurnal oscillations of the Leh barometric curve, the

great amplitude of the midday tide at stations in the Assam valley, and the

diminished tide at places such as Roorkee and Lahore which le near the

hills on the margin of broad plas. Also the stormy afternoon winds of

the Dipsang, Changchenmo and Rupshu plains, and the fact that at hill

stations such as Simla and Darjiling, the night barometric tide exceeds in

amplitude that of the day.

1876.] 329

XIX.— Contributions towards the Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India.

I. On some Fossil Plants from the Damuda Series in the Raniganj

Coalfield, collected by Mr. J. Woov-Mason.— By OrroKaR

FerstManteL, IZ D., Paleontologist, Geological Survey of

India.

(Received December 1 ;—Read December 6, 1876.)

(With Plates XV—XXI.)

The present paper is the result of the examination of a fine suite of

fossil plants which has lately been brought down from Raniganj by Mr. J.

Wood-Mason.* The collections in the museum of the Geological Survey

contain it is true also a good many specimens from the same coalfield and

from all other localities, which on a future occasion shall all be worked out

together ; but Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection contributes so much to our

knowledge of this very important flora—containing as it does not only

some perfectly new forms but also good and better specimens of some of the

species already found—as to be of suflicient interest to merit separate

description, and this I have undertaken at the special request of Mr. Wood-

Mason.

The Raniganj coalfield belongs to that portion of the Indian sedimen-

tary rocks which constitute the Damuda Series of the survey classification.

These together with the overlying Panchet group form the lower portion

of a whole system, which at first was designated the “ Plant-bearing

Series,’ but which may more appropriately be termed the “Gondwana

System,’ the upper portion of which is formed by the Kach-Jabalpur and

the Rajmahal group.

As the Damuda Series contains scarcely anything but plant-remains

as relies of the life that existed during the period of its deposition, of course

every contribution to the knowledge of that life is of high importance.

For although several papers have been written on this lower portion

of the “Gondwana System,” yet till lately no sufficient evidence as to its

age has been given.

We have several excellent papers on the geology of this series.

But the paleontological papers are ephemeral only and mostly of old

date ; and the plants described therein were far from sufficient to enable

one to form a proper idea of the horizon. Later on, when the officers of the

Geological Survey began their field-work, a great many specimens from the

* See a short note on this subject in Ree. G. 8. Ind. IX. 4.

+ Mostly in the Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India.

330 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Raniganj coalfield, and altogether from the Damudas, were collected ; but

until recently they remained unexamined and undescribed, so that all this

excellent evidence could not be used to contradict the incorrect opinions

that have prevailed as to the age of the Damudas.

I think it necessary first to mention some previous papers on the

paleontology and geology of the formation under discussion, to show what

is the state of our knowledge of the fossils of this series.

The first mention of fossil plants from Raniganj is to be found in Ad.

Brongniart’s papers, ‘Prodrome d’une histoire des végétaux fossils’

(1828) and ‘ Histoire des végét. foss.’ (1828), wherein is described the

genus Glossopteris. In the ‘ Prodrome’ we find only one species of

Glossopteris as Glossopt. Browniana, Bgt., from Australia and India.

In the other work* we find a thorough description of this genus and

two varieties of the species distinguished as Glossopt. Browniana, Bet.

var. a. australasica and Glossopt. Browniana, Bgt. var. B. imdica, the

former from Australia, the latter from Raniganj, India.f Besides this

is described Glossopteris angustifolia, Bgt., from the same locality (Rani-

ganj), which Mr. Wood-Mason has rediscovered. This distinction of two

varieties of Glossopt. Browniana according to locality was repeatedly

adopted until Mr. Schimper{ at last decided upon distinguishing them

as different species; in which I go along with him. This author de-

scribed the Indian Glossopteris as Glossopt. indica, Schimp., restricting

the name Gilossopt. Browniana, Bgt., to the Australian species. I myself

could prove it again and will discuss it further.

These forms of Gilossopteris, as Brongniart described them, were

afterwards quoted again by subsequent authors, until Schimper made the

above-mentioned division.

There are also some special papers on the plants of the Burdwan

(Ranigan}) field.

First we have Royle’s paper,§ wherein four species of plants are

figured ; these were :—Vertebraria indica, Royle. (Vertebraria radiata,

Royle), Lrizygia speciosa, R., Pecopteris Lindleyana, R., Glossopteris

danaeotdes, R.

Of these Vertebraria has to remain ; Trizygia speciosa is a Spheno-

phyllum with the specific name Trizygia|| ; Pecopt. Lindleyana, R., is an

Alethopteris with the same specific name; Glossopteris danaeoides, R.

* Hist. des végét. foss. 1828, p. 222, seq.

+ Brongniart writes Rana-gunge,

+ Schimper Traité de Pal. vegét, I. p. 644, 645.

§ Royle, Ulustrat. of the Botan. etc. in the Himalayan Mountains, 1839. Atlas,

IP UE

|| Unger, Genera et species plant. foss. 1850, p. 71.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 331

is, as everybody knows, a true Zuaeniopteris, Bgt., the veins being all

quite free and parallel, and nowhere exhibiting any anastomosis.

What induced Mr. Unger* to range this fossil with Pecopteris, I

cannot understand, and I am the more astonished that Dr. Oldham+ should

have adopted his determination. But this Glossopteris danacoides, Royle,

is identical with what later McClelland{ described as Zueniopteris danaeoides,

also from the Burdwan coalfield. On Plate XV. fig. 1, la of McClelland’s

report two specimens are figured, which are however certainly incorrectly

represented (as regards the distance of the veins apart), but which are

without doubt typical TLeniopteris, Bgt. Mr. Oldham did not mention

these figures of McClelland.

The rest of the figures in McClelland’s report are of no use, as they are

so badly drawn as to give no idea of the original specimens, Sphenophyllum

trizygia, Ung. (Sphenoph. speciosum, McClell.) and Vertebraria alone being

approximately correct; of Glossopteris acaulis (Pl. XIV. fig. 3) I have

the original specimens, which in outline resemble McClelland’s figures,

but the venation is totally different.

The most exhaustive paper on the geology of the Raniganj coalfield is

by Mr. W. T. Blanford.§ The author establishes in his report the following

subdivisions of this coalfield :—

: I. Upper Panchet group.

Il. Panchet group.

Ill. Damuda group.

a. Raniganj Series.

b. Iron Shales.

ce. Lower Damudas.

IV. Talchir group.

Mr. Blanford has given (op. cit. p. 31) a comparative table of these

groups with their fossils; but from this it can be seen that the separation

from a paleontological point of view is not quite so strict, especially if we

consider that in the lower Damudas|| occur the same Zrizygia, viz.,

Sphenoph. trizygia, and Sphenopteris as in the Ranigan} group ;§ and

should it hereafter be proved that Schizonewra, Schimp. also occurs in the

lower beds, then it would be completely evident that these subgroups

are not far apart in age. And as I will show further on, I also think the

Talchir group is to be considered as belonging to the lower Damudas and

22 IE Gry, Woe Le

+ Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind., Vol. Il. p. 329.

{ Rep. Geol. Surv. of India, 1848—49.

§ Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. 1865, Vol. III.

|| From Talchir in Orissa.

§] Of course besides Phyllotheca, Vertebraria, and all the species of Glossopteris,

332 . O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

that all these subdivisions are from a paleontological point of view to be

joined into one series, to which the name Damuda Series may be applied.

This view has been most distinctly expressed by Mr. Oldham in a

paper* adjoining Mr. W. T. Blanford’s.

In the same paper Mr. T. Oldham proposes to replace the term “ Low-

er Damuda” by the name “ Barakur group”, as this term “lower Damu-

das”? would involve a group, which should be called “ upper Damuda group ;”

which was originally described from the Nerbudda valley, but which was

afterwards proved to belong to quite a different horizon.

Previously to this paper by Mr. Blanford, we have one on the age

of the several sedimentary beds in Central India and Bengal by Mr. Old-

ham,t wherein also for the Damuda Series, to which our Raniganj plants

belong, a discussion 1s given.

But the fossils at that time were only provisionally examined and de-

termined and only some forms were more remarkable, such as Schizonewra,

Sch. Mong., Vertebraria, Royle, Phyllotheca, Bgt., and Glossopteris, Bgt.

All these fossils have been ever since in our collections; and although

Mr. Oldham himself recognized the Sehizonewra to be most characteristic

of the Trias in Europe, and although Phyllotheca, Bgt., is also very fre-

quent in some Oolitic strata in Hurope, yet the author relies solely upon the

occurrence of the genus Glossopteris, Bgt., which is also reported from

Australia, as indicating an analogous age; and Mr. Oldham maintained

this opinion to the last.

Mr. Oldham also states that no Teniopteris, a genus which is so frequent

in the Rajmahal Series, occurs in the Damudas. But as we will see further

on, Yeniopterides are not quite rare, as Royle and McClelland have

already figured them, and as later they have been found again,§ and

Wood-Mason has brought several fine specimens.

Soon after Mr. Oldham’s paper we have another by Sir Ch. Bunbury]||

on some fossil plants from Nagptr, wherein we also find some general

conclusions. Sir C. Bunbury (/. ¢., p. 345) says, referring to Mr.

Oldham’s paper: “ Prof. Oldham is of opinion that the Rajmahal beds are

mezozoic, the Damida beds palzozoic. On this latter pomt I am not

entirely prepared to go along with him. I still think for the reasons

already given that the facies of this Nagptr and Burdwan flora is rather

mezozoic ;’’ and further on he says, “The paleobotanical evidence is far

* Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. III. p. 197 seq. et 206, 207.

+ This is the Jabalptr group of the later classification.

ft Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. IT. 1860, p. 299 seq. é

§ Mr. Hughes has also brought some specimens from the Jherria coalfield.

|| Fossil flora of Nagptzx, Q. J. G. Soc. XVII, Pls. VIII—XII.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 333

from unequivocal, and such as it is, might be outweighed by the discovery

of a single well marked and thoroughly chhracteristic fish, shell or

coral.”

But nothing of this kind has as yet been found, while on the contrary

many more plants have been discovered corroborating Sir Charles Bunbury’s

views as to the mezozoic age of the Damudas generally and particularly

claiming a Triassic age for them.

But still the plant remains remained undescribed and unexamined, and

although since 1871 there have been many unmistakeable proofs of the

mezozoic age of this series, more than at the time when Mr. Oldham and

Sir Charles Bunbury wrote on this subject, yet Mr. H. F. Blanford, in his

recent paper on the age and correlation of the Plant-bearing Series in

India, &e.,* could make no use of all the evidence the plants afforded,

and had of course to content himself with repeating all that had been

previously said.

Of the plant-remains, which generally speaking form the principal por-

tion of the fossils in the Gondwanas, Mr. H. F. Blanford repeats all the

provisional names which Mr. Oldham had given,+ and which were mostly

only generic determinations: conclusions drawn from fossils not determined

with certainty cannot, of course, be correct: they are mere suppositions

and bear more a speculative character.

After having been engaged to the Survey of India, I examined the

greatest portion of our Damtda fossils, as far as I thought it necessary to

enable me to publish preliminary notesf{ on their relations and probable age.

T will not here repeat all the discussions and results, I will only say

shortly that from the fossils, which are only plant-remains, I endeavoured

to show that the flora of our Damitda Series has its analogies mostly in the

mezozoic epoch of Europe, and especially in the Trias, although it contains

richly represented the genus Glossopterts, which also occurs in Australia

rarely in the lower, but more numerously in the upper coal-measures

which latter are certainly also mezozoic. Considering these notes oly

as preliminary I gave them only very briefly, postponing all detail for a

future time.

But Mr. W. T. Blanford has endeavoured to illustrate the relations

from his own point of view, and we find his paper in the same number of

the Records as that in which my paper on the lower portion of the

Damiudas was published. I need not here repeat what I had to remark,

* Q. J. Geol. Soc. November 1875.

+ Mem. Geol. Sury. Ind. IT.

£ Notes on several fossil floras in India. I. and II. Flora of Kach, and from the

Rajmahal Hills in Records G. 8. Ind. TX. 2. III. IV. V. The flora of the Panchet

group, Damida Series and Talchir group, Rec. G. S. Ind. IX. 3,

334 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

but I must only state that I felt obliged to explain shortly in another

paper* what I had omitted in the former one and postponed for a

future occasion when describing the Damtda fossils. It is of course

only very just that Mr. Blanford should have written this paper, but

I think he will on the other side appreciate all the arguments which

I have brought forward.

From my paper in the 4th number of Vol. IX. Rec. G.S. J., I will

repeat some only of the most important points.

To the characteristic fossils, which I had already enumerated in my

first note on the Damudas, such as Scehizoneura Gondwanensis, Fstm.

(triassic type), Actinopteris Bengalensis, Fstm. (mezozoic type), Mewrop-

teris valida, Fstm. (triassic type), Gangamopteris cyclopteroides, Fstm.

(mezozoic), Voltzia heterophylla, Bgt. (triassic), I added more palzonto-

logical evidence, consisting in the discovery of —

a. Phyllotheca, in the real sense, in the Raniganj group, by which

the analogy with the Kamthi group is rendered still more evident.

b. Some specimens of Leniopteris (Macroteniopteris and Angio-

pteridiwm ?) from the Kamthis.

c. Some more specimens of Sagenopteris from the Godavari District

and from Kurhurbari.t

d. A new Gangamopteris from the Kamthi beds.

e. A Glossozamites from the Kurhurbari coalfield.+

f. A Noggerathia near Vogesiaca, Bronn, from the South Godavari

district.

g. A Voltzia heterophylla, Bgt., again from the Kurhurbari coal-

field. +

I think that these additions, which however do not include all that

ean be added, will modify to some extent Mr. W. T. Blanford’s conclusion?

“that the evidence, which connects the Damudas with the Australian

earboniferous rocks is about equal to that which tends to show their

relations with the Triassic§ rocks in Europe; and that the evidence of

a mezozoic age will be still further increased by the present contribution

to the Flora of the Raniganj coalfield. The stratigraphical classification

of the Damudas is at present the following :

Damuda Series (not group)

a. Raniganj—Kamti-group (not Series).

b. Iron Shales.

22 Win (Gis (Sy II, IDG, 4 ‘

+ Amongst plants brought by Dr. Stoliczka in 1871; others sent by Mr. Whitty

~ R. G. Surv. Ind. IX. 3. p. 84.

§ At any rate, if the flora does not show plainly enough a Triassic age, it indicates

at least a mezozoic epoch.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 335

e. Barakur group, with which the

d. Talchir group—is in closest relation.

Thus stands now our knowledge of the relations and conditions of the

Damiudas, in which of course our Raniganj coal-field is included.

The flora—the only remainder of former life—of that Damida series

will be worked out as a whole later on. But in the meantime some

shorter papers may illustrate certain groups of fossils which are contained

in collections other than those of the Geological Museum.

Of such papers the present is the first, and the fossils were collected

by Mr. Wood-Mason.

First of all I will give a list of the fossils found by Mr. Wood-Mason,

then the descriptions, amongst which I also include short notices of

such fossils as oceurred in the Raniganj field, but were not found again by

Mr. Wood-Mason.

I. List oF tHE Fosst Prants Bprovant By Mr. Woop-Mason.

FROM THE RANIGANJS COALFIELD.

Paleontological System. meee Living affinities. Remarks.

I. HEQvisETAcEZ.

Sphenophyllum Trizygia

(orale) Wiss, 2 Bee dsocc Pl. XV, 1.2. |Equisetacez. Different from all

. palzeozoic species.

Vertebraria indica, Royle, ..|Pl. XV, 3. 4.|/Hquisetaceee. Rhizomes? and root-

XVI. 4. lets.

II. Fiices.

1. Sphenopterides.

: |

Sphenopteris pope Pl. XVI, 5-7.

HEU CoododL .|Pl. XVIL.

2. Pecopterides.

a. Group of Alethopteris

Whitbyensis (Schimp. 1869;

lasiany SiGe doonodd

Alethopt. Lindleyana, Royle, BIS XOX 7h ? Fructificating speci-

men.

336 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Paleontological System. | pete Living affinities Remarks.

Alethopt. emp. Whitbyensis Pl. X XI. 6, 6a.

CiVDoy 0000000000000 9000

b. Type Phegopteris.

Alethopt.

TG, Go500

phegopteroides

eee ee ce

3 Taeniopterides.

Macroteeniopteris daneeoides,|

FROVAEI SPS eee eee 9 00000000

Macroteeniopteris sp. ....0.6

ce. Type Vittaria.

Gen.—Paleovittaria, nov.

gen 1876.

Paleovittaria Kurzi, Fstm. ..

4 Dictyopterides.

Gen.—Belemnopteris, Nov.

gen. 1876.

Belemnopteris Wood-Maso-

niana, Fstm. ..... SUReterene:

Genus Gangamopteris,

McCoy, 6.

Gangamopteris Whittiana,| _

Isnt amas ooo Gc 290900000

Genus Glossopteris, Bet.

1828.

Glossopteris angustifolia, Bet.

Glossopt. communis, Fstm. ..

Genus Sagenopteris, Bet.

1828.

Sagenopteris polyphylla, Fstm.

Pl. XVIII.

eI, NOK, 1, 9

Pl. XXI. 1.

BL, GOK, B, 4,

BL, XOX, 1) 54,

BI XOX, 8, 4,

Pl. XXI. 2, 4.

Pl. XXI. 5.

[OX Be (6,

Pteris ? In the form of Pe-

copt. tenuis, Bet.

Phegopteris de-|A new form of fossil

cussata, Mett. ferns,

Acrostichum ? Mezozoic.

Vittaria. New genus.

Gymnogramme sa-

gittata Httgh. |New genus.

(Hemionitis cor-

data, Rxbgh.

Pteris sagittata,

Raddi.

Antrophyum lati-

folium, Bl. New form.

Pteris? Schizo-

loma ? |Exhibitne a mar-

ginal line.

\Glossopteris acaulis

? | McC.

Il. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PLANTS FROM THE RANIGANJ FIELD.

The specimens brought by Mr. Wood-Mason represent two orders only :

I. Hqwisetacee and Il. Filices.

The specimens are almost all very well preserved in a dark grey

shale, and are throughout covered with a very thin film of coal, the

former vegetable substance. In this respect they differ from the most of

the specimens from Ranigan] in the Museum of the Geological Survey,

these being mostly in a light grey rock, and only rarely covered with a coal-

1876. | Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 337

film. It seems that Mr. Wood-Mason’s plants are from a different clay-

band.

In the description of the fossils I will always first discuss those

brought by Mr. Wood-Mason, which are mostly figured, briefly mentioning

the other plants known from the Raniganj field.

1. EQUISETACE.

Fossil Hqguisetacee are known to occur throughout all the sedimentary

rocks from the Devonian unto the present time. But I think this

is so with the greatest portion of fossils, and has no consequence as

to the possibility or impossibility of determining the age of a certain group.

There are always certain differences which enable us to use a fossil organism,

although it has some or very close relation in the present world, as a guide

in determining the age.

So it is with the Hguisetacee too; each of the formations has

its peculiar forms, some of which have more or less perfect representatives

in the living Hquisetum, having a complete spathe in the articula of the

stalk, while some others have no longer any existing analogues.

As far as I can say the peculiar forms are just in those epochs, where-

in the Hguisetacee are most richly developed, asin the paleozoic and

mezozoic epoch (here especially in the Trias).

The palzozoie epoch is chiefly characterized by the following :—

Calamites, Bgt.

Asterophyllites, Bgt.

Macrostachia, Schimp.

Cinyularia, Weiss.

Sphenophyllum, Bgt.*

The mezozoic is marked by the following peculiar genera :—

a. NSchizoneura, Sissimp.

b. Phyllotheca, Bgt.

c. NSphenophyllum—a peculiar form.

d. Vertebraria, ete.

The genus Hguisetum of the fossil Flora agrees, as I have already

said, with living forms ; and some forms which one takes as Calamites are

2 VHX

certainly casts, and perhaps sometimes stalks of other Hqwisetacee, as

well as the lower carboniferous genera Stigmatocanna, Anarthrocanna, etc.,

are nothing but forms of Calamites with scars disposed in regular arrange-

ment.

* Sphenophyllum has long since ceased to be peculiar to the carboniferous epoch, as

we know it from Permian and also from the Triassic Damidas.

338 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

I think some of these Calamites-like forms also occur in our Damidas,

but are generally termed Phyllotheca.*

Genus Sphenophyllum, Bet. 1828.

Plante herbacee ; caule ramoso, ramis alternantibus aut oppositis.

Caule primario crassiore, secundariis tenerioribus, interdum tenerrimis, ad

articula inflatis, costatis, costis non alternantibus ; internodiis in longitudime

variantibus.

FOLIIs CUNEATIS, sesstlibus, plurime in articulis verticillatis, interdum

alio in modo dispositis ; in numero variantibus, numerwm duodecim rarius

attingentibus ; marginibus lateralibus integris, margine exteriore saepius

dentato aut vario in modo inciso.

NERVO MEDIO NULLO, sed nervulis pluribus, equalibus, ex nonnullis

crassiusculis repetito dichotomis. HPructificatio spicaeformis.

This diagnosis, originally drawn up for the Sphenophyllum of the

palzozoic epoch, I have completed so as to make it applicable also to our

Damiuda forms.

For in general this genus was formerly considered as characteristic

of the true carboniferous formation. But later it was discovered in other

portions of the palzeozoic epoch also.

Dawson}+ mentions a Sphenophyllum from the Devonian in Cana-

da; I know Sphenophyllum from the Culm in Silesia, and another speaamen

from the Permian, in the so-called Schwarte, in the Rakonitz coalfield

in Bohemia and from Stepanitz near Starkenbach (Bohemia), and, finally, —

from the passage-bed between the Carboniferous and Permian in the so-

called “ Nurschan-Gasschiefer”’ from the Pilsen-coalfield in Bohemia ; so

that the genus is now known from all members of the paleeozoic epoch.

But it is also known from higher beds.

This genus is easily recognised by the shape of the leaves. These are

cuneiform, sessile in the articulations of the stalk (therefore in numerous

whorls on the stalk), entire on the lateral margin, but may be dentate or

incised in various ways on the exterior margin. ‘The veins are also

peculiar : there is no midrib, and although the veins are numerous, they

* In this form the Phyllotheca belongs certainly to a great extent to Schizoneura,

Sch.

+ Dawson on the Flora of the Devonian Period in North Eastern America, Q. J.

Geol. Soc., Vol. XVIII, pp. 296—330, Pls. XII—XVII; and on the fossil flora of the

Devonian and Upper Silurian in Canada. London 1871. 20 Plates.

¢ Feistmantel, Ueber den Niirschaner Gasschiefer, etc. Zeitschr. d. D. geolog.-

Gesellschaft. 1873.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 339

pass out from the base as two or more main-veins and spread out in the leaf

surface repeatedly bifurcating. ;

The stalk, which as I have mentioned, is articulated, is rarely striated

on the surface ; the internodes are of different lengths.

As regards the nature of this genus and its relations, it was first

described as belonging to the Marsileaceae* by Brongniart ; Lindley and

Huttony considered it to be one of those plants which in the ancient

world represented the pine tribe of modern floras.

Mr. Unger in 1845{ also placed Sphenophyllum with the Marsileaceae,

while in 1850§ the same author ranged it with the Asterophylliteae,]||

placing this order, together with the Hguisetaceae and the Calamiteae, in the

class Calamarieae; and from that time until Schimper’s ‘ Paleontologie

végétale’ appeared in 1869 we find Sphenophylium (as a peculiar genus)

generally ranged with the Hqwisetaceae.

I think it would be quite unnatural to consider it as belonging to the

- Marsileaceae, as there in the whole world amongst all the Marsileaceae is not

a single form which has more than one leaf-whorl coming out from the

rhizome on a thin stalk, which is never articulated.

Some years ago, however, Mr. Carruthers endeavoured to unite not

only Asterophyllites, Bgt., with the genus Calamites, Bgt., as leaved branch-

es of it, as Mr. Ettingshausen** had already done, but also the genus Sphe-

nophyllum, Bgt., although this last is so characteristic.

But quite recently we have some further investigations about this

genus by Mr. Williamson} and by Prof. Renault. ft

The latter author would prove that Sphenophyllum cannot possibly be

an equisetaceous plant, just what Mr. Williamson had attempted to show

in the case of Asterophyllites ; and both these authors would have us

believe that Asterophyllites and Sphenophyllum are very closely allied genera

and more closely allied to lycopods than to any other plants. A com-

munication on this subject in the above-mentioned sense I have in a letter

of Mr. Williamson (1875).

* Brongniart, Prodrome, 1828 p. 68. Royle, 1. c. p. 431. XXIX.

t+ Fossil Flora of Great Britain. Vol. I. 1831-33. pp. 41-44, 86.

ft Synopsis plant. foss. pp. 112-114.

§ Genera et spec. plant. foss. p. 69 seqq.

Including Volkmania, Huttonia, Asterophyllites, Annularia, etc.

{| The cryptogamic forests, Geolog. Magaz, 1868.

** Haidingers Naturwissenschaftl. Abhandl. 1851. Flora der Steinkohlenforma-

tion von Radnitz, Abh. d. K. K. Geol. Reichsantst. 1852.

tt Philosophical Transactions, 1874. p. 41 seqq., Pls. I—IX.

{££ Researches sur I’ organisation des Sphenophyllum et des Annularia, Mem. del

Acad. des Science. Paris. 1870.

340 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Already at that time this author supposed that the leaflets of Spheno-

phyllum could have been produced by coalescence of leaves of the genus

Asterophyllites, just as in Hgwisetum and in Schizonewra, wherein the

spathes or portions of the spathes are produced by the junction of

several leaflets; but in the latter genera we find the spathe traversed

by simple veins only, representing the same veins as were in the separate

leaflets before these grew together.

In Asterophyllites also we have undivided veins in the leaflets.

‘Sphenophyllwn, however, has repeatedly forked veins: invariably two or

more main veins, originating at the base of the leaf, are continually forked

until they reach the margin, so that from the two main veins we can have

as many as 20—30 forked veins reaching to the margin in one leaflet.

But that which Mr. Wilhamson three years ago advanced as a suppo-

sition only he brought forward as an established fact before the last meet-

ing of the British Association at Glasgow,* saying that the wedge-shaped

leaves of Sphenophyllum are merely the result of the coalescence of several

of the leaves of Asterophyllites.

The learned author,-who at that meeting expressed also his “ strong

conviction} that the flora of the coal-measures would ultimately become

the battle-field on which the question of evolution with reference to the

origin of species would be fought out,” will certainly excuse me, taking

especially our Indian Sphenophyllum into consideration, for entertaining

some doubts as to the close relationship of Sphenophyilum and Astero-

phyllites in the above-mentioned sense.

As our figure (Pl. XV, Fig. 22) plainly shows, the veins of our Spheno-

phyllum pass out as two main veins and are forked in a regular way until

they reach the margin. Here no coalescence of leaflets is possible, least

of all of Asterophyllites where the leaflets have only one undivided midrib.

Further, everybody knows very well that the leaflets of Asterophyllites

are linear and attenuated both towards the base and towards the apex, so

that they could never produce by their coalescence a wedge-shaped leaf,

with the broadest portion just at the apex as in Sphenophyllum.

Our Sphenophyllum shows this further to be quite impossible by the

arrangement of the leaf-whorls in the articula, as we always find quite

regularly three pairs of leaflets, of which one pair is smaller than the others.

The stalk also is generally thinner in the genus Sphenophyllum, our

Indian form showing this very evidently.

If the leaflets of Asterophyllites were to grow together, they would

* J have read the report published in Nature for 21st September, 1876, No. 360,

p. 455, the only one which has as yet reached us.

+ Ibidem, p. 456.

1876. | Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 341

form either a dentate upright spathe or an oblong-oval leaf, which, however,

would also be upright in the manner seen in Hquisetum and Schizoneura.

In the latter genus there are generally two spathe-portions, which are

oblong-oval and contain as many distinct simple veins as leaflets have

grown together; mm some cases we see the leaflets separated again by

dehiscence, but they could never produce anything like the leaf of

Sphenophyllum, in which also the forked veins afford a chief difference.

Tam much inclined to believe that both genera have the same micro-

scopical structure and belong to the same order ; but I think it is against all

morphological and biological laws to suppose that linear leaflets, which

are attenuated at both ends and all contain invariably only one undivided

rib, could ever by their coalescence produce a wedge-shaped leaf, with a

narrow base and a disproportionally broader apex, and with 2 or 3 chief

veins, which are repeatedly forked to the margin.

All these relations, together with the much thinner stalks and a differ-

ent fruit-spike, will, as I think, still maintain Sphenophyllum as a peculiar

genus belonging, with <Asterophyllites, to the same order; but that this

is that of the Lycopodiaceae, must, as I think, be thoroughly proved*

before one can draw any conclusions.

But for the present I think it is better to leave them both in the

class Hguisetaceae, when following Schimper’s system, we have :—

Class :—HQUuISETACEAE.}

Order I.—EQuvuISsETEAE, true horsetails.

EHqutiseteum, Linn.t

Schizoneura, Schmp.§

Equisetides, Schmp.

Phyllotheca, Bgt.|

Order I[].—CaLaMARIEAE.

Calamites, Suits.

Asterophpllites, Bgt.4

Fruit-spikes.

Sphenophyllum, Bgt.

Annuularia, Bet.

Schimper does not mention the Sphenophyllum from our Damiudas

at all; and his diagnosis, therefore, as referring only to the palozoie

* While this paper is passing through the press, I have heard that Mr. Stur of

Vienna proves that Sphenophyllwm cannot by any possibility be a Lycopod.

+ The Indian forms are spaced.

{ None in Damudas; one species in the Rajmahal Hills.

§ Very abundant in the Raniganj group and in Trias in Europe.

|| Very frequent also in Italian Oolite.

4] Schimper uses Calamocladus, Schimp.

342 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

species, is not quite complete ; and hence it is that he speaks only of forms

with complete leaf-whorls in which all the leaflets are equal.

But from my more complete diagnosis is seen that there can be

distinguished two groups as regards the arrangement of the leaves.

1. With complete whorls.

This group would include the paleozoic forms.

2. With incomplete whorls.

In this I place the Triassic forms of our Damidas. A case ana-

logous to this we will find in Neuropteris, Bgt., wherein the bi- and tri-

pinnate fronds belong -to the palaeozoic epoch, while the single-pinnate

forms occur in the Trias.

SPHENOPHYLLUM TRIzYa@IA, Ung., Pl. XV, Figs. 1, 2, 2a.

1839. Trizygia speciosa, Royle, 1. c. p. XXIX. p. 431, Pl. 2. f. 8.

1846. , Unger Synopsis. plant. foss. p. 114.

1850. Sphenoph. speciosum, McClell., Report, p. 54. Pl. XIV. f. 6.

1850. Sphenoph. trizygia, Ung., Gen. et. sp. pl. f. pag. 71.

1860. Sphenophyllum, T. Oldham, M. G. Sury. II. p. 316.

1865. Trizygia, W. T. Blanford, Raniganj coal field M. G. 8. Ind. III. p. 31.

1876. Sphenoph. Trizygia, Feistmantel, Notes etc., Rec. G. 8. I. TX. 3. p. 70.

Caule articulato, tenerrimo, fluctuante (7) ; foliis senis in articulis,

totum verticillum haud formantibus, sed wunilateraliter in tria paria dis-

positis ; pare summo longissimo, imo brevissimo minimoque, medio medio-

ert. Koliis obovato-oblonge cuneiformibus ; NERVO MEDIO NULLO, nervulis

erebris aequalibus EX DUOBUS primarits requlariter dichotomis.

Stalk articulate, very slender, floating (?); the leaves by six in

each articulation, not forming a complete whorl, but disposed on one

side of the articulum in three pairs ; the uppermost pair the longest,

the lowermost the smallest ; the leaflets oblong-cuneiform, ; no midrib,

but the veins numerous, equal, regularly dichotomous out of two chief

veins.

Of this interesting species Mr. Wood-Mason has brought several nice

specimens, of which I figure two, to show the different sizes, the lower

leaflets being much longer than the upper ones.

The collections of the Geological Survey contain also a great many

specimens of this species; and other figures will be given in the ‘ Palzonto-

logia Indica’.

This species was first discovered by Mr. Royle and figured and

mentioned as Trizygia speciosa ; with this name we find it still in Unger’s

Synopsis (1845) and in the Mem. G. 8. India. But McClelland in 1850

and Unger also in 1850 placed it with Sphenophyliwm, Bgt., the former

keeping the older specific name, speciosum ; the latter substituting trizygia

1876. } Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 343

for it, which I adopt too, as it shows that the species belongs to the genus

Sphenophylium and has the leaves in three pairs (trizygia), while it at the

same time recalls Royle’s generic name.

That the fossil under discussion belongs to Sphenophyllwm cannot, I

think, be doubted, as all the characters of the stalk and of the leaves agree

well.

But it has a very characteristic peculiarity in the leaves, which is con-

stant in all specimens hitherto found: it is that there are in all speci-

mens only six leaflets in each articulwm, forming three pairs of different

lengths and sizes, arranged on one side of the articulation. The leaflets

are entire ; the veins are very numerous in the broad portion of the

leaflets ; they begin as two main veins, which are forked at almost equal

distances dichotomously, until one can count 18—20 at the apical margin ;

some of them, especially those on the lateral margins, are continued

undivided after the second or third furcation.

By this condition of the leaves, our species differs totally from all

palzeozoie forms, and is not at all opposed to the view of a mezozoic age

for the Raniganj] group; and thus the division of this genus into two

groups is quite justifiable.

But there is another circumstance which renders this fossil important.

~It was formerly known only from Raniganj, and McClelland’s spect-

mens came from that locality. But later it occurred also at Talchir

(Cuttack) im Orissa, in a dark spheerosideritic shale. ‘These beds near Tal-

chir and Cuttack had hitherto been ranged with the lower portion of the

Damiudas or the Barakir group.

The specimens from the Raniganj and Barakur group represent the

same species, only in the latter they are generally of slightly smaller size.

We have, therefore, in Sphenophyllum trizygia already one typical

species which is common to the upper and to the lower portions of the

Damiudas.

Lately Mr. Schenk* described a form from the Wealden as Marsilidiwm

speciosum ; but if I see aright, this form also exhibits two whorls of leaves

in the articulations of the stalk, and it would have been more natural

to have ranged it with Sphenophyllum, as it is well known that no known

WMarsileaceae have more than one whorl of leaves.

Besides the Sphenophyllum trizygia, Ung. there are known from

the Raniganj coalfield other important forms belonging to the Hguisetaceae,

which I cannot omit to mention, but of which I give only a few figures,

* Fossile Flora der Wealdenformation; Paleeontographica, Cassel, 1871, p. 225.

Pl. XXYVI, Fig. 3.

4A:

344 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

because no representatives of them are amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s speci-

mens, and because those from our collection will be hereafter figured

sufficiently in the ‘ Palzontologia Indica.’

Genus. Schizoneura, Schimp. 1844.

This very peculiar genus was established by Mr. Schimper*. It was

formerly known only from the Trias, of which formation it is especially

characteristic ; Schimpert having only recently placed the Rhztie Oalamites

Hoerensis, Hss.{ in this genus as Schizonewra Horensis, Schimp.; so that

this author can well say (1. ¢., p. 282), “ Le génre Schizonewra characterise

le Trias et les couches Rhétique.”’

The species of Schizonewra known at present are :—

Schizoneura paradoxa, Schimp. (1. c.), from the Upper Grés Bigarré

(Lower Trias) in the Vosges.

Schizoneura Meriani, Schimp., from the Keuper near Stuttgart,

Salz-sur-le-Necker, ete.

Schizoneura Hoerensis, Schimp., from the Rheetic at Hoer in Scania,

Salzgitter in Hanover, ete.

This genus is a very characteristic one. It has an articulated stalk or

stem ; the originally separate leaflets are grown together into a spathe, which,

however, attains a much greater length than the internodes and consequently

bursts generally into two pretty equal portions, each containing as many

pretty thick ribs as there are leaflets grown together. Owing to the

original form of the leaflets (narrower at base and towards the apex),

these two portions have an oblong oval shape and are always directed upwards.

Sometimes the dehiscence goes further still, so that we find one portion

of the spathe only entire and the other split-into several leaflets, or even

both portions are resolved into leaflets.

In our Raniganj group this genus is very abundantly represented,

especially at Raniganj, specimens from which locality have been for many

years (16) in the collections of the Geological Survey. But up to date

neither figures nor descriptions of it have been published.

It is simply mentioned as Schizonewra in the Mem. G. 8. India.

Lately§ I examined the specimens and found the species identical with

that in the Panchet group. I established it therefore as follows :—

* Schimper et Mougeot, Monogr. d. plant. foss. du grés bigarré 1844, pp. 48—51,

Tab. XXIV—XXVI.

t+ Pal. vegét. I, p. 283.

{ Miesinger, Lethea Suec. Supp. II, p. 5, Tab. XXXVIII, Fig. 8.

§ Rec. G. S. Ind. IX, 3, p. 69.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. B45

ScHIZONEURA GONDWANENSIS,* Fstm., Pl. XVI, Figs. 1—2.

1876. Fecistmantel, Rec. Geolog. Surv. Ind. IX, 38, p. 69.

Trunco articulato ramoso, caule+ articulato, striato, variabili altitu-

dine ae latitudine, foliolis 12—22, plerumque duas in partes vaginae coali-

tis, nonnunquam etiam liberis suberectis ; foliis (partibus vaginae) oblonge

ovalibus, usque ad 14°5 cm. longis et media in parte 2°5 em. latis ; 7—11

nervos (singulorum foliorum) continentibus.

On this species I will here make only a few short remarks, as full

details will be given later on.

a. It is very closely allied to Schizonewra paradoxa, Sch. M.,f the

only difference being that our species has the portions of the vagina broader

and has therefore more veins (indicating the leaflets which by their

coalescence have formed the vagina).

b. As in Schizoneuwra paradoxa the portions of the spathe are some-

times found burst into the original leaflets: and thus we find it in our

Raniganj species, but more frequently with only the apex of the spathe

split as indication to further bursting ; in our figures two leaflets (figs. 1

and 2.) exhibit this state, and on a future occasion I will illustrate this

further.

ce. Schizoneura paradoxa is a typically Triassic fossil. We may, there-

fore, consider our species also as Triassic.

d. The Damuda species is not different from that in the Panchet group,

which latter I have also designated Schizon. Gondwanensis.§

e. It occurs, therefore, in both members of the lower portion of the

Gondwana system, and from this circumstance I derived the specific name.

Ff. No Schizoneura is as yet known from Australia|| with certainty,

and to consider the genus Zeugophyllites, Bgt.,4 as Schizoneura, as Messrs.

T. Oldham** and H. F. Blanfordt+ have done, would be merely a sup-

position, as every one must recognise at once and that very easily the

great difference between these two fossils. It is also incorrect to consi-

der, as Mr. W. T. Blanford{{ has done, the Australian Néggerathia as

? Schizoneura, the two latter genera being quite as distinct as the two

* JT oive here only 3 little figures as all the other specimens will be figured in the

Flora of the Damuda Series in the Paleontologia Indica.

t Folkifero.

i L.c. pp. 50, 51. Pls. XXIV—XXVI.

§ R. G.S. Ind. IX. 3. p. 66.

|| I mean from the lower coal-measures, in which marine fossils predominate.

{| Prodrome 1828, pp. 118-121 ; Streleczki, Phys. Descript of New South-Wales,

1845.

#% M. Geol. S. Ind. I, p. 327.

ff Q. J. G. Soc. 1875, p. 527.

ie nec. Gass ind, Xe 3.

346 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4, »

former are from one another; and [ think certainly that Mr. W. B. Clarke

would be able to distinguish a Néggerathia from a Schizonewra or vice

versa.*

My opinion about the Australian Zeugophyllites is that it is rather a

Zamieae, as it differs in its chief characters from Sehizoneura.

This latter has, owing to the coalescence of the leaflets into a common

spathe, or after the dehiscence of the one spathe into two portions, much

thicker veins, the representatives of the midribs of the originally separate

leaflets, and the veins are also much more distant and all of equal thick-

ness, while Zewgophyllites; has many more veins, which are the venation

of the leaf itself, this being plainly rather a single leaf than the result of

the coalescence of several leaflets.

I would consider it as belonging to the genus Zamites, Bgt., or perhaps

also to some of the Podozamites ; these genera are all mezozoic.

In a paper by Mr. Bronn on the Triassie flora of the Raibler Sdeteus

on pl. vu. fig, 4, is figured a specimen which is tolerably like the Australian

Zeugophyllites, only that the veins are a little thicker.

Schizoneura and Zeugophyllites are therefore substantially quite

different, the latter beg a single leaf, the former having leaves formed by

coalescence of several leaflets. ||

Schizoneura is especially known from the Raniganj field, Jheria

coalfield, but almost in the same abundance also from the Nerbudda valley

(upper Denwa valley near Barkundum). In the flora of the Damida

group many specimens of this genus will be figured.

Genus Phyllotheca, Bet. 1828.

1828, Brongniart Prodrome, 1828, p. 151.

The systematic position of this genus is, as I think, in the Hywisetaceae,

as the leaf-spathe plainly indicates. I do not see anything uncertain

about it.

The most characteristic forms of this genus are known from the Italian

Oolite.

* From specimens which I have seen from Australia I have satisfied myself

that the Australian Néggerathia is certainly a Noggerathia in the same sense as Négg.

_Hislopi, Bunb. Schimper considers Zeugophyllites to be a Cycadeaceae.

7 In my note on the Damuda Flora, R. G. S. India, IX. 3, p. 69, 4 lines from

below, after the words “seem to belong also to Schizonewra’”’ the words “ according to

Mr. Oldham” have been omitted, as can be scen from the following sentence, wherein

I plainly say “that I do not know anything like Schizonewra from the lower coal-strata

in Australia.”

} Streleczki, 1, c. p. 250, Pl. VI, f. 5.

§ N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. 1858.

| Dana (U. 8. Explor. Exped., Geology, p. 715) refers Zeugophyllites to Nogge-

rathia.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. BAT

The first specimen was described by Ad. Brongniart,* from Aus-

tralia ; it was the Phyllotheca australis, Bgt. ; later, Mr. McCoy added the

Phylloth. ramosa and Ph. Hookeri,+ which, however, seem not to be

different. Subsequently Sir Ch. Bunbury described the Phylloth. indica

from the Nagpur District, and later still Mr. de Zigno§ described complete

specimens from Italian Oolite.

No forms like these are known from true coal-measures anywhere.

This genus has, therefore, its analogues as well in the upper Australian

coal-measures as in the Italian Oolite.

The Australian Phyllotheca resembles the Italian forms most wonder-

fully.

From India the real Phyllotheca indica, Bunb., was formerly only

known from the Kamthi group|| (Nagpur district).

But only lately I succeeded in discovering a specimen of Phy/llo-

theca, Bgt., in the real sense in our Raniganj collection ; it is identical with

the Kamthi species, and is further evidence that both these groups belong

to the same horizon.

Although our Phyllotheca at first sight seem very near some from

Australia, they are yet distinct from them in the mode of formation of the

leaf-spathe in the articula ; our specimens having generally much thinner,

and therefore more numerous leaflets, which are not grown together into

so long a tube (spathe) as in some of the Australian specimens, the leaflets

of which are generally broader: in which respect they agree more with

those from Italy: the spathe is also longer.

INCERTE SEDI.

Genus Vertebraria, Royle, 1839.

Pl. XV, Fig. 3, and Pl. XVI, Fig. 4.

Amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens is also numerously represented

that form which is so common throughout the whole Damtda Series, and

which was first called by Royle Vertebraria, but the true nature of which

has not been satisfactorily made out to date.

Dr. Royle¥ mentions this fossil only, without any description. He dis-

tinguished two species, which I do not consider to be different. The

one called Vertebr..indica is the more common type.

* Prodrome 1828, pp. 175, 152.

7 A. and M. N. H. 1847, pp. 155-157.

{ Q. J. G. Soc. XVII. p. 355, Pls. X. XI.

§ Flor. form. Oolith. 1856—1868. (Only these fascicles are in my hands.)

|| Most of the other specimens which are mentioned from elsewhere as Phyllotheca,

especially from the Raniganj field, and which represent mostly stalks and stems, belong,

as I think, to the genus Schizoneura, Schimp., as stem portions, the real Phyllotheca, Bet.,

being rather rare.

§] Iustr. Bot. etc. Him, Mount, 1839, p. 29. Pl. II. 1. 2.3. 4. 4.

348 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [ No. 4,

The first discussion of this genus we find in McCoy’s paper on the

fossil botany and zoology, &c. of Australia,* wherein the author especially

describes Vertebr. Australis, McCoy, which is something like Royle’s

Vertebraria radiata from India. But as both species were founded on

very insufficient materials, and as the figure in McCoy’s paper is the only

existing one, it would be rather hazardous to draw any conclusions ; and

yet generally the Australian Vertebraria has both by Mr. Oldham and

by Mr. W. T. Blanford been taken as identical with our Indian one.t

McCoy considered his specimen to be very near to the genus Spheno-

phyllum as a form with very short internodia, so that the leaf-whorls are

very approximate. It is true that it looks at first sight a little like it, but

I think it to be altogether an accidental preservation of the common form.

From this consideration Mr. Unger quoted the forms of Vertebraria as

Sphenophyllum ; and from this consideration of McCoy and determination

of Unger I think it has happened that there is mentioned from Australia

also the genus Sphenophyllum, no specimens of which have ever been

described or figured from that country.

The next discussion of Vertebraria is to be found in Bunbury’s paper

on the fossil flora of Nagptr,{ wherein the author speaks especially of his

figure l.c., Pl. XI. 3, of which he plainly says that it cannot be either

Sphenophyllum or any one of the Asterophylliteae, but that it appears to

him rather to be the roots of some large plants, and so he coneludes—-

“On the whole, then, Iam of opinion that the branched specimens from

Kamthi, which have been taken for Vertebraria were the roots of some plants,

possibly of Phyllotheca,§ Bgt., that they had probably a woody central axis

of small diameter, that between this axis and the outer coat or rind there

was a hollow, traversed at irregular distances by incomplete partitions, which

connected the outer coat with the axis.

“The unbranched specimens were most likely also fragments of root,

though it is not quite so clear.” This is the extent of our knowledge of

this peculiar genus.

I think I will presently be able to make some further remarks about

this genus, especially about the unbranched form. Such specimens are well

represented in Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection; they are mostly pretty

large, but some of them are branched too, but in a way other than in the

specimen discussed by Sir Charles Bunbury.

* A. and M. N. H. Vol. 20, 1847, pp. 145-147.

t I have a good, pretty large specimen of Vertebraria from Australia (Bowenfells

upper coal-measures) before me which is totally different from our forms. As yet Ver-

tebraria is quoted only from the upper coal-strata.

i Q. J. G. Soc. XVII, p. 338.

§ In Nagpiér it is very likely so, as there Phyllotheca (in the true sense) occurs

plentifully, while in the Raniganj field it can belong to another genus.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 349

The most instructive specimen is that which I have figured (pl. xv,

fig. 3.), and it will be sufficient first to discuss this.

It represents a thickish stem with a branch passing out of it.

The stem appears at first sight to be of the same kind as Royle’s*

Vertebraria indica, but our specimen has the “ middle axis,’ if one can

so call it, broader. The whole stem shows the seemingly irregularly disposed

‘breakings’ on both sides of the axis, but a closer inspection shows that

they are not so irregular.

The only difficulty of observation is that the specimens are generally

very much crushed and have the outer coat destroyed, but the one under

discussion is better preserved than most others.

The most important point about this specimen is that the whole surface

is regularly longitudinally ribbed, in the same manner as the fossil Oalamites

or Hgwisetum ; the ribs are rather broad, on the average about 2 mm.,

and are separated by thick lines (or very thin ribs, as one may call them),

in the same way as is seen in some Calamites of the coal-measures.

The ribs are in general continuous over a long portion of the stem,

but on some of the ‘breakings’ there are apparently interruptions of the

ribs ; the ribs ending regularly in the ‘ breaking’ and the next ribs beginning

again independently.

This reminds one very closely of the formation of an articulation in a

Calamites or, indeed, in the Eqguisetaceae in general, and I consider it as

representing an articulation. Our figure (pl. xv, fig. 3, a. a. a.) exhibits

these relations very well.

So far they would agree completely with Calamites or Hquisetum, and

as regards the breadth of the ribs, mostly with some of the Triassic forms.

In these articulations the ribs do not alternate, as they generally do in

the carboniferous Calamites,+ but are arranged as they almost always are in

the Triassic forms.

From what I have said about this stem, I am quite certain that it

belongs to the Hquwisetaceae or at least to some order in which the Calamites

must be placed; which is shown by the ribbed surface and by the articula-

tions. But how to explain the ‘breakings’ of the stems? They are not so

irregular as they seem to be at first sight. One thing is certain, that the

articulations which I have observed on our specimen are just in the ‘ break-

ings’; perhaps this genus was very fragile at the articulations; but Sir

Charles Bunbury’s hypothesis could be right too.

Yet another circumstance must be mentioned, which is of importance

and could partly explain the ‘ breakings’. Our specimen is also branched ;

2 1k G IPily Be aie al

+ In the true Carboniferous I know of only one instance where the ribs do not

alternate ; it is in the coal formation of Silesia.

350 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [ No. 4,

but the branch does not grow out from the body of the stem, being

inserted in an articulation, or at least in a ‘ breaking’, and being joined to the

main stem by an articulating surface (pl. xv, fig. 3, b.) in the same way as in

Calamites, and in the Hqwiseta, fossil and living. The branch shows the

same structure as the main stem, a central axis (?), the ‘breakings, and

the striation of the surface.

I suppose this insertion of branches by a special articulation could pro-

duce in a certain way of preservation foldings or breakings similar to

those seen in this specimen.

But still something must be considered. It is known that the rhi-

zomes in living Hquiseta are constructed in nearly the same way as the stems

above the surface, but that, when they dry, they contract and shrink

in different degrees. Our specimen could very easily represent such a

state of things.

Another specimen of importance is that figured on pl. xvi, fig. 4.

It is a thin, compressed stem, which is preserved with the surface, as

no axis is visible, but the characteristic ‘breakings’ and contractions are

pretty well marked, so that nobody can deny its being a true Vertebraria,

Royle ; but what is interesting in this specimen is, that the ‘breakings’

and contractions are quite regular, corresponding with the articula and

internodes of equisetaceous plants. One can count 9 internodes and

therefore 8 articula, which are pretty much of the same length. The

articula are well marked by a constriction and a ‘ breaking’ in both adjoining

internodes.

The surface is smooth, but on the right side (of the figure) of

the original specimen are seen in all the internodes several ribs, which seem

to be interrupted in the place of the constriction, and thus to form an articu-

lation similar to that which I have already described in the other specimen.

I can therefore draw, as regards the specimens before me, the following

conclusions :

1. Vertebraria was most probably the rhizome of a certain equisetace-

ous plant.

2. This is rendered probable by its very frequent occurrence through-

out all the strata of the Damuda series in an almost unaltered appearance—

further by the regular striation or ribbing of the surface and the partially

preserved articulation.

3. Some of the “breakings’’ may have been produced by the insertion

of branches in the articulations.

4. What now about the relations? there we are obliged to suppose

that they belonged to some frequent plants. Here in Raniganj it is very

easy to find the connection, where other equisetaceous plants are so

frequent, especially Schizonewra, Schimp, to which most of the stems

known here as Phyllotheca belong, as I think, as stalks above the surface.

876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 351

We should therefore have Vertebraria as rhizome, Phyllotheca* (those

stems which are called by this name) as stalks, and Schizonewra as the

leaved branches of one and the same plant.

5. But I think Vertebraria could have belonged as rhizome also to

some other plants of other genera or species, and in the Raniganj field it

could have belonged also to Sphenophyllwm, in the Kamthis to the

Phyllotheca indica (the real Phyllotheca).

6. In Australia, in the upper coal-strata, this genus belonged certainly

to Phyllotheca too, as it is always associated with it, and no other

Equisetaceous plant has hitherto been found with it.

7. But in some localities we do not find it associated with any plate

to which it could be referred; which, however, is no proof against the

suppositions I have just made.

Besides these complete specimens of Vertebraria, a specimen is in

Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection which more resembles that described by Sir

Charles Bunbury: it is a branching specimen, which in reality seems to

be a rootlet, as Sir Ce Bunbury explained it; I have given a figure of

it on pl. xv, fig. 4.

From other places we have better specimens of the same kind, in

which the branching agrees exactly with Sir Charles Bunbury’s description ;

and.I will describe them hereafter.

_ The following table is given to illustrate the occurrence of Hquisetaceze

in the Raniganj field :—

* The real Phyllotheca with a closed leaf-spathe is a peculiar genus.

IIT.

O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the

[No. 4,

GENERAL VIEW OF THE EQUISETACER IN THE RANIGANS FIELD.

Names of the Species

from Raniganj field.

Class HQuisETACE®.

Order I. Hgwiseteae.

Schizoneura Gondwanensis,

Fstm.

Phyllotheca indica, Bunb....

Vertebraria indica, Royle...

Order II. Calanariee.

Sphenophyllum _ trizygia,

ng.

Where in

other portions

of the Damt-

das.

Jherria coal-

field.

Danwa

ley.

Very frequent

also in the

Panchet

group.

val-

Kamthi Beds

(Nagpur dis-

trict.)

In all por-

tions.

In the Bara-

kar group

at Talchir

in Orissa.

Kurope.

Trias.

Genus : lower

Trias in the

Vosges.

Keuper

Stuttgart

II. FILICKES.

The remains of ferns in the Damudas in general, and in the Raniganj

beds in particular, were up to this time no rarity, on the contrary they

occurred pretty frequently as regards specimens, but as regards variety

of forms they must be considered to have been very poorly represented.

Jura.

Australia.

Genus (real) :|Genus in the up-

Italy.

per coal-beds

in New South-

Wales ; the

same species

also in Victo-

ria, here with

Taeniopteris

Daintreei, Mc-

Coy, which in

Queensland is

characteristic

of the mezozoic

formation.

Genus in Aus-

tralia.

From Australia E

havenever seen

a figure or any

description.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 353

For only the genus Glossopteris occurred at all frequently, and this

was the only fern formerly regarded as of any importance, because the

other forms were of rarer occurrence.

But now we know that even amongst the older collections were other

forms of importance, to which last year two others were added from

Kaurhurbali; and this year Mr. Wood-Mason has added a good number

of interesting forms, all of which bear a mezozoic habitus, Zueniopteris-

like forms and ferns with net-venation predominating.

The studies and works of the most illustrious paleontologists have

shewn that the floras of the different epochs have in general special and

distinctive characters, although these may not be so strictly limited as in

the faunas, and although transitional forms are very often met with.

Thus we know that the coal-period in Hurope and America, and the

real lower coal-measures in Australia (Port Steffens, Smith’s Creek, etc.),

have their own flora, which is characterized by certain Hquisetacee@, and

amongst ferns especially by the Sphenopterides, true Newropterides, prevalent

Alethopterides, Lepidodendron, Cyclostigma, Sigillaria, Stigmaria, ete.

Forms with net-venation are rare, the true Dictyopteris and Lonchopteris

being nearly the only forms of this kind and Zueniopteris being rare.

The mezozoic epoch, however, is especially marked by these forms with

net-venation—forms generally different from the genera mentioned above

from the true carboniferous: we find Sagenopteris, Cheiropteris, Clathrop-

teris, Camptopteris, Gangamopteris; more numerous Cycadeaceae ; fre-

quently the order Zweniopterides, of different types; amongst the Pecop-

terides we find certain forms, of which many can be united into one group, of

which Alethopteris Whithyensis, Gopp., may be taken as the chief represen-

tative ; and we find on the whole more numerous forms allied to living genera.

This, however, does not exclude the possibility of a genus like Glossop-

teris having existed in Australia at a time when carboniferous marine

animals lived, —

The ferns which Mr. Wood-Mason has brought are for the most part

of such a nature that one can point with probability to their living allies.

I will not here speak more in detail of the ferns, as I have entered

fully into the subject in my Kach and Rajmahal flora in the ‘ Paleontologia

Indiea,’ and will only indicate the paleontological order of ferns, in which

I will discuss them ; the best and latest system is to be found in Schimper’s

‘ Palzontologie végétale’ and is as follows :—

Order I.—Sphenopterides.

IL.— Neuropterides.

Ii1.—Pecopterides.

» LV.—TLeniopterides.

» V.—Dictyopterides.

Genera adhue viventia, etc.

304 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Of these last I mention here only the order Gleicheniaceae, which is

represented in the Rajmahal Hills.

Of these orders, I, III, IV, and V, are represented frequently enough

amongst our Raniganj fossils, if we consider that the mezozoic epoch as a

whole, especially the Trias, was rather poor in ferns, much poorer than the

paleozoic epoch; we see, in Europe, that in the Trias, in comparison with

the Permian and Carboniferous rocks, the forms are rather rarely represented.

And so itis im India; and I think this circumstance, that is to say, the

poverty in variety of forms, together with the very frequent occurrence of

the genus Schizoneura and such characteristic fossils as a single pinnate

Neuropteris (which is a Triassic type), the genus Voltzia with 2 species,

Albertia, ete., can be used with far greater effect to bring our Damuda flora

into contrast with the paleozoie flora, than the rarity of Cycads can to

indicate a break between the lower and upper portion of the Gondwana

system, both of which are closely allied by the mezozoic habitus of the

flora in general.

In Australia the lower coal-measures with prevailing carboniferous

marine animals must be taken as of that age, although some plants occur,

which become more developed in the upper coal-measures, where only a

flora is found which is not contrary to the supposition of a mezozoic age,

although it cannot be well compared with our Damuda flora.

When I said that orders I, III, IV, and V, are especially represented

amongst our ferns, I should have explained that these are only palzontolo-

gical orders, which, however, are as well founded on certain characters as

the living ones.

Botanists, it is well known, use the fructification, besides the venation,

as a chief character in establishing their orders and genera. ‘The former,

however, being rarely found in fossil plants, the paleobotanist is obliged

to use other constant characters, of which the venation and the shape of

the leaf stand in the first place, and hence it is that in the same fossil genus

(for instance, Pecopteris), we may find represented several living genera,

which, however, cannot always be recognised, as only in a minority of

specimens is the fructification preserved, while the typical venation of the

genus Pecopteris will always be found indicated. The same we find

amongst the Taeniopterides, Dictyopterides, ete.

Mr. Ettingshausen* published in 1865 a valuable work on living ferns,

which is written for the special purpose of showing to what living types

fossil ferns can be referred or which living forms are analogues of the

fossil ones. In the present paper I shall have occasion to refer several

times to this work.

* Die Farrenkvanter der Jetzwelt etc, nach dem Flachenskelet bearbeitet ; Wien

1865,

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 355

Order SPHENOPTERIDES (ez.)

This order is especially developed in the carboniferous epoch, where we

find forms with leaflets and fronds of the most different shapes.

The following genera have been distinguished—

Sphenopteris, Bgt.

Hymenophyllites, Bet.

Trichomantes, Bet.

Schizopteris, Bet.

But there is no great difference between Hymenophyllites and Tricho-

manites, and we already find in Mr. Geinitz’s ‘Steinkohlen Deutschlands’

some Trichomanites ranged with Hymenophyllites, also Schizopteris placed

with the Sphenopterides. With this I perfectly agree, as I will show

further on.

D. Stur (in Vienna) for a long time considered Schizopteris as belong-

ing to the Neuropterideae.

The Sphenopterides have as their analogues in the existing flora

the genera Gymnogramme, Notochlaena, Cheilanthes, Davallia, Dicksonia,

Aneinia, ete.

Schimper, in his ‘ Paleont. végét.’, used these living affinities to form’

as many subgroups of Sphenopteris as there are names of living genera

analogous to it, as follows :—

Sphenopteris Gymnogrammides.

Sphenopteris Notochlaenides.

Sphenopteris Cheilanthides.

Sphenopteris Davallioides, ete.

Everybody will acknowledge this to be very reasonable, but it has only

this one fault, that one is not always able to distinguish all the characters

by which a species should be ranged with a particular subgenus.

Schimper distinguishes also a Sphenopteris Trichomanides and Hyme-

nophyllides, which, however, are not far from each other, and which are

better ranged with Hymenophyllites, Gopp.

For Schizopteris he establishes a new genus Rhacophyllum, as also

separates some types formerly referred to Sphenoteris and places them in a

new genus Lhacopteris, Schimp.

But some of these are certainly Sphenopteris, although Mr. Stur in a

recent paper*™ again uses this name and places it with the Ophioglosseae.

I, however, think it is much better to keep them with Sphenopteris too, and,

following Mr. Schimper, to make a special subgroup of Sphenopteris,

as they show a great affinity with this fossil genus and one otherwise

would consequently have to place all the others in the living families also.

* Culmflora des Mahrisch-Schlesischen Dachschiefers, Abh, der K. K. Geol.

Reichsanstalt in Wien, 1875,

356 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

These have nothing to do with the Ophioglosseae ; I would mention only

the two carboniferous* species, Rhacopteris Asplenites and Ehacopteris

Rukonitzensis, Stur; the former is a real Sphenopteris, the other is

certainly a Zamieae Beloneine to the genus Néggerathia and has already

been described as Noggerathia intermedia, K. Fstm.

Some of those, however, which are placed in Rhanopeee with the

other types of Sphenopteris are indeed different, and they should never be

placed with them ; they may have their affinities in the Ophioglosseae, as

I will show especially on some specimens from Australia from the real lower

coal-measures which certainly resemble Botrychiwm in the shape of the

leaves.

From the Raniganj coal-field no Sphenopterist has as yet been

described, and I have not met with any specimen with certainty. Amongst

Wood-Mason’s specimens, however, are several, which on a closer exami-

nation turn out to belong to this genus.

Genus Sphenopteris, Bgt. 1828.

1828. Brongniart, Hist. d. végét. foss.

1841. Géoppert, Gatt. foss. Pfl. I. p. 67.

1850. Unger, Gen. et Spec. plant. foss.

1855. Genitz, Verst. der. Sachs. Steinkohlenf,

1869. Schimper, Pal. végét. I.

1873. Feistmantel, Zeitsch. d. D. g. Gesell. 502. seqq.

1876. Feistmantel, Rajm. Flora. in Pal. Indica.

SPHENOPTERIS POLYMORPHA, n. sp., Pls. XVI, Figs. 5—7 & XVII.

Eronde tripinnata ; rhachide primaria et secundaria late alata; pinnis

alternantibus, sub angulo subrecto e rhachide primaria eqggredientibus ; tota in

JSronde differentibus ; superioribus semel pinnatis, pinnulis solum paulo

sinuatis aut lobatis, alternantibust ; mediis longioribus, etiam semel pin-

natis, aut pinnulis distincte lobato-incisis ; imis longissimis distincte bi-

pinmnatis,§ pinaulis pinnatis, longioribus ; pinnulis earum pinnularum den-

ticulatis ; nervis pinnularum priomariis e rhachide pinnarum eggredientibus,

nervos secundarios im lobos aut pinnulas (secundi ordinis) emittentibus,

Surecatis.

There are several specimens, which gave me the idea of this form.

One specimen especially, portions of which are figured on pl. xvi,

figs. 5—7 shows the characters of this form plainly.

* From coal-measures in Bohemia.

+ Mi. Oldham, Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. II., p. 32, mentions, it is true, the genus

Sphenopteris, but no species is named and no discussion nor any precise locality is given.

{ So they are throughout.

) Tota frons hoc modo tripinnata.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. B57

The upper portion of the frond (pl. xvi, fig. 5.) is only bipinnate, the

pinne have pinnulz which are only a little lobed ; in the middle portion the

pinnulz are longer and more deeply lobed, and we can call them pinnatifid ;

the lowest are the longest, and again distinctly pinnate, and these second

pinnule are again a little denticulated. The veins of the pinnule pass out

from the rhachis of the pinne and send up the branches to the lobes or

into the secondary pinnule and there they are forked. The pinnule have a

peculiar arrangement on the pinna: only the lower ones begin with a

pinnula in the angle of the chief rhachis and that of the pinne, while of the

upper ones the first is pretty distant from the chief rhachis.

Both the chief rhachis and the rhachis of the pinne are broadly winged.

These three different states of the frond I observed in one case on one

specimen, while in others I found them separated on different slabs.

But with the assistance of that one specimen, all can be referred to the

same species; from this different state of the pinne and pinnule in the

several portions of the frond I have called the species “ polymorpha.”

Of the other specimens I have figured some portions on plate xvii

which plainly show the various sizes and shapes of the pinnule.

This fern has some analogies.

First I must mention McClelland’s Pecopt. affinis, (Report Geol. Surv.

Pl. XIII, Fig. 11 b.) As far as one can judge from the bad figure, there

pass out from the rhachis of the pinna a pretty strong midrib into the pin-

nulz (of the first order), and from this midrib a secondary vein passes into

each distinct lobe of the pinnula (indicating pinnule of the second order), and

here the secondary veins are forked. This agrees quite well with the character

of the nervation in our Sphenopteris polymorpha, especially in the larger

specimens, and I have no doubt but that this Pecopteris affinis of McClell.

with great probability belongs to the same fern. ‘The inspection of the

original specimen, which will be later figured again, confirms my view.

Amongst other fossil ferns, our species can be compared in some way

first with that form which was originally described as Pecopteris alata, Bet.,*

from the Hawkesberry beds in Australia, but which later was ranged with

Sphenopteris, and recently by Schimper with Sphenopteris Hymenophyllides,

Schimp. Our species has in common with this the broadly winged rhachis

and, besides this, the shape of the upper pinne, but the lower pinne cannot

be compared with ours, the secondary pinnule being not so denticulated.

Both these species may in the younger states be pretty similar, while differing

in the older ones.

The lower pinnulz of our fern resemble rather those of the Pecopéteris

athyrioides, Bgt.,+ now Sphenopteris athyrioides, Bgt. sp., from the Yorkshire

* Hist. d. végét foss. p. 361, pl. 127.

f lie. pl. 125, £. 3.

358 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Oolite, only that this latter species has no winged rhachis. Thus, our

fern presents some points of resemblance to mezozoic forms only, although

_ it cannot be identified with any one of them.

The same species occurs also in the Barakur group at Talchir (Cuttack)

in Orissa,

Order PECOPTERIDES (ez.)

An order which is the most frequent in the whole fossil flora, but

everywhere are represented certain types and forms which are characteristic of

certain strata, although the relations of all to one another cannot be denied.

Tn the existing flora we find analogues of the fossil Pecopterides amongst

the Aspleniaceae, Aspidiaceae, Acrostichaceae, and true Pterides ; therefore

in general amongst the Polypodiaceae, tribe Polypodeae. Only in cases where

the fructification is preserved, can one determine the family more exactly ;

in other cases we can judge only from the venation and therefore only gener-

ally. By this proceeding of course it may sometimes happen that forms of

the same living genus are taken in the fossil flora as different as long as

the fructification is unknown; I may mention for instance the carboniferous

Alethopteris Serli, Bgt., which is certainly a Pteris, and, again, Lonchopteris

rugosa, Bgt., which in form closely resembles Alethopteris Serli, only that

it has a net-venation ; but we know that in the living genus Pteris the same

relations obtain: for instance, Pteris Schiedeana, Presl., Pt. comans, Forst.

Pteris polyphylla, Presl. have a net-venation, while Pt. pseudolonchitis

Bory, Pt. nemoralis, Willd., and even the common Pt. aquilina and a great

many others, have free and forked veins with a similar shape of the leaflets.

Mr. Ettingshausen in the above-mentioned work has attempted to

distribute the fossil Pecopterides (as Alethopteris, Pecopteris, etc.) amongst

the different living genera, as he fancied himself able to do from the venation.

The chief living genera in which Mr. Ettingshausen saw analogies to

the fossil Pecopterides are shortly the following :—

Preris, Linn.

Pteris Serli, Pecopteris Serli, Bgt. (Alethopteris). -

Pt. lonchitica, Pecopt. lonchitica, Bgt. (Alethopteris).

Pt. Whitbyensis, Pecopt. Whitbyensis, L. H. ete. (Alethopteris).

ASPLENIUM, Linn.

Asplen. Radnizense, Pecopt. Radnizensis, Sthg. sp. (Cyathettes).

Aspl. simile, Pecopt. similis, Stbg., ete.

PHEGOPTERIS.

Phegopt. arguta, Pecopt. arguta, Bgt. (Cyatheites).

ASPIDIUM.

Asp. lanceolatum, Pecopt. lanceolata, Stbg.

HEMITELIA.

Here are to be ranged most of the fossil Oyathetdes, ete.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 359

Mr. Schimper, in his ‘ Pal. végét.’, endeavoured to establish a reasonable

method, which, however, cannot always be used.

He kept the generic name Pecopteris and joined with it the name

of the living genus to which he thought the fossil belonged to indicate a

subgroup: thus, he has Pecopteris Cyatheides, Pecopteris Aspidides, etc. ;

but besides this, the peculiar genus <Alethopteris, Gépp., which differs

considerably from Pecopteris. But I think it is better to distinguish

not only Alethopteris, Gopp., but the fossil genus Cyatheites also, and to

range with Pecopteris only those forms which cannot be united with either

of these two.

Genus Alethopteris, Sternberg, 1838.

Fronde bi- vel tripinnata. Pinnulis plerumque integerrimis nonnun-

guam denticulatis tota basi adfixis, saepius bast dilatatis ac connatis,

rarius subconstrictis, sed etiam connatis; margine nonnunquam reflexo

(soros obtegente ?*), nervo medio plus minusve distincto, ex rhachide eggre-

diente usque ad apicem continuante, nervis secundariis sub angulo subacuto

eggredientibus, simplicibus, vel semel (superioribus) vel bis (inferioribus)

JSurcatis, parallelis aut divergentibust, ad marginem productis. (Kructi-

Jicatio familiae).

Alethopteris is represented in the existing flora especially by forms of

the genus Péeris, Phegopteris, ete. Of Pteris I will mention the common

Pteris aquilina, Pteris arachnoidea, Kaulf., Pteris Smiethiana, Prsl., Pt.

flabellata, Thunb., ete. ; of Phegopteris, Phegopteris decussata, Mett.

From the mezozoie epoch we find described a good number of species,

which, however, when compared together show great likenesses as well in

the shape of the leaflets as in the venation. This has been lately recognised

and acknowledged by several authors.

Alethopteris Whitbyensis, Gopp., is the typical form to which a good

many of the mezozoic forms can be referred, some of them being even

identical with it, others very closely related.

Mr. Schimper (Pal. végét. I. 569) indicated this by speaking of a

group of Alethopt. Whitbyensis, Gopp.,{ to which many species were re-

ferred.

* Tn this case the form agrees with Péeris.

+ In my Flora of Kach (Pal. Ind. XI, No. 1, 187, p. 22), when giving the

diagnosis of Alethopteris, I said only “ divergentibus,’ whereas I should have said

‘* parallelis aut divergentibus.”

£ When speaking of Alethopt. Australis, Morr., Schimper says: “ Cette fougére

appartient au groupe de V Alethopt. Whitbyensis, Gopp., groupe qui parait étre propre

au, terrain jurassique.”

360 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

In my Flora of Kach (Pal. Ind. XI, pt. 1, p. 22), I also speak of a

group of Alethopteris Whitbyensis, Gépp. (Lindl. and Hutt.), and on p. 27

enumerate all the species which I think can be brought into any connection

with it.

Of our Indian fossils are to be placed here Alethopt. Whithyensis,

Gopp. (Alethopteris tenuis, Bet. sp.), Alethopteris indica, O. M., Alethop-

teris Lindleyana, Royl. sp. M. Saporta* has re-established for all these

mezozoic forms the genus Oladophlebis, with which they are to be ranged,

and this author has a Cladophlebis Whitbyensis, Oladoph. Rossertt, etc.,

both of which latter he considers as scarcely distinguishable; so that I

was right when I placed the Alethopt. indica, O. M., the near relation-

ship of which to Alethopt. Résserti, Schenk, cannot be denied, in the

group of Alethopt. Whitbyensis.

Group of Alethopteris Whitbyensis} (Schimper 1869, Feistmantel 1876.)

Of Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens one belongs here.

ALETHOPTERIS LINDLEYANA, Royle sp., Pl. XX, Fig. 7.

1869. Pecopteris Lindleyana, Royle, Mlustr. Bot. etc. Him. Mount. Tab. 2, f. 4.

1849—50. McClelland, Rep. Geol. S. India, Pl. XIII. f. 10. a. b. ¢.

1845. ————— ——————_ Unger, Synopsis Plant. foss. 96.

1850. ————— ———-——_ Unger, Genera et Species Plant. foss. p. 171.

1861. ————— ————— Schimper, Pal. végét. I. p. 568.

1876. Feistmantel, Rec. G. S. Ind. IX. 3. p. 76.

Fronde bi-pinnata; pinnis patentibus, rhachide eorwm crassiore ;

piuuulis tota basi sessilibus, attingentibus, oblonge-ovalibus, margine imtegris

aut sinuatis; nervo medio usque ad apicem excurrente nervis secundariis

angulo subacuto eqggredientibus dichotomis ; sporangiis ramis imsidentibus.

(Feistmantel ex parte).

Royle was the first to figure this species ; but he has given no descrip-

tion; his specimen, too, could not have been a well-preserved one, but it

gives at any rate the form of the leaflets.

In McClelland’s Report (1. ¢.) we find added three figures more, which,

however, are very badly drawn, as also is his Pecopteris affinis (1. e. Pl.

XIII. Fig. 11. a. b.), of which fig. 11 must certainly be placed with Alethop-

teris Lindleyana, Royl., while fig. 11 a. is a bad representation of the

same fern of which I give figures on pls. xvi. and xvii, and which, as I

think, belongs to another type of plants, and I have deseribed it amongst

the Sphenopterides. 'The worst thing in McClelland’s figures is the veins

in the leaflets, which are quite unnatural. So it is also with his figures

of Alethopt. (Pecopt.) Lindleyana, Royl.

* Pal. Francaise, Vegét. fossiles, Jurassiques et Triasiques, p. 298 et seq.

t Cladophiebis, Saporta, Pal. Franc. Veg. foss. Jur. 298.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 361

We can, however, still recognize that we have to deal with an Alethop-

teris, GOpp., as some of the originals are still in the Museum of the Geolo-

gical Survey.

Mr. Oldham* from the first compared this A/ethopteris Lindleyana,

Royle, with Pecopteris Australis, McCoy. I think there is an analogy

in so far as they both belong to the same mezozoic group.

Schimper has recently} described this species as Alethopteris Lind-

leyana, Royl., between Aleth. indica, O. M. and Alethopt. australis, Morr.,

and says of it (p. 569), “ Cette espéce parait également appartenir aw group

de T Alethopteris Whitbyensis, ete.”’

The figures of Royle and McClelland were all taken from sterile fronds.

Amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens is a fructificating pinna, which

in the form of the leaflet agrees perfectly with that of Pecopt. Lindleyana,

Royle (1. c.), so that I do not doubt but that I have this species before me,

and I must consider it as a fertile frond of Pecopteris Lindleyana, R.

Tt is only a fragment of a pinna with 4 pinnule on each side. The

form of the leaflets besides agreeing with Royle’s figure (1. ¢.) shows

also a similarity to certain forms from the Rajmahal Hills which I

consider to belong to the Alethopteris indica, O. M., and of which one

specimen will be figured on Pl. XXXVI of the continuation of the Rajmahal

Flora, now in the press and shortly to be issued.

The specimen under discussion is the second instance of a fern found in

fructification in the Ranigan] fieldt ; fructificating ferns are as yet very

rare, and we know besides these two specimens only Glossopteris indica,

Schimp., from Kamti (Nagpur district) with fructifications preserved.

The rhachis of the pinna is pretty thick, the pinnule broadly ovate,

connected at the base, with a slightly waved margin.

The chief veins fine, as also are the secondary ones, which seem

forked ; the sporanges inserted on the secondary veins, on the surface of

the pinnula, about midway between the midrib and the margin.

There are generally from six to eight sori in each row.

From the manner of fructification and from the shape of the leaflets,

we could perhaps trace an analogy between our species and some forms of the

genus Polypodium, perhaps Polypodiwm spectabile, Sprengel (Kaulf.), Poly-

podium concinnwm, Presl. (and others), Polypodium submarginale, Sprengel,

Polypodiwm amplum, Presl., and other species. (Some of these are also

described as Phegopteris.)

* Mem. G.S. Ind. Vol. II. p. 328.

+ Pal. veget. I. pp. 568, 569.

i A fructificating pinnula, as I suppose, also of Alethopteris (Pecopt.) Lindleyana is

amongst McClelland’s originals, but was never mentioned,

362 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Amongst fossils the non-fructificating frond can be compared, as I

have said, with some fronds of our Alethopteris indica, O. M., from the

Rajmahal Hills.

ALETHOPTERIS comp. WHITBYENSIS, Gopp., Pl. XXI, Figs. 6, 6a.

Two pinnulz of a fern which I can only place with this species, as they

are so near that I do not think it advisable to separate them.

Our pinnule are more closly allied to Brongniart’s Pecopteris tenuis,*

from the Yorkshire Oolites ; but in my Kach Flora+ I have shown all the

species which are synonymous with or related to this Alethopt. Whithyensis,

Goépp., and amongst them Pecopt. tenuis, Bgt., is the first. There is

nothing peculiar in the occurrence of this species in our Raniganj Series,

since we know that the fossils of this group are more closely related to

one another than was formerly thought, and since Saportat has shown that

this Cladophlebis Whitbyensis, Gopp., and Cladophlebis Résserti, Schimp.,

(a Rhetic form) are almost identical. To the Pecopt. Rédsserti (Clado-

phlebis) our Alethopt. indica, O. M., from the Rajmahals is very closely

allied, and to this latter again the Alethopt. Lindleyana, Royle sp., of the

Raniganj Series; and now we have the Pecopt. tenuis, Bgt., identical

with the Alethopt. Whitbyensis, Gopp.

Type Phegopteris, Mett.

There is avery big specimen of a fern which from a paleontological

point of view is an <A/ethopteris. But a closer examination shows that

the specimen has a very close relation in the existing flora, and it is amongst

the Aspidiaceae with single secondary veins.

There is the genus Pheyopteris, which is in some forms almost identi-

cal with our fossil, our Alethopteris agreeing especially with Phegopteris

decussata, Mett. I could at once establish on this specimen this lying

genus in the fossil flora, but in conformity with the paleontological

classification, I retain the generic name Alethopteris, usmg Phegopteris to

form the specific name, and placing this new species in the type Phegopteris.

This fossil is, therefore, especially of interest as so closely resembling a living

genus; but there are some differences, as we shall see in discussing the

species.

ALETHOPTERIS PHEGOPTEROIDES, n. sp., Pl. XVIII.

Fronde valida, bipinnata; rhachide crassa, punctulata ; pinnis sub

angulo subrecto e rhachide eqggredientibus, rhachide earum crassiore ; pin-

nis medits longissimis basin apicemque versus attenuantibus ; pumnulis oblon-

* Hist. d. végét. foss. Pl. 110. f. 3. 4.

+ Kach flora in Pal. Indica, Ser. XI. 1. 1876, pp. 22—25.

i Végét. foss. Terr. Jur. de France, p, 298 et seqq.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 363

gis incurvatis maxime approximatis, omnibus aequalibus oblique insertis,

primis solum verticaliter adfixis et paulo latioribus, omnibus ad bases

connatis; nervo primario pimularum distincto ad apicem promoto ; nervis

secundariis singulis sub angulo acuto eggredicentibus. Kructifucatione non

obvia.

A big slab of shale contains two fronds, besides smaller fragments, of

this interesting fern.

The chief characters which are to be observed are in the pinnule ;

these are oblong, closely set, a little incurved and oblique to the rhachis of

the pinna, only the first pinnulae near the chief rhachis being vertically

inserted, and a little broader than the others, so that they are distant from

them ; the midrib is pretty thick and reaches to the apex; the second-

ary veins are single, passing out at an acute angle from the midrib; the

lowest two in that portion of the pinnula which is directed from the chief

rhachis are arcuate, the rest being quite straight.

The pinne are longest in the middle of the frond and are shorter

at base and towards the apex. The chief rhachis pretty thick.

I have figured two portions of the specimen; one of them shows two

pinne, which are entire, with the end leaflets. ‘Two other figures illustrate the

disposition of the veins and the bases of the pinnulz and the top portion.

-From this we see plainly the relation with the Aspidiaceae and espe-

cially with Phegopteris, of which Phegopteris decussata is the nearest.

One sees well in our specimen the triangular empty spaces between

adjoining pinnulz, where these are connected: these contain no veins.

This type of fossil is quite peculiar, and I do not know any form

in the palozoie strata at all analogous to it.

But on the other hand there is in the Trias a form which was first

described as Pecopt. Stuttgardensis, Bgt.,* but later by Schimpery was

placed in a new genus Lepidopteris (an the Pecopterides).

On Brongniart’s figure, which, however, is not quite distinct, one sees

very distinctly the single veins arranged in a similar way to our specimen,

but I think the shape of the leaflets is different, as they are a little longer

and not so incurved, and they are also more deeply separated, but I do not

know if the punctation of the rhachis can be considered as a sufficient

character, as all ferns present it more or less.

Into this genus Lepidopteris, Schimper placed also the rheetic form;

Asplenites Ottonis, Schenk, as Lepidopt. Ottonis, Schimp., of which we find

near relations amongst the Rajmahal fossil plants.

I think the Pecopteris arguta, Bgt.,{ from the coal-measures, belongs

* Histoire d. végét. fossiles, 1820, Pl. 180, f. 1.

+ Pal. végét. I. p 572, Pl. XXXIV. f. 1.

{ Brongniart, Hist. d. végét. foss. Pl. 108, f. 3. 4.

564 O. Feistmantel

Contributions towards the ~ [ No. 4,

to the same type of fossils, but our species is much more nearly allied to

the living Phegopteris than to any fossil species,

Order THXNIOPTERIDES.

In my preliminary ‘ Note on the Flora of the Damuda Series’* I have

already pointed out that the Damudas are by no means without a Tueniop-

éeris, but that, on the contrary, forms of this order had been known for

several years from these rocks; they occur especially in the Kamthi

and Raniganj groups (both of which, however, are of the same horizon),

and also in the Barakur group.

The majority of the Zwentopterides belong, as we know, to post-

paleozoic epochs, the mezozoic epoch being especially rich in species of

this order. There are, it is true, some forms in the Permian formation, but

these are very rare and scarcely of any importance, while in the mezozoic

they are frequent.

In the occurrence of this genus in the Damiudas, I see a connecting

link between the lower and upper Gondwanas, as in these latter (Rajmahal

Series) analogous forms are very frequent.

Brongniart+ knew only the one genus Tueniopteris, but since his day

other discoveries have been made, so that Schimper in his ‘ Paleont. végét.’

could give a pretty complete division of this order.

In my Kach florat I have given a close discussion of this order and need

therefore only shortly indicate here Schimper’s division ; he distinguishes :—

1. Tuaeniopteris, which he restricts to the few paleozoic forms.

2. Macrotaeniopteris, Schimp. especially mezozoic forms; of Indian

specimens belong here the greatest part of the broad-leaved forms from

the Rajmahal Hills and besides these some forms from the Kamthi, Rani-

ganj, and Barakur groups.

3. Angiopteridium, Schimp., a mezozoic type, to which especially

some of the Rajmahal species belong and perhaps one from the Kamthis.

4. Oleandridium, Schimp., begins in the mezozoic epoch. We have

one species from Kach.

5. Danaeopsis, a Triassic form, but here found, as I think, in the

Liassic Rajmahal group.

Marattiopsis, Sch., and Danaeides, Schimp., are of no interest for us.

*From this division the living affinities are plainly seen, and they particularly

are—

Aspidiwm Nidus for Macrotaenopteris.

Angiopteris for Angiopteridiun.

* Rec. Geol. Surv. IX. 3. p. 74.

+ Prodrome and Histoire, 1828.

{ Pal. indica, XI. 1. 1876.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora im India, 365

Oleandra for Oleandridium.

Danaea for Danaeopsis, Heer.

From our Raniganj Series we have to deal only with Macrotacm-

opteris.

Genus Macrotzeniopteris, Schimper, 1869.

Schimper, Palaeontol. végét. I. p. 610.

Frondibus simplicibus, speciosissimis, plus minus elongato, obovatis,

obtusis vel acuminatis nonnunquam etiam apice emarginatis, integris, rare

irregulariter pinnatifissis, interduinque denticulatis. (Hructificatione Aspi-

diacearum, Schimp.)

With this genus Mr. Schimper placed all the broad-leaved mezozoic

forms which are allied to Weottopteris Nidus.

Our broad-leaved Tueniopterides from the Rajmahal Hills belong to

this genus.

To the palozoic forms Schimper would restrict the generic name

Taeniopteris, Bgt., in which he is, as I think, quite right, although there

_ is one species in particular, Zuveniopteris abnormis,* from the Permian in

Saxony, which has nearly all the characters of MMucrotaeniopteris, Schimp.,

the only difference to be detected being in the very close-set veins.

In a paper on the Zueniopterides from Chemnitz in Saxony,+ Dr. Sterzel

has redescribed the Zueniopteris abnormis, Gutb., and has found that

this species is very closely allied to several mezozoic forms, amongst which

are the DMacrot. gigantea, Schenk., and our two Rajmahal species Macrot.

lata, Oldh. Morr., and Wacrot. Morrisi, Oldh.t Dr. Sterzel considers, there-

fore, this Permian species also as a Macrotaeniopteris and as a precursive

form of several of the mezozoic species.

The relations of our Rajmahal species with the Rhetice MMuaerot.

gigantea, Schenk., I have already pointed out in my first note on the fossil

plants from the Rajmahal group (Rajmahal Hills).§

Macroryioprerts DanmorEs, Royle sp. (McClell.)

BP XeRXe Bigs. 1) 27h XO Bias 1

1839. Glossopteris danaeoides, Royle, Ilust. Bot. etc. Him. M. Tab 2.

1849-50.—__—_ ——_—_——. McClelland, Rep. Geol. Surv. India, XV. f. 1.

1876. —————— —————-_ Feistmantel, Notes on the several floras in India,

Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. IX. 3. p. 74. Ibid., TX. 4.

Fronde speciosa, oblongo-ovata, apice obtuse acuminata, basi attenuata

obovata, distincte pedicellata, ad 34 cm. longa et 10 em. lata, subcoriacea ;

* Gutbier, Verstemerungen des Rothliegenden in Sachsen, 1849, Pl. VII. f. 1. 2.

t+ Ueber die Tzeniopteriden von Chemintz in Sachsen N. J. f. M. Geogn. 1876,

{ This however only partly.

§ Rec. G. S. Ind. IX. 2. p. 36.

366 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

rhachide mediocri striata ; nervis secundariis sub angulo swberecto e rha-

chide eqgredientibus, usque ad 1°5 mm. distantibus, marginem versus paulo

tneurvatis, crassiusculis ; sumplicibus et furcatis alternantibus, furcatione

differentibus in partibus longitudinis nervorum exhibita.

The species was first described by Royle (1. ¢.) as Glossopteris

danaeoides, although there is not anywhere the slightest anastomosis of the

veins, which on the contrary are all parallel and dichotomously forked.

This fern belongs undoubtedly to the same species which McClelland

later described as Zuweniopteris danaeoides also from the Raniganj (Burdwan)

coal-field ; but his figures (Pl. XV 1, la, 16) are very incorrect, especially

the enlarged portion (Fig. 16). But we can at any rate certainly conclude

from them that this Zweniopteris was found a second time in the Raniganj

field, as McClelland’s specimens do not differ from those of Royle. Later

the same species has been brought by Mr. Hughes from the Jherria

coalfield, where, as Mr. Hughes assures me, it is pretty frequent, though I

can find only one specimen in our collections;—and now Mr. Wood-

Mason has brought pretty numerous specimens of it from Raniganj, and

his statement is that he brought only the very best, while he left behind

great numbers of fragmentary ones. Also in the Barakur group im the

Rajmahal Hills (near Burgo) the same species has occurred.

Taeniopteris is, therefore, as is seen from this examination, not want-

ing in the Raniganj field and from the Damudas generally, the more so

if we consider that from the Kamthis also several specimens are known.

I have figured two specimens and two enlarged portions ; the two figures

complete one another, one being the basal, the other the apical portion.

The chief character of this species is the very distant veins; these

pass out from the rhachis, which is proportionally thin, at nearly right

angles,,and run almost straight to the margin, where they are a little

incurved; the veins are about 1:5 mm. apart; simple and forked veins

alternate ; the furcation does not follow any constant law ; some of the veins

are forked at the very base and may be forked again, others more towards

the middle, and others quite close to the margin.

The apex is obtusely acuminate; at base the frond is obovate and

apparently pedicellate.

The biggest frond is 10 em. broad and must have been at least

34 cm. long.

By the great distance of the veins apart this species differs from

all others, but most approaches that from the Rajmahal hills which

Messrs. Oldham and Morris described as Yweniopteris musaefolia,* but

which is, as I think, barely distinguishable from Zaenopt. lata, O. M.; the

only differences detected by Mr. Oldham being the slightly more distant

veins and the more coriaceous consistence of the frond.

* Rajmahal Flora, Pal. Ind, 1862, Pl. IV. f. 1.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 367

But these Rajmahal species approach on one hand pretty nearly the

Rhetie Waerot. gigantea, Schenk,* on the other hand those forms from

the Kamthis which I have lately briefly described as Macrot. Feddent

Fstm.,f and which are all to a certain degree related to that Permian

Taeniopt. abnormis, Gubb., of which I have already spoken.

These species are all based chiefly upon the different distances apart,

the formation, the direction, and the thickness, of the veins, and if we

compare all together, then we have the following table :—

1. Macroteniopteris danaeoides, McClell., with the most distant veins,

nearly straight.

2. Macrotaeniopteris gigantea, Schenk., and the Rajmahal species,

Macrot. lata, O. M. and Macrot. musaefolia, O. M., with veins almost

equally distant.

3. Macrot. Feddeni, Fstm., with pretty close veins, a little oblique.

4. Taeniopt. (Macrotaeniopt) abnormis, Gatb., with very close and

almost straight veins.

For us it is a great satisfaction to find the genus Macrotueniopteris

so frequently represented, as Mr. Oldham to the last maintained that

no Yueniopteris are in the Damudas,t and in a letter to Mr. W. B.

Clarke, which this latter gentleman has published in his ‘ Remarks on the

Sedimentary formations in New South Wales,’ 3rd Edition, 1875, p. 29,§

Mr. Oldham maintains that in the Panchet group also no Tueniopteris

has been found, although it occurs.

Amongst all the numerous specimens not one occurred which showed.

any trace of fructification, so that it cannot be decided with certainty

to which living genus the species should be referred, but as far as can be

judged from the form of the leaf and from the veins I would refer it to

some form of Acrostichum, for example, Acrostichum hybridum, Bory.

Its fossil allies have been already indicated.

MACROTENIOPTERIS sp.

Another specimen of MWacrotaeniopteris occurred ; but it unfortunately

is so badly preserved that it cannot be figured nor any exact descrip-

tion of it given. It is only a portion of a leaf-surface, no rhachis being

preserved.

* Schenk, Flora des Grenzschichten, Tab. XXVIII. p.146.

+ Records G. 8S. Ind. IX, 4.

+ In Mem. G. S. Ind. II. p. 329 he said so quite plainly.

§ In the Mines and Mineral Statistics of New South Wales, 1875, where Mr. W.

B. Clarke’s Sedimentary formations, etc., is included, page 174.

368 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

It shows that the leaf was much bigger than those of the species just

described, and that the veins are much closer together and are not so straight

and stiff as in MMacrotacniopteris Feddeni, Fstm. from the Kamthis,

so that I would not venture to identify it with this species.

I mention this specimen only to show that another kind of Muerot-

aentopteris also occurs at Raniganj besides Ducrot. danaeoides, and I am

sure that further investigations will furnish more fossils of this kind.

These JMacrotaeniopterides establish a paleontological relation between

the lower and upper portions of the Gondwana system.

Type Vittaria, Swartz.

Genus Paleeovittaria, nov.

On pl. xix, fig. 3 is figured a splendid specimen, which from the charae-

ters of the veins must be considered a fern. ‘There is a distinct midrib .

(rhachis, costa) in the lower part of the frond, pretty broad, becoming

thinner upwards and vanishing completely in the apical portion.

The secondary veins pass at very acute angles towards the margin,

where they are a little incurved; they are single and forked as in

Taeniopteris, but the specimen cannot be placed with this genus, and

recalls, as Dr. Kurz informs me, in this character the nervation of the

living genus Vittaria only, so that I use for our fossil the generic name

Palaeovittaria.

Diagnosis.—Frondibus simplicibus, oblongato-ovalibus, costa apicem

versus evanescente. Nervis secundarus sub angulo acutissimo eggredienti-

bus. Nervatio Vittarie.

There is only one species, which I call

PaLHOVITTARIA Kurzi, n. sp., Pl. XIX, Figs. 8—4.

Frondibus aggregatis, simplicibus, oblongato-ovato-spathulatis, margine

integris, nomunguam apice excisis, nervo medio (costa) inferiore im parte

crassiore, dimidiam partem versus evanescente ; nervis secundariis sub angulo

acutissimo e rhachide exeuntibus, in parte apicali radiantibus, simplicibus

ect furcatis ; margimem versus incurvatis, sequente precedentem ea in parte

attingente. Hructificatione non obvia.

About 9 fronds come out from a common point; they are generally

oblong-spathulate, entire on the margins, but they are sometimes deeply

emarginated and therefore bilobate at the apex.

The chief characters are in the midrib and in the secondary veins ;

the former is well developed and distinct in the lower portion of the leaf,

but in the upper portion this vein vanishes, becoming dissolved in the secon-

dary veins.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 369

The secondary veins pass out from the rhachis at a very acute angle

pretty straight towards the margin, where they are incurved. In the

apical portion, where is no midrib, the secondary veins radiate fan-wise.

The secondary veins are alternately single and forked; the furcation

occurs at different parts of the length of the veins, all of which are

regularly equally distant from one another. I cannot observe any distinct

pedunele ; the leaf becomes more attenuate towards the base and the rhachis

thicker, until at last only the latter remains.

It seems certain that the aggregation of the leaves is not due to an.

insertion on a common stalk, but rather to associated growth out from

the rhizome. As I have said, this form has no analogue in any existing

fern except Vittarza, where also the rhachis vanishes towards the apex

and the secondary veins pass out at a very acute angle from it; the only

difference being that our fern has many more secondary veins, and that

the frond in proportion to its length is much broader. I have obtained

from Mr. Kurz a good collection of Indian Vitturiae for comparison,

and of these the Vittaria intermedia from Java comes nearest to ours.

But amongst the American forms are some still broader ones, which would

come still nearer.

Amongst fossils nothing is as yet known at all tike our fossil plant.

If we take the single leaf and consider only its shape and the general

disposition of the veins, then we find an approximate similarity in Sagenop-

éeris, but here the leaves come out from a common stalk and the secondary

veins anastomose so as to form a net-venation.

Amongst the Zueniopterides we find searcely any similarity, as all these

have a rhachis continuous to the apex of the frond, and the angle at which

the secondary veins pass out from it, as for instanee in Tveniopteris Morrist,

Oldh.,* or in Phyllopteris plumula, Sap.,y far less acute than in our fossil.

IV.—DICTYOPTERIDES.

This order includes all ferns with net-venation. This is again only

a paleontological order, for in the same living genera are forms with

forked, as well as with netted veins, for instance, in Pteris, Asplenium, ete.

But there is yet a peculiarity: it is that most of the ferns with

net-venation occur in the mezozoic epoch, without any corresponding forms

with free veins, while in the palzeozoic epoch the ferns with net-venation

are very rare, those with free veins predominating. In the palozoic we

have mostly only Lonchopteris, Bgt., which has its analogy in Alethopteris,

and Dictyopteris with complete analogy in Newropteris ; so that the order

Dictyopterides (ewe) can very fairly be considered to be a mezozoic one.

* Oldham and Morris, Rajmahal Flora, Pal. Indica, 1862, Pl. ITI, f. 1.

¢ Saporta, Végét. foss. de France (Palzont. Frangaise), Pl, LXIT, f. 6.

370 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

There are a good many genera which to a great extent have living

analogies, and those sometimes very close.

In Schimper’s ‘ Palzontologie végétale,’ p. 737, we find the whole

sequence of genera which at that time were known; 15 genera being

enumerated.

Of these two occur in our Raniganj Series.

But to Schimper’s list must be added, Guangamopteris, McCoy, first

described as Oyclopteris, but having also a net-venation.

To this genus belongs also that fossil from the Talchir which until

recently was generally quoted as Cyclopteris, but which lately I described

as Gangamopteris cyclopteroides; of this genus I will describe another

species in this present paper.

Genus Belemnopteris, nov.

Fronde simplict late sagittaefoliosa pedunculata. Nervis primariis

tribus, medio crassiore, ceteris anastomosantibus.

Amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens are two, of which one is

tolerably complete and has an arrow-like shape, with 3 chief veins, one

stronger passing into the leaf, two others a little thinner into the two

basal lobes ; the other venation is netted.

It strongly reminds one of some living ferns.

1. First we have Gymnogramme sagittata,* a Polypodiaceae which

formerly was described as Hemionitis sagittata, Féé., with which the

Hemionitis cordata, Hook. and Grev. (Hemionitis cordifolia, Roxb.),¢ is

identical ; of this later Mr. Kurz has lent me specimens from Dacca.

With this fern our fossil has little more than the shape of the leaf and

perhaps also the primary veins in common, while in the net-venation the two

are rather different.

2. There is another fern with which our fossil can be compared,

especially as regards the net-venation: this is Pteris sagittaefolia, Raddig ;

this fern is narrower than ours, but the disposition of the 3 primary veins,

and the net-venation particularly, agree well with the same in our fern.

Of course, only the fructification can decide to which of these two

our fossils should be placed, but as none is to be seen and as our fern cannot

be identified with either, on the contrary, presents characters of both, I

consider myself justified in establishing a new genus.

It is of very great interest (1st) as it is a form so closely allied to

living ones, and (2nd) as it is a fern with a net-venation.

* See Ettingshausen, Farrenkrauterder Jetztwelt, etc., 1865, p. 59, Pl. XX XT, f. 9.

t+ See Beddome, Indian ferns (of South India), Pl. LII. p. 18; also Lowe, Ferns,

etc., Vol. VII, Pl. XX XVIII, p. 93.

{ Ettingshausen, 1. c., p. 104, Pl. LXXL. f. 3.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 371

BELEMNOPTERIS Woop-Masoniana, n. sp., Pl. XX, Figs. 1—2.

Fronde simplict, late sagittaefolia, apice obtusa, margine integerrina,

tota ad 10°5 em longa, lobis obtuse acuminatis longioribus (5'3 em longis) ;

nervis primariis tribus ; uno crassiore in folit superficiem excurrente, duobus

aliis tenuioribus, im lobos currentibus, omnibus tribus apicem versus

attenuantibus ; nervis secundariis sub angulo subacuto eqgredientibus, anas-

tomosantibus, retia plerumque hexagonalia, sed etiam polygonalia, forman-

tibus. Fructificatione iqnota.

Of the relations of this fern I have already spoken when discussing

the genus; they are only in the living flora, nothing lke it being known

amongst fossils.

The frond is simple, is shaped like a broad arrow, at the apex obtuse ;

the margin entire, slightly arcuate, the total length 10°5 cm; the basal

lobes obtusely acuminate, pretty long (5:3 em.). The chief characters le

in the veins: there are three chief veins, one passing into the surface of

the leaf, the two others, a little thinner, into the two basal lobes.

The secondary veins pass out at a subacute angle so as to form a net-

venation with hexagonal or polygonal meshes.

This is one of the finest specimens in Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection.

Genus Gangamopteris, McCoy, 1875.

I have already had occasion to mention this genus in my first note on

the Damuda fossils,* when speaking of Gangamopteris cyclopteroides from

the Barakars being identical with the species in the Talchirs.

In another papery I have described another Gangamopteris from the

Kamthis as Gangamopt. Hughesi, which is different from, though closely

related to, the species from the Bardkars and Talchirs, a wider venation

constituting the difference.

I now describe a third, differing from both of these by its very wide

net-venation.

I think it will not be considered useless and superfluous to repeat

that this genus Gangamopteris occurs in true mezozoic rocks in Victoria,

and that nothing of the kind is as yet certainly known from the lower

portion of the New South Wales coal-strata.

Our new Gangamopteris is again a form to which some analogies

are to be found in the living flora.

GANGAMOPTERIS WHITTIANA, n. sp., Pl. XX, Figs. 3—4.

Hronde simplici, late ovato subrhomboidali inaequilaterali, integer-

rima, obtuse acuminata ; costa nulla, sulco medio tantum indicata ; nervis

ceteris omnibus e bast duobus im directionibus marginem versus radiantibus,

omnubus anastomosantibus, retia valida, oblonge hexagonalia aut polygo-

nalia formantibus. Fructificatione non obvia.

* Rec. G. S. Ind. Vol, IX, 3. + Ibid., TX, 4.

372 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

I name this fine species (of which two specimens, both of them figured,

are in Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection) after Mr. Whitty of Kurhurbdli, who

last year increased our knowledge of the Kurhurbali plants by four very

interesting species all on the same big slab of shale.

It differs from both those already described by me, as well as from

all described by Mr. McCoy from Austvralia.

Our specimen shows a broadly ovately subrhomboide frond, which

besides seems obliquely shaped; the apex is obtusely acuminate ; there is

no midrib as in this genus generally, this being indicated in the middle only

by a slight furrow, from which the secondary veins pass in two directions

towards the margin, which is entire ; the secondary veins all anastomose

and form large oblongly hexagonal or polygonal areoles, larger than in

any “known species of the genus; the areoles are largest in the middle,

becoming smaller towards the margin.

Fructification not observed.

This very fine fern has an apparent analogy to the living genus An-

trophyum, and to those forms of it which have no midrib; and there are

amongst the Indian living Antrophyum some species to which our fossil

can be compared. I refer especially to <Antrophyum latifolium, Bl.*,

from the Khasya Hills, of which Mr. Kurz has lent me several specimens

for comparison. J think this is the only fern to which our fossil can be

referred. If this be right, it may well be doubted whether the other two

species of Gangamopteris should be referred to the same living forms; it is

rather possible that this genus also is only a paleontological one, for both

the other species of it have the leaves differently shaped, although the

disposition of the veins in them is similar.

Genus Glossopteris, Bgt., 1828.

Frondibus simplicibus (?), elongato spathulatis, apice obtusis vel acu-

minatis, “costa usque ad apicem continuante,”’ nervis secundariis anasto-

mosantibus.

This is the famous genus which has caused so much confusion in the

determination of the age of our Damiuda Series and the Australian coal-

strata.

As I have prepared a monograph of it, I will only briefly speak of

it here.

a. In Australia Glossopteris is known from rocks (the Australian

coal-strata) wherein several strata are to be distinguished; the lowest of

these is marked by a numerous marine fauna of generally carboniferous

alliances. With these some forms of Glossopteris occur, though rather

rarely.

* Beddome, Ferns from British India, etc., Part XII, Pl, CLXXVI.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 373

6. Inthe upper coal-strata no marine fauna is found. Glossopteris is

very frequent, and is associated with other plants with no carboniferous

characters at all.

e. Below the lower portion of the coal-strata is a formation with a true

lower carboniferous flora and the same marine fauna, of which no trace is in

the upper (Neweastle) coal-strata.

d. From this it would follow that the lower coal-strata, with marine

fauna of carboniferous age, had been a long time deposited, or that the

earboniferous period had passed away, when the upper coal-strata were

formed, or when that period began when Glossopteris was especially

developed, with other plants which contrast with those of the lower

portion.

When later the Glossopteris was found frequently in the Damtda

Series, these were at once compared with the Australian lower coal-measures,*

although no trace of any marine organism had ever been found in them,

and only a flora occurred which was opposed to such a comparison.

I think our Damida Series, containing only a flora, cannot be com-

pared with the lower Australian coal-strata at all, which contain hardly

anything but a marine fauna.

Such transitional forms as Glossopteris in Australia we find here in

India also.

So in the Damida Series and the Panchet group the same Schizoneura

Gondwanensis.

In the Rajmahal group and in the Jabalpur-Kach group are the same

two species of Ptilophyllum, Morr., and yet there is a difference in age.

In the Salt Range in India we find in the carboniferous strata on the

one hand the Devonian genus G'oniatites, on the other the mezozoic genera

Phylloceras and Ceratites.

In the Trias of the Salt Range we find again the same Bellerephon

(a purely carboniferous genus) which in the carboniferous limestone is

already frequent, and yet all these strata are different.

So is it in Australia too, Glossopteris survives from the lower coal-

strata in the upper ones, the former being characterized by a marine fauna.

Here in India it is also of no direct influence on the determination

of age, while the other plants with which it is here associated certainly

are; it indicates of course only for the whole Damiuda Series the same

age, as no animal fossils contradict.

But yet another point must be mentioned: most of our species of

Glossopteris are different from those of Australia, and all the other plants

in our Damtidas are much more closely connected with Huropean forms

than with any in Australia.

* T. Oldham, Mem. G. 8. Ind. IL.

374 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

I have reported on this subject in my first note on the Damida fossils,*

and have done so recently more at length}; so that here I will be very

brief.

1. We must acknowledge the existence of Glossopteris in Australia

during the time of the lower coal-strata, the character of which is expressed

by a most predominant marine fauna.

2. The carboniferous character of the strata ceased with the extinction

of the carboniferous fauna, Glossopteris still surviving and becoming

much more frequent in the succeeding period, which is marked by a flora

only indicative of a mezozoic age.

3. In India Glossopteris is very frequent too, but mostly under

different forms and associated with no fauna, but with a tolerably abundant

flora, the alliances of which are unmistakably mezozoic and triassic.

As to the affinities in the living flora, they can be partly found out.

In the Kamthis there occur pretty frequently specimens with a fructifica-

tion consisting of very well-marked sporanges in the areoles, indicating

the fructification of the genus Polypodiwm ; and this might be the case also

with a great many of the others, while a good many of the Raniganj species

remind one, in the venation, of the genus Antrophywm, and of this those

forms with a midrib; we would have, therefore, here also a relation of some

of the Glossopteris, Bgt., to Gangamopteris, McCoy, parallel to that which

we find in Antrophyum, z. e., forms with and forms without midrib. In

the Australian Glossopterides, Mr. Carruthers seems to have observed

a fructification along the veins; this would perhaps indicate some difference

between ours and the Australian ones.

At present I have to mention only two species as contained in Mr.

Wood-Mason’s collections, one of them in fructification.

GLOSSOPTERIS ANGUSTIFOLIA, Bgt., Pl. XXI, Figs. 2—4.

1828. Brongniart, Hist. des. végét foss. I. p. 227, Pl. LXIII. f. 1.

1845. Unger, Synopsis Plant. fossil, p. 95.

1850. Unger, Genera et Species Plant. foss., 169.

1876. Feistmantel, Rec. G. 8. India, IX. 3. p. 72. ,

Fronde angusta usque ad 18—20 em. longa et 1:7 cm. lata; apice

acuminata, rhachide (costa) crassa, nervis secundariis sub angulo acuto

eggredientibus, omnibus anastomosantibus ; retibus, rhachidi proximis, maxt-

mis, marginalibus oblongis angustissemis. DMargine marginato, fructifica-

tionem indicante.

This species was first described by Bronginart (1. ec.) from Ranigan] ; :

but he had only incomplete specimens, which, however, were eyes again

in Schimper’s ‘ Paleontologie végetale.’

* Rec. G.S. I. TX, 3.

+ Ibid, TX, 4.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 375

In Brongniart’s figures the veins particularly are not rightly figured,

and the margin also is incorrect. This author also made the same mistake

in the Glossopteris Browniana, drawing the veins as anastomosing only to

the middle of the leaf-surface (on both sides of the stalk) and thence to the

margin dichotomous only; while they in reality anastomose throughout

until they reach the margin. The same is also the case with Glossopteris

angustifolia, Bgt. In Brongniart’s figures we find some nets on each side

of the rhachis only, and then the veins are regularly dichotomous. ‘This

is not so.

Mr. Wood-Mason has brought several specimens, of which I give three

figures, and which show the relations better.

The frond is rather narrow, about 1°7 em. broad and only about 18—20

em. long; the rhachis is proportionally very thick (2 mm.) and reaches

to the apex; this is quite acuminate ; the secondary veins pass out at

a pretty acute angle from the rhachis and are there tolerably thick and

form tolerably large polygonal oblong areoles; but from here they are

resolved suddenly into many branches, which form oblong and narrow

areoles up to the margin ; here they are curved along the margin in such

a manner that one always catches the next so as to form areoles even

on the margin, Brongniart representing them as ending straightly.

On both sides of this marginal ending of the areoles one can observe

with the lens a smooth line running along the whole margin (see fig. 2a.

Pl. XX1I), of which in Brongniart’s figure nothing is to be seen.

Does this indicate a marginal fructification? If so, then we have

perhaps an analogy in Péeris or Schizoloma.

This dicovery of Mr. Wood-Mason’s modifies my statement in Rec. G.

S. Ind. IX. 3, p. 72, when I stated, that I had not rediscovered any

specimen from India: this was right as to our collection, Mr. Wood-

Mason’s specimens having been acquired later. The specimen which I

mentioned (on the same page) as from the upper portion of the Australian

coal-strata, now appears different from our Indian Glossopt. angustifolia,

Bet. as above characterised.

GLOSSOPTERIS COMMUNIS, F'stm., Pl. XXI, Fig. 5.

Fronde simplici, variante, sed plerumque speciosa, integerrina, ovato-

oblonga, apice elongato-acuminata, bast attenuata in rhachidem decurrente,

rhachide crassa usque ad apicem currente, nervis omnibus anastomosantibus,

retia oblonga, angustissima formantibus. Hructificatione cgnota.

Of this species I have given only a portion of a frond, twice enlarged

to show the character of the net-venation ; in my monograph on Gossop-

teris I shail have occasion to figure a good many nice specimens.

376 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

This species, the commonest near Raniganj, is also not wanting in

other places. It resembles in shape pretty well the Glossopteris indica,

Schimper, but the net-venation is different, as also is that of the Australian

Glossopteris Browniana, Bet.

I have completed the description a little from other specimens, to

make myself understood.

The frond is simple, oblong-oval, the apex oblongly acuminate (as in

Glossopt. indica, Schimp., while it is obtuse in Gloss. Browniana, Bet.) ;

at base the frond is attenuate, running down into the rhachis; the rhachis

thick, reaching to the apex; the secondary veins all of pretty equal

thickness, all anastomising ; the areoles are all pretty equally oblong and

very narrow (while in Glossopt. indica they are more polygonal and larger

next the rhachis), reaching to the margin. The fructification of this

species is unknown to me, but in Glossopteris indica, Schimp., it consists,

as I have mentioned, of round sporanges in longitudinal rows.

At Raniganj the Glossopt. indica, Schimp., seems rarer than Glossopt.

communis, Fstm., but both species seem to have been of nearly the same

size. In the Kamthis Glossopt. communis is frequent enough, and it

occurs frequently also in the other groups of the Damuda Series.

From Raniganj there are known besides a great many Glossopterides,

which, however, I will describe later.

Genus Sagenopteris ? Bet.

If I am right in placing Glossopt. acaulis, McClell.,* in Sagenopteris,

Bgt.,+ then the specimens from Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection figured on

Pl. XX, Figs. 5, 6, must be placed with it too, as I believe them to belong

to the same species which McClelland called Glossepteris acaulis. These

two specimens do not come out quite plainly from a common stalk, but

their relative position to each other on the stone would lead one to suppose

that they do so; that they are identical with that species of McClelland

seems also to be indubitable, as the net-venation is of the same kind.

What induced McClelland to apply the specific name “‘ aeaulis’

to a plant the leaves of which are so very distinctly pedicellate, I cannot

understand, and I think that in this case there will be no objection to

my rejecting this specifie name, especially as MeClelland’s figure is so

bad, more resembling a dicotyledonous leaf.

It is true that the real Sagenopteris from the Rhetie and Lias had

not so many, nor such distinetly pedicellated, leaves, but the general

disposition of the leaves in our specimens, and their insertion on a common

* Report Geol. Surv. 1848-49, Pl. XIV. f. 3.

7 Rec, Geol. Surv. Ind. TX. 3, p. 73.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. B77

stalk, the net-venation, and the midrib vanishing towards the apex, seem to

justify my placing this form under Sagenopteris, Bgt.

SAGENOPTERIS POLYPHYLLA, Feistm., Pl. XX, Figs. 5, 6.

Foliis pluribus in pedunculo comnuni imsertis, oblongis, distincte

pedunculatis ; nervo medio apicem versus evanescente ; nervis secundariis

anastomosantibus.

I have given as complete a diagnosis as possible from the two speci-

mens figured in the present paper, but as it is have been obliged to take

some of the characters from McClelland’s original specimens of G'lossopteris

acaulis, which are in our Museum, and of which it is my intention to give

better figures in my monograph.

The two specimens figured from Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection certainly

belong to the same species.

They differ from Glossopteris by their net-venation and by the midrib

vanishing towards the apex. The specimens here figured are basal portions

of leaves and well show the stalk. ‘Their relative position to each other

on the stone is such as to lead one to suppose they were inserted on a

-common stalk.

With this I will rest satisfied at present. Sagenopteris is a Rheetic

and Liassic form, and I do not think anybody can consider our form as

Paleozoic.

I think that amongst the Raniganj fossils in the Geological Museum

will be perhaps some more forms of this genus, but as these are still unde-

seribed, I will not mention them here.

Of other ferns, which are also from the Raniganj group, and which I

have partially described, I may on account of the connection also mention.

ACTINOPTERIS BENGALENSIS, Feistm.

1876. Feistmantel Rec. Geol. S. Ind. IX. 3. p. 76.

In my note (1. ce.) I have givena diagnosis of this fern and have here

nothing to add. I will describe the species fully in a future paper and give

a figure of it.

I now give a general list of the ferns as I did in the case of the

Equisetaceae.

Names of the species from |

the Raniganj field. |

Order Sphenopterides.

Sphenopteris polymorpha,

INS, 99 0050 90000006

Order Pecopterides.

Group of Alethopteris Whit-

byensis, (Schimp. 1869

ibs, 1978) 5000 coo000

Alethopteris Lindleyana,

Royle sp. eseeceeeoeoeee

Alethopteris comp. Whit-

byensis, Gopp.

eecevovve

Type Phegopteris, Mett.

Alethopteris phegopteroi-

alos) ISG, G60000.ad000c

Order Teniopterides.

Macroteniopteris danze-

oides, Royle sp. ........

O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

General view of the Filices in the Raniganj field.

Where in mane

other portions| Analogies in Europe.

of the Dami- uswas

das and ana- adelug ce

logies in the Te 5 Australia.

Upper Gond- oe re

wanas.

In the Bara- wes Sphenopteris | Sphenopteris

kar group, athyrioides,| alata,Schimp.,

Talchir Bet. sp. the upper por-

(Cuttack) tion only.

Orissa.

Analogous to 000 |

Alethopteris Alethopte-

indica, O. ris Whit-

M.,from the byensis,

Rajmahal Gopp. in

Hills, Lias and) Pecopteris (Ale-

| Oolites. thopteris) aus=

p Asplenites tralis, McCoy,

Alethopteris 0000 (Clado- from ‘Tasma-

W hithyen- | phlebis) nia (mezo-

sis in Kach. Rosserti ZOIC).

Al. indica, Schenk,

O. M., in from the

Rajmahal Rheetic.

Hills. J

o000 Pecopteris occ. ecce

Stuttgar-

densis, Bet.

(Keuper).

In the Bara-

kar group sais Some liassic 900C

near Burgo, forms.

(Rajmahal

Hills.)

Some analo-

2y with

Macrot. mu-

se@folia, O.

M., Rajma-

hal Hills.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 379

Where in

other portions) Analogies in Europe.

of the Damt-|

Names of the species from Analogies in

the Raniganj field. (488, and _ana- aisle,

5 Trias. Jura.

upper Gond-

wanas.

Macroteniopteris sp..... oC 00.66 reise cooc J00C

Type Vittaria, Swartz. coo0 5000 Slee o00t

Genus Palaeovittaria nov.,

Fstm.

Paleeovittaria Kurzi, Fstm.

Order Dictyopterides.

Genus Belemnopteris nov.,

Fstm.

Belemnopteris Wood-Maso-

mei Iss Gesooo doe 9000 0000 c000 sails

Genus Gangamopteris, Mc-

CN} nv dacomrode ocoponoue J006 ‘isles cece o000

Gangamopteris Whittiana,

stm. ...............-|G@enus in the 0000 600 Genusin Austra-

Barakars lia (Victoria).

and = Tal-

chirs.

Genus Glossopteris.

Glossopteris angustifolia,

Ells S560 HOdDOGUGOOOOOO ayerehs 0000 oo0C efeiete

Glossopteris communis,

St feces ores «| hroushout 0000 0000 New South

theDamuda Wales ? upper

Series. coal-strata.

Sagenopteris polyphylla,

IBS; Go00¢0 000000 a00C 9900 pooc Genus Rheetic po0C

and Liassic.

Actinopteris Bengalensis,

IMS5IE, ooopno90 conoond0 0090 5006 GenusRheetic. 0000

CONCLUSIONS.

1. Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection has yielded 14 species, two belonging

to the Equisetacez, and 12 being ferns.

2. Amongst these fourteen are two new genera (besides a new type of

Alethopteris) and seven new species. ‘The collection, therefore, increases

considerably our previous knowledge of Raniganj plants.

3. The character of the whole flora is mezozoic. The prevalence of

ferns with net-venation (not being Glossopteris), and the occurrence of

Taeniopteris especially shows this. .

4. But also Glossopteris has shown some differences as compared with

those in Australia: I refer to the marginated margin in Glossopteris

380 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

angustifolia, indicating perhaps a Pteris-fructification, while some Kamthi

specimens show a Polypodiuwm-fructification, and some Australian ones

show a fruetification along the veins.

5.° Amongst the Equisetaceae Schizonewra is decisive, which is so

frequent in the collection of the Geological Survey.

6. Amongst the ferns the Alethopteris phegopteroides is very close

to the living Phegopteris ; Belemnopteris is very close to some living

forms ; Gangamopterts Whittiana is very close to the living Antrophywm ;

and Palaeovittaria is very remarkable; of importance besides these is

Macrotaeniopteris dannaeoides and Alethopteris comp. Whitbyensis, Gopp.

Alethopteris phegopteroides reminds one also of a Triassic type, the

Pecopt. Stuttgardensis, Bgt.

7. Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens afford strong corroboration of my

views as to the mezozoic age of the Damudas in general.

8. With the lower portion of the Damudas, namely with the Bara-

kars, the upper has Sphenophyllum trizygia, Vertebraria indica, Sphenopt

polymorpha, Macrotaéniopteris danaeoides, Glossopteris, communis, and the

genus Gangamopteris, in common; so that the close paleontological con-

nection of the two is again seen.

9. The Kamthi group has with the Raniganj the same Phyllotheca

indica, Vertebraria indica, and the same G‘lossopteris communis in common.

10. With the Australian lower coal-strata no comparison at all is

possible as not one single marine animal has been met with in our Raniganj

group or indeed in any part of the Damuda Series.

11. A comparison, if any, is only possible with the upper coal-beds

of Australia, which alone are mezozoic and contain several fossils identical

with those of our Damuda Series.

12. A complete register of the fossils from the Damidas, including

Mr. Wood-Mason’s new forms, has been given by me in Records G. 8.

India, 1876, 1X, No. 4.

Se eOeeOEOeeeeas=»> —0 PEO

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in Tiudia. - 381

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XV.

Figs. 1—2. Sphenophylium Trizygia, Ung. ‘Two branchlets showing well the charac- -

teristic disposition of the leaflets in the articulation. Fig. 2a. One leaflet

enlarged to show the mode of origin and the distribution of the veins.

Figs. 3—4. Vertebraria Indica, Royle. Fig. 3. Good specimen, with a branch exhi-

biting the same characters as the main stem. This specimen is particularly

remarkable, as showing distinctly enough ribs on the surface, which in several

places (a a a) form “articulations.” Fig. 4. A portion of a rootlet of the same

species.

Plate XVI.

Figs. 1—3. Schizoneura Gondwanensis, Feistm., branchlets and leaflets of this impor-

tant species.

Fig. 4. Vertebraria indica, Royle, a stem exhibiting regular articulation, and conse-

quently the equisetaceous nature of this fossil.

Figs. 5—7. Sphenopteris polymorpha, n. sp. Fig. 5, top portion of the frond. Figs. 6

and 7, leaflets from lower portions. The rhachis broadly winged.

Plate XVII.

Figs. 1—3. Sphenopteris polymorpha, n. sp., illustrating pinne from different portions

of the frond. Fig. 1. Top portion. Fig. 1a. A leaflet enlarged. Figs. 2 & 3.

Pinna and leaflet from the lower portion of the frond. Fig. 3a. One pinnula

enlarged. Rhachis broadly winged.

Plate XVIII.

Fies. 1. 2. <Alethopteris phegopteroides, n. sp. A very interesting type in the group

of Pecopterides, approaching most strikingly the living Phegopteris. Fig. 1. Shows

a portion of the frond and the disposition of the pinnee and the pretty thick rha-

chides. Fig. 2. Two entire pinne with their apices. Fig. la. Illustrates the

disposition of the veins in the pinnule. Fig. 2¢. The top portion of the pinna.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 1. 2. Wacrotaeniopteris (Taeniopteris) danaeoides, Royl sp. (McClell.). Two out

of many other specimens. Fig. la. Shows the distribution and the mode of

furcation of the veins.

Figs. 3. 4. Palacovittaria Kurzi, gen. et sp. nov. Fig. 3a. Shows the basal portion,

with the midrib and secondary veins issuing from it. Fig. 4a. The relations of

the secondary veins in the top portion.

Plate XX.

Figs. 1—2. Belemnopteris Wood-Masoniana, gen. et sp. nov. (N. B.—The two lobe-

veins are a little exaggerated.) Vig. 2. Represents what is believed to be the

top portion of the leaf of the same species.

Figs. 83—4. Gangamopteris Whittiana, n. sp. ‘Two specimens with very large areoles

of that intermediate form between Glossopteris and Cyclopteris, which has lately

proved so frequent in our Barakur group. ‘hese specimens exhibit very well the

distribution of the vein-areoles in two directions towards the margin without any

midrib.

382 Contributions towards the knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India.

Figs. 5—6. Sagenopteris polyphylla, n. sp. These two specimens belong, I believe,

to that form which McClelland first mentioned as Glossopteris acaulis, which, how-

ever, I consider to be a Sagenopteris.

Plate X XI.

Fig. 1. Macroteniopteris danaeoides, Royle sp. a portion from the middle part of the

leaf enlarged to show the development of the secondary veins from the midrib.

Figs. 2—4. Glossopteris angustifolia, Bgt. Fig. 2. A nearly complete leaf with base

and apex. Figs. 3 and 4 top portions of the leaf—all exhibiting the marginated

margin which probably indicates the fructification—which in this case would be a

“ fructificatio-Pteridis.” Fig. 2a. A portion, enlarged to show the veins and the

marginal smooth longitudinal portion of the leaf.

Fig. 5. Glossopteris communis, n. sp. A portion of a Glossopteris, which is very fre-

quent throughout the Damuda Series.

Fig. 6. <Alethopteris Whitbyensis (?), Gopp. Two pinnule belonging most probably

to this mezozoic species.

Ee fi 8

4 - } @

j ©

ice)

is;

fe}

< ;

5 :

= z

> i Q

g 3

Bo S

4 :

; 6

2.STENODACTYLUS ORIENTALIS.

|, TRAPELUS RUBRIGULARIS.

= s

Fs)

Cal

: w

% roant

: ath

; =

: S

5 =

: ‘e)

3 ply

& =

: aI

(o}

3 5

d aI

: Fy

™

: 3

S 5

2 a8

Z 5

< g

: 3

Hi :

w See

GODWIN-AUSTEN, Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal Vol XLV. P*II.1876. PLATE Il.

SUTHORA DAFLAENS]

(op)

Maciurs & Mxcdonald imp

SISNEVT4Vd VENNILOV

‘due rey teH NPN

TL Tap wasp

MALY Tel QLEL Tlic ATX [A T#49q 00g yeIsy wNo~ NAT, SOWENTMGOS

GODWIN-AUSTEN. Journ. Asiat.Soc. Bengal. Vol XLV PtIl.1876. PLATE V;

JSmit del.et lith. M&N.Hanhart imp.

ACRIDOTHE RES ALBOGINCTA.

die

GODWIN-AUSTEN Journ-Asiat: Soo: Bengal Vol XLV. P°IL1876. PLATE VI

GODWIN-AUSTEN, nan-Asvac. Soc Bengal, Vol: XLV, P*ll 18676. Plate V1!

CYCLOSTOMACEA:DAFLA HILLS: ASSAM.

Maclore & Macdonald amp:

DWIN-AUSTEN. Journ Asiat.. Soc: Bengal. Vol. XLV. P* 11.1876. Plate VIIA.

—e

KAAS! AND DAFLA HILL SHELLS.

Godintusten del. Machice & Macdonald, [ath Limdon.

Plate VIL.

HELICACEA: DAFLA HILLS ASSAM,

Mache & Macdonald, Inth

A Pes

po EO

—

PYCTORHIS

¥ r ) } 7

e & Macdonald,

W.T.BLANFORD. Journ: As: Soc: Bengal, Vol: XLV, Pt: 11.1876. ING, ISG,

J. Schaumb wrg Lith

GOLUNDA ELLIOTI.

IALSSE,

Caicutta..

ro)

LONCHODES VERRUCIFHER, é@.

Re)

SS)

aah

isto)

{e)

isp)

(eo)

fe)

Lith: & print:by S. Sedgfield,

XI.

Soc: Bengal, Vol. XLV, Pt: I. 1876.

As:

S. Kurz. Journ

J eerneri

nec ne AR NN

ee eh

PA BREE HIIY EPR TEN ALAS SE PP OECD ALAS ANI PARCEL TANASE at ODE IOESLET DV ANG NTT ns BAAS A INFN SY

S Kars Lith:

AMOMUM FENZLII.

ail

Soc: Bengal, Vol: XLV, Pt-Il.1876.

8 22 SIS As

LICL Aa Nil AA ORLA EERIE ORD AME DTG EE OL RO ALNE AAA

re raanas

POUT

SS TVA TI MTEC

{a RAAT AO NN KOREA TSC YMA NICS INE 2 VFI ONY RENO RO ATION Mir

iis a AVANDIA N

NG a

(an ANAC NSE a THR PL| AMY MMA At Se AN amy DMM HR TANI ey A ARR AAA WINN Shen CANN

7. TRICHOGLOTTIS QUADRICORNUTA

FIG. 8-12, HULOPHIA DECIPIENS.

FIG. 1

HHOBALD, Journ:As: Soc: B engal, Vol: XLV,Pt: 11.1876.

NEW INDIAN MOLLUSCA.

ataill

PLATE

; (00 Ee .

; : . pers

eS eee

= x . z

SIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD

MANTEL Journ. Beat Soc.B engal Vol XLV. P*II.1876.

FOS

OA hai.

To a Sandie danke mines anteaters

BIS

Papa

chaumburg Lith.

PLATE. KV.

‘

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD.

{

O FEISTMANT EL. Jurn. Asiat.Soc. Bengal. Vol. XLV, P' Il 1876.

ae Beh aasabene Lath.

PLATE AVUL

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD.

NITEL. Journ, Asiat.Soc- Bengal. Val XIV. P211.1876.

i N \ \\ .

\\\\y

\\ \\\

PLATE. XIX.

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD

A876.

“alll

“d

MANTEL J ourn. Asiat. BUG

PLATE XX]

s a ctlaial

SEo epesw neste e senha mere

ela weir esa

= ee ca,

eo)

o.0)

‘al

aa)

iS)

(e)

sp)

is)

is]

Sp)

——

ies

EeNAD: Ei

“<= Names of new genera and species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.

Abroma augusta, 121

Abrornis castaneoceps, 80

9 xanthoschistus, 80

Abrus levigatus, 240

» precatorius, 127, 240

Acacia cesia, 297

” » var. a. genuina, 7d.

” » var. B. elegans, zd.

» Catechu, 296

“ 99 var. a. genuina, 7d.

” > var. 8. Sundra, 7d.

Bs Farnesiana, 296

a ferruginea, 296

a intsia, 297

35 leucophloea, 296

9 ”

”

297

ac pennata, 298

+. » var. a. genuina, id.

“ » var. 8. canescens, 7d.

5 pruinescens, 7d.

“¢ rugata, 297

oe » var. a. genuina, id.

a » var. 8. concinna, 7d.

» rupestris, 89 ;

Suma,

Acanthodactylus Cantoris, 26, 92

Acanthus ilicifolius, 142

Accipiter virgatus, 192

Achatina (Glessula) hebes, 315

Achyranthes aspera, 145

Acridotheres albocincta, 200

op ginginianus, 91

i tristis, id.

Acrocarpus fraxinifolius, 294

Acronychia cyminosma, 122

Acrostichum aureum, 164

Actinopteris Bengalensis, 377

Actephila Javanica, 146

a puberula, 7d.

Actinura Daflaensis, 77

7: Egertoni, 76

Adenosacme longifolia, 135

Adenanthera pavonina, 129, 294

“. Eres var. a. genuina, 294

” ” yar. B. microsper-

ma, id.

var. a, genuina, 297

var. 8. microcephala,

Adenocrepis Javanica, 147

Adenosma hirsutum, 143

Adenostemma viscosum, 136

Adiantum sp., 163

Afigiceras corniculata, 137

35 lanata, 145

Aerva Javanica, 89

AXischynomene aspera, 238

Indica, id.

ZEthopyga Nipalensis, 70

saturata, ae

Afzelia bijuga, 128,

a retusa, 290

Agama agilis, 22, 92

Aganosma acuminata, 140

Ageratum conyzoides, 136

Aglaia Andamanica, 123

» argentea, 7d.

Alangium Sundanum, 133

Aglaonema palustris, 153

6 simplex, 7d.

Alauda gulgula, 83

Albizzia bubalina, 129

; clypearia, 7d.

+6 elegans, 299

0 fasciculata, 129

6 glomeriflora, 300

5) heterophylla, 233, 500

» jiinga, 300

» lebbek, 7d.

» littoralis, 129

a lucida, 300

- myriophylla, 299

6 odoratissima, 7d.

op procera, 300

on stipulata, 299, 129

Teysmanni, 300

Alcedo Beavani, 193

» grandis, 69

Alchornea J avensis, 148

o tilizefolia, 148

aelotns collaris, 82

5 fusca, 197

a Nipalensis, 75

Alcurus Striatus, 72

Alethopteris, 359

7 Indica, 560

» Lindleyana, id.

*Alethopteris Phegopteroides, 362

Whitbyensis, 359

comp. Whitbyensis, 362

Allophylus Cobbe, 125

Alpinia Phoenicea, 154

Alsodeia, 117

aS Bengalensis, 7d.

Alsophila albo-setacea, 162

Alstonia macrophylla, 140

a spectabilis, zd.

Alternanthera, 145

Altingia excelsa, 310

Alyczeus crispatus, 175

7 Burtii, 176

> aes Daflaensis, 176

>» (Dioryx) eraphicus, 178

) urnula, 7d.

”

PP) ”

> mutatus, 177

2 on notatus, 176

7) Theobaldi, 175

Khasiacus, id.

» 39 var. #d.

Alysicarpus, 127

5 bupleurifolius, 234

> monilifer, 7d.

» rugosus, 7d.

. styracifolius, 7d.

“ vaginalis, 7d. 3

99 on var. genuina, 7d.

Bs 7 var. nummulari-

folius, 7d.

Amaracarpus pubescens, 133

Amaranthus Gangeticus, 145

vir dis, 145

Ambherstia nobilis, 290

*Amomum (Dymezewiczkia) Fenzlii, 154

Amoora Ganggo, 123

Amphidromus Theobaldianus, 187

Anabasis multiflora, 89

Anacardium occidentale, 210

Anacolosa puberula, 123

Anamitra cocculus, 116

Ananas sativus, 157 ~

Anasporum Cephalotes, 159

Aneilema ensifolium, 158

5 nudiflorum, 7d.

Angiopteridum, 364

Angiopteris, 164

Anodendron paniculatum, 140

Anona muricata, 115

Anthipes moniliger, 195

Anthus campestris, 91

0 sordidus, 91

Antidesma Gheesembilia, 147

oy Menasu, 7d.

” persimilis, 7d.

» puncticulatum, 7d.

Antitaxis calocarpa, 116

Antrophium Callefolium, 163

Apodytes Andamanica, 123

Aporosa glabrifolia, 147

» _microstachya, 7d.

Aquila fulvescens, 90

il Index.

Arachis hypogeea, 237

Arachnothera magna, 70

Arboricola rufigularis, 84

torqueola, var. 203

Ardisia littoralis, 137

Areca augusta, 151

» catechu, 151

Arillaria robusta, 224

Arthrophyllum Blumeanum, 133

Artocarpus Chaplasha, 150

” incisa, 149

” integrifolia, 7d.

> peduncularis, 7d.

pomiformis, 7d.

Arundo Roxburghi, 161

Asplenites Ottonis, 363

(Diplazium), 163

macrophyllum, 163

Asplenium Nidus, 163

Asterophyllites, 337, 339

Atalantia macrophylla, 122

Athene Brahma, 90

Atylosia barbata, 256

ty)

99 mollis, 7d.

9p nivea, 7d.

* scarabeeoides, 7d.

Baccaurea Javanica, 147

Bambusa vulgaris, 162

Bauhinia acuminata, 288

anguina, 128

brachycarpa, 287

diphylla, 228

elongata, 288

ferruginea, 128, 289

glauca, 228

involucellata, 288

lucida, 7d.

macrostachya, 7d.

malabarica, 287

monandra, 7d.

ornata, 228

piperifolia, 288

polycarpa, 287

purpurascens, 7d.

ss re var. candida, id.

purpurea, 2d.

» var. genuina, 288

5 » var. B triandra, 7d.

racemosa, 287

rosea, 128

Vahlii, 288

varicgata, 287

Barringtonia Asiatica, 131

# racemosa, 7d.

Benincasa cerifera, 132

Bergsmia Sumatrana, 116

Bidaria sp., 140

Bidens sp., 137

Bixa Orellana, 117

Blattidee belonging to the genus Panes-

thia, 189

Blechnum orientale, 163

*Belemnopteris, 370

*Belemnopteris- Wood-Masoniana, 371

Blumea balsamitfera, 137

» Hava, 136

» lacera, 7d.

» myriocephala, 7d.

» Yiparia, 137

Blyxa Roxburghii, 154

Boerhaavia glutinosa, 144

Bouea Burmanica, 212

» Oppositifolia, 7d.

Bonnaya sp., 143

Bragantia tomentosa, 146

Briedella glauca, 147

Pe tomentosa, 147

Breynia oblongifolia, 146

S racemosa, 7d.

i rhamnoides, 7d.

Bringa remifer, 71

Bruguiera gymnorhiza, 130

Bryophyllum pinnatum, 309

Buchanania acuminata, 211

p arborescens, 7d.

» glabra, 7d.

# lancifolia, id.

a“ latifolia, 7d.

56 laxiflora, id.

Siamensis, 212

“= platyneura, 125

Bucklandia populnea, 310

Budytes viridis, 81

2 melanocephalus, 91

Bulimus gracilis, 317

5 (Harpalus) Khasiacus, 2d.

be NLP Masoni, 316

a Nilagiricus, 317

Butea acuminata, 243

», frondosa, zd.

» parviflora, éd.

» superba, 7d.

Buteo ferox, 90

Butorides Javanicus, 85

Czesalpinia Bondue, 128, 292

ss dasyrhachis, 128

es digyna, 292

0 mimosoides, 7d.

os nuga, 128, 292

5 pulcherrima, 128, 292

>» Sappan, 292

25 sepiaria, 7d.

tortuosa, 7d.

Ceesalpiniee, 221

Cajanus Indicus, 128, 257

Calamites, 337, 339

Calamus, 152

Andamanicus, 151

Calandrella brachydactyla, 91

Calobates Melanope, 81

Callicarpa longifolia, 144

Caliigonum polygonoides, 89

Calliope pectoralis, 79

Calophyllum inophyllum, 118

os spectabile, 119

Index. ill

Calophyllum Wallichianum, 119

Calotropis procera, 89

Canarium, 123

of ensiformis, 7d.

a ae var. aviiee

perma, 7d.

35 5 var. 8. leucosper-

ma, 7d.

59 grandis, 252

be lucens, 7d. -

56) obtusifolia, 251

i turgida, éd.

Canavalia virosa, 127, 251

Cansjera Rheedii, 123

Canis pallipes, 90

Canna, 155

Capparis ambigua, 116

a aphylla, 89

Hasseltii, 116

Caprimulgus albonotatus, 68

me Jotoka, 68

Carallia integerrima, 130

Carapa moluccensis, 123

Cardiospermum halicacabum, 124

Carex longiaristata, 160

Carica Papaya, 132

Carissa diffusa, 139

Carpophaga insignis, 83

*Carychium Khasiacum 318

be Indicum, ?d.

Casearia glabrata, 132

Cassia alata, 284

» auriculata, ed.

» fistnla, 283

» glauca, 284 ‘

var. a. genuina, 7d.

‘ » var. B. Koenigii, 7d.

5» mimosoides, 285

var. a. typica, id.

var, 8. Mieschynomene,

ad.

9 LP)

oP) ”

9 by)

» nodosa, 283

> Obovata, 284

» occidentalis, 128, 288

» pumila, 285

» venigera, 284

» Siamea, ¢d.

35 » var. a. genuina, 7d.

. » var. B. puberula, 7d.

», Timoriensis, zd.

» Lora, 285

> » var. a. glabra, 2d.

» var. 8. pubescens, ¢d.

Cassytha filiformis, 145

Casuarina equisetifolia, 150

Centropus Bengalensis, 70

Centhrus biflorus, 90

Centranthera hispida, 143

Centotheca lappacea, 161

Ceratopteris thalictroides, 163

Cerbera Odallum, 139

Ceriops Candolleana, 130

Iv Index.

Certhia discolor, 70, 194

Ceryle guttata, 69

5) Hubs, a7

Chamecladon ovatum, 153

Champereya gnetocarpa, 123

Chaptia enea, 71

Chatorhea caudata, 91

0 Karlei, 78

Chaus caudatus, 49

Ceesalpinia dasyrhachis, 128

Chavica Betle, 150

5, macrostachya, 7d.

Chelidorynx hypoxantha, 71

Chelidon Nipalensis, 193, 68

Cheilosa montana, 148

Cheiranthus parryoides, 116

Chibia Hottentota, 71

Chimarrhornis leucocephala, 79

Chionanthus, 139

Palembanicus, 139

Chleuasicus ruficeps, 196

Chrysomitris spinoides, 200

Chrysophlegma chlorolophus, 70

Chrysopogon aciculatus, 161

Cicer arietinum, 239

Cinnamomum obtusifolium, 145

Cinyularia, 337

Circus melanoleucus, 67

Circaétus gallicus, 90

Cisticola melanocephala, 80

= Munipurensis, 7d.

=p Tytleri, 199

Citrus decumana, 123

» hystrix, 122

5, nobilis, var. limonellus, 7d.

Claoxylon longifolium, 148

molle, id.

Clausilia Tos, 318

Cleome viscosa, 116

Clerodendron inerme, 144

paniculatum, id.

Clitorea Ternatea, 127, 240

5, Grahamii, 241

” var. a. Grahamii, 7d.

var. 8, macrophylla, id.

Cnestis platantha, 216

», vamiflora, id.

Cocculus incanus, 116

Cocos nucifera, 151

Colocasia antiquorum, 153

virosa, 7d.

Colubrina Asiatica, 124

Columba intermedia, 91

Combretum extensum, 130

7) squamosum, 7d.

Commelyna communis, 158

Connaracez, 214

Connarus gibbosus, 215

p grandis, 216

+s Griffithi, 215

xy latifolius, 7d.

” paniculatus, 7d.

5 semidecandrus, 7.

Connarus sticlophyllus, 215

Conocephalus, 149

*Corasia Bourdillonii, 185

Corvus corax, 91

» Cculminatus, 83

»» impudicus, 91, 83

» Splendens, 83

» Vaillanti, 91

Corymbis disticha, 157

Cordia subcordata, 144

Cranium Asiaticum, 157

Crassulaceze, 809

Crateeva macrocarpa, 116

Criniger flaveolus, 79

Crocopus viridifrons, 83

Croton argyratum, 147

Crotalaria acicularis, 264

9 alata, id.

D albida, 7d.

1 Assamica, 265

A bracteata, 267

p calycina, 127, 265

0 Chinensis, 265

Fs cytisoides, 267

* dubia, 265

=p ferruginea, 264

var. a. genuina, 7d.

var. 8. pilosissima,

id.

on filiformis, 7d.

5 juncea, 266

” oy)

2] PP)

30 Kurzii, 265 >

99 var. a. genuina, 7d.

7 var. B. montana, 7d.

) linifolia, 264

macrophylla, 266

7p medicaginea, 267

> neriifolia, 266

patula, 265

¥, Peguana, 7d.

6 prostrata, 264

55 quinquefolia, 267

5 retusa, 266

x sericea, 127, 266

~ sessiliflora, 265

0 striata, 267

- Stocksii, 264

” tetragona, 266

verrucosa, 7d.

Cryptocarya ferrea, 145

Cucumis Melo var. utilissima, 132

Culicipeta cinereocapilla, 71

Cupania adenophylla, 126

» sackiana, id.

Cutia Nipalensis, 81

Cyamopsis psoralioides, 268

Cyanops Asiatica, 70

J oypnogoe Nevyilli, 182

o. Garoense, 183

e Jawaiense, 182

Cyathula prostrata, 145

Cycas Rumphii, 151

Cyclea peltata, 116

Cylista scariosa, 257

Cyclophorus Aurora, 173

expansus, 7d.

fuscicolor, 7d.

(myxostoma) nivicola, 7d.

Pearsoni, 7d.

zebrinus, 7d.

Cyclostemon leicocarpum, 147

Cyclostomacea of the Dafla

Assam, 171

Cymodocea, 153

Cynoctonum Wallichii, 140

Cynodon Dactylon, 161

Cynometra bijuga, 129, 289

oF caulifiora, 289

> ramiflora, 129, 289

Cyornis unicolor, 71, 195

Cyperus canescens, 158

dilutus, id.

Haspan, 7d.

Tria, id.

meestus, 7d.

pilosus, 7d.

polystachyus, 7d.

umbellatus, id.

vulgaris, 7d.

Cypselus affinis, 90

Cyrtopera fusca, 156

Dactyloctenium Algyptiacum, 151

Deedalacanthus, 128

suffruticosus, 142

Dalbergia cana, 279

cultrata, 280

foliacea, 7d.

glauca, 2d.

glomeriflora, 279

latifolia, 280

nigrescens, 279

ovata, 280

» var. a. genuina, zd.

”

paniculata, 279

purpurea, 7d.

rubiginosa, 281

stipulacea, 280

tamarindifolia, 281

velutina, 7d.

volubilis, 280

Danxopsis, 364

Davallia elegans, 163

heterophylla, 7d.

parallela, id.

solida, zd.

5 Speluncee, 7d.

Dendrobium anceps, 155

crumenatum, 7d.

Dendrocitta frontalis, 83

Himalayana, id.

Dendrophila frontalis, 71

Drepanocarpus Cumingii, 282

var. 8. puberula, 7d.

Index.

Hills,

Drepanocarpus Monospermus, 281

Reniformis, 282

Spinosus, 281

”

Derris amcena, 278

elegans, 277

elliptica, 278

robusta, 277

scandens, 128, 277

sinuata, 277

thyrsiflora, 128

uliginosa, 128, 277

Desmochacta, 145

Desmodium, 225

auricans, 229

biarticulatum, 232

cephalotes, 233

concinnum, 230

(Dicerma), 127

diffusum, 232

flexuosum, 231

floribundum, 232

Gangeticum, 127, 231

grande, 233

gyrans, 228

gyroides, 7d.

heterocarpum, 229

var. a. genui-

num 7d.

var. B. tricho-

caulon, 7d.

var. y. capita-

tum, 2d.

heterophyllum, 127

Karensium, 232

laburnifolium, 7d.

latifolium, 231

laxum, 7d.

microphyllum, 229

obcordatum, 230

oblatum, zd.

oblongum, 229

podocarpum, 231

polycarpum, 127

pulchellum, 233

_recurvatum, 127, 221

reniforme, 230

reptains, 229

retroflexum, 7d.

scalpe, 230

sequax, 231

substipulaceum, 230

teres, 231

tiliaefolium, 232

triflorum, 230

triquetrum, 232

var. genuinum,

td.

var. pseudo-tri-

quetrum, 7d.

umbellatum, 127, 233

vestitum, 233

”

Diczeum olivaceum, 194

Vi Index.

Dicrurus albirictus, 91 Entada scandens, 129, 294

55 cathcecus, 71 Epithema carnosum, 143

5 pyrrhops, 7d. Equisetaceae, 337, 24

Dictyopterides, 369 Eragrostis plumosa, 161

Digitaria, 160 : 3 unioloides, 7d.

Diksonia, 163 Zeylanica, id.

Dillenia pilosa, 115 _Eranthemum album, 142

Dimeria, 162 succifolium, 7d.

Dinochloa Andamanica, 7d. Cae dubia, 305, 24

Dioclea reflexa, 252 A macrocarpa, 304

Dioscorea glabra, 157 - integrifolia, 2d.

Diospyros Kurzii, 138 Japonica, 305

undulata, id. Eriachne Chinensis, 161

Diplommatina Austeni, 178 Hriocaulon longifolium, 158

* 35 levigatus, 179 % truncatum, 7d.

* 49 Homei, 178 Erioglossum rubiginosum, 125

os polypleuris, id. Eriosema tuberosum, 262

e ie var. minuta, Erycibe paniculata, 141

id. Erythrina holosericea, 244

semisculpta, 7d. 5 Indica, 127, 244

Dischidia Bengalensis, 140 55 lithosperma, 244

53 nummularia, zd. s ovalifolia, 2d.

Dissemurus grandis, 71 " stricta, 7d.

Dissocheeta, 131 Ss suberosa, 7d.

Dodonaea ? Lamponga, 125 Erythropus (Cerchneis) Pekinensis, 192

Dolichos biflorus, 250 Erythrosterna leucura, 72

“5 lanceolatus, 7d. Esacus recurvirostris, 66

Draceena angustifolia, 157 Eugenia (Acmena ?) sp., 131

45 Griffithi, 7d. » Clayiflora, 7d.

x linearifolia, 7d. » Jdavanica, 130

+ spicata, 7d. » occlusa, 2d.

Dracontomelum mangiferum, 213 _Pullopine Andamanensis, 155

Drimycarpus racemosus, 208 5 decipiens, id.

Drosera Burmanni, 310 » graminea, 7d.

», Indica, 7d. Eumyias melanops, 71

» peltata, zd. Euphorbia atota, 148

Drymeeca gracilis, 91 3 epiphylloides, 149

Drymeoepus longicaudatus, 80 5) parviflora, 148

Dunbaria circinalis, 256 » var. linearifolia, 7d.

conspersa, 255 99) pilulifera, 149

1) fusca, 7d. Huspiza aureola, 83

5 podocarpa, 256 Hivodia Roxburghiana, 122

Dumasia leiocarpa, 241 Evolvulus linifolius, 141

Dysophylla auricularia, 144 Evonymus Javanicus, 123

Ebermayera lanceolata, 142 Excalfactoria Chinensis, 84 —

Echis carinatus, 92 Exceecaria agallocha, 148

Eclipta, 137 “A oppositifolia, id.

Ehretia, 144 ; rectinervis, 7d. ‘

Elatostema integrifolium, 149 Fagraea racemosa, 139

* Novarae, 149 Falco jugger, 92

Eleusine Indica, 161 Falcouptilura, 51

Ellipanthus calophyllus, 216 * Felis Shawiana, 49

0 Helferi, id. » torquata, 51, 90

tomentosus, 7d. Ficus chrysocarpa, 150

Eleagnus arborea, 146 » gibbosa, zd.

Eleocarpus floribundus, 122 » hispida, zd.

9 (Monoceras), id. » Indica, 7d.

Embelia microcalyx, 137 » infectoria, zd.

Emberiza Huttoni, 91 » macropoda, 7d.

y striolata, id. » pedunculata, 7d.

Enhalus acoroides, 154

» retusa, ¢d.

*Knnea milium, 317

» Rumphii, id.

Index. vil

Fimbristylis complanata, 159

+5 diphylla, zd.

globulosa, ¢d.

a miliacea, 7d.

+ nutans, 7d.

ovalis, 7d.

Flag eellaria, 157

Flemingia bracteata, 260

> capitata, 261

os chappar, 260

+ congesta, 7d.

ae ferruginea, 7d.

- latifolia, 261

= 6 var. a, genuina, 7d.

? bP)

& lineata, 260

i paniculata, 7d.

a procumbens, 261

= prostrata, 260

op semialata, 261

3 3 var. a, genuina, 7d.

3 5 var, B. viridis, 7d.

5 sericans, 260

stricta, 261

= strobilifera, 128, 260

5 vestita, 261

Fragaria Indica, 308

Francolinus vulgaris, 83

Freycinetia scandens, 153

Fuirena umbellata, 159

Galactia tenuiflora, 242

,s villosa, id.

Galerita cristata, 91

Gallinago stenura, 84

Gallinula chloropus, 7d.

Gallophasis Horsfieldu, 83

Gallus ferrugineus, 7d.

Gampsorhynchus rufulus, 73

Gangamopteris, 7d.

Rs Whittiana, 371

Garcinia calycina, 118

6 cornea, 7d.

oF speciosa, 7d.

ee (Xanthochymus) Jelineki, zd.

Gardenia resinifera, 134

Garrulax gularis, 76

i leucolophus, 75

moniliger, 76

or pectoralis, zd.

Gazella Bennetti, 90

Gecinulus grantia, 70

Gecinus occipitalis, ¢d.

6 striolatus, ¢d.

Geissaspis cristata, 238

Gelonium bifarium, 148

3 lanceolatum, 7d.

Geocichla citrina, 72

Geotrochus Calcadensis, 187

Gerbillus Hurriane, 90

Gironniera subzequalis, 150

Glaucidium Brodici, 68

Gleichenia dichotoma, 162

var. B. grandiflora, id.

Glessula Cassiaca, 316

os crassilabris, 315

5 Daflaensis, 316

% illustris, 315

orthoceras, 316

Glochidion calocarpum, 146

Glossopteris, 372

Glossopteris angustifolia, 374

%p communis, 375

Indica, 361

Gluta elegans, 210

es longipetiolata, 7d.

» Lavoyana, 7d.

Glycine Soja, 255

Glycosmis arborea var. 8. insularis, 122

a trifoliata, var. latifolia, id.

Gmelina Asiatica, 144

Gnetum Gnemon, 151

» macropodum, zd.

Golunda Ellioti, 165

Gonostegia hirta, 149

Gonystylus Miquelianus, 146

Gordonia excelsa, 119

Gossypium herbaceum, 120

Gouania, 124

Graminicola Bengalensis, 80

Grammatoptila striata, 73

Grewia calophylla, 121

Griffithia curvata, 134

Grona filicaulis, 242

» Grahamii, id.

Graucalus Macei, 71

Guettarda speciosa, 134

Gymnodactylus sp., 20

Gymnogramme sp., 164

sagittata, 370

Gymnopetalum heterophyllum, 132

Gymuoris flavicollis, 91

Gynandropsis pentaphylla, 116

Gynochtodes macrophylla, 134

Gynopogon stellatum, 139

Gyps Bengalensis, 66

- Indicus, 66

Gyrocarpus Jacquini, 130

Halophila ovalis, 154

Hapalus Travankoricus, 186

Hedyotis Andamanicus, 136

9 approximata, 135

35) costata, 7d.

» coerulea, 136

» cyanantha, 7d.

Graminicola, id.

*Hedyotis paradoxa, 135

oA racemosa, 136

53 rigida, 135

* Wallichii, 136

* Helicarion (Hoplites) Burtii, 314

is » ) Cimereus, id,

* 7 minutus, 313

“; ovatus, 312

= oF arts s) radha, 314

ays »» ) Verrucosus, 313

Vill

Helicteres obtusa, 120

Helix (Trochomorpha) acris, 312

(Nanina) bascauda, 2d.

=, Gay) bilineatas ot

(Trachea) cestus, 312

(Rotula) climacterica, ¢d.

(Trochomorpha) castra, 7d.

-. 0 ) diplodon, zd.

* (Nanina) globosa, id.

(Macrochlamys) honesta, 7d.

Huttoni var. tapeina, 7d.

5 Lubrica, 311

(Plectopylis) macromphalus, 312

. oN ) plectostoma, zd.

(Nanina) eee id.

», remicola, zd.

», (Rotula) vidua, ¢d.

Helminthostachys Zeylanica, 164

Hemiagraphis glandulosa, 142

Hemidactylus Coctaei, 18

maculatus, 7d.

Persicus, 7d.

Hemixus flavala, 78

Hemionitis sagittata, 370

Henicurus immaculatus, 80

schistaceus, 7d.

Scouleri, 7d.

Sinensis, 7d.

Henslowia erythrocarpa, 146

Heptapleurum ellipticum, 133

Heritera Tothila, 120

Hernandia peltata, 145

Herpornis xantholeuca, 83

Heteropogon contortus, 161

*Heterorhina Roepstorffii, 52

Hibiscus Abelmoschus, 120

+ tiliaceus, 7d.

Hierococcyx sparverioides, 70

varius, 201

Hippocratea Nicobarica, 124

Hiptage Sumatrana, 122

Hirundo Daurica, 68

¥ erythropygia, id.

Holigarna Grahamii 208

o . var. genuina, 7d.

- var. Helferi, 7d.

Homalonema aromaticum, 153

Hoya Hookeri, 140

Hugonia, 122

Huhua Nipalensis, 68

Hydrobata Asiatica, 203

Hydrocissa albirostris, 69

Hydrocotyle, 133

Hydrornis Nipalensis, 72

Hyegrophila salicifolia, 142

Hymenophyllites, 355

Hypobathrum racemosum, 134

Hypolythrum latifolium, 159

trinervium, 7d.

Hypotriorchis chicquera, 192

Hypoxis orchioides, 157

Hypsipetes psaroides, 78

”

”?

”

Index.

Hyptis suaveolens, 144

Imperata arundinacea, 162

Indigofera Brunoniana, 270

i caloneura, 7d.

9 elliptica, 7d.

6) endecaphylla, 269

~ enneaphylla, 7d.

i galegoides, 270

~ hirsuta, 7d. -

. linifolia, 269

pulchella, 270

i tinctoria, 269

55 trifoliata, 7d.

99 55 var. a. genuina,

id.

> a var. 8. Anil, 7d.

% trita, 270

5 violacea, 7d.

0 viscosa, 269

Inga dulcis, 301

Ipomoea campanulata, 141

ip denticulata, ¢d.

3p linifolia, zd.

», Nicobarica, 7d.

pes-capree, 7d.

» Sepiaria, ¢d.

rs Turpethum, 2d.

» vitifolia, 7d.

Igachne myosotis, 160

” Sp., 2d.

a miliacea, 7d.

Ischeemum muticum, 161

Isolepis, 159 :

Txora barbata, 134

», brunnescens, 7d.

» cuneifolia, 7d.

» Kurziana, id.

3) macrosiphon, 7d.

», villosa, 7d. R

Webereefolia, 133

Ixulus castaniceps, 202

», flavicollis, 82

» occipitalis, zd.

» Sstriatus, 202

Tora typhia, 79

Jasminum acuminatissimum, 139

Jussica villosa, 132

Justicia Sumatrana, 142

> vasculosa, zd.

Kalanchoe acutiflora, 309

5 laciniata, 7d.

A teretifolia, id.

Kibara coriacea, 145

Knoxia corymbosa, 136

Korthalsia scaphigera, 141 -

Kyllingia monocephala, 158

Lablah vulgaris, 250

Lagenaria vulgaris, 132

Lagocheilus tomotrema, 174

Lanius lahtora, 91

: tephronotus, 71

Larus ridibundus, 85

Index. ix

Lasianthus levicaulus, 134

Lathyrus aculeata, 124

a grandifolia, zd.

. sativus, 239

Leea sambucina, 124

Leguminose, 216

Lemna paucicostata, 153

Lens esculenta, 239

Lepus Dayanus, 90

Lespedeza decora, 225

5 parviflora, 7d.

pinetorum, 7d.

sericea, 7d.

Leucas, 144

Leucocerca albicollis, 71

Limnophila hirsuta var. scaberrima, 143

Lindsza lanceolata, 163

xs tenera, 7d.

Liothrix argentauris, 81

Litseea foliosa, 145

Lobelia, 187

Lonchodes amaurops, 48

x» bifoliatus, 49

Bs brevipes, 48

rr Crawangensis, 7d.

BS cuniculus, 49

i nematodes, 48

a nodosus, 7d.

x uniformis, 7d.

= verrucifer, 47

Loranthus, 146

Lourea paniculata, 235

= reniformis, 7d.

Luffa cylindrica, 132

Luisia, 156

Lumunuitzera littorea, 130

ratemosa, 7d.

Lycopodium Cernuum, 162

Ap laxum, 7d.

on phlegmaria, 7d.

Lygodium circinnatum, 164

3 pinnatifidum, 7d.

a scandens, 7d.

Lynx Caracal, 90

*Maba Andamanica, 138

Macaranga gigantea, 148

% tanarius, 147

Macrotzeniopteris, 365

x danzeoides, 7d.

Pr Feddeni, 367

nr . gigantea, 7d.

on Sp., dd.

Macrostachia, 337

Mesa ramentacea, 137

Malococircus (Layardia) rubiginosus, 78

terricolor, 7d.

Mallotus acuminatus, 147

5 Helferi, id.

muricatus, id.

Mangifera, 125

o caloneura, 213

FP foetida, id.

Mangifera Indica, 212

He longipes, 7d.

on silvatica, 213 ‘é

Manihot utilissima, 148

Manisuris, 161

Maranta dichotoma, 155

Marattiopsis, 364

Marsileaceae, 339

Marsilidium speciosum, 343

Mecopus nidulans, 234

Megalema Franklinii, 70

Hodgsoni, 7d.

Megalomastoma pauperculum, 180

= tanycheilus, 7d.

Megalurus palustris, 78

Melanocor ypha bimaculata, 91

Melanorrhoea glabra, 207

usitata, id.

Melilotus alba, 267

Melastoma Malabathricum, 131

3 polyanthum, 7d.

Meliosma simplicifolia, 204

Memecylon subtrinervium, 131

var. grandifo-

lia, ad.

pauciflorum,

ad.

”? ”?

” 9

Merops viridis, 69, 90

Merula albocincta, 196

Mesalina pardalis, 26, 92

Mezoneurum glabrum, 293

cucullatum, 7d.

var. 8. enneaphyl-

lum, 7d.

var. genuinum, 7d.

var. y. pubescens,

ad.

>) 2”

”) ”

oy) >)

or) 9}

*Micraulax, 185

Uae, scabra, 7d.

Microhicrax melanoleucus, 66

Micronisus badius, 201

- rufinotus, 70

Micropternus pheeoceps, 7d.

Millettia atropurpurea, 274

e Brandisiana, 7d.

0 cana, 274

“5 caudata, 276

59 cinerea, 275

coerulea, 276

7) extensa, 2d.

6 fruticosa, 7d.

a elaucescens, 275

op leiogyna, 276

_ leucantha, 275

% monticola, 7d.

5 ovalifolia, 7d.

” pachycarpa, 7d.

9p paniculata, 274

1) pubinervis, 276

_. pulchra, 274

sericea, 275

— tetraptera, ¢d,

Mimosa pudica, 294

SSS Hlengi, 138

* littoralis, 7d.

Minla Mandellii, 82, 200

55 rufigularis, 199

Mirafra Assamica, 83

= erythroptera, 91

Mixornis rubricapilla, 75

Modecea cordifolia, 132

<i Nicobarica, 7d.

Molineria Capitulata, 157

Morinda citrifolia, 135 -

Motacilla alba, 91

z Hodgsoni, 81

Mucuna bracteata, 246

55 gigantea, 127, 245

ss macrocarpa, 240

- monosperma, 7d.

“ nivea, 246

pruriens, 245

Munia acuticauda, 83

» malabarica, 91

Musa sapientum, 155

> Slmiarum, 7d.

Muscicapula zestigma, 201

*Musseenda Jelinekii, 135

5 macrophylla, 7d.

Mycerobus melanoxanthus, 200

Mycteria Asiatica, 84

Myiomela leucura, 79

Myiophonus Temmincku, 72

Myristica corticosa, 146

Myrsine capitellata, 137

Najas, 154

Nauclea excelsa, 135

Nephrodium decurrens, 164

1 molle, 7d.

“5 prolixum, 7d.

propinquum, 77.

truncatum, 7d.

Nephr olepis acuta, 7d.

Neptunia oleracea, 294

Niltava grandis, 72

a Macgrigorie, id.

Ninox Nipalensis, 68

Niornis albiventris, 199

Nipa fruticans, 161

Nymphea, 116

Oberonia, 155

Ochna Andamanica, 123

Ochrosia salubris, 139

Ocymum sanctum, 144

Odina Wodier, 125, 206

”

Olax imbricata, var.membranifolia, 123

Oleandridiun, 364

*Opeas Neyilli, 315

Ophioglossnm pendulum, 164

Ophiops Jerdoni, 26, 92

Ophiorrhiza mungos, 135

Oplismenus compositus, 160

Orania Nicobarica, 151

Oriolus Traillii, 79

Index.

Ormocarpum sennoides, 239

Orophea Katschallica, 116

Orthanthera viminea, 89

Orthotomus longicauda, 79

Ortygornis gularis, 83

Osbeckia, 131

Osmotreron Phayrei, 83

Otanthera Nicobarensis, 131

Otocompsa leucotis, 91

monticola, 79

Otus ‘prachyotus, 90

Pachyrrhizus bulbosus, 246

Pachystoma senile, 155

Pahudia xylocarpa, 290

Paleeornis cyanocephalus, 70

53 melanorhynchus, 7d.

rosa, 7d.

*Paleovittaria, 368

* Kurzi, 7d.

amdlemmns Leram, 152

odoratissimus, id.

*Panesthia flavipennis, 190

os monstruosa, 189

9 5% Saussurii, 190

* 0 Wallacei, 189

Panicum colonum, 160

3 filipes, 7d.

59 glaucum, 7d.

4) humile, 7d.

99 Jayanicum, id.

Papilionaceze, 217

Paradoxornis Austeni, 202

flavirostris, 72

ruficeps, 196

Paramignya citrifolia, 122

Parastemon ur ophyllus, 129

Parinarium Sumatranum, 302

Parishia insignis, 207

Parkia insignis, 295

», leiophylla, 7d.

Parkinsonia aculeata, 291

Parochetus communis, 267

Parsonsia spiralis, 140

Parus Nipalensis, 83

Paspalum conjugatum, 160

+9 flexuosum, zd.

e scrobiculatum, 7d.

Passer Indicus, 83, 91

Pastor roseus, 91

Pecopteris affinis, 357

ae alata, 7d. .

1p arguta, 363

athyrioides, 357

Pellionia procridifolia, 149

Pelomys fallax, 170

”

Peltophorum ferrugineum, 128, 293

Pericrocotus breyirostris 71

45 speciosus, 7d.

Peristrophe acuminata, 142

Phalaenopsis cornu-cervi, 156

Phaseolus adenanthus, 249

a lunatus, id.

Index. RL

Phaseolus radiatus, 249

var. a. radiatus, 7d.

var. 8. mungo, 2d.

9). ”

”? by)

+ semierectus, 7d.

oA tenuicaulis, zd.

os trilobus, 7d.

op trineryius, 7d.

op vulgaris, ¢d.

» var. nanus, 2d.

Phasmide, description of a new species

of, 47

Phes gopteris, 362

*Philomycus (Incillaria) campestris, 315

Pholidota imbricata, 155

Phyllanthus niruri, 146

Phyllornis affinis, 80

Hy Hardwick, 79

Phylloscopus fuscatus, 80

Phyllotheca, 337, 348

3 Australis, 347

55 Hookeri, 7d.

sp Indica, 7d.

= ramosa, ¢d.

Picus atratus, 193

», Macei, 70

» manderinus, 194

Pipastes agilis, 81

Pipturus velutinus, 149

Pirus granulosa, 304

» Indica, 7d.

», Pashia, zd.

*Pisidium Atkinsonianum, 189

aes: Bombayanum, 188

x Nevillianum, 7d.

Pisum sativum, 240

var. a. sativum, 7d.

var. B. arvense, id.

Pithecolobium confertum, 129

Pittosporum ferrugineum, 117

Pluchea Indica, 137

Pnoepyga chocolatina, 195

6 Roberti, id.

Poinciana regia, 291

Polioaetus plumbeus, 192

Polyalthia lateriflora, 115

Polygala leptalea, 117

5p) telephioides, 7d.

Polygonum flaccidum, 145

Polyosma Wallichii, 308

Polyphragmon flavescens, 134

Polyplectrum Tibetanum, 83

Polypodium adnascens, 163

oP) ”

x amplum, 361

35 concinnum, id.

4) ivioides, 1638

5) longissimum, 7d.

» phymatodes, ¢d.

of quercifolium, 7d.

% spectabile, 361

submarginale, 7d.

Pomatorhinus ferrugimosus, 75

o hypoleucus, zd.

Pomatorhinus ruficollis, var., 75

35 schisticeps, 7d,

*Pomatias grandis, 180

7" Himalayanee, 7d.

pleurophorus, 7d.

Pometia tomentosa, 125

Pongamia mitis, 128, 276

Popowia parvifolia, 115

Portulaca oleracea, 118

Potamides (Pirenella) Layardi, 94

Potentilla Kleiniana, 308

Pothos scandens, 153

Pouzolzia Indica, 149

Pratincola caprata, 91

a Indica, éd.

Premna integrifolia, 143

Prinia flaviventris, 202, 79

» Socialis, var. 79

» Stewart, 2d.

Proparus chryseus, 82

Prunus Martabanica, 303

» Persica, 302

on Puddum, 303

- triflora, 302

Psammophis, 92

Psarisomus Dalhousie, 69

Pseudarthria viscida, 225

Psidium Guyava, 130

Psophocarpus palustris, 250

tetragonolobus, 7d.

Psoralea corylifolia, 268

Psychotria Andamanica, 133

>) connata, id.

bp Nicobarica, ¢d.

9% tylophora, 7d.

Pteoleocarpa Malaccensis, 125

Pteris longifolia, 163

i pellucens, 7d.

» vepandula, 7d.

» Ssagitteefolia, 370

Pterisanthes, 124:

Pternandra coerulescens, 131

Pterocarpus Indicus, 278

op macrocarpus, 7d.

*Pterocyclus magnus, 174

Pterocles arenarius, 92

5 exustus, 91

os Senegallus, 92

Pterolobium macropterum, 298

Pterospermum diversifolium, 121

Pterythrius erythropterus, 81

Pterythrius rufiventer, 199

* Ptyodactylus homolepis, 19

* Hasselquisti, 20

Pueraria anabaptista, 253

op 5 var. a. genuina, 254

i . var. 8. glabrescens,

td.

3 brachycarpa, ¢/.

op Candollei, 253

+» hirsuta, 254

xi Index.

Pueraria phaseoloides, 253

stricta, id.

suspicata, 7d.

tuberosa, 252

Wallichii 253

var. a. genuina, 7d.

var. 8. composita,

7d.-

Pupina imbricifera, var., 179

Pycnonotus pygzeus, 79

Pycnospora hedysaroides, 2

nervosa, 127

Pyctorhis altirostris, 74, 197

53 Sinensis, 74

Pygeum acuminatum, 303

arboreum, 7d.

-. persimile, éd.

Pyrrhulauda melanauchen, 91

Radermachera Lobbii, 142

Remirea maritima, 158

Rhizophora mucronata, 130

Rhodamnia trinervia, id.

Rhus, 125

, vJavanica, 206

» Khasiana, 2d.

» paniculata, zd.

Rhynchosia, bracteata, 258

candicans, 7d.

densiflora, 7d.

minima, 257

pilosa, 7d.

rufescens, 258

Rhynchospora aurea, 159

eracilima, 7d.

Wallichiana, id.

Rhy ticer os plicatus, 69

Ricinus communis, 148

Rimator malacoptilus, 196

Rosa involucrata, 305

Rosaceze, 301

Rourea commutata, 214

var. plurijuga, 7d.

floribunda, 126

pulchella, 214:

stenopetala, 215

villosa, 214:

,, Wallichiana, 126, 214

Roydsia floribunda, 117

Rubus ferox, 307

flavus, 7d.

lasiocarpus, 7d.

Moluccanus, 129, 306

var. a. genuinus, 306

var. f. alceeefolius

ad.

» pentagonus, 7d.

» pyzifolius, zd.

», roseefolius, 7d.

var. a. asper, 307

var. B. glabriuscula, 7d.

var. 7. abnormalis, 7d.

Ruticilla auror ea, 79

”

9 ?

bb) ”

’

3°

”?

99 9

” ”

ob) )

th) oP)

Ruticilla fuliginosa, 92

by Hodgsoni, 79, 199

Ryparia czesia, 117

Sabia limoniacea, 204.

», Vviridissima, 7d.

Saccharum officinarum, 162

5 spontaneum, 7d.

Saccolabium obliquum, 156

Saccopetalum Horsfieldii, 116

Sagenopteris, 376

» polyphylla, 377

Salacia platyphylla, 124

Salvadora Persica, 89

Saraca Indica, 290

Sarcolobus globosus, 140

Sasia ochracea, 70

Saxicola chrysopygia, 91

» desérti; zd!

» isabellina, 7d.

oy LOTION.

», Opistholeuca, 7d.

picata, 7d.

Saxifrages, 308

Sceevola Koenigii, 137

Schizachyrium breyvifolium, 161

Schizoneura, 337

Gondwanensis, 345

99 Hoerensis, 344

0 Meriani, 7d.

* paradoxa, 346

Schizopteris, 355

Scindapsus pteropodus, 153

Scirpus subulatus, 159

Scleria 7d.

» levis, 160

» lateriflora, 159

», lithosperma, 2d.

» Sumatrensis, 7d.

Scolopax rusticola, 200

Scoparia dulcis, 143

Scops Brucei, 90

Scyphiphora hydrophyllacea, 183

Securinega obovata, 147

Selaginella caudata, 162

9% flabellata, zd.

0 tenella, 7d.

% albescens, 209

0 anacardium, 7d.

Semecarpus heterophyllus, 126, 210

an . var. pubes-

cens, 126

. panduratus, 209

= subpanduriformis, 210

Semecarpus subracemosus, 7d.

Serilophus rubropygius, 69

Sesamum Indicum, 143

*Sesara Hungerfordiana, 148

x, imermia, 184

Sesbania aculeata, 271

Meyptiaca, id.

Cochinchinensis, 7d.

. grandiflora, 7d.

Index.

Shells, new Land and Fresh-water, from

- India and Burma, 184:

Shuteria suffulta, 241

=: vestita, id.

Sida amoena, 119

3 carpinifoha, var. acuta, zd.

Sideroxylon attenuatum, 138

“ grandifolium, 7d.

Sibia picaoides, 78

», pulchella, zd.

Sindora Siamensis, 289

Siphia strophiata, 72

> superciliaris, 201

Sissa Chinensis, 83

Sitta cinnamomeoventris, 71

» formosa, 7d.

» Himalayensis, 194

Siva cyanuroptera, 82

5, Strigula, 81

Smilax polyacantha, 157

ciliata, 238

conferta, 7d.

dichotoma, 7d.

a4 grandis, id.

Smithia sensitiva, 237, 127

Sophora tomentosa, 128, 224

Sorghum muticum, 161.

Spathodea Rheedii, 142

Spenocephalus tridactylus, 92

Sphenocercus sphenurus, 203

Sphenocichla Roberti, 198

Sphenopteris athyrioides, 357

hymenophyllides, 7d.

polymorpha, 356

Bena 337, 338

trizyg ria, 342

Sphenopterides, 355

*Spiraculum Bhamoense, 186

L3o0 yee bitubiferum, 187

)) Haspidum) 174:

* Neyilli, zd.

Spheeranthus microcephalus, 137

Sphoenodesma eryciboides, 144

Spilanthes, 137

Spodiopogon, 161

Spondias ? macrophylla, 213

» Imangifera, cd.

Sporobolus, 161

Stachytarpha Indica, 143

Stellio melanura, 25

5 nuptus, zd.

Stemona, 157

Stenochlena scandens, 164

*Stenodactylus orientalis, 21

Sterculia campanulata, var.

120

ee hyposticta, 7d.

ae longifolia, 7d.

25 mollis, 7d.

Sterna melanogastra, 85

Strachyrhis chrysea, 75

- nigriceps, 7d.

”?

”

glabrifolia,

xiii

Streblus asper, 150

Streptaulus Blanfordi, 179

peeves bombax, 187

op Daflaensis, 317

3 Theobaldu, 7d.

Strychnos acuminata, 139

Sturnopastor contra, 83

Stylidium tenellum, 137

Suthora Daflaensis 72

», Munipurensis, 196

Swintonia Griffithii, 207

- Helferi, 7d.

Fe Schwenckii, 207

Sylvia curruca, 91

» derdoni, zd.

» wana, td.

Symplocos leiostachya, 139

Synedrella nodiflora, 137

Sypheotides Bengalensis, 84

Taberneemontana crispa, 140

Teeniopteris lata, 366

- (Macrotzeniopt.) abnormis,

36%

muszfolia, 366

‘Teeniopterides, 364

Tamarindus Indica, 128, 290

Tapiria hirsuta, 206

Temenuchus Malabaricus, 88

Tephrosia candida, 272

7 Grahamii, id,

o senticosa, 7d.

7 tenuis, 273

a tinctoria, 272

55 var. a. genuina, 7d.

a i var. B. coccinea, 7d.

5) purpurea, 7d.

pauciflora, ¢d.

Terminalia, 130

0 citrina, 7d.

sy catappa, 7¢d.

Ternstroeemia Penangiana, 119

Tchitrea affinis, 71

Tephrodornis pelvica, 71

*Testacella ? Dikrangensis, 814

Tetranthera amara, var. y. Andamanica,

145

56 laurifolia, zd.

Thamnobia Cambayensis, 91

Thespesia populnea, 120

Thouarea sarmentosa, 161

Thrixspermum amplexicaule, 156

Thunbergia, 142

Thyssanolena acarifera, 160

Timalia Bengalensis, 75

Tinnunculus alaudarius, 66

Torenia cordifolia, 143

Tournefortia argentea, 144

a“ glabra, ¢d.

*Trapelus rubrigularis, 23

Trema orientalis, var. Velutina, 150

Treramnus flexilis, 255

4 labialis, 254

xiv

Treramnns mollis, 254

= oxphylla, 255

3 Wallichii, 7d.

*Trichoglottis quadricornata, 156

Trichomanes filicula, 162

73 humile, 7d.

5 Javanicum, 7d.

muscoides, 7d.

Trichomanides, 355

Trichospermum Jayanicum, 121

Triphasia trifololata, 122

Triumfetta humifusa, 121

3 rhomboidea, zd.

Trizygia speciosa, 342

Trochalopterum chrysopterum, 76

x rufigulare, 7d.

squamatum, 7d.

Turdinus Garoensis, 75

Turdus (Planesticus) fuscatus, 72

5 pallidus, 196

Turtur Cambayensis, 91

>> meena, 83

> wrisorius, 91

» Suratensis, 203

Uncaria pilosa, 135

~ *Unio Footei, 187

Unona desmos, 115

Upupa epops, 71

4 Uraria acuminata, 236

»» alopecuroides, 7d.

; 5 campanulata, 7d.

4 s, cordifolia, zd.

5 Crinita, id.

39 3)

hamosa, 7d.

lagopodioides, 127

5, lagopus, 236

»» lagopoides, 237

picta, 127, 236

Urena lobata, 120

Utricularia diantha, 143

Uvaria cordata, 115

5, micrantha, 77.

Vanda teres, 156

fe ee

var. macrostachya, 7d.

Index.

‘4

Venilia pyrrhotis, 70

Veronia cinerea, 136

» (Cyanopsis), sp., 7d.

Vertebraria, 337, 347

Vertabria radiata, 348

Vicia sativa, 2389

Vigna brachycarpa, 248

», calcarata, 247

» dolichoides, 7d.

» lutea, 128, zd.

», luteola, 7d.

» pilosa, @d.

» repens, 7d.

» NSinensis, 248

vexillata, 247

Villebrunnea Sylvatica, 149

Violo Hookeri, 117

Visenia Indica, 121

Vittaria elongata, 163

Vitex negundo, 143

Volvocivora melanoschistus, 71, 202

Vitis lanceolaria, 124

» Lainnei, 7d.

» pedata, zd.

» repens, 2d.

», trifolia, 7d.

Vulpes Bengalensis, 90

» leucopus, 7d.

Wattakaka viridiflora, 140

Webera densiflora, 134

Wedelia scandens, 137

Xanthophyllum paniculatum, 117

Ximenia Americana, 123

Xiphorhamphus superciliaris, 198

Yuhina nigrimentum, 82

Xylia dolabriformis, 295

Zalacca, 151

Zamenis, 92

Zeugophyllites, 346

Zornia diphylla, 237

Zizyphus, jujuba, 89

50 subquinqueneryia, 124.

Zoothera monticola, 72